2014-2015 Graduate Catalog
at
Augsburg College
Graduate Catalog
2014-2015
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and
student policies... Show more
2014-2015 Graduate Catalog
at
Augsburg College
Graduate Catalog
2014-2015
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and
student policies and procedures for fall semester 2014 - summer semester 2015. It is subject to change without notice.
The catalog is intended to complement other College publications including the Student Guide and College website. It is
important for students to be familiar with all College policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to
consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements.
Published 2014
Phone: 612-330-1000
www.augsburg.edu
1
A Greeting from the President
I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College’s exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a
select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent
curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the
needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College’s graduate-level programs in Business Administration, Creative
Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Social Work are distinguished by the
opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills.
Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens,
thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged
community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence
in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran church, and shaped by its
urban and global settings.
For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features an expansive
perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability.
At Augsburg College we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you find your calling, at work and in
the world. Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention,
and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are
prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree.
Sincerely,
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D.
President
2
Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office
Welcome to graduate studies at Augsburg College. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership
in their communities and places of work. We believe that learning based upon intentional integration of the liberal and
professional arts and sciences provides the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow.
We expect our graduate students to achieve tangible and measurable outcomes from their studies at Augsburg:
specialized knowledge in a field of study, applied and collaborative learning, advanced intellectual skills (especially in
engaging diverse perspectives and communication fluency), and demonstrated civic and global learning.
When you join Augsburg, you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in state-of-the-art
physical and online classrooms with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. Our locations in vital
metropolitan areas and the opportunities we provide for international travel offer exciting and challenging real-life
learning. Cities and countries become extended campuses for Augsburg students. Additionally, the diversity in our own
campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared for the range of experiences and perspectives that
characterize today’s global environment.
All of our graduate programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with
one another and to our neighbors. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants
who came to Augsburg’s doors, we welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths. And, we encourage interdisciplinary
courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines.
At the same time, each graduate program also has its own “neighborhood” and unique features. You join a body of
experienced people that expands your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We encourage our
alumni to become your mentors and build on our city and global connections through public events, including our
convocations and our annual, internationally-recognized Nobel Peace Prize Forum.
We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to meet you.
Sincerely,
Lori A. Peterson
Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate and Professional Studies
3
About Augsburg
At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in
their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major
field of study, but also the ability to apply critical thinking, problem solving, and advanced communication skills in a
collaborative approach within that discipline, thereby engaging others with diverse perspectives in the work of
advancing civic and global initiatives critical for a sustainable future.
The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences,
to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city and out into the world with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome
students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international
courses and cultural exchanges.
Mission Statement
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to
the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission:
Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible
leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its
life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the
faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1872. A Rochester, Minnesota campus was added in 2002. A short history of
Augsburg College can be found at www.augsburg.edu/about/history.
Today, Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of its founders who believed:
•
•
•
Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically
and broadly about the world and the work we do in it.
An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith.
The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning environment.
The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.”
Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg
prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society.
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the following graduate degrees:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Master of Arts in Education*
Master of Arts in Leadership
Master of Arts in Nursing*
Master of Business Administration*
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
Master of Music Therapy
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Master of Social Work
Doctor of Nursing Practice* (with tracks in Transcultural Nursing and Family Nurse Practitioner)
Augsburg offers the following dual degrees:
•
Bachelor of Arts in Accounting/Master of Arts in Leadership
4
•
•
•
Master of Arts in Leadership/Master of Business Administration
Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration
Master of Social Work/Master of Arts in Theology, with Luther Seminary
*Programs offered at both of Augsburg’s campuses (Minneapolis and Rochester, MN)
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of
community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities, whether a student in
Minneapolis or Rochester, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
lecture/speaker events.
Graduate Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and
commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and
service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of
research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic
faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as
academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities.
5
Locations
Minneapolis Campus
Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is
bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University
of Minnesota Medical Center.
Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s
leading companies as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is
blocks from the Hiawatha light rail line and the Central Corridor line, which provide easy access to Minneapolis, St. Paul,
and the Minneapolis International Airport.
Rochester campus
Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s mission and its
expertise in teaching working adults. Degrees offered on the Rochester campus include the Master of Business
Administration, Master of Arts in Nursing*, Master of Arts in Education*, and Doctor of Nursing Practice*, as well as
several undergraduate majors.
The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), a few blocks south of the
heart of the city, which is home to about 100,000 residents. Rochester is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and
superior technological resources.
Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on weekday evenings and on
occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. Students may also take courses within their program at
the Minneapolis campus.
Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning
resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software.
Information about the Rochester campus is available at www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office
at 507-288-2886.
*Program includes some Minneapolis courses
Abroad Locations
Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research,
take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their disciplines.
6
Facilities
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway
system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library,
Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication.
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway
system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library,
Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication.
Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center.
Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing
and Communication.
Counseling and Health Promotion—The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and
services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being.
Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with the Admissions Office, student lounge and recreational areas, the
Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy
center, and offices for student government and student publications.
Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the
Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition
of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also
housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices.
Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry
Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical
education, and hospitality facilities.
The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions
and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It also houses the Gage Center for Student
Success. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street and the Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS).
Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th
Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites.
Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and
intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center
Court was dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and
two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area.
Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty.
Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with
classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places.
7
Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP
program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, Bernhard Christensen
Center for Vocation, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble
Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center.
Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized
auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices.
Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center, as well as
classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third
presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study,
and utility areas.
8
Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships
Augsburg College is accredited by:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA)
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral degrees)
Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees)
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees)
Augsburg’s programs are approved by:
•
•
•
•
•
American Chemical Society
Minnesota Board of Teaching
Minnesota Board of Nursing
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)
National Association of Schools of Music
Augsburg College is an institutional member of:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU)
American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE)
American Association of Higher Education (AAHE)
American Music Therapy Association, Inc.
Association of Writers & Writing Programs (AWP)
Campus Compact
Council of Independent Colleges (CIC)
Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA)
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE)
Physician Assistant Education Association
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Minnesota Private College Council MPCC)
Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA)
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education. Registration is not an endorsement of the
institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or
that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or
employer.
9
Policies
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or
ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, marital status, status with regard to
public assistance, or disability in its educational policies, admissions policies, employment, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances where there is a bona fide
occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable
accommodations to its employees and students. (Approved by the Augsburg Board of Regents Executive Committee on
June 16, 2010).
For inquiries or grievances in any of the following areas, contact the director of Human Resources, ground floor,
Memorial Hall 19, 612-330-1058.
•
•
•
•
Affirmative Action—for matters based on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin
Section 504—for matters based on physical or mental handicap
Title IX—for matters based on gender or marital status
Employment—All correspondence should be addressed to the Office of Human Resources at Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
The Director of Human Resources serves as the Title IX officer and may be reached at 612-330-1058.
Deputy Officer for Students:
Dean of Students
Sarah Griesse
612-330-1489
griesse@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer for Athletics:
Kelly Anderson Diercks
Assistant Athletic Director
612-330-1245
diercks@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer for Employees:
Interim AVP, Human Resources
Dionne Doering
612-330-1602
doering@augsburg.edu
Any questions concerning Augsburg’s compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454, 612-330-1058.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the
American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students
regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to
students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records
You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg
College. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will
respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request.
Right to request amendment of education records
You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate,
misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information
You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information
contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize
disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to
school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an
10
administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel
and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or
grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate
educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional
responsibility.
Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information”
FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may
be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the
student.
Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or
organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
“Directory information” includes the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The student’s name
The student’s address
The student’s telephone number
The student’s e-mail address
The student’s date and place of birth
The student’s major and minor field of study
The student’s academic class level
The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT)
The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports
The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates)
The weight and height of members of athletic teams
The student’s dates of attendance
Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student
The student’s photograph
Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to
contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information.
Right to complain to FERPA Office
You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400
Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter.
Clery Act
The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property
and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The report is available online at
www.augsburg.edu/dps. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717.
Copyright Policy
Augsburg College Graduate Programs follows the norms of the US Copyright Law in granting exclusive rights under the
Copyright Act to faculty and student authors to reproduce their original works, to use them as the basis for derivative.
11
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the
matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at
www.augsburg.edu/studentguide.
Official Notices
Students will receive official notices via the student campus mail system (student campus box), the A-Mail publication,
and the student’s Augsburg e-mail account. Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail
account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on Inside Augsburg.
12
Graduate Admissions
All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution or
an equivalent degree from outside the US.
All graduate students must submit completed applications. Each graduate program also has additional program
requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these
additional requirements.
Please refer to each individual program’s catalog section (below) for additional instructions and for detailed information
on applying to graduate programs, refer to the Graduate Admissions website at www.augsburg.edu/grad.
Readmission
Graduate students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for two or more semesters, must apply for
readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during
their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office.
Returning students do not pay the application fee.
The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is the Friday prior to the start of
the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the
College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with
individual programs for information regarding readmission process).
Special Student Admission
Students who are non-degree-seeking, but wish to enroll for academic credit in courses within a graduate degree
program, may be considered for admission as special students (non-degree). Special students (non-degree) can enroll on
a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the College’s Academic Calendar. Admission requires program
director approval, and the student must be in good standing at all previously attended institutions.
To be considered for admission as a special student (non-degree), the items listed below must be submitted to the
Admissions Office. Some programs may have additional requirements.
•
•
Completed special-status application for admission
An official transcript of undergraduate and/or last degree earned. A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited
institution is the minimum requirement for admission. Students who have earned a degree outside the US must
have their transcript evaluated to confirm it is equivalent to a US bachelor’s degree or greater.
If a non-degree seeking student is pursuing regular admission status into the program; he or she should submit an
application requesting regular admission to that program and submit the additional materials needed for regular
admission to that program. Special student status is conferred for only one term of enrollment. Additional terms require
reapplication as a special student (non-degree). Students may count up to 6-8 semester credits earned as a special
student (non-degree) toward an Augsburg College degree with approval of the program director.
International Students Admission
Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply.
An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a “full course of study” to achieve a specific educational or
professional objective at an academic institution in the United States that has been designated by the Department of
Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and
Exchange Visitor Information System).
A student acquires F-1 status using form I-20, issued by a DHS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one
of two ways:
•
•
If the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a US consulate.
If the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the I-20 to USCIS (United
States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status.
13
A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHS-approved school to Augsburg by following
the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations.
In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students
must also comply with the following:
English Proficiency Requirements for International Graduate Applicants
To meet Augsburg College admission requirements, you must provide evidence of a sufficient command of both written
and spoken English to study college courses conducted entirely in English. Below is a list of the tests and programs
Augsburg College accepts as evidence for English proficiency.
•
TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language)
o
o
•
IELTS (International English Language Testing System)
o
o
•
www.ielts.org/
Score report of 6.5.
MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery)
o
o
•
www.toefl.org/
Score report of 80 on the Internet-based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the
speaking sections. (The Augsburg College TOEFL code is 6014.)
www.cambridgemichigan.org/melab
Score report of 80, and score report must be accompanied by an official letter from the testing coordinator.
Successful completion of a previous undergraduate or graduate degree at an accredited college or university in the
US, the United Kingdom, Ireland, English-speaking Canada, New Zealand, or Australia.
Score reports must be sent to Augsburg directly from the testing center. Score reports must not be more than two years
old.
Foreign Credential Evaluation
Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States.
This evaluation should include the following:
•
•
•
•
•
Analysis of credentials to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited US bachelor’s degree
Verification the degree is equivalent, at a minimum, to a four-year US bachelor’s degree is required.
Course-by-course evaluation to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each
course, may also be required for specific programs.
Calculation of grade point average to demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard US
grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=1.0, F=0.0.
Translation to English (if applicable)
The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg’s Office of Admissions. Refer to World Education Services at
www.wes.org for information on how to obtain a foreign credential evaluation.
Proof of Financial Support
International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet
expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and
board, health insurance, personal expenses, and living expenses for dependents (if applicable).
Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds,
or funds from the student’s family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an official
award letter from the school or sponsoring agency; documentation of personal or family funds should be on bank
letterhead stationery, or in the form of a legally binding affidavit. Government Form I-134, Affidavit of Support, or
Augsburg’s Financial Sponsorship form can be used to document support being provided by a US citizen or US legal
14
permanent resident. All financial documents such as bank statements must be dated within three months prior to the
date of application.
Health Insurance
All F-1 international students and their dependents (if applicable) are required to have adequate health insurance
coverage for the duration of their program. International students will be enrolled in the Augsburg international student
plan unless they fill out a waiver verifying proof of coverage through an alternative provider for the same period.
15
Financing Your Education
Costs for Graduate Studies
The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as
required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Program Tuition and Fees
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP)
Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN)
Master of Arts in Education (MAE)
Master of Arts in Education Tribal (MAET)
Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL)
Master of Fine Arts (MFA)
Master of Social Work (MSW)
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Master of Arts in Music Therapy (MMT)
Master of Science in Physician Assistant (MPA)
$894 per 1.0 credit
$683 per 1.0 credit
$550 per 1.0 credit
UMD Rate
$776 per 1.0 credit
$604 per 1.0 credit
$648 per 1.0 credit
$776 per 1.0 credit
$775 per 1.0 credit
$716 per 1.0 credit*
Tuition:
Students are charged per credit. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing
finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services.
Fees:
The standard semester fees are the Student Activity Fee and the Wind Energy Fee. Specific courses or programs may
have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees.
Payments
Semester Charges
Prior to the start of each semester a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits
designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online
through Augnet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/make-a-payment/. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent
accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure/
Payment Options
Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/policies/disclosure/.
Financial Aid
All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis.
This includes completing the application process as outlined below and making satisfactory academic progress. In order
to maintain eligibility in financial aid programs, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the
attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in the College catalog.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of grants and loans. The College cooperates with
federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is
eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent
family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations.
16
Types of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant
(except as noted).
Institutional Grants/Discounts
Augsburg offers grants/discounts for a variety of different students. Specific information about the different grants and
scholarships, along with eligibility requirements, can be found online at
http://www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts/
Loan Assistance
Graduate students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to receive federal loans. Three semester credits per term
is considered half-time. Six semester credits per term is considered full-time.
•
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan
o
•
Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The
borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue
and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan).
Federal Graduate Loan Program (PLUS)
o
Graduate PLUS is a loan program to help graduate students meet college costs. Students may borrow up to the
cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid).
Further information about loan programs can be found online at http://www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/.
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether
students [1] receiving financial aid [2] are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree.
The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant
to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the
following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid.
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress
1) Minimum GPA requirements
Undergraduate Students
Students must maintain a minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record.
Graduate Students
Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record.
2) Minimum Credits Completed
Undergraduate Students
Students must earn a cumulative 67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit
has a grade of 4.0 – 0.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined
by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W (Withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are
counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeat Courses and remedial courses are not counted towards the
cumulative attempted credits.
Graduate Students
Students must earn a cumulative 67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit
has a grade of 4.0 – 2.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined
by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W (withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are
counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeat Courses and remedial courses are not counted towards the
cumulative attempted credits.
17
3) Maximum Time Frame
Undergraduate Students
To demonstrate academic progress, undergraduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the
length of the program. In the CORE Curriculum, a student needs a minimum of 32 credits to graduate with a bachelor’s
degree. For those under the CORE Curriculum, they may not exceed attempting 49 credits. For students under the
Perspectives and Skills Curriculum, a student cannot exceed attempting 52 credits.
A student who reaches the 150% maximum time frame to complete their degree due to a change in major will need to
notify the Student Financial Services Office in order to continue to receive financial aid.
Graduate Students
To demonstrate academic progress, graduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the length
of the program.
Requirements to Meet Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards
1) Cumulative GPA
Undergraduate Students
Students who are not meeting the GPA SAP standard will need to follow the Academic Probation standards set forth by
Augsburg College Registrar’s Office. The student must maintain a minimum 2.0 cumulative GPA or higher.
Graduate Students
Students who are not meeting the GPA SAP standard must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA or higher.
2) Minimum Credits Attempted
Undergraduate and Graduate students earning less than 67% credits attempted must be enrolled at least half-time,
must earn all attempted credits, cannot withdraw from any of the courses, and must achieve a minimum grade of 2.0 or
better in each course.
3) Maximum Time Frame
Undergraduate and Graduate students must complete and attain their degree within the 150% of the length of the
program.
Monitoring and Evaluating Progress
In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the office of Student Financial Services will evaluate and monitor the
students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student
Financial Services Office determined the student to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid
Warning or Financial Aid Probation. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP
standards.
Financial Aid Warning
A student who fails to meet SAP standards will be placed on Financial Aid Warning for the following term of enrollment.
Students placed on Financial Aid Warning will still be eligible to receive financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Warning
must work with the designated Financial Aid Counselor to submit an academic plan. Financial Aid Warning will conclude
when the student meets SAP standards, or guidelines set forth in the academic plan. Students currently on Financial Aid
Warning who do not meet the standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. Students can
continue to be placed on Financial Aid Warning for periods longer than one term on a case by case basis and/or as
determined by the Student Financial Services Office.
Financial Aid Probation
A student who fails to meet either the minimum GPA requirement or minimum credits attempted while on Financial Aid
Warning will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. A student on Financial Aid Probation is ineligible to receive any form
of financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Probation may submit an appeal to reinstate their financial aid, and if the
18
appeal is approved, the student must work with the designated Financial Aid Counselor to submit an academic plan.
Financial Aid Probation will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or guidelines set forth in the academic
plan. Students can continue to be placed on Financial Aid Probation for periods longer than one term on a case by case
basis and/or determined by the Student Financial Services Office.
Financial Aid will be suspended when a student placed on Financial Aid Probation does not meet SAP standards. Because
grades may not be available before the beginning of the next scheduled term, it is possible that financial aid may be
disbursed to a student before the review can be conducted. In the event that a student is found to be ineligible for the
financial aid that has been disbursed due to a failure to meet one of the Standards, the aid that was disbursed will be
canceled, and returned to the appropriate program(s).
Right to Appeal
Students who have had their financial aid suspended may submit the SAP Appeal Form to the Student Financial Services
Office. The appeal must be submitted within 7 days of notification of unsatisfactory status or by the due date given on
the appeal letter. The SAP Appeal Form must be completely filled out, along with any additional documents required by
the Committee. The appeal should state reasons why the student failed to meet SAP standards, and what changed for
the student that will allow the student to demonstrate progress towards meeting SAP standards. The appeal will be
decided by the SAP Committee. All decisions made by the Committee are final.
[1] Include all degree seeking students in both the Undergraduate Day and Augsburg for Adults, and all Graduate
programs.
[2] Financial Aid is defined as: Augsburg Institutional Aid, Federal Title IV funding, and Minnesota State Financial Aid
programs.
Financial Policies
Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student
account charges are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins
Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have
been completed.
Tuition Refund Policy
Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last
day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date,
students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is
effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date
labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar.
Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any
refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for
all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations
are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed.
Medical Refund
If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a
medical refund should be made through the Financial Petition Committee. Petition forms are available through the
Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the committee upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances.
19
Unofficial Withdrawal
Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be
reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund
financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date
of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by
financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from
college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website.
A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively.
The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include,
but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance
for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term
will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300.
Financial Aid Policy
Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number
of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic
Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with
faculty signature-Full Semester class”. Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date.
Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes
throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a “w”
grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes.
Financial Aid-Return of Aid Policy
Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes,
or in the event of hybrid/online courses, be an active participant in the course.
Federal/State Aid Adjustments
Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Student
are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are
eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. See the dates below. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your
courses, please see a Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned.
Institutional Aid Adjustments
Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdrawal or fully withdraw from courses if the student
received. If students withdraw from their courses they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid
will be removed. If a student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their
institutional aid.
Credit Refund Policy
Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a
term. Credit Refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial
Aid needs to be finalized (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid and applied to a
student’s account (Check your Transaction History online to verify all of your financial aid has been applied to your
account and nothing is left pending) before the Credit Refund can be issued.
Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds.
Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates, less than 3.0 credit for
graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration
changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students
who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund
will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed.
20
Bookstore Policy
Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $600 to their student account.
Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year.
Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut off dates; be planful for courses that start
midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date.
Student’s accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore account before credit refunds are issued. If
your bookstore charges creates a balance on your account you need to make payments in accordance with your
statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student’s account are intended for students who have excess financial aid
funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you
purchase books if you need to discuss payment options.
Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times.
Third Party:
If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your
purchases to the Student Financial Service’s office along with your invoice request.
Additional Funds:
If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $600 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the
additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account please send the following
information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing.
Subject: Request for additional funds
Full Name:
Student ID number:
Additional request:
Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as
possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation.
Consumer Information
LOSS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY DUE TO A DRUG OFFENSE
A student, who is convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred
while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid, is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a
controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco.
A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from
a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student.
A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and
receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows:
For the possession of illegal drugs:
First offense: one year from the date of conviction.
Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction.
Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction.
For the sale of illegal drugs:
First offense: two years from the date of conviction.
Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction.
21
A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate,
clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the
ways in which the student may regain that eligibility.
Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction
A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the
school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the
program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two
unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria:
•
•
•
•
The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government
program.
The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court.
The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed
insurance company.
The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor.
Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or
regulations.
22
Student Resources/Academic and Support Services
Library and Information Technology Services
The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses the library and
information technology functions of the College as well as the Gage Center for Student Success. In addition to its large
collection of print volumes, e-books, and e-journals, Lindell Library includes special collections and archives, a curriculum
library, a computer lab and student computing help desk, a library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing
and listening. Skyways link the library to Oren Gateway Center and Sverdrup Hall.
Learning Commons
Within Lindell Library, a Learning Commons provides assistance in research and the use of technology as well as spaces
for collaborative learning. In the Learning Commons multimedia lab, students can create digital audio and visual
projects.
Library Resources
Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. They have access to 27,000
e-journals, 18,000 e-books, and 190,000 print volumes within Lindell Library and, through a daily courier service, access
to the library holdings of six other private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. In addition, Lindell Library has a large
collection of media resources. A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty with research assistance and
instruction in the use of information resources. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitation
and special needs.
Information Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely
access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for
more on Information Technology at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available
in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has five
computer classrooms, 41 technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The
circulation desk in Lindell Library has 40 wireless laptops available for use in the library.
Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber
optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student
machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the
AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus.
Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic
support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, and other cognitive disabilities, and for students
with physical disabilities which may include TBI, chronic illness, mobility impairments, and vision, hearing or speech
impairments, and temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain
access to the college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and
challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences.
Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to discuss their disabilities and determine a plan for
academic access. Typically, meetings are held weekly and discussions may include:
•
•
•
Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking)
Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling,
financial aid)
Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory
23
•
•
Assistance with academic, organizational, and time management skills
Campus living accommodations
The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the College faculty,
staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these opportunities
and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility.
Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting
with a Specialist to discuss appropriate documentation. CLASS also provides informal screenings for students who
suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to help students determine
whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional.
Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and
may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential curricular components of an institution’s courses or programs.
CLASS services are made possible in part through endowment support provided by the Gage family and the Groves
Foundation.
24
Academic Programs and Policies
Academic Calendars
All of our graduate programs meet on a semester calendar. Academic Calendars can be found at
www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change without notice.
Academic Policies
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the
American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Academic Honesty
A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity
and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a
College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student
pledging to abide by the College’s academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity.
(See Augsburg’s Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide)
Evaluation and Grading
Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0
achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must
achieve a 3.0 GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards
Policy. Grading option cannot be changed from traditional (0.0 - 4.0) to Pass/No Credit.
Explanation of grades for Graduate Studies:
Grade
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0–0.0
FN
P
N
V
W
I
X
Explanation
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above acceptable standards
Meets acceptable standards
Meets minimum standards
Unacceptable performance
Unacceptable performance
Represents work at 3.0 or higher (not counted in grade point average)
No credit (not counted in grade point average)
Audit
Withdrawn
Incomplete
In progress, extended beyond term of registration
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V) on a space-available
basis. Graduate students will be charged an audit fee of $1,000. The written permission of the instructor is required to
register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the
course will be listed on the transcript with a V grade. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a
grade of W. Audited courses do not count towards graduation.
Withdrawal Grade
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade
and before the last day to withdraw.
25
Incomplete (I) Grades
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student
emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of
passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a
student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Registrar’s Office that states the reasons for the
request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor’s signature. The
instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend
the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must
complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade
before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s program. If the work is not completed by the
specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0.
Extension (X) Grades
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case,
they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A
grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given
X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being
maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not
longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not
demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Repeated Courses
A course in which a grade of 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each
term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades
earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point
average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade
points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not
computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted, i.e., courses with 0.0 to 4.0 grade assigned.
Attendance
Attendance and participation are critical to the success of any course. Evaluation of the level and quality of participation
may be incorporated into the course grade. We view attendance as a joint commitment of both instructors and students
to our professional development. Each instructor has the authority to specify attendance and participation requirements
to address the needs of particular courses, individual students, or various learning styles.
Lack of attendance may result in a failing grade and the requirement to repeat the course. Students must notify the
professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible,
students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible.
Non-Attendance/Non-Participation
Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped
for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are
ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been
dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit and Academic/Financial Petition.
Graduate Continuation Policy
Students registering for the final project course must complete the Final Project Registration/Graduate Continuation
Contract by the last day to add with faculty signature for a Full Semester class as noted on the Academic Calendar. Upon
26
receipt of the contract, the Registrar’s Office will enroll the student in the Continuation Program for 13 semesters. Entry
into the Continuation Program maintains students’ active status in the graduate program, including library and AugNet
Services.
Students can request an extension of up to 3 semesters beyond the initial 13 semesters to the program director by
completing the Graduate Continuation Extension Contract. Approval of the extension is at the discretion of the program
director. If a grade is not received and an extension has not been granted by the grading deadline of the 13th semester,
the grade will change from X to N. Students who wish to complete the final project after receiving a failing grade must
meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may
need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the
final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous N grade.
Students may withdraw from the College, and thus from the Continuation Program and the final project course, at any
point during the continuation period and receive a W notation on the transcript for the final project course. Following a
withdrawal, students are welcome to meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and
program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay full tuition
and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the
previous W grade.
Credit and Contact Hours
Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period
of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student
work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method.
All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with semester lengths from 14-16 weeks. Augsburg offers a
summer semester which follows the same format as both fall and spring semester. Students must take at least 3 credits
to be considered half-time, and 6 or more credits to be considered full-time. Students may take up to 22 credits.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following:
•
•
•
Successful completion of all required courses
A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy.
Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed
continuation agreement with Augsburg College.
Probation and Dismissal
Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the
student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be
restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistant must consult
the PA Program Progression Standards Policy.
A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3.0 in most programs) in two or more
terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out
with the program director.
Students may also be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the
College.
Dismissal Appeals Process
A student may appeal a program’s dismissal decision using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Appeals are
limited to procedural errors that the student can demonstrate negatively affected the outcome.
The student initiates the appeal process by submitting a hard copy of the statement of appeal to the Assistant Vice
President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies (AVP-Graduate Studies); email is not acceptable. The
statement must identify each procedural error and state how each error negatively affected the outcome. The
27
statement of appeal will be the only basis of the student’s appeal. The AVP-Graduate Studies must receive the student’s
statement of appeal within 14 calendar days of the date on the department’s written notification of dismissal.
The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the program chair/director. The program must
submit a response to the student’s statement of appeal within 15 business days of the date that the statement was
received by the AVP-Graduate Studies’ office. A hard copy of the program’s response should be submitted to the AVPGraduate Studies. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the program’s response to the student.
The AVP-Graduate Studies will convene the Program Dismissal Appeals Committee, which will include the AVP-Graduate
Studies as a non-voting chair and three program faculty members (one from programs not named in the appeal:
Business, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, Social Work). The Program
Dismissal Appeals Committee will schedule its hearing within 15 business days of receipt of the program’s statement of
response. The Committee will meet with the student and a program representative to review the procedures and ask
questions of both the student and the program representative. The student and program representative may each bring
a third party to the review meeting (limited to an Augsburg College faculty member, staff member, or student). The role
of the third party representative is to provide support to the student or the program representative, not to serve as an
advocate during the meeting.
Dropping or Withdrawing
Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. To
see the drop and withdrawal deadlines, see the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Independent Study
Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty
sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director
in order to receive credit. Normally, independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered
in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form
is required and is available on the Registrar’s Office website.
Term Off
Students may take a term off for up to two semesters and have continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet
Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the
student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll.
For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of
program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their advisor and obtain the
advice of their director.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit
will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide appropriate documentation regarding
previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be
considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university institution and graded 3.0/B
or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program
requirements at Augsburg.
The maximum number of semester credits that can be transferred is:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Master of Arts in Education (6)
Master of Arts in Leadership (6)
Master of Arts in Nursing (9)
Master of Business Administration (18)
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (12)
Master of Music Therapy (Contact program director)
28
•
•
•
Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator)
Master of Social Work (22)
Doctor of Nursing Practice (Contact program director)
Augsburg credits are calculated in semester hours. If you completed courses at other institutions that are quarter hours,
they will be converted to semester hours. One quarter hour equates to two-thirds of a semester hour.
Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from
other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average.
29
Master of Arts in Education
Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and
elsewhere. The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program combines our excellent undergraduate licensure program
with a master’s level focus on teacher leadership, preparing teachers to serve K-12 students effectively and to nurture
healthy change within schools and school systems.
Our Philosophy
The Education Department program themes include relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and
leadership. One of these themes is lived out within the MAE program —leadership. As this program theme suggests, we
expect our students to leave our programs as responsive, knowledgeable teachers prepared to exercise leadership in the
classroom and, eventually, the school and community.
Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through a combination of course content, field
experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students will leave our programs as collaborative and capable
teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world.
Our Faculty
Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom
have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty
members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer
work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do. We value
good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers.
Our Accessibility
We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal
responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of
licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings to allow you to manage these responsibilities while
pursuing your goals. You will need to be available during the weekday for the challenge and responsibility of field
experiences, but education coursework is accessible through the evening schedules*.
As a student in Augsburg’s Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among
interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly-qualified teacher—
the teacher you can become.
*As of Fall 2014 our programs are transitioning from a weekend to an evening schedule. New students will be in the
evening program. For the time being, end of program MAE degree completion options will remain on the weekend
schedule.
Education Department Mission
The mission of the Augsburg Education Department is to develop responsive, knowledgeable teachers committed to
educating all learners in a diverse and changing world.
Program Themes
Responsive, knowledgeable teachers understand the dynamic interaction among relationships, reflection and inquiry,
diversity and equity, and leadership. These four interrelated program themes provide lenses through which we filter our
practice.
Relationships
Learning is relational and communal. Responsive teachers create significant relationships with their students,
colleagues, and community partners by developing learning communities. These nurturing learning communities provide
safe, trustworthy places where challenging and engaging questions can be considered. We model the kinds of learning
communities that we expect our graduates to create. We share with our students a learning model that connects
30
content, theory, and practice in an ongoing cycle. Students and their learning are the focus for responsive teachers.
Therefore we embrace and foster a progressive and constructivist orientation.
Reflection and Inquiry
Responsive teachers are reflective practitioners who are students of teaching and learning. Providing numerous
frameworks through which to filter our experience encourages intentional and thoughtful inquiry. Through field
placements, service learning, generative questions, and classroom experiences, students and faculty develop their
perspectives about teaching and learning. Critical reflection allows us to examine content, theory, and practice in ways
that transform our practice. We think it is important to understand and learn how to manage the many polarities
inherent in the teaching and learning process.
Diversity and Equity
Responsive teachers embrace diversity and intentionally work to ensure that all learners, especially those who for some
reason have been marginalized, learn and develop in powerful ways. We continually reflect on what it means to be a
“school in the city.” We recognize that each student is unique, shaped by culture and experience; therefore,
differentiating instruction is essential. The perspective of multiple intelligences, learning style theory and teaching for
understanding help us differentiate and enable us to provide choice, variety, and flexibility. Responsive teachers believe
that all students can learn. They also have a sense of efficacy and believe that they can help all students learn.
Leadership
Responsive teachers recognize that becoming a learning leader is a developmental process, which begins in pre-service
education and continues throughout one’s career. Teachers serve as leaders within the classroom, and with experience,
increased confidence, and professional development become leaders within the school, the district, and the community.
Teacher leaders view themselves as lifelong learners. They become role models committed to their profession as a
vocation rather than a job. Emerging teacher leaders keep student learning at the center of their work while advocating
for instructional innovation, constructivist curricular development, and systemic change.
Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework
Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion program. The
Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their
institutions and communities.
The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the
combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as
well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students
are required to include coursework focused on leadership and study aspects of leadership as part of their degree
program. Third, the final project—be it an action research, a leadership application project, or performance assessment
—gives students the opportunity to study an issue of concern and, supported by research, define a means for addressing
it.
Three Teacher Leadership Aspirations inform our program. They are as follows:
Aspiration 1: Teacher leaders value learning for personal and professional growth. Teacher leaders share knowledge
effectively with colleagues. We believe that teacher leaders are comfortable with their knowledge and expertise,
neither flaunting it nor hiding it, but sharing it with others generously. They work to build bridges with a full range of
colleagues, but they don’t let recalcitrant colleagues stop their own development. They see learning as a continuous
endeavor and seek it throughout their careers.
Aspiration 2: Teachers leaders think big—beyond the classroom to the broader context of education and community.
We believe that teacher leaders see systems and the “big picture” and are able to put their classrooms, schools, and
communities into a broader context. They understand the link between policies, politics, and education and participate
in change efforts at the macro and micro levels. They seek to work with administrators to establish school and district
policy that improves life for everyone. If this involves political action, they are prepared to engage in it. Teacher leaders
also understand that teaching and learning are dynamic and that change within school systems is an ever-present
31
phenomenon. They are informed decision-makers predisposed to take on the challenge of change when they think it
benefits students, teachers, and/or community.
Aspiration 3: Teacher leaders possess courage and an orientation to action. We believe that teacher leaders help
others not be afraid. They are able to help people to take warranted risks and step outside their comfort zones. They
have the courage to bring people together to see the bigger picture and then help people get there. Teacher leaders
accept both power and accountability. They understand that responsibility without power diminishes potential for
effectiveness. They believe that accountability is a fair trade for the power to take effective action. They operate from a
foundation of self-efficacy.
Program Overview
The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is designed to provide a teaching license as part of a master’s degree program. K12 initial teaching licenses offered at Augsburg include:
•
•
•
•
Elementary education (K-6), with or without a middle school content area endorsement in math, communication
arts, social studies, or science. Also available is the pre-primary endorsement to the elementary license. Subject
matter courses for these endorsements may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college
when unavailable through evening course work.
Secondary education (5-12 and K-12) in social studies, communication arts/literature, visual arts, health,
mathematics, music, and physical education; and 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics. Subject matter courses for
these licenses may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through
evening course work.
K-12 English as a Second Language
K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist
Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure endorsement
options:
•
•
•
•
K-12 English as a Second Language
K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist
K-12 Reading
Pre-Primary (This is an endorsement only to K-6 elementary licenses)
All teachers seeking licensure through Augsburg must take and pass all tests required by the state of Minnesota for
licensure.
Accreditations and Approvals
Augsburg College Teacher Education programs are accredited and approved by:
•
•
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
Minnesota Board of Teaching. (MN BOT)
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the
Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog.
Program Structure
The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program is made up of a core of education licensure courses at the graduate level
coupled with a degree completion option. Courses in the degree completion phase are drawn from the Master of Arts in
Leadership (MAL) and graduate courses in education. Most students in the MAE program pursue a K-12 teaching license
as part of their program plan.
The MAE degree is also open to students who do not want a teaching license but do want a background in education
and leadership. See the MAE program director for details.
32
The MAE degree requires ten or eleven Augsburg graduate level courses, depending on the degree completion option. In
addition, several courses at the undergraduate level are required for licensure. Only courses taken at the graduate level
apply towards the MAE degree.
Credit
MAE graduate level courses are offered for 3 semester credits. Each course is comprised of 37.5 instructional hours with
the expectation of about 75 hours of independent study outside of class.
Schedule
The majority of the education courses in the MAE licensure and degree programs are offered through the evening
schedule. Courses during the evening meet face to face every other week with online instruction during the alternate
weeks. A few education courses and many undergraduate content area courses are offered in a face to face, classroom
based format, meeting weekly in the evenings. The MAL and education degree completion courses are offered primarily
in a weekend schedule through a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Summer session courses are offered
primarily weekday evenings. Summer courses are offered in a mix of formats from all online to all face-to-face.
The following teaching licenses are available entirely through the evening and summer schedule: elementary education,
pre-primary endorsement, 5-12 social studies, 5-12 communication arts, K-12 art, K-12 special education, and K-12
English as a second language. For the time being, the K-12 Reading Teacher endorsement and degree completion
courses are offered in hybrid form through a weekend framework.
Additional licenses in the following areas are available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, summer
schedules, and, occasional off-campus courses: biology, chemistry, health, mathematics, music, physical education, and
physics. For these licenses, the education and degree completion courses are taken weekday evenings and summer
while some, if not all, of the content area courses are taken during the weekday and/or off-campus.
The weekday evening schedule is comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. In
general, classes are held every other week, face to face with online instruction in the intervening week. The weekday
schedule is also comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. Classes offered during the
weekday meet one to three times per week. Classes offered jointly between weekday and weekend meet on a weekly
basis in the evening. The official academic calendars can be found at http://www.augsburg.edu/registrar/.
Curriculum—Teaching Licenses
K-6 Elementary Education
This program is designed to prepare teachers for grades K-6. Optional endorsements in middle school specialty areas of
math, science, social studies, and communication arts and in pre-primary can be pursued along with or separately from
the K-6 license. The teaching license and some endorsements are offered at both undergraduate and graduate levels
through a mix of undergraduate courses and combined graduate and undergraduate courses. Graduate-level licensure
coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to
the MAE program.
All of the following courses must be taken for K-6 elementary licensure. Up to seven courses may be taken at the
graduate (500) level and applied toward the MAE degree.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EDC 490/580 - School and Society
EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
EED 350/550 - K-6 Methods: Math
EED 360/560 - K-6 Methods: Science
EDC 591 - Topics
33
To complete the license, the following undergraduate requirements must be completed:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health
EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education
EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods*
EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art
EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics
EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods*
EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’s Literature
EED 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6
EED 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. Students spend 20 or more hours per term in field experiences.
These experiences occur in K-6 classrooms during the weekday. If more than one course with field experience is taken in
a given term, field experience requirements expand accordingly (i.e., two courses with 20 hours of field experience each
require a total of 40 hours).
Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements
The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of
the bachelor’s degree and/or other coursework. Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for
specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary
licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department.
Minnesota licensure standards allow for optional subject area endorsements in communication arts/literature, social
studies, math, and science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements will be available through a combination of
weekday, evening and off-campus courses. The optional pre-primary endorsement is also available. Specific
requirements for these endorsements are on file in the Education Department.
Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or
better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are
accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are
older than five years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is
not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. The program has limits on the amount and type of courses that are
accepted. Grades of B or better are required for transfer consideration. See the MAE program director for approval of
graduate coursework accepted in transfer.
Preprimary Endorsement for Elementary Licensure
This endorsement can be added to a K-6 elementary license. Required courses include the following:
PSY 250 - Child Development (PSY 105 is a prerequisite for this course)
SOC 231 - Family Systems: Cross Cultural Perspectives
or SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning (Graduate students take SPE 540.)
ECE 345/545 - Foundations of Preprimary Education
ECE 346/546 - Learning Environments for Preprimary-Aged Children
ECE 347/547 - Immersion and Teaching Competence
ECE 488, 489 - Student Teaching: Preprimary
K-12 and 5-12 Secondary Education
K-12 and 5-12 licenses in several content areas are offered through a combination of graduate and undergraduate
coursework. K-12 licenses prepare teachers to teach a content area across elementary, middle school, and high school.
Licenses for grades 5- 12 prepare teachers to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure
coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet MAE admissions
criteria.
34
Subject matter courses in the following majors are offered on weekday evenings and summer: English, communications
(for communication arts), history or economics or psychology (for social studies), art. Students seeking 5–12 licensure in
social studies must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major.
Education courses for these licenses are also taken during weekday evenings and summer.
The following content area majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry,
physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seeking licensure in any of these areas typically
will need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule and off-campus. Students can obtain a 9-12 license
in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5–8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also
can obtain the 5–8 general science license without the 9–12 license. Education courses for these licenses are taken
during weekday evenings.
Licensure Requirements
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure; four to seven of them also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in
education.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EDC 490/580 - School and Society
ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments
ESE 300/500 - Reading and Writing in Content Area*
EDC 591 - Topics
To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
ESE 3XX - K-12 or 5-12 Methods (in the content area)*
ESE 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Secondary
ESE 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related
settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences.
Undergraduate Content Area Requirements
The equivalent of a major in the licensure content area is required for K-12 and 5-12 licenses. Students who have
majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department
at Augsburg. Two or more content area courses tied to Minnesota licensure standards are generally required, even with
a completed academic major.
Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure
standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than five years is judged on a case-by-case basis.
Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department.
Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program.
See the MAE program director for approval to use graduate level transfer courses in the degree program.
Special Education
Augsburg College offers licensure in K–12 Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist (ABS). This program
qualifies students to teach in special education programs and positions working with students with mild to moderate
disabilities in the areas of emotional/behavioral disabilities, learning disabilities, autism spectrum disabilities,
developmental and cognitive disabilities and other health disabilities. This program is built on an inclusive education
model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and general educators to facilitate
35
inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Five years after being licensed, teachers
must extend their license in one of the above categories through additional coursework.
Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort—this graduate licensure program in Special
Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is offered in collaboration with the
University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly face-to-face and partly online) cohort program. The licensure courses
can be applied towards the MAE degree. See the Education Department and http://www.augsburg.edu/mae/tribalspecial-education for more information.
The ABS licensure program is offered through weeknight and summer schedules. The Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special
Education Cohort program is offered primarily online with weekend sessions at the beginning and end of each semester.
Licensure Requirements
Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Classes will include both
undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate
courses are taken at the 500 level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven courses may also be applied
toward the master’s degree in education. The following courses for the ABS license are offered at both the
undergraduate and graduate levels:
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
EED 350/550 - K–6 Methods: Math*
EED 360/560 - K–6 Methods: Science*
SPE 410/510 - Implementing Assessment Strategies*
SPE 411/511 - Etiology and Theory of Mild to Moderate Disabilities
SPE 415/515 - Theory to Practice*
SPE 425/525 - Transition and Community*
SPE 430/530 - Instructional and Behavioral Practices*
SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning
EDC 591 - Topics
To complete the ABS license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I
EDC 220 - Education Technology
EDC 330 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing
EDC 331 - Practicum in Public Achievement
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
SPE 481,483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education
SPE 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education
SPE 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience required as part of this course.
This program is based on an innovative internship model that allows students employed in special education classrooms
to fulfill a portion of their special education field experience requirements while they work. Students not employed in
these settings are expected to complete a significant number of volunteer hours in special education settings. All must
complete field placements or student teaching in classrooms serving these populations. Hours must be completed
across elementary, middle school, and high school and include experiences with the five areas of disability that are part
of this license. Specific information on field experience requirements is available from the Education Department.
36
Licensure Requirements—EBD/LD–Naadamaadiwin Special Education Tribal Cohort
This program is available only at the graduate level. Courses are taught in a hybrid fashion, partially face-to-face and
partially online. Courses are available only to those admitted to the special education tribal cohort program.
SPE 501 - Historical and Contemporary Issues in American Indian Education
SPE 503 - Assessment of American Indian Learners
SPE 504 - Working with American Indian Families and Communities
SPE 505 - The Manifestation of Multigenerational Trauma and Internalized Oppression
SPE 506 - Indigenous Learners
SPE 507 - Indigenous Methods of Instruction: Practical Application
SPE 508 - Professional Issues and Development
SPE 509 - Literacy Instruction for American Indian Learners with Exceptionalities
SPE 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education
SPE 485, 487 – Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education
EDC 591 - Topics
K-12 English as a Second Language (ESL) License
The K-12 English as a Second Language license is available as an initial license as well as an endorsement to an existing
license. This license qualifies teachers to work with K-12 students for whom English is a second language across a range
of subject areas. The K-12 ESL licensure program is comprised of both undergraduate and graduate courses; up to seven
of the graduate courses can apply to the completion of the MAE degree. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and
above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. A
pre-requisite to program admissions is two years of high school level or one year of college level language instruction.
The K-12 ESL program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of face to face and online
instruction. Classes are offered during the academic year in the evening semester framework and during summer
session to make them accessible to working adults. This license is also offered as an undergraduate major to Augsburg
Undergraduate (AU) students seeking a baccalaureate degree.
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure, and up to seven also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/MN American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments*
ESL 330/510 - History and Structure of the English Language
ESL 340/520 - ESL Literacy*
ESL 490/530 - Language, Culture, and Schools
ESL 420/540 - ESL Methods*
EDC 591 - Topics
To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
ESL 310 - Second Language Acquisition
ESL 320 - Introduction to Linguistics
ESL 410 - ESL Testing and Evaluation
ESL 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary
ESL 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary
ESL 488 - TPA and Student Teaching Seminar
37
*This course has a 20 hour field experience attached to it.
K-12 Reading Teacher Endorsement
The K-12 Reading Endorsement provides teachers with existing teaching licenses an opportunity to expand their
knowledge and practice in the area of reading instruction and potentially provide leadership within schools and districts
in reading instruction. Candidates for this license will complete five classes that have been designed to meet the
requirements established for this license by the Minnesota Board of Teaching. Students may use these courses to fulfill
requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree.
The K-12 Reading Teacher Endorsement program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of
face-to-face and online instruction. Classes are offered during summer sessions and within the weekend format during
the academic year. The endorsement program is designed to be completed within 12 months in a cohort model. Field
experiences at elementary, middle school and high school levels are required; student teaching is not required.
Required courses include:
EDC 500 - Reading Leadership in the K-12 Schools
EDC 506 - Readership, Literature, and New Literacies
EDC 515 - Reading Leadership: Reading Theory and Research*
EDC 535 - Reading Leadership: Assessment and Instruction with Elementary Readers*
EDC 545 - Reading Leadership: Assessment and Instruction with Middle and High School Readers*
*Field experience required
Student Teaching
Students are required to complete student teaching for initial and additional licenses (unless otherwise indicated). In the
MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at
this point and finish the degree later. Student teaching for elementary, secondary, and K-12 initial licenses lasts 12-14
weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full-time as student teachers and are supervised
by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for eight to twelve semester credits of student teaching and a two
semester credit edTPA and student teaching seminar. They meet at Augsburg College for student teaching seminars
several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and
Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students complete a 10-week
student teaching experience in the metro area and then complete another student teaching experience abroad.
Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful way to build a global perspective in
education. Additional information is available through the Education Department.
Student teaching for special education is 12 weeks in length for initial licenses and 7 weeks for those who already hold a
license. For students who are working in a special education setting appropriate to the ABS license, a student teaching
placement at that site may be possible, pending district approval. Additional information is available through the
Education Department.
Student teaching for ESL is 14 weeks in length and requires two placements, elementary and secondary. A single seven
week placement is required for those who already hold a license. See the Education Department for more information.
Student teaching is required for the preprimary endorsement and middle school endorsements. See the Education
Department for more information.
Curriculum—Graduate Degree Completion Options
Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in
Education licensure core, with between four to seven Augsburg graduate-level licensure courses fulfilling master’s
requirements. Students bringing fewer than seven graduate-level licensure courses or 21 semester credits into the
degree program must complete additional Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) or education graduate courses to reach the
required 30-33 semester credits for the MAE degree.
To finish out the master’s degree, students will need to complete one of the following options.
38
Action Research Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits)
This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: a Master of
Arts in Leadership (ML) elective, EDC 592 Action Research 1, and EDC 593 Action Research 2. The action research courses
guide the student through completion of a long-term action research project, typically conducted in the student’s
classroom and focused on a question or concern identified by the student. The research is presented at an action
research symposium and a formal written report of the research is placed in Lindell Library. The coursework for action
research is designed to be completed in two semesters; the project itself is done once the research is presented at an
action research symposium and the paper is accepted for placement in Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in
which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 13 semesters at no further
charge.
Leadership Application Project (LAP) Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits)
This option is currently suspended until further notice.
This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: an ML
elective, EDC/ML 514 Research Methods - Education focus or ML 514 - Research Methods and EDC 585 - Leadership
Application Project. Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are interested in developing an
educational product that meets an identified need or because they are interested in conducting an independent
research project with the assistance of a faculty advisor. To be successful in this option, students must be self-directed
and able to maintain momentum without the structure of an actual course. The goal for the project varies, depending on
the type of LAP. There are two options within the LAP.
•
•
The goal for those developing an educational product is to identify an issue or problem related to their practice, and
after researching available literature, develop a solution to the problem or issue. The solution might be developed in
the form of a curriculum, a workshop, a set of informational materials, a website, an article for publication or other
appropriate educational product.
The goal for those conducting independent research is also to identify an issue or problem to investigate; but in this
case, the investigation is through an independent research project. For those conducting independent research, it is
especially important to have a clear vision in mind for the research and have an advisor who is willing to provide
support throughout the project. Students need a research background beyond what is provided within the MAE
program to be successful with this option.
Both options are completed through a final oral presentation and placement of the final paper in the Lindell Library.
Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up
to 13 semesters at no further charge.
Performance Assessment/Teacher Leadership Degree Completion Option (Minimum 33 credits)
This degree completion option focuses on the theme of the MAE degree program - teacher leadership - and requires a
minimum of the following four classes:
EDC 570 - Teacher Leadership
EDC/ML 514 - Research Methods (ML 514 can be substituted if necessary)
EDC 594 - Performance Assessment Project
One ML leadership-focused course, preferably from this list:
ML 510 - Visions of Leadership (when taught with an emphasis on leadership rather than literature)
ML 531 - Dynamics of Change
ML 535 - Organizational Theory and Leadership
ML 540 - Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership
ML 565 - Women and Leadership
Additional courses may also be used with approval of the MAE Director.
39
Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are especially interested in considering leadership
within the context of education and themselves as potential change agents. EDC 594 must be taken as the last course in
this sequence. Students finish their degree through this option with the successful completion of these four classes.
Alternate Settings—MAE in Rochester
In step with Augsburg College’s excellent reputation in the field of education, the Master of Arts in Education program is
also offered in Rochester, MN. Licenses are available in elementary education and special education: ABS. Classes
primarily meet weekday evenings and summer at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester.
Elementary education
The K-6 elementary education license allows students to teach in grade K-6. Augsburg College offers this license at the
graduate level to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet admissions requirements. Courses for this
license are available in Rochester.
Special education
The K-12 Academic Behavior Specialist (ABS) program is designed for students currently working with or planning to
work with students with mild to moderate special needs. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special
education and the ability to work with students whose special needs are categorized as EBD, LD, DCD, ASD, and/or OHI.
All courses for these licenses are available in Rochester.
The Performance Assessment degree completion option is offered in Rochester as needed, typically every other year.
MAL Elective Courses
At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but
others may also be used. Course descriptions can be found in the MAL portion of the graduate catalog.
ML 510 - Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey
ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 - Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth
ML 530 - Ethics in Communication
ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change
ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership
ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
ML 565 - Women and Leadership
ML 599 - Topics
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MAE
Admission Requirements
Students admitted into the MAE licensure and degree programs must have:
•
•
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and
degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-2.99 may be admitted conditionally into the
graduate licensure program. To be admitted to the MAE degree completion program, all students must have a 3.0 or
better Augsburg GPA.
Application Checklist
The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Office of Admissions:
•
•
•
Completed application form - www.augsburg.edu/admissions/mae/admissions
$35 non-refundable application fee
Personal summary outlining your tentative educational objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg
40
•
Official academic transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions (including colleges,
universities, vocational/technical schools, and PSEO institutions) sent directly to the Admissions Office.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students.
Transfer Policy
Acceptance of previous education coursework completed at institutions other than Augsburg College is limited. Most
courses that have not been completed in the last seven years are considered to be too old to transfer and need to be
completed as part of one’s program at Augsburg. EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development, EDC 220 - Education
Technology, and ESE 3XX - K-12/5-12 Special Methods in Content Area are courses which may have a shorter acceptance
time frame. Additional information on the transfer policy is available through the Education Department.
Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of previous academic work will be completed as part of the
admissions process. Education coursework is evaluated by the Education Department. For secondary licenses, content
area coursework is evaluated by the content area department. This process is initiated as part of the admissions process.
Generally, the requirement is that two or more classes in the content area must be taken at Augsburg, even with an
undergraduate major in the field. In all cases, previous undergraduate courses must have received a grade of C or better
to be eligible for transfer. Previous graduate coursework must have received a grade of B or better to be considered.
Content area departments determine when courses are too old to be counted towards licensure.
Acceptance into the MAE Program
Application files are reviewed by the MAE director. Applicants are notified of the admission decision by the Office of
Admissions, usually within one to two weeks after the application file is complete. Applicants whose cumulative
undergraduate GPA is below 2.5 will not be admitted into the MAE program; however, these applicants can be
reconsidered when additional undergraduate coursework raises the cumulative undergraduate GPA to 2.5 or above. An
exception to this occurs when the applicant has completed an advanced degree with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better.
Under these circumstances, the applicant can be considered for full admission into the MAE degree and licensure
programs.
Advising and Registration
Admitted students are able to participate in academic advising and the registration process. Typically, first-term
registration occurs with intake advising. After the first term, students generally are able to register online through
Records and Registration. All students are assigned an Education Department advisor early in the first semester of
courses.
Academic Policies
Application to the Education Department
Once accepted to the College and the MAE program, students may take designated courses in education and content
areas. Prior to beginning the methods courses within a program, students must be admitted to the Education
Department. This admissions process is outlined in the EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education and in admissions
handbooks, which are available through the Education Department.
Academic Achievement
All MAE students are expected to achieve and maintain 3.0 or better GPA in their Augsburg course work. Students
whose cumulative GPA falls between 2.5 and 2.99 at the end of their licensure program are able to complete the license
but are not eligible for the degree. Students with cumulative GPA’s below 2.5 may not student teach and are subject to
academic probation and possible dismissal.
In all cases, a cumulative GPA on the Augsburg graduate transcript must be at 3.0 or better to be admitted to the degree
completion component of the MAE degree. Students who are ready to begin the degree completion component must
file an Intent to Complete form (available through the MAE coordinator) at which point a transcript review is completed
41
to confirm the 3.0 or better GPA and to determine the completed courses that apply to the degree and the courses that
remain.
Minimum Grade Policy
Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 2.5 GPA in a given term are notified that they must raise their GPA to the
required level. Students who receive below a 2.0 in any undergraduate course or 2.5 in any graduate course required for
licensure are expected to repeat the course as soon as possible and raise the grade to the appropriate level.
Dismissal from Licensure and Degree Program
Students may be dismissed from the licensure program prior to and during student teaching for failure to maintain
appropriate academic and teaching-based performance standards, for gross violation of College policy, and/or for
conduct in violation of professional ethics. Dismissal occurs within the context of established department procedures
described in the Education Department Handbook available through the Education Department. Students have the right
to appeal dismissal from the licensure program on the grounds of procedural error, using the College’s program
dismissal appeals process. Information about the program dismissal appeals process is available in the Augsburg Student
Guide. Students who fail to complete the license may have the option to finish the degree.
Fieldwork Requirements
Fieldwork experiences are tied to several licensure courses. In most cases, these experiences are conducted within a
service-learning framework, providing service to the school and classroom while also providing students’ opportunities
for focused reflection linked back to course objectives. In general, students should plan for a minimum of 20 hours field
experience per term. When multiple courses with field experience are taken in the same term, the requirements expand
accordingly. Students in field experiences are evaluated by their host K-12 teachers on the basis of criteria drawn from
the Minnesota Standards of Effective Practice. Evaluations are kept in the students’ Education Department files and
used in decisions regarding progress through the program and student teaching. A full description of field experience
requirements is available in the Education Department Handbook.
Readmission and Withdrawal
Students in good standing who fail to register for courses for two terms (not including summer) are withdrawn from the
MAE program. To be readmitted to the College and the MAE program, students file a Readmission form through the
Registrar’s Office.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition, students in this program can expect to pay a data maintenance fee upon admission to the
department, as well as liability insurance at the student rate during student teaching and the cost of a background check
for licensure and, possibly, field experience. In addition, optional international travel courses have associated costs
above and beyond the charge for tuition.
Full-time Faculty
Elizabeth M. Ankeny, Associate Professor of Education. BA, Augustana College; MAT, Morningside College; PhD,
Colorado State University.
Christopher R. Brown, Field Experience Coordinator/Charter School Liaison; Instructor of Education. BS, Bemidji State
University; MEd, University of Sydney, Australia.
Renae Ekstrand, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, Bemidji State University; MS, Winona State University; EdD, Bethel
University (expected May 2014).
Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological
Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Finders, Associate Professor of Education. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of
Iowa.
Jeanine Gregoire, Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
42
Audrey Lensmeier, Assistant Professor of Education. BA Indiana University; MAT National Louis University; PhD
University of Minnesota.
Gregory Krueger, Instructor of Education. BA, Southwest Minnesota State University; MA, Hamline University.
Rachel M. Lloyd, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, Carleton College; MA, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Susan O’Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota; MS, PhD, Syracuse University.
Vicki L. Olson, Professor of Education and Director of the MAE Program. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Donna Patterson, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, MEd, University of Minnesota.
Barbara Short, Associate Professor of Education. BA Augustana College; MS Illinois State University; EdD Illinois State
University.
Christopher Smith, Assistant Professor of Education. BS Purdue University; MS Purdue University; PhD University of
Minnesota.
Diane C.Vodicka, Assistant Professor of Education. BEd, North Park College; MEd, Georgia Southwestern College.
Barbara West, Instructor of Education, Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement/Licensing. BS, St. Cloud State
University; MS, Syracuse University.
43
Master of Arts in Leadership
MAL Mission
The purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community,
and society. Organizations seek leaders who possess:
•
•
•
•
•
An ethically and morally responsible vision
An understanding of how change occurs and how it can be managed
A sensitivity to the complex problems of organizations and an ability to find solutions consistent with their mission
Cultural competence and sensitivity to the needs of a diverse population
The ability to inspire and motivate people to work toward a common goal
The Augsburg leadership development model provides a framework through which the program recruits its students and
develops their skills.
Program Overview
The study of leadership is central to Augsburg College. The College mission statement says, “Augsburg College educates
students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” The Master of Arts in
Leadership is quintessentially Augsburg. The integrated liberal arts perspective on leadership education is what we think
of as the “Augsburg difference.”
The Master of Arts in Leadership is the core program of Augsburg’s Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). Developed and
launched in 1987, it is Augsburg’s oldest graduate degree and one of the oldest leadership graduate degrees in the
United States. The program responds to the leadership development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit
organizations. MAL has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies, yet also offers its students practical approaches to
leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society.
Leadership Development Model
The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that:
•
•
•
Inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources
Promotes productivity within and beyond the organization
Works toward progress for the individual and the organization
To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision,
the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined
in the Leadership Development Model, which serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg’s model of
leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual.
Learning Goals and Outcomes
The MAL program is designed to support students in developing the knowledge and skills to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Explore the nature and practice of leadership in a wide variety of dynamic organizational and community settings
Develop a personal understanding and philosophy of leadership
Aspire to be responsible leaders who are informed citizens, critical thinkers, and thoughtful stewards
Enhance knowledge of self and the capacity to be reflective learners
Analyze and navigate increasingly complex changing environments
Formulate and articulate a shared vision in order to inspire others to achieve desired goals
MAL Courses
Each course encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to
adult learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity.
These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and
44
understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the
world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities.
Plan of Study
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that the
students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined, and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom
experience, group interaction, and individual study. Courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for
discussion and dialogue.
The program features classes taught by faculty from multiple disciplines and offers two formats to allow students to
choose the option that works best for them. Both formats offer a combination of classroom and online learning styles in
different proportions. The classic classroom format emphasizes face-to-face instruction augmented by online work. The
integrated hybrid format combines online and intensive learning experiences with occasional sessions in a traditional
classroom setting.
Two Convenient Formats: Classic Classroom and Integrated Hybrid Cohort
Overview Classic Classroom Format
For more than 25 years, our classic classroom format has featured a flexible choice model that allows students to select
courses that focus on individual goals, interests, and learning style. Students can also determine the pace at which they
move through the program. This format offers numerous electives and allows for individualized studies. Some online
work is incorporated into this format.
Schedule
During fall and spring semesters, classes usually meet every other Saturday morning or afternoon for four hours.
Additional instruction time is provided online. Seven Saturday sessions are included in one semester. Some select classes
meet on Monday evenings. Students can take a combination of Saturday and Monday courses.
A sample class schedule in the classic classroom format:
Period I
Saturday
8:00 am to 12:00 pm
Period II
Saturday
1:00 pm to 5:00 pm
Period III
Weeknights
6:00 pm to 10:00 pm
Note: Each class taken commits a student to Period I, Period II, or Period III, an average of two meetings a month. A few
courses are taught on an immersion model, which features fewer but longer sessions.
The MAL program also offers summer semester courses in seven-week, fourteen-week, or special immersion formats.
Curriculum
Four core courses:
ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership
ML 514 - Research Methods
ML 580 - Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership
ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course)
Seven electives, selected from more than 20 offerings*
*Students may petition the program to do a thesis in place of two of the elective courses. Students who do the thesis
are required to develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of leadership or of a leadership-related topic
and register for ML 592 Thesis Consultation I and ML 593 Thesis Consultation II. Students electing to write a thesis are
still required to take ML 585 to complete the program.
45
Elective courses for the Classic Classroom format
The MAL program requires that seven elective courses be selected from the following course list. All courses are 3
semester credits:
ML 510 - Visions of Leadership
ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 - Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth
ML 527 - Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
ML 530 - Ethics in Communication
ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change
ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership
ML 536 - Facilitating Organizational Change
ML 538 - Communication Skills for Leadership
ML 539 - Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization
ML 540 - Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership
ML 548 - Coaching and Consulting
ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 553 - Design and Leadership
ML 557 - Language of Leadership
ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society
ML 565 - Women and Leadership
ML 570 - Negotiation: Theory and Practice
ML 574 - Strategic Leadership
ML 575 - Constructive Conflict Resolution
ML 576 - Leading Innovation
ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience
ML 598 - Independent Study
ML 599 - Topics
Overview of Integrated Hybrid Cohort Format
A combination of online, classroom, and experiential learning
The integrated hybrid model is completed in two years with a combination of intensive face-to-face sessions and online
coursework. Students complete the program with a cohort of peers representing many different perspectives. Students
learn from each other and build relationships that will provide support throughout the program and a valuable network
for the future.
Schedule
After starting with a five-day summer experience, classes meet on a semester schedule September through mid-April
(fall and spring semesters) and mid-May through mid-August summer semester). Coursework will be online and
supported by three on-campus class sessions per term.
Curriculum
*ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership
ML 512 - Responsible Leadership for the 21st Century (Intensive)
*ML 514 - Research Methods
ML 520 - Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth
ML 523 - Leading Authentically
ML 553 - Design and Leadership
ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society
ML 574 - Strategic Leadership
46
ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience (or alternative elective)
*ML 580 - Colloquium of Contemporary Theories of Leadership
*ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course)
* Core courses offered in the integrated hybrid format (required for all students)
A sequenced list of seven electives is prepared for each cohort. In the cohort program, students complete 11 courses,
including a capstone course (ML 585).
MBA/MAL Dual Degree
The dual degree program takes advantage of the intellectual benefits of studying business administration and leadership
in a coordinated program. It leverages Augsburg’s long tradition of graduate leadership training via the MA in Leadership
with the robust demand for business education through our MBA program. The dual degree provides students with the
leadership skills needed to run a business and, at the same time, helps them develop the comprehensive outlook they
need to thrive in today’s interconnected world.
A minimum of 18 Augsburg courses completes the MBA/MA in Leadership dual degree, including at least 7 MBA
courses and 7 MA in Leadership courses.
The following dual degree program requirements must be met.
7 courses are required from MBA courses:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
MBA 510 – Managerial Economics
MBA 520 – Accounting for Managers
MBA 530 – Managerial Finance
MBA 540 – Business and Professional Ethics
MBA 550 – Marketing Management
MBA 570 – Quantitative Decision Making for Managers
MBA 580 – The Field Study
4 core courses are required from MA in Leadership courses with 3 MAL elective courses:
•
•
•
•
•
ML 505 – Foundations of Leadership
ML 514 – Research Methods
ML 580 – Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership
ML 585, ML 585, ML 588 or ML 597 – Final Project
ML Electives (3)
Three Focus Area Courses
Students will choose one course from each of the focus areas:
Focus Area #1: Organizational Development
•
•
•
MBA 545 – Organizational Development
ML 535 – Organizational Theory and Leadership
Director approved course with organizational development focus
Focus Area #2: Global/Multicultural Perspective
•
•
•
•
MBA 565 – Global Environment for Managers
ML 560 – Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
Ml 563 – Leadership in a Global Society
Director approved course with global/multicultural focus
Focus Area #3: Strategic Leadership
•
•
•
MBA 595 – Strategic Management
ML 574 – Strategic Leadership
Director approved course with strategic leadership focus
47
One Additional Elective Course
Elective course may be taken in either MBA or MA in Leadership Program
Admission to the Dual Degree Program
Admission for the dual degree program is handled on a “rolling” basis and requires applicants to hold a bachelor’s
degree from a regionally accredited four-year college or university. Official transcripts from all post-secondary
institutions are required as well as a current résumé and two recommendations. An interview with the program director
is also part of the admissions process.
Although we do accept the GMAT and GRE, we also offer candidates an alternative math and writing profile assessment
entitled the Individual Learning Profile (ILP) which provides a picture of candidate’s math and writing (verbal)
competency detailing strengths and areas of improvement. The profile is not an admissions screening instrument and
will be used as a platform to develop a skills improvement plan for students should they need it.
Earning the dual degree during or after the MBA or MA in Leadership program
Students who are currently enrolled in the MBA or MA in Leadership program or alumni who wish to return to
Augsburg may add the dual degree to their existing degree by completing most of the same requirements listed on the
front of this page. Students may use previously completed application pieces and coursework to help meet these
requirements.
Returning students may complete an abbreviated application form after consultation with the MBA or ML program
director. Upon entering the MBA program, a quantitative online profile assessment must also be taken. This is used as a
platform to enhance skills, if needed.
Students with an MA in Leadership who wish to add the dual degree will take a minimum of 7 required MBA courses.
Students will complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MAL
program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections.
Students with an MBA will complete 4 required and 3 elective MA in Leadership courses. Students will need to complete
one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MBA program. Each student’s
program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections.
Students in both programs will meet individually with the program directors to determine whether their completed final
project meets the criteria aligned with the dual degree final project. Directors may ask that the project be modified or
added to or ask the student to complete another project. These decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis.
Certificate in Leadership Studies
The certificate program is an attractive option for people who want to develop their leadership skills without
undertaking a full degree program. A certificate is awarded after completion of five Augsburg MAL courses in leadership.
Students pursuing this option take ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership and four additional electives. The normal
application process is used for students who wish to pursue the certificate.
Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership
A BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program designed for students who
wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master’s degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion
of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled the
150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a
weekend schedule or Monday evening. Refer to the MAL program schedule for the list of courses each year and to the
accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan. Students should meet with both the MAL director and an
accounting advisor to create an effective plan for successful completion of the five-year program.
General Requirements for the Accounting/MAL Program
Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of
their junior year. The application process includes submission of:
48
•
•
•
•
•
•
Completed application form
Three letters of recommendation (two from professors and one from an employer)
Personal statement
Example of their writing in an academic paper
GPA of at least 3.30
Interview with a three-person panel from the MAL program
Students must also have faculty endorsement from the Accounting program. Students must complete at least one year
of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program.
Program Coordinator: Professor Stu Stoller.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program
Admission Requirements
Applicants to the program must have:
•
•
•
•
•
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited, four-year college or university
Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 and a minimum cumulative grade point average of
3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university. Should an applicant not meet the
minimum admission requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as decided on a case-by-case basis.
Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a
position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential.
Applicants holding a master’s or other advanced degrees from accredited colleges or universities are admissible.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee.
Admission is handled on a “rolling” basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, spring, and summer
terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant’s:
o Previous college record
o Letters of recommendation
o Experience and organizational background
o Written statement
o Interview, if requested
Application Checklist
The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Completed application form
$35 non-refundable application fee (waived if online application is used)
A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant’s career and life goals to leadership aspirations
Recommendation letter and checklist from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential
Recommendation letter and checklist from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant’s work style
and leadership potential
Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s)
conferred
Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended, listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any.
Résumé, if available.
Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members.
For further information, contact: Office of Admissions, 612-330-1101, gradinfo@augsburg.edu or
www.augsburg.edu/grad.
49
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outline in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Academic Policies
Academic Evaluation
Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being
graded on P/N basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 3.0. No more than two
courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5
can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Any
course with a grade of 2.0 or lower will be transcribed as 0.0 academic credit.
In order to graduate, a student must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or above. All required courses and the final projects
must be successfully completed. A student registered for a final course may be permitted to participate in
commencement but will not receive a diploma until all courses are successfully completed.
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be
placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a
student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a course, the student must petition
successfully with the MAL director before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the
program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of College
policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
MAL Program Enrollment Policy
Students normally take either one or two courses per semester. Enrolling in two courses per semester (including
summer semester) enables a student to complete the coursework in the program within two years.
Students who are away from classes for one year or longer must complete an Application for Readmission and submit it
to the Registrar’s Office. Students who have been out of the program for more than two years may, at the discretion of
the program director, be required to take additional courses to refresh their understanding of the field.
Accreditation and Affiliation
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, in the Accreditation, Approvals and
Memberships section.
MAL Faculty
Andrew Aoki, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin.
John Benson, Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD,
Columbia University.
Thomas Berkas, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE, University of Minnesota, PhD University of Minnesota.
Larry Bourgerie, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, BA, MA, University of Minnesota. Senior Vice President Human
Resources, TrueStone Financial.
Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, University of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Seminary; PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Stephen K. Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; JD, University of Minnesota. Vice President
and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute.
50
Garry Hesser, Martin Olav Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological
Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame.
Lucinda Hruska-Claeys, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, Southern Illinois UniversityCarbondale; JD, University of Minnesota; MAL, Augsburg College. Vice President and Special Accounts
Consultant, Wells Fargo Bank N.A.
Steven Jeddeloh, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, Mankato State University; MED in Education and MED in Training
and Organization Development, University of Minnesota; MA, PhD, Fielding Graduate University. President of
Leadership Resources Consulting.
David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University;
EdD, West Virginia University.
Karen J. Lokkesmoe, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MPA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
President, Lokkesmoe Consulting, LLC.
Steven Manderscheid, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota; EdD,
University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University.
Marilyn S. McKnight Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, St. Mary's University;
President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute, Mpls.
Thomas Morgan, Professor of Business Administration. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of
Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan, Professor Emerita of Political Science and Leadership Studies, former Director of the Center for
Leadership Studies and the MAL Program (1993-2011). BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana
University.
Diane Pike, Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University.
John S. Schmit, Professor of English. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of
Texas-Austin.
Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Alan Tuchtenhagen, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies and Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the
MAL Program. BS, Westmar College; MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University.
Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, University of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Vice President and Practice Area Leader, MDA Leadership Consulting Inc.
Staff
Patty Park, Program Coordinator. BA, University of Minnesota; MA, Augsburg College.
51
Master of Arts in Nursing and Doctor of Nursing Practice
Welcome to graduate nursing education at Augsburg College. Our classes are made up of students representing a
dynamic mix of cultures, spiritual traditions, and life-ways. It is exciting for us to offer experienced nurses transforming
educational opportunities and engaging transcultural encounters that expand their career choices and advance their
nursing practice.
The increasing diversity of our population today challenges all of us to respond to individual health care needs with
creativity and competence in a variety of emerging care settings. The Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to
prepare nurses for those evolving contexts of care. Students can choose between two tracks of study: Transcultural
Nursing and Transformational Nursing Leadership. Each track of study emphasizes leadership skills, inter-professional
collaboration and ways to serve persons in a variety of care settings.
The post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) program builds on the MAN and prepares nurses for innovative
health leadership and advanced nursing practice at local and system-wide levels. Drawing on a transcultural nursing
foundation, the DNP curriculum embraces integrative health care and holistic nursing practice to maximize health for
individuals and communities. Students design their own scholarly paths defined by their unique gifts, interests, and
practice goals. Throughout the DNP program there are a range of opportunities for collaboration across cultures, socioeconomic strata and care systems.
The post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/Family Nurse Practitioner track of study prepares nurses for
advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Drawing on a
transcultural nursing foundation, the DNP/FNP curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing practice.
Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve
human potential. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while
addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous
practice frame the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices,
transformational leadership, and health assessment.
Classes in both the DNP and MAN programs are offered on the Augsburg campus and at Bethel Lutheran Church in
Rochester, MN, where our branch campus is located. Video conferencing and online assignments are used for some of
the classes, however, our students and faculty are committed to driving from one site to the other at least once during
each semester to be physically present and together.
Building relationships is important to us. Program faculty and staff are available at both sites and eager to assist
students.
Cheryl J. Leuning
Chair, Department of Nursing
Director, Master of Arts in Nursing Program
and Doctor of Nursing Practice Program
52
Master of Arts in Nursing
Mission
The Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural
nursing practice across care settings with particular emphasis on addressing health inequities. Students select from two
tracks of study—Transformational Nursing Leadership or Transcultural Nursing. Both tracks prepare nurse leaders to
assume a wide variety of roles and responsibilities throughout the healthcare system and in emerging care settings in
communities.
Curriculum
The MAN curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits –15 semester credits in a Nursing Core, in which all students
enroll, and 18 semester credits in one of the two Tracks of Study. Practica are taken concurrently with most courses and
are integrated throughout the program. Each semester credit of practicum is equal to 45 clock hours of practice.
Students select a track of study when applying to the program, however, this is not essential until after one’s first
semester. Students may study full-time (6-8 semester credits per term) or part-time (4 semester credits per term). Time
to degree completion takes an average 22 months when studying full-time, and 32 months when studying part-time.
Nursing Core Courses (15 semester credits)
The core nursing courses integrate a strong foundation of social justice incorporating multiple ways of knowing with
curricular emphasis on nursing science, art, and theory to guide practice.
NUR 500 - Transcultural Health Care (3 semester credits)
NUR 500P - Practicum: Transcultural Health Care (1 semester credit)
NUR 541 - Politics of Health (3 semester credits)
NUR 541P - Practicum: Politics of Health Care (1 semester credit)
NUR 505 - Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice (3 semester credits)
NUR 505P - Practicum: Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice Nursing (1 semester credit)
NUR 520 - Research Methods in Nursing (3 semester credits)
Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (18 semester credits)
The Transformational Nursing Leadership track is designed to develop nurse leaders’ ability to critically analyze,
articulate, and develop effective strategies to cope with high level health care disparities. Curricular emphasis is on interprofessional collaboration across care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica in traditional and emerging
care settings adds depth and meaning to classroom dialogue. Practica also provide opportunities for students to apply
knowledge and gain experience partnering with diverse care providers, populations, and communities to address health
inequities in creative and relevant ways. Transformational Nursing Leadership track courses include:
NUR 501 - Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (3 semester credits)
NUR 501P - Practicum: Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (1 semester credit)
NUR 521 - Transformational Nursing Leadership (3 semester credits)
NUR 521P - Practicum: Transformational Nursing Leadership (2 semester credits)
NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits)
NUR 523P - Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits)
NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits)
NUR 525P - Practicum: Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits)
Students graduating from the Transformational Leadership Track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the
American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification as a Nurse Executive, Advanced and to the Transcultural
Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing.
Graduate Field Project in Transformational Nursing Leadership
Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone
of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum–NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development
53
and articulation of a final field project focused on transformational leadership. Students present their final projects in
NUR 525.
Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings Track (18 semester credits)
The Transcultural Nursing track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program was designed to prepare nurses for advanced
practice across care settings in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, theoryguided practice, and transcultural principles. Emphasis is on reaching out to persons and populations that are
underserved by traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social mainstream. As such, the track provides rich
alternative learning opportunities for graduate students locally and internationally. Transcultural Nursing Across Care
Settings track courses include:
NUR 532 - Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (3 semester credits)
NUR 532P – Practicum: Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (1 semester credits)
NUR 530 - The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (3 semester credits)
NUR 530P – Practicum: The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (1 semester credits)
NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits)
NUR 523P – Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits)
NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits)
NUR 525P - Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits)
Students graduating from the Transcultural Nursing track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the
Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing and
certification in Holistic Nursing through the American Holistic Nurses Credentialing Corporation (AHNCC)
(www.ahncc.org).
Graduate Field Project in Transcultural Nursing
Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone
of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum—NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development
and articulation of a final field project focused on transcultural nursing. Students present their final projects in NUR 525.
Practica
Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students earn 9 semester
credits of practicum work that is equal to 405 clock hours of practice—45 clock hours per semester credit hour. Practica
are generally semi-structured, experiential, and led by faculty and cultural guides familiar with the communities in which
the practica occur. Some practica are student directed. In all practica, students are encouraged to immerse themselves
in practice settings that serve persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health care, as emphasis in the
program is on cultural diversity and health inequities across health care settings. Practica focusing on experiential
learning with a transformational nurse leader provides students with the opportunity to gain a greater understanding of
organizational dynamics and change through a complexity science paradigm.
Augsburg Central Health Commons & the Inner City
A unique opportunity for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice is provided
by the Augsburg Central Health Commons, and the Health Commons in the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. Both Health
Commons are nursing-led drop-in centers dedicated to serving those in need and focused on healthy individuals and
communities. People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide ranging cultural
contexts frequent the Health Commons for health support and reassurance. Service and care are based on respect,
relationship, and collaboration that connects health and hope for all participants. Health Commons partners include
Central Lutheran Church in downtown Minneapolis, Fairview Health Services, U-Care, and the East Africa Health Project.
Study Abroad and Away
The Department of Nursing works closely with cultural guides and nurse mentors in various contexts of care in emerging
care settings at home and abroad. The Center for Global Education is a partner with the Department of Nursing in
developing and facilitating study abroad opportunities in Guatemala and Mexico.
54
Additional collaborative partners include the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MOHSS) in Namibia, the Pine Ridge
Retreat Center, in Pine Ridge, SD, and a variety of cultural guides and local practitioners throughout England. A detailed
listing of practica and immersion experiences abroad and away can be found at the nursing website
(www.augsburg.edu/nursing).
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission Requirements
Decisions about admission to the program will be made by the Graduate Admissions Committee on an individual basis.
Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September) and
spring (January) semesters.
Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
An earned Bachelor’s degree in nursing from a regionally accredited college or university, or an Associate of Science
degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing bachelor’s degree
A cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all previous college coursework
Experience as a registered nurse
Three letters of recommendation
A current, unencumbered nursing license
All required immunizations
Transcripts from all colleges and universities attended
A Criminal Background check
A college level statistics course within the last 7 years is required for progression in the program, but is not
necessary for admission
A written statement describing professional and educational goals
The following items must be sent to the Office of Admissions:
Completed application form—www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
$35 non-refundable application fee
A 2-3 page typed statement describing the applicant’s professional and educational goals
Three letters of recommendation (in English) addressing the applicant’s character and ability for graduate study.
(Two of these recommendations must be from professional colleagues)
Evidence of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training, and required immunizations
Official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any
degree(s) conferred
An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members may be requested.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. For more information, refer to the
additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Academic Policies
Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Arts in Nursing program will be based on number grades using a
4.0 point scale. See detailed information in the Academic Programs and Policies
Attendance Policy
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Instructors may lower grades if attendance and participation is lacking. Individual
syllabi will contain individual instructors’ requirements. Because classes are held in Rochester and Minneapolis, students
must prepare to drive to class at least once per term.
55
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MAN program. If a student falls below a 3.0
average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be
restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of 2.0 or less in a course, the
student must petition successfully to the faculty of the Master of Arts in Nursing program before being allowed to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of 2.0 or less
is received, the student may be dismissed from the program.
Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of college policy as
published in the Student Guide. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
Credit for Prior Education
Students may petition the Master of Arts in Nursing faculty for approval of transfer of credit. Transfer credits will
be evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those earned
from regionally accredited colleges and universities, whose course content is comparable to course content in the
Master of Arts in Nursing program. No more than nine semester credits will be accepted for transfer credit.
Schedules for Classes
Master’s classes are taught in a hybrid format combining in-class and web-based instruction to meet the needs of
working adults. Most classes meet 6 times per semester for 5 hour periods. Video conferencing is used to connect
students in Rochester, MN, with students in Minneapolis. Some driving for class is required, as students from Rochester
will travel to Minneapolis one time per term and students from Minneapolis will travel to Rochester one time per term.
If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used. Classes in Rochester meet at Bethel Lutheran Church at 810 3rd Ave
SE, Rochester, MN.
Practica are additional to courses. Students enroll in practica concurrently with enrollment in courses.
Accreditation and Affiliations
The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Department of Nursing Faculty
Pauline Abraham, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Winona State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg
College.
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Assistant Professor and Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center, BSN University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate Programs. BA,
Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN,
Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor. BSN, St. Olaf College; MSN, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH; Nursing Major, College of
St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Mary’s College, Minneapolis, MN; MSN, University of MN; PhD, University of
Colorado.
Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
56
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University,
St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant.
57
Doctor of Nursing Practice – Transcultural Nursing Leadership (DNPTCN)
The post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice program prepares nurses for innovative health leadership and advanced
nursing practice at local and system-wide levels. Drawing on a transcultural nursing foundation, the DNP-TCN curriculum
embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing practice. Emphasis is placed on maximizing health within
populations and communities through peaceful, just and collaborative actions across care settings and cultures, focusing
on eliminating health inequities locally and globally. As a post-master’s program, the DNP-TCN track of study builds upon
the strengths of the Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) program and prepares nurses for advanced leadership and practice
roles in Transcultural Nursing (TCN) and Holistic Nursing.
Program Goals
Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice program are prepared to:
•
•
•
Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among
populations and communities
Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health
Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause
Program Structure
The program is structured in a modified cohort model. One cohort a year will be admitted to begin in the fall term.
Students can choose to take full or part-time study. Students taking full-time study take two didactic offerings, two
seminars, and a practicum each semester. Students in full-time study can complete the post-master’s DNP-TCN
curriculum in 20 months, including completion of the capstone project. Students selecting part-time study take one
didactic offering, one seminar and a practicum each semester. As a part-time student, completion of the program is
expected to take 32 months, including completion of the capstone project.
The DNP curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits comprised of didactic classes, experiential practica, and
seminars, with a capstone project completing the degree. As a practice doctorate, the emphasis is on building leadership
and practice skills in knowledge application among diverse population groups. The goal is to improve health and
decrease health inequities that lead to unnecessary morbidity and mortality in communities.
Students graduating from the DNP-TCN track are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission
(TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing and certification in Holistic Nursing through the American
Holistic Nurses Credentialing Corporation (AHNCC) (www.ahncc.org/).
Didactic
A total of six didactic courses (18 semester credits) constitute the DNP program. One course equals three semester
credits. Courses are taught in an immersion model two days a month—eight hours of class time the first day and four
hours the subsequent morning, followed by an afternoon seminar.
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at
Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s branch campus. Video conferencing is used for some
of the classes, however, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per
semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used.
Practica
Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and
depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured
immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or that are student initiated and individually directed
experiences mentored by nursing faculty.
In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:
58
•
•
•
1 semester credit hour =
2 semester credit hours =
3 semester credit hours =
45 clock hours of practicum time per semester
90 clock hours of practicum time per semester
135 clock hours of practicum time per semester
To earn the DNP, students must complete a total of 1,000 practicum hours in their Master’s and DNP programs.
Students will be allowed to transfer up to 600 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing into the Augsburg DNP. As
such, all students will register for at least nine semester credits of practica in the post-master’s DNP-TCN.
Seminars
Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice, developing the student’s particular practice
interests. Students are required to participate in a doctoral seminar every semester —fall and spring—until completion
of the DNP degree. Cohorts of students who enter the DNP program together usually progress as a group in the
seminars in which they enroll each term, depending on whether they are studying full-time or part-time. The final
seminar (NUR 841) culminates in the capstone project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP
degree.
Final DNP Capstone Project
Final DNP capstone projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and
communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for
presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in
synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care.
Students should begin working on their DNP capstone projects in the early stages of the DNP program and continue
throughout. This scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the DNP
Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice program must have:
•
•
•
•
•
•
An earned master’s degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited institution
A GPA of 3.2 on a 4.0 grading scale in master’s in nursing program
A current unencumbered RN license to practice in the US.
Evidence of a completed graduate research course
Evidence of up-to-date immunizations
Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis. Selection of candidates will be made on
the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant:
•
•
•
•
A three-page typed, double-spaced essay demonstrating ability to write in a thoughtful, coherent manner
Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree
completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services.)
Three professional references
An interview with program faculty
The number of applicants admitted to the DNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members who
share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an
applicant will be admitted to the program.
Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the
World Education Service (WES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationallyeducated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org/) to
forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are
verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX).
59
Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed
the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students.
Applicants whose first language is not English must submit evidence of earning a minimum score of 95 out of a possible
120 (or 250 if previous version was taken) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). See Graduate
Admissions for more information.
Accreditation
The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), which
has accredited the Master of Arts in Nursing and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at Augsburg. Augsburg is
accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Department of Nursing Faculty
Pauline Abraham, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Winona State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg
College.
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Assistant Professor and Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center, BSN University of
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate Programs. BA,
Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN,
Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor. BSN, St. Olaf College; MSN, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH; Nursing Major, College of
St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Mary’s College, Minneapolis, MN; MSN, University of MN; PhD, University of
Colorado.
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University,
St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Program Coordinator, BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Administrative Assistant
60
Doctor of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner
The post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/FNP track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing
leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Drawing on a transcultural nursing
foundation, the DNP curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing practice. Emphasis is on
eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential.
The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health
needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice frame the
critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices, transformational leadership,
and health assessment.
Program Goals
Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner program are prepared to:
•
•
•
•
Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among
populations and communities.
Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health.
Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause.
Provide primary care to persons, families and communities with particular consideration for those who are
underserved and/or marginalized by dominant societal structures.
Program Structure
The program is structured to admit students beginning each fall semester. Students may take courses on a part-time or
full-time basis during the completion of their Masters of Nursing or Doctor of Nursing Practice courses. Full-time study is
required during the didactic and clinical courses in the FNP course sequence during the last two years of the program.
Length of program: The Post-BSN to DNP/FNP track of study leads to eligibility for certification as a Family Nurse
Practitioner (FNP) through the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) and requires a minimum of 84 semester
credit hours, including 57 didactic credit hours and 23 practicum credit hours.
Didactic
A total of 19 didactic courses (57 semester credits) constitute the DNP/FNP program. Didactic classes, structured
practica, and clinical experiences are taught in a variety of flexible schedules that are responsive to student needs.
Master level classes (NUR 500 level courses) consist of six classes a semester - five hours of class time, in addition to
taking a one credit practicum course associated with the didactic course. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in
an immersion model two days a month - eight hours of class time for the first day and four hours the subsequent
morning, followed by an afternoon seminar. The FNP courses (final two years of study) are offered on Mondays
approximately five times a semester, class time hours will vary from 8 to 12 hours. Web-based assignments are
integrated into all classes through Moodle.
Summer meeting schedules will be more condensed. Community practicum experiences may be scheduled during the
class meeting days as well. Additionally, some courses may be taught in an immersion format, where students and
faculty are “immersed” in a unique socio-cultural context and course content and a set number of practicum hours are
condensed into seven to fourteen days.
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at
Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s branch campus or at Hermitage Farm Center for
Healing, 6415 West River Road NW, Rochester, MN. Video conferencing is used for some of the classes, however,
students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per semester. If weather is
inclement, video conferencing is used.
61
Practica
Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and
depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured
immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or that are student initiated and individually directed
experiences mentored by nursing faculty. FNP clinical sites will be arranged by clinical faculty.
In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:
•
•
•
1 semester credit hour =
2 semester credit hours =
3 semester credit hours =
45 clock hours of practicum time per semester
90 clock hours of practicum time per semester
135 clock hours of practicum time per semester
To earn the DNP/FNP, students must complete a total of 1,035 practicum hours. Students will be allowed to transfer up
to 400 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing. To complete the DNP/FNP, students must complete 630 practica
hours (530 hours of primary care of the adult and 100 hours of primary care of children and women’s health). As such,
all students will register for at least 23 semester credits of practica.
Seminars
Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice developing the student’s particular practice
interest. Students are required to participate in a total of four one-semester-credit doctoral seminars during the
DNP/FNP program. The final seminar culminates in the project presentation and completion of the requirements for the
DNP degree.
Final DNP/FNP Capstone Project
Final DNP/FNP capstone projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of
populations and communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be
suitable for presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate
leadership in synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts
of care. Students should begin working on their DNP/FNP capstone projects in the early stages of the program and
continue throughout. This scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the DNP/FNP
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A completed application form and payment of application fee ($50 fee waived if apply on-line).
An earned baccalaureate degree in nursing (BSN or BAN), master’s degree in nursing, or a doctor of nursing practice
(DNP), from a nationally accredited institution and a nationally accredited nursing program.
A non-refundable check or money order for $950 to be used to hold a place in the DNP/FNP program if accepted. If
not accepted the check or money order will be returned. If accepted the $950 will be applied to the orientation
practicum.
A minimum of five years active and current clinical practice as a Registered Nurse.
Evidence of current unencumbered license as a Registered Nurse. MN license required. Other state licenses will be
required for clinical rotations.
Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree
completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services. All costs
related to document translations and evaluations are applicants’ responsibility.
GPA of 3.0 from previous baccalaureate nursing program; GPA of 3.2 from previous master’s in nursing program or
DNP program.
Three professional letters of recommendation.
A 2-page professional essay responding to the following: Explain why transcultural, holistic and integrative health
education as a Doctorate of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner is important in shaping the future of
healthcare.
62
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Documentation verifying the number of practice hours completed in a nationally accredited graduate nursing
program, if applicable. (A maximum of 400 practice hours may be transferred into the DNP/FNP tract of study from a
nationally accredited master’s in nursing program.)
A current Curriculum Vitae.
Evidence of a completed undergraduate statistics course (within the last 5 years) on an official transcript before
enrolling in the Nursing Research course (NUR520) & the associated practicum (NUR520P1).
Evidence of up to date immunizations per Department/College requirements
A valid passport or proof of application submitted.
Evidence of HIPAA training within the last 2 years.
Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check at time of admission and annually thereafter;
additional testing may be required for clinical placement, e.g., alcohol, drug testing, HIV testing, etc.
Applicants whose first language is not English, must submit evidence of earning a minimum score of 95 out of a
possible 120 (or 250 if previous version was taken) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL).
Successful personal interview with Augsburg Nursing Faculty.
The number of applicants admitted to the DNP/FNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members
that share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an
applicant will be admitted to the program.
The above Admission Criteria are current as of April 2014 and are subject to change.
Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the
World Education Service (WES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationallyeducated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org/) to
forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are
verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX).
Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed
the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students.
Applicants whose first language is not English must submit evidence of earning a minimum score of 95 out of a possible
120 (or 250 if previous version was taken) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). See Graduate
Admissions for more information.
Accreditation
The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), which
has accredited the Master of Arts in Nursing and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at Augsburg. Augsburg is
accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Department of Nursing Faculty
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor. BSN, Minnesota State University; MA, DNP, Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Assistant Professor and Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center. BS, MA, Augsburg College.
Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor. BS, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate Nursing Programs. BA,
Augustana College; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor. ADN, Rochester Community Technical College; BSN, MA, DNP, Augsburg College.
Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor. BS, University of New Hampshire; RN, College of St. Teresa; MA, St. Mary’s College
Graduate Center; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Colorado.
63
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University; MAN, FNP,
Winona State University; DNP; Augsburg College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Program Coordinator, BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Administrative Assistant
64
Master of Business Administration
Embarking on a graduate degree program is an exciting and challenging decision. The Augsburg MBA is a rigorous and
intensive educational experience. The Augsburg MBA is practical and “hands-on,” focusing on applicable skills and
knowledge designed to increase your ability to think, analyze and act. The Augsburg MBA provides students a unique
opportunity to investigate business cultures and practices through a faculty-led international experience. Our curriculum
integrates the global experience of our faculty and reflects Augsburg’s mission of developing leaders grounded in values,
purpose, and vocation.
The Augsburg MBA is a proven accelerated program focusing on practical skills, knowledge, and teamwork; while built
on a foundation of ethical decision-making. The Augsburg MBA additionally offers students the ability to include
enhanced instructions in several professional business disciplines. We invite students to challenge themselves and their
classmates to bring a new and expanded focus through guided reflection and examination.
Augsburg MBA students are chosen because they exhibit purpose and direction in their careers and lives, and positive
engagement with their community and associates. We invite you to become part of a growing community of Augsburg
MBA alumni.
Bruce E. Batten, Ph.D.
Director, Master of Business Administration Program
MBA Mission
To prepare students for professional careers in business by developing their decision-making skills, critical thinking and
by transforming them into effective managers and leaders in service to others. The program aspires to provide an
outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically astute, technically proficient, and
who understand the moral and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world.
Accreditation
The Augsburg MBA is a candidate for accreditation with the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
(ACBSP).
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
MBA Program Overview
Today’s business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and critically analyze alternatives and
courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in
organizations facing this dynamic and fast-evolving business culture. The curriculum of the MBA gives students the
ability to think critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of a global business environment. Quality,
individual initiative, ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA. We have a commitment to continually
improve students’ experiences and learning in the program. Our faculty is uniquely qualified to bridge theory and realworld application, giving MBA students opportunities to acquire skills and knowledge in a variety of disciplines. The
Augsburg MBA offers students the flexibility of completing a general MBA or a specialized MBA with a concentration
that matches their interests and career goals.
Plan of Study
The Augsburg MBA is an accelerated, evening program that allows working professionals to complete an MBA degree in
approximately 24 months. This is accomplished by using a cohort model in which students follow a predetermined
schedule with classes meeting one night a week.
Students in a cohort program model stay together as a group through the sequence of classes for the duration of the
program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a cohesive learning
community where students learn from each another, mentor each other, and peer coach. You’ll share diverse
professional expertise and experience as you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations, and simulations,
65
both inside and outside of class. Working both individually and in small groups enables you to enhance your strengths,
build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together as a community you’ll build
personal, social, and academic abilities.
Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the
opportunities for learning. The personal connections and relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will
extend into an important and valuable network as you take your career to new levels.
Program Requirements
The Augsburg MBA requires 39 semester credits for degree completion, consisting of 11 required courses and two
elective courses. All Augsburg MBA courses are three semester credits. Each course consists of 28-32 hours of in-class
instruction and 5 ½ - 9 ½ hours of online instruction through our web-based electronic course management system.
Up to nine credits may be waived through prior business coursework (with director/faculty approval) or certain
professional credentials (with appropriate documentation).
Courses that can be waived with equivalencies:
•
•
•
•
•
MBA 510 (3 semester credits)
MBA 520 (3 semester credits)
MBA 530 (3 semester credits)
MBA 550 (3 semester credits)
MBA 565 (3 semester credits)
Professional Credentials
Students who have passed the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) or Certified Management Accountants (CMA) exam
may be waived from MBA 520, Accounting for Managers.
Prior Academic Coursework Guideline
•
•
•
•
•
Students with prior academic coursework that meets the following criteria may be waived from eligible core
courses.
Completion of at least two undergraduate courses covering corresponding Augsburg MBA core course material (See
department for Equivalency details).
The most recent of the undergraduate courses was taken within the past five years and a second course within
seven years.
A grade of B (or 3.0 on 4 point scale) or higher was earned in any course considered for a course waiver.
Course(s) must be taken at an approved, regionally-accredited institution.
Acceptance of core course waivers implies the student accepts the responsibility for having the essential knowledge and
understanding of the core course material, and is properly prepared for any future core or elective course for which the
waived course was a prerequisite. Academic credit is not awarded for any waived course, nor will the course appear on
academic transcripts.
Specialized Plan of Study
The Augsburg MBA offers students the flexibility of completing a general MBA or a specialized MBA with a concentration
that matches their interests and career goals. An Augsburg MBA with a concentration consists of 11 required MBA
courses and 3 additional courses that focus on a specific area of interest.
Academic Calendar
The Augsburg MBA is designed as a year-round program. Courses are offered during fall, spring, and summer semesters.
Courses are offered consecutively during each term so students are able to concentrate on one subject at a time. The
program is designed to have students take at least two courses per term.
Official academic calendars and the MBA registration policies can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. The unique
cohort model of the Augsburg MBA requires individual schedules for each cohort. These schedules are provided by the
MBA department.
66
The Faculty-Led International Experience
Each year, all current MBA students are offered the opportunity to participate in a faculty-led international experience.
This trip is taken in conjunction with either of these courses: MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment or MBA 595 Strategic Management. Students will travel as a group to an international location, visit businesses, participate in faculty
lectures, and learn about the culture and traditions of the countries visited. Each MBA student should have two
opportunities during their matriculation in the program to participate. Costs can vary; but as a minimum, trips normally
include tuition (for the course selected), airfare, lodging, and travel in-country, as well as some meals.
The Augsburg MBA
The 11 required courses of the Augsburg MBA are as follows:
MBA 510 - Applied Managerial Economics
MBA 520 - Accounting for Business Managers
MBA 530 - Managerial Finance
MBA 540 - Business and Professional Ethics
MBA 545 - Organization Behavior
MBA 550 - Marketing Management
MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment
MBA 570 - Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers
MBA 580 - The Field Study
MBA 592 - Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation
MBA 595 - Strategic Management
To complete their MBA degree, students must also select two Elective Courses from a pool of courses in the areas of
finance, management, marketing, international business, or health care.
Graduate Concentrations and Certificates
MBA with a concentration
The Augsburg MBA with a concentration requires the successful completion of 14 MBA courses, including the 11
required courses listed above and three required concentration courses. Available concentrations may include: finance,
management, marketing, international business, or health care. A concentration may allow students to become
competitive in a specific career field or, in some cases, it may assist students in achieving professional certification or
accreditation. Availability of concentration courses is dependent on student interest.
Finance Concentration
MBC 532 - Investment Theory and Portfolio Management
MBC 535 - International Finance
MBA 599 - Special Topics: Finance Project
Management Concentration
MBA 596 - Managing Innovation
MBA 576 - Project Management
MBA 599 - Special Topics: Operations
Marketing Concentration
MBA 599 - Special Topics: Marketing Research
MBA 599 - Special Topics: Strategies in E-Marketing
MBC 552 - Marketing Communications
International Business Concentration
MBA 599 - Special Topics: Strategies in Global Marketing
MBA 599 - Special Topics: International Logistics
MBA 599 - Special Topics: Feasibility Project
67
Health Care Management Concentration
MBC 547 - Human Resource Issues in Health Care
MBC 537 - Health Care Financing
MBA 593 - Health Care Operations Management
Social Entrepreneurship Certificate
The Social Entrepreneurship Certificate will expose students to the skills, knowledge, and perspectives necessary to
pursue social impact entrepreneurially, effectively, and pragmatically. The program has been designed to serve those
students who aspire at some point in their lives to be social entrepreneurs, executives in social-purpose organizations,
philanthropists, board members, or leading volunteers in their communities and the social sector. The certificate
program will also appeal to students interested in incorporating strategies for social impact into their business and
entrepreneurial careers.
Students wishing to earn a Graduate Certificate in Social Entrepreneurship will complete five graduate-level courses.
Courses include some that focus on the use of business/entrepreneurial skills for social impact in different contexts;
others that focus on skills and knowledge from the MBA, Masters in Social Work or Master of Arts in Leadership that are
particularly relevant for the effective pursuit of social impact; others that focus on field or industry-specific knowledge;
and others that provide opportunities for students to gain practical experience in the social sector.
Three Social Entrepreneurship Courses (required):
MBA 583 – Social Entrepreneurship I: Execution, Planning and Strategy for Social Innovation-based Ventures
MBA 584 - Social Entrepreneurship II: Advanced Topics and Practice in Social Entrepreneurship, or MBA 580 - The Field
Study
or MBA 581, 582 - Management Consulting Project I, II
MBA 599 - Special Topics: Non-Profit Finance, Funding and Enterprise
Two Electives from the following courses:
MBA 592 – Leadership: Ethics, Vision and Transformation
MBA 545 – Organizational Behavior
MBA 550 – Marketing Management
MBA 595 – Strategic Management
(or other director approved courses)
MSW/MBA Dual Degree
Many social service agencies today require that agency managers combine financial and business expertise with social
work practice and policy formation. The MSW/MBA degree enables graduates to function in a workplace that demands
the delivery of quality services with increasingly limited resources. The MSW/MBA dual degree option is available to
MSW students who elect the Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) concentration.
MSW/MBA students will spend their first two years taking Master of Social Work courses followed by approximately 15
months of MBA courses. For more information regarding the Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) coursework required
for the MSW/MBA dual degree, refer to the Master of Social Work section in this catalog. MSW students who graduated
after June 2002 are required to complete the following eight MBA courses:
MBA 510 - Applied Managerial Economics
MBA 520 - Accounting for Business Managers
MBA 530 - Managerial Finance
MBA 545 - Organizational Behavior
MBA 550 - Marketing Management
MBA 560 - Communication Issues in Management
MBA 575 - Strategic Technology
MBA 595 - Strategic Management
68
MSW students who graduated prior to 2002 are required to complete nine MBA courses. This includes the eight MBA
courses listed above as well as MBA 592 - Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation.
MSW students may also be required to adjust their summative evaluation project to meet the requirements of the MSW
and MBA programs.
Students interested in the MSW/MBA program must apply to both programs. See the application guidelines listed under
each individual program.
NOTE: Admission to one program does not guarantee admission to the other.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Locations and Schedules
MBA classes are offered at three locations: Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus, Thrivent Financial in downtown
Minneapolis and Augsburg’s Rochester campus. Cohorts begin three times per academic year at Augsburg’s Minneapolis
campus: September, January, and May. In Rochester, cohorts begin in September and May. Thrivent cohorts begin in
September based on student interest.
Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one to two weeks in advance of the beginning of classes. For
more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Office of Admissions at 612-330-1101.
Admission to the Augsburg MBA Program
Admission to the Augsburg MBA program is determined by a committee decision. The committee may include MBA
program staff, Business Administration Department faculty, and Office of Admissions staff.
Admission Requirements
Applicants to the MBA program must have:
•
•
•
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Minimum of two years of relevant work experience
Personal interview with the MBA program director
Admission checklist
The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Completed application—Apply online at www.augsburg.edu/mba
$35 application fee
Two personal statements
Official undergraduate/graduate transcripts sent directly to the Augsburg Office of Admissions
Current résumé of work history
Two confidential letters of recommendation
Official GMAT score report (school code 6014)—not required for certificate applicants or completion of the
Individual Learning Profile (ILP)
For information about the ILP, contact the Graduate Admission Department.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Admission as a Transfer Student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
Transfer students may receive up to 9 semester credits in transfer. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in Academic
Programs and policies.) Students must complete no fewer than 21 semester credits at Augsburg in order to receive their
MBA degree from Augsburg College. All students must complete the Field Study (MBA 580) or the Management
69
Consulting project, (MBA 581/2) to graduate. Eligible coursework must be approved by the MBA program director
before transfer credit will be granted.
GMAT Alternative Option; The Individual Learning Profile (ILP)
Applicants to the MBA program who have not taken the GMAT may instead elect to complete the Individual
Learning Profile (ILP) assessment. This option consists of two parts; an analysis of the applicants quantitative skills
and a writing assessment. Both portions of the assessment are taken online, and the quantitative skills evaluation
also offers the student interactive remedial instruction. The ILP is normally completed as part of the application
process, prior to admittance.
GMAT Waiver Policy
As a general policy, the Augsburg MBA program requires the GMAT of all applicants, due to both the analytical and
critical evaluation components of our accelerated program. The GMAT is used both to evaluate the candidate’s
opportunity for success as well as to indicate areas where remedial work may be necessary. However, the Admissions
Committee will consider, on a case-by-case basis, GMAT waiver requests for the MBA program. Waivers are not
automatic for any candidate, and a brief written request must be submitted outlining the reasons why the Admissions
Committee should grant a GMAT waiver. Current occupation or undergraduate disciplines are not specific grounds for a
GMAT waiver.
Eligibility for GMAT Waivers
GMAT waivers may be offered to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Candidates with an appropriate and current GRE score.
Candidates who have been enrolled in a graduate degree program in a technical or quantitatively rigorous discipline
(such as actuarial science, engineering, mathematics, physics, economics, or chemistry) from an accredited
institution and who were in good academic standing with an overall grade point average of 3.0 or better (or the
equivalent of a B average under the system used by that institution). Students should have completed at least four
academic courses within this curriculum to qualify. It is important to note that employment history and current
assignment will be reviewed in addition to the degree requirement.
Candidates who hold the following graduate degrees from an accredited college or university with an overall grade
point average of 3.0 or better (or the equivalent of a B average under the system used by that institution.)
Medical or dental degree (MD, DDS)
Master’s or doctoral degree in an academic discipline that included a significant quantitative, engineering,
mathematics, or statistics component or involved research requiring significant quantitative skills.
Any other quantitatively-based graduate degree from an accredited college or university that the Admissions
Committee believes has highly prepared the candidate for rigorous graduate-level work
Master’s, PhD, EdD, or advanced degrees in disciplines other than those identified, including those granted by
academic institutions outside the US. These will be evaluated by the Admissions Committee. (See grade requirement
above)
Candidates who have completed a graduate program at Augsburg College in the MAL, MAN, MSW, MAE, or PA
programs.
Candidates with current and active CPA designation. If the CPA designation has been inactive and not current for a
period greater than five years, the waiver may not be granted.
GMAT Waiver Checklist
Submit the following documentation to the associate director of the MBA program:
One-page written request outlining reasons why the Admissions Committee should grant a GMAT waiver
Copies of transcripts for all work completed at any college or university, whether or not a degree was granted
(unless previously submitted to the Office of Admissions)
Current résumé (unless previously submitted to the Office of Admissions)
Any other information that you wish to submit to support your request.
70
Typically, GMAT waiver decisions are made within one week of receipt of materials. For questions about this checklist or
the waiver policy, contact either the Office of Admissions or the MBA program office.
Academic Policies
MBA Program Enrollment Policy
Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort and complete their MBA program as scheduled. Adjustments
or modifications to the MBA schedule require the approval of the MBA program director.
All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years of matriculation. Extensions
beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA director. Students who leave the program for
more than one semester must request a leave of absence in writing from the MBA program. A leave of absence may be
granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave of one year or more must fill out an
Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an official MBA-approved leave of
absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for degree completion.
Academic Evaluation
Evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program will be based on number grades using a 4.0-scale. For
complete information, see Academic Programs and Policies.
Withdrawal from Class
For information regarding the last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a “W” on their
records, refer to the academic calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar/.
Attendance Policies
Student attendance at scheduled class meetings is a priority and required. However, MBA faculty understand that MBA
students are working adults with significant responsibilities who, on occasion, face unforeseen situations that may
interfere with attendance. Students should notify the faculty member teaching the course as soon as possible when the
problem is immediate. When the student knows in advance of a class date where a potential conflict exists, they must
discuss the proposed missed class with the faculty member prior to the date of the class. Students are responsible for
the work covered during that class session and for making appropriate arrangements for obtaining handouts, lecture
content, or other materials. Faculty members may assign appropriate independent work to insure that the student
understands the material covered during the class session.
If appropriate and acceptable coordination is carried out by the student, there need not be any grade reduction for a
single missed class session. This may be dependent on assignments due on the date of the missed class; e.g., final
project presentations or team presentations. Point/grade reductions for unexcused absences are the prerogative of the
faculty. Two missed class sessions, unexcused or excused, may be grounds for directing the student to withdraw from
the course. More than two absences, excused or unexcused, require that a student withdraw from the class.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the following:
•
•
•
•
Successful completion of all admission conditions
Successful completion of MBA courses (2.5 or above)
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 or below, and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher at the
completion of the program
Successful completion and submission of the management consulting project (capstone)
Students who successfully complete Augsburg’s MBA program will receive a Master of Business Administration degree.
MBA Faculty
William Arden, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, New York University; MS, Northeastern University;
MBA, Boston University.
71
Bruce Batten, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, MBA. BS, Davidson College; PhD, Medical College of
Virginia.
Jeanne M. Boeh, Associate Professor of Economics. BS, MA, PhD, University of Illinois.
David Conrad, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Winona State University; MA, Ed.D, St. Mary’s
University of Minnesota.
George Dierberger, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, International
Studies, University of St. Thomas; MBA, Fairleigh Dickinson University; Ed.D, Organization Development,
University of St Thomas.
Stella Hofrenning, Assistant Professor of Economics. BS, University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois.
Mark Isaacson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Marc McIntosh, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA,
Argosy University.
Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp, Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and
Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
David G. Schwain, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BBA, University of Cincinnati; MBA, Harvard
University.
Peter J. Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern University; MBA, Pepperdine University.
Steven M. Zitnick, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, BA, Shimer College: MS, Economics, University of
Utah.
72
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
MFA Mission
The Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing is a two-year, low-residency program designed as a vibrant literary
community for writers who wish to deepen and broaden their artistic sensibilities, discover a close-knit cadre of fellow
writers, enjoy individual attention from an accomplished and forward-thinking faculty, and prepare themselves for the
future of creative writing.
Program Overview
Summer Residencies
The Augsburg Low-Residency MFA includes 10-day summer residencies on the Augsburg campus in Minneapolis,
offering daily workshops, readings, and mini-courses that focus on literary craft as well as career skills in teaching,
editing, publishing, book arts, marketing, translation, and adaptation. The full degree program includes three summer
residencies, featuring visits by distinguished writers in each genre as well as editors, agents, publishers, and literary
entrepreneurs.
Fall and Spring Semesters
The first two residencies are followed each year by fall and spring off-campus semesters. During those terms, students
work with faculty mentors in virtual classrooms that make use of online and other technologies. Each semester, MFA
candidates enroll in one Mentorship section and one section of Critical and Creative Reading. Although MFA learning
objectives call for demonstrated expertise in at least one genre by graduation, twenty-first century writers compose
their work in an environment in which genre has permeable boundaries and lines between genres are often erased.
With this in mind, cross-genre work will be encouraged, with students working in a genre other than the declared
specialty, usually during the second off-campus semester.
Semester Mentorships
The Mentorship is a one-on-one experience with a faculty mentor who guides the student’s production of work and
study of craft. This one-on-one creative studio experience is focused on the MFA candidate’s own writing and growth as
a writer.
Critical and Creative Reading in an Online Classroom
This is a reading-as-writers course that provides an opportunity to work with your professor and a community of peers,
considering craft, criticism and aesthetics. Meetings are online in the electronic classroom. The format may include
online discussion boards, Skype or video chats, and teleconferences with mentors and fellow learners. The online
classroom offers an opportunity to continue conversations begun during the residency with members of the MFA
community.
Students may repeat mentorship courses (ENL 511, 513, 521, and 523) and critical and creative readings courses (ENL
512, 514, 522, and 524), subject to the permission of the program director.
Genres and Concentrations
Genres include Fiction, Creative Nonfiction, Poetry, Screenwriting and Playwriting.
The program also includes concentrations in teaching, translation, and publishing. Concentrations require additional
coursework. With the program director’s consent, students may enroll in concentration courses simultaneously with
MFA studies. Candidates enrolled in the publishing concentration will be the staff of a new publishing house, Howling
Bird Press, that will select and publish one book each year. The book prize is open to submissions nationally.
Plan of Study
Students may select a completion plan for the MFA:
The Traditional MFA in Creative Writing, in which the student chooses one genre as the designated field of study but is
encouraged to work outside the designated field of study for one term.
73
The Mixed Genre Option, in which the student selects a primary genre and works in that genre for at least three
mentored and reading terms. The student also competes two mentored and reading terms outside the designated field
of study.
The Career Concentration Option, in which the student also enrolls in electives in teaching, translation and/or
publishing. This plan may be added to both the Traditional and Mixed
Genre options.
Accommodating Writers Who Work Full-Time and Those Who Live Outside of Minnesota
Augsburg’s Traditional MFA in Creative Writing can be completed in eleven courses (three summer residencies and four
off-campus electronic semesters of two courses each). A typical plan of study in the Traditional Low-Residency MFA will
work like this:
First Year
Summer Residency I, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis
campus, with assignments before and after residency.
Fall Semester I, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading course.
Spring Semester I, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading course
(generally “out-of-genre” term).
Second Year
Summer Residency II, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis
campus, with assignments before and after residency.
Fall Semester II, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading (craftbased academic paper term).
Spring Semester II, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio (thesis completion term) and one Creative and
Critical Reading (lecture/presentation preparation term).
Third Year – Residency Only
Summer Residency III, including genre workshop, writing seminars, readings and lectures. Final term for graduating MFA
candidates. Graduates give a public lecture/presentation and a reading from thesis work. Ten days on the Minneapolis
campus, with assignments before and after residency.
Coursework
ENL 510 - Residency in Creative Writing I
ENL 511 - Mentorship I
ENL 512 - Critical and Creative Reading I
ENL 513 - Mentorship II
ENL 514 - Critical and Creative Reading II
ENL 520 - Residency in Creative Writing II
ENL 521 - Mentorship III
ENL 522 - Critical and Creative Reading III
ENL 523 - Mentorship IV
ENL 524 - Critical and Creative Reading IV
ENL 530 - Residency in Creative Writing III
Concentrations:
ENL 525 - Teaching Writing: Practice and Theory
ENL 526 - Literary Translation Practicum
ENL 527 - Publishing I
ENL 528 - Publishing II
74
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MFA
Admission Requirements
Qualified applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university with a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 or higher for all undergraduate coursework. Students with a GPA of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally
into the program based on the strength of their writing samples.
Applications Must Include
•
•
•
•
•
Completed online application
$50 application/reading fee for each genre
Two letters of recommendation
A personal essay
A writing sample:
o Fiction or Creative Non-Fiction, 20 pages, double-spaced
o Poetry, 15-20 pages, single-spaced
o Screenwriting or Playwriting, up to 30 pages in script format
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Academic Policies
Credit
All Augsburg MFA courses carry four semester credits. To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 44 semester credits,
write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book
length manuscript of publishable quality (fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting),
or a full-length play of producible quality (playwriting).
To include a concentration in Teaching or in Translation/Adaptation in the MFA, students must complete 12 courses or
48 credits. For the MFA with a concentration in Publishing, students must complete 13 courses or 52 credits.
Transfer
Augsburg’s low-residency MFA includes in-person and online elements that help us maintain a strong community and
create a culture in which our writers thrive.
This studio degree is the terminal degree in writing and because of the unique features of a terminal, low-residency,
studio degree, the final decision on transfer credit will depend on review by the Augsburg College MFA Program. A
maximum of eight semester credits from traditional residency MFA programs and from MA programs in creative writing
or English literature may be accepted. The MFA Program Director will review and may offer up to four additional credits
in transfer for equivalent residency or workshop experience completed in another program. The maximum transfer
credits allowed is 12 credits.
Academic Evaluation
Grading
The MFA Program uses fine arts studio grading practices, formative in nature and designed to be an element of the
teaching curriculum. A narrative transcript composed of comments on those elements that the particular student writer
is working on during a particular term will be used to assess progress in the mentorship courses. These are formative
and qualitative assessment elements and professors’ responses will vary as professor/artists and student/artists
approach student work with the student’s individual artistic aims in mind. In addition to the fine arts formative and
qualitative assessment, students will be assessed in light of their success in meeting learning objectives of the course
while completing work assigned.
75
MFA in Creative Writing Courses are graded on a Pass/No Credit basis, using the Augsburg graduate grading model scale
as described below:
P – Represents work at 3.0 or higher and meets acceptable standards.
N – No credit, not counted in grade point average.
Alignment of Course Outcomes
MFA courses are aligned with the Program Hallmarks of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP), the
national professional organization for writing programs and the writers who teach in those programs.
Participation
Students are expected to fully participate in Summer Residencies, attending workshop sessions and scheduled meetings
with mentors as well as a majority of readings, lectures and other scheduled sessions. Participation in off-campus
coursework is expected to occur during the designated time for each Mentorship studio critique session and “time
away” for creative work. Students are also expected to take part in synchronous and asynchronous sessions with
mentors and demonstrate “presence” in the Creative and Critical Reading courses through regularly scheduled
exchanges with faculty and peers.
Academic Honesty
Augsburg’s high expectations for academic honesty will be applied to this class. Please refer to the Student Guide at
www.augsburg.edu/studentguide/academic-honest-policies/ if you have any questions.
Affiliation
The Augsburg College MFA Program is a member of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP) and
curriculum is based on the AWP Hallmarks of an Effective Low Residency MFA Program in Creative Writing.
A complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, is available in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Mentor Faculty
Nicole Brending, MFA Mentor. BA, Wells College; MFA, Film Program, Columbia University.
Stephan Clark, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, University of Southern California; MA, University of
California, Davis; PhD, Literature and Creative Writing, the University of Southern California.
Cass Dalglish, Professor of English, MFA Mentor and Program Director. BA, St. Catherine University; MFA, Creative
Writing, Vermont College of Fine Arts; PhD, Creative Writing, Archetypal and Ancient Women’s Writing, The
Union Institute and University.
Heid E. Erdrich, MFA Mentor. BA, Dartmouth College; MA, The Johns Hopkins University Writing Seminars; PhD, Creative
Writing and Native American Literature, The Union Institute and University.
Jack El-Hai, MFA Mentor. BA, Carleton College; MFA, Creative Writing and Literature, Nonfiction, Bennington College.
John Gaterud, Publishing Mentor. BA, University of Northern Colorado; MA, the University of Oregon; PhD, The Union
Institute and University. Publisher, Blueroad Press; Editor in Chief, Howling Bird Press.
Christina Lazaridi, MFA Mentor. BA, Princeton University; MFA, Screenwriting, Columbia University.
Sarah Myers, Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts, MFA Mentor. BS, Northwestern University; MFA, Playwriting and
Drama and Theatre for Youth & Communities; PhD, Performance as Public Practice, the University of Texas at
Austin.
Cary Waterman, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, the University of Denver; MA, Poetry Thesis,
Minnesota State University-Mankato.
Steven Wingate, MFA Mentor. BA, University of Massachusetts, Boston; MFA, Film and TV production, Florida State
University.
76
Faculty Associates
Robert Cowgill, Associate Professor of English, Academic Writing Faculty. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
D.E. Green, Professor of English. Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA. Amherst College; MA, PhD, Brown
University.
Michael Kidd, Associate Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA,
Pomona College; PhD, Cornell University.
John Schmit, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. B.S., St. John’s University; MA, University of
New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas.
Frankie Shackelford, Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA, Texas
Christian University; PhD, University of Texas.
Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University
of Minnesota.
Visiting Writers
Ed Bok Lee, Poetry
Sue William Silverman, Creative Nonfiction
Ben Percy, Fiction
Alex Lemon, Poetry and Memoir
Deborah Blum, Creative Nonfiction
Pam Houston, Fiction
Kristoffer Diaz, Playwriting
Bill Wheeler, Screenwriting
Staff
Kathleen Matthews, Administrative Assistant
77
Master of Music Therapy
MMT Mission
To prepare students to be leaders in the field, while fostering their passion to serve clients and families, and offer unique
learning experiences that allow them to discover and realize their full potential. To engage students in life changing
experiences, rich in experiential learning, collaborative in nature, fostering a holistic view of the use of music in health,
healing and well-being. To advance the practice of music therapy by preparing students through a hybrid master’s
degree program that is innovative, flexible and possesses breadth and depth, designed to meet the changing demands
of healthcare.
Program Overview
Degree requirements
The MMT degree program is designed for music therapists who are currently board certified and who wish to continue
their education and advance their level of practice. The program is a
36 credit program with core music therapy courses, courses focused on the practice of music therapy in healthcare and
medicine, and elective courses of interest.
Core Music Therapy Courses – 24 credits
MUS 510 - Advanced Music Therapy Theory (3 credits)
MUS 511 - Advanced Music Therapy Practicum (0 credit)
MUS 515 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice I (3 credits)
MUS 520 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice II (3 credits)
MUS 525 - Cross Cultural Awareness in Music Therapy (3 credits)
MUS 530 - Music Therapy Ethics (2 credits)
MUS 535 - Music Therapy Supervision and Professional Development (2 credits)
MUS 540 - Music Therapy Research I (3 credits)
MUS 545 - Music Therapy Research II (3 credits)
MUS 595 - Thesis (2 credits) OR MUS 596 Final Project (2 credits)
Music Therapy in Healthcare Courses – 6 credits
MUS 550 - Music Psychotherapy (3 credits)
MUS 555 - Music Therapy, Spirituality and Well-being (2 credits)
MUS 560 - Music and Imagery I (3 credits)
MUS 565 - Advanced Music Therapy with Infants, Children and Family Centered Care (2 credits)
MUS 570 - Music, Neurology and Physiology (3 credits)
MUS 575 - Music Therapy in Palliative Care (2 credits)
MUS 576 - Music Therapy in Trauma Informed Care (2 credits)
MUS 578 - Music Therapy Technology (2 credits)
Electives – 6 credits
MUS 580 - Transcultural Music Therapy (6 credits) (global educational experience)
MUS 585 - Advanced Music Therapy in Group Work (3 credits)
MUS 590 - Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 credits)
Related courses also available in Leadership, Nursing or Social Work
Thesis or Final Project
Completion of a thesis or final project is required as a part of the degree program. The thesis and final project are both
subject to approval by program director.
•
Thesis: A scholarly paper utilizing historical, philosophical, descriptive, experimental or mixed methods research.
78
•
Final Project: A supervised clinical project that is comprehensive and designed to develop and advance an area
of one’s clinical practice.
The Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined above in addition to any courses
needed to accomplish their equivalent status. The Equivalency Plus MMT is 65 credits plus the clinical internship and is
designed to be completed in two and a half years. The equivalency courses include the following:
MUS 271 - Introduction to Music Therapy (2 credits)
MUS 340 - Music Therapy Methods I (4 credits)
MUS 474 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits)
MUS 345 - Music Therapy Methods II (4 credits)
MUS 475 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits)
PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology (4 credits)
MUS 372 - Psychological Foundations of Music I (4 credits)
BIO 103 - Human Anatomy & Physiology (3 credits)
PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology (4 credits)
EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs (4 credits)
Plan of Study
There are two tracks for the Master of Music Therapy program. The first is for individuals who hold a bachelor’s degree
in music therapy, they follow the master of music therapy track. The second track is for individuals that hold a bachelor’s
degree in music, they follow the Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy track.
Admission to MMT
•
•
•
•
•
•
Online Application
All college transcripts
2 letters of recommendation (can be submitted online through the application-please have your
recommenders email addresses when you begin the application).
Proof of Board Certification
An Audition (this can be taped or live) ten minutes of your best instrument.
Essay-(can be submitted as part of the online application) no longer than three pages addressing the following
questions.
o Describe your goals as a music therapist and how an MMT degree will help you reach those goals.
o Tell about a moment that helped encourage you to begin a career in music therapy.
o As a music therapist you will help people from all walks of life and with a variety of needs and illnesses, how are
you qualified (physically, mentally, and emotionally) to assist these people in improving their quality of life?
Please note that you can upload your essay directly into the online application. You may also input the names and emails
of your recommenders and the system will send them a link to directions and the checklist we request they fill out for
you.
If not submitted with the online application, materials need to be sent to:
Augsburg College
Graduate Admissions, CB 65
2211 Riverside Ave S.
Minneapolis, MN 55454
or emailed to gradinfo@augsburg.edu
For Academic Policies, please see Academic Policies.
Accreditation and Affiliation
Augsburg is regionally accredited by:
The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
79
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
The Master of Music Therapy Program is accredited by:
National Association Schools of Music (NASM)
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA)
MMT Faculty
Annie Heiderscheit, Assistant Professor, Director of Master of Music Therapy. BME, Wartburg College; MS, Iowa State
University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
80
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Mission
The mission of the Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is based on a foundation of respect and
sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds and oriented toward providing care to underserved populations.
Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary
care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Accreditation
The Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) has granted Continued
Accreditation to the Physician Assistant Program sponsored by Augsburg College. Continued accreditation is an
accreditation status granted when a currently accredited program is in compliance with the ARC-PA Standards.
Continued Accreditation remains in effect until the program closes or withdraws from the accreditation process or until
accreditation is withdrawn for failure to comply with the Standards. The approximate date for the next comprehensive
review of the program by ARC-PA will be September 2018.
About PA
A physician assistant (PA) is a dependent practitioner of medicine who practices under the supervision of a licensed
physician. The PA can practice in a multitude of settings and specialties of medicine. Common job responsibilities
including taking patient histories, performing physical exams, ordering and interpreting laboratory tests and radiological
studies, formulating diagnoses, and administering treatment.
In the state of Minnesota, a PA is licensed with the Board of Medical Practice. In Minnesota, and most other states, the
PA must be NCCPA (National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants) certified and hold a supervisory
agreement with a licensed physician. Minnesota registered PAs have prescriptive privileges under delegatory supervision
with their physician for prescriptive medications.
Curriculum
The Physician Assistant program at Augsburg is 31 months long with studies beginning each year in the summer
semester (early June). The program accepts up to 30 students for each new class. Graduates will receive a Master of
Science in Physician Assistant Studies and a PA certificate.
The Augsburg PA program includes traditional college “breaks” such as winter holiday break, spring breaks, and summer
breaks. Length of breaks varies depending upon the student’s year in the program; these breaks contribute to the
overall 31 month length of the program.
Studies begin in early June of each year. The first 18 months of study is didactic, or classroom work, including courses in
human gross anatomy, pathophysiology, clinical medicine, pharmacotherapy, history and physical exam skills, research,
and professional issues.
The clinical phase is 13 months in length. The clinical phase of the program is designed to effectively train students for
practice by providing them with rotation experiences in different specialties and different practice settings. To that end,
each student will be required to complete rotations outside the metropolitan area. Each student is required to
successfully complete clinical rotations in family medicine, pediatrics, women’s health, psychiatry, emergency medicine,
internal medicine, surgery, and two elective rotations by choosing from various specialties. The clinical phase will
culminate with a preceptorship in primary care, medical subspecialty or surgical subspecialty. This preceptorship is
designed to solidify the student’s primary care skills, and potentially place them in a setting that might be interested in
recruiting a graduate PA. The majority of established clinical rotation sites are in Minnesota in both rural and urban
locations.
81
The clinical curriculum is taught by physicians, and supplemented by physician assistants and other health care
providers. Each student is evaluated by the clinical instructor for the designated rotation. Students will return to
Augsburg College five times during the clinical phase for evaluation and education.
PA Program Sample Calendar
YEAR 1
Summer
PA 501 - Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
PA 503 - Human Pathophysiology
Fall
PA 531 - Clinical Medicine I
PA 521 - Pharmacotherapy
PA 511 - History and Physical Exam Skills I
Spring
PA532 - Clinical Medicine II
PA 522 - Pharmacotherapy II
PA 512 - History and Physical Exam Skills II
PA 555 - Research Tools for the Physician Assistant
YEAR 2
Summer
PA 533 - Clinical Medicine III
Master’s Project course, one of the following*:
PA 570 - Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Aging
PA 599 - Directed Study
ML 577 - International Experience
Fall
PA 534 - Clinical Medicine IV
PA 545 - Clinical Phase Transition
PA 542 - Professional Issues
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 1, 2
Spring
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 3, 4, 5
Summer
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 6, 7, 8
YEAR 3
Fall
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotation 9
PA 62X – Preceptorship
PA 690 - Capstone Course
*Other program-approved options may be available
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
82
Admission to the PA Program
Admission Requirements
Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa.
Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly competitive process. Augsburg College’s graduate program in
physician assistant studies receives approximately 350 complete, competitive applications for each entering class of 30
students.
Qualified applicants will have:
•
•
•
•
Bachelor’s degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application (3.2 or higher strongly
recommended)
Minimum science GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application (3.2 or higher strongly
recommended)
Completed the prerequisite courses listed below
Prerequisite Courses
To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies program, you must have completed the prerequisite
courses listed below. These courses must have been completed within 10 years of the year you are applying for
admission.
Applicants completing their first undergraduate degree in the spring term may complete prerequisite coursework in the
summer, fall, and spring term of the academic year they apply as long as the degree and prerequisite coursework will be
completed by the start date for the program. Applicants who already have an undergraduate degree, or who will
complete their degree in a term other than spring, have the summer and fall semesters of the year they apply by which
to complete prerequisites.
All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does
not guarantee admission into the program.
•
•
•
•
•
•
One full course of developmental psychology (birth to death lifespan)
One full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ)
One full course of microbiology*
One full course of biochemistry*
One full course of general statistics
One course of medical terminology
*Labs are recommended but not required.
Refer to our “Guide to Prerequisites” on our website to help you with your prerequisite course selections.
The following are strongly recommended but not required:
•
•
•
•
•
Cumulative GPA of 3.2 or higher
Science GPA of 3.2 or higher
Direct patient care is the best type of experience to obtain in order to strengthen an application. Direct patient care
experience may be full-time or part-time, paid or volunteer. We recommend at least 750-1000 hours to be
competitive in this category.
Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics, immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry
Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement with, underserved communities
Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required.
PA Studies Application Process
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a two-step application process—applying through CASPA and to
Augsburg’s PA Studies Program.
83
The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which is
sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the entering
class must be processed through CASPA, following all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms
with detailed instructions can be obtained online at portal.caspaonline.org/.
You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as
calculated by CASPA), if you have a minimum science GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if
you have completed or will complete your undergraduate degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have
completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within the timeline specified for your degree status.
Additional Application Details:
•
•
•
The Augsburg PA Program requires three letters of recommendation submitted through the CASPA process. One
letter must be from an employer/colleague (a professional reference), one letter must be from a professor or
advisor (an academic reference), and one can be from a person of your choice. Be sure that your letter writers are
able to tell the committee about you as well as his/her experiences with you and observations about you.
Your Supplemental Application must be received in the PA Program office on or before the deadline in order to be
considered.
We use the CASPA “Complete Date” to determine if you have met the application deadline. The “Complete Date” on
your application must be the deadline or prior in order to be considered meeting the deadline. CASPA assigns a
“Complete Date’ when they have received your electronic application, transcripts from all schools attended, 2 of
your 3 letters of reference, and payment. Until those criteria are met, your application will not be given a “Complete
Date.”
Augsburg’s PA Program Supplemental Application can be downloaded from our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa. It is
important for the applicant to determine whether he or she is in fact eligible to apply to the PA Studies Program, as the
supplemental application fee is non-refundable. You will be required to print and sign the supplemental application and
mail it to the program by the application deadline.
Selection Process
All complete files (CASPA and Supplemental Applications that meet requirements) will be reviewed by the admissions
committee. The admissions committee procedures utilize a blinded review, so applicant demographic data is unknown
(e.g., race, age, gender). Each file is reviewed by members of the committee.
The selection committee looks for a balanced application by reviewing many criteria including key criteria of cumulative
GPA, science GPA, and direct patient care experience, along with overall academic record, service to underserved
(meaning disadvantaged, minority, or under-represented populations), knowledge of the profession, fit with the
program goals and mission, and recommendation letters.
Once the committee has completed the file review, a group of candidates is selected for a telephone interview. The
telephone interviews are generally conducted between November and January. Those selected for a telephone
interview are invited to a Candidate Information Session in the program to meet faculty, staff, current students, and to
view the facilities. As telephone interviews are completed, seats in the incoming class are offered. The class of 30
students will be filled between the months of October and January. A list of alternates will be selected in January to fill
seats that accepted candidates may not claim. All applicants are notified of their final status by mid-February.
Accepted applicants must complete and pass a background check prior to matriculation and annually throughout the
program. Failure of the background check could result in dismissal from the program.
Academic Policies
Please see the PA program website at www.augsburg.edu/pa for further details about policies outlined here.
Technical Standards
The Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of
qualified students and wishes to acknowledge awareness of laws which prohibit discrimination against anyone on the
basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age or disability.
84
Regarding disabled individuals, the PA department will not discriminate against such individuals who are otherwise
qualified but will expect all applicants and students to meet certain minimal technical standards.
The physician assistant must have the knowledge and skills to function in a broad variety of clinical situation and to
render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to integrate all information received by whatever sense(s)
employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze,
and synthesize data.
Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by this department must have, with or without reasonable
accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including: visual, oral-auditory, motor, cognitive, and behavioral/social.
Candidates for admission and progression must be able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably independent
manner.
•
•
•
•
•
Visual
o Candidates must be able to observe and participate in experiments in the basic sciences. In order to make
proper clinical decisions, candidates must be able to observe a patient accurately. Candidates must be able to
acquire information from written documents, films, slides or videos. Candidates must also be able to interpret Xray and other graphic images, and digital or analog representations of physiologic phenomena, such as EKG’s
with or without the use of assistive devices. Thus, functional use of vision is necessary.
Oral-Auditory
o Candidates must be able to communicate effectively and sensitively with patients. Candidates must also be able
to communicate effectively and efficiently with other members of the health care team. In emergency
situations, candidates must be able to understand and convey information essential for the safe and effective
care of patients in a clear, unambiguous and rapid fashion. In addition, candidates must have the ability to relate
information to and receive information from patients in a caring and confidential manner. Thus, functional use
of hearing and speech is necessary.
Motor
o Candidates must possess the motor skills necessary to perform palpation, percussion, auscultation, and other
diagnostic maneuvers. Candidates must be able to execute motor movements reasonably required to provide
general and emergency medical care such as airway management, placement of intravenous catheters,
cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding. These skills require coordination
of both gross and fine muscular movements, equilibrium and integrated use of the senses.
Cognitive
o In order to effectively solve clinical problems, candidates must be able to measure, evaluate, reason, analyze,
integrate and synthesize in a timely fashion. In addition, they must be able to comprehend three dimensional
relationships and to understand the special relationships of structures.
Social
o Candidates must possess the emotional health required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for
the exercise of good judgment, for the prompt completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and
care of patients, and for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able to
tolerate physically taxing workloads and function effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to
changing environments, display flexibility and learn to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the
clinical problems of patients.
Experiential Learning Policy
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award academic credit to an individual for experiential learning.
Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg’s PA Program must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses.
Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during
admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute for any part of the clinical year or preceptorship.
Employment while in the Program
Program faculty discourage outside employment while in the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty recognize that
employment may be an issue that some students will face. Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will
85
not be altered due to a student’s work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with the
physician assistant students’ learning progress or responsibilities while in the program.
Withdrawal and Readmission Policies
Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program may be initiated by a student after submission of a
letter to the program director requesting withdrawal. In the letter, the student should outline the circumstances
and reasons for withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an exit interview with the program director
prior to leaving the program. For information on withdrawal, see the Academic Policies section.
Readmission
Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the program director stating the
reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and
previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the PA
Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances.
For the full readmission policy and reapplication process, please contact the program.
Advanced Placement
The Department of PA Studies does not offer advanced placement to admitted students. All students admitted to the PA
Program must complete the entire curriculum.
Transfer
The Department of PA studies does not accept student transfers from other PA programs.
Costs of the PA Program
For tuition information, go to www.augsburg.edu/pa.
For complete and current payment options go to the Student Financial Services website at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/.
PA Program Faculty
William Patricio Alemán, Adjunct Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. MD, University of Ecuador; PA-C, University of
California Davis; MEd, University of Minnesota.
Beth Alexander, Associate Professor and Academic Coordinator of Physician Assistant Studies. BS, PharmD, University of
Minnesota.
Eric Barth, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St. Thomas; BS, PA Certificate, Trevecca
Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska.
Annie Berger, Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Gustavus Adolphus College; MS and PA Certification,
Massachusetts College of Pharmacy & Health Sciences.
Holly Levine, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, Northwestern University; MD, Loyola University
Chicago Stritch School of Medicine.
Dawn Ludwig, Assistant Professor and Director, Physician Assistant Studies. BA, MS and PA Certification, University of
Colorado; PhD, Capella University.
Steven Nerheim, Instructor and Medical Director, Physician Assistant Studies. MD, University of Minnesota; MDiv,
Luther Seminary.
86
Master of Social Work
You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect of joining
with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families, groups, and
communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of social work.
Augsburg’s MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and communities,
and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of our program share
how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about themselves. These graduates
valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a mentoring relationship with our faculty
and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our students and at the same time offer the flexibility to
help them meet their individual goals.
Attending Augsburg College will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. We have two
concentrations. The first, Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP), will prepare you for direct clinical practice with
individuals, families, and groups. The second, Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP), will prepare you for macro social
work practice with organizations, communities, and other large systems.
We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in learning. The
personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is challenging. We
encourage you to take the challenge with us.
Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW
Director, Master of Social Work
MSW Mission
Our mission is to develop social work professionals for advanced practice that promotes social justice and
empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society.
Program Overview
The MSW program prepares social work students for agency-based practice in public and nonprofit settings. By working
in the agency setting, social workers collaborate with others to provide holistic, affordable, and accessible services to
individuals, families, groups, and communities. Our challenging MSW curriculum integrates social work theory with
micro and macro practice methods. Students develop skills, knowledge, and values necessary for ethical social work
practice. As you progress through our MSW program, you will:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Learn how individuals live in and are affected by their social environment
Understand how social policies and programs affect individuals, families, communities, and society
Apply theories and methods of practice through the field practicum experience
Use a range of client-centered approaches to practice with client groups of all types and sizes
Engage in practice informed by sound, scholarly research
Evaluate the effectiveness of your social work practice or social work programs
Advocate for the eradication of oppression and discrimination
Be a responsible and contributing citizen in the local and global community
Accreditation
Augsburg’s MSW program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Your MSW degree must be
accredited by CSWE if you seek licensure with the social work board of your state. For more information on CSWE
accreditation go to www.cswe.org.
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the About Augsburg College
section of this catalog.
87
Plan of Study
Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree from a discipline other than social work are
classified as foundation students. Full-time foundation students are enrolled in a two year program. Part-time
foundation students are enrolled in a four year program.
Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a CSWE (Council on Social
Work Education) accredited institution are classified as advanced standing students. Advanced standing students are
enrolled in a 16 month program. The part-time option is not generally available for advanced standing students.
All students must complete the MSW degree in no more than 4 years following matriculation.
Academic Calendar
The MSW program meets on a semester calendar, with classes offered September through June. Classes typically meet
every other weekend with an occasional back-to-back weekend. Field practicum hours are generally completed during
weekday hours. If a student lives outside the Twin Cities metro, the field practicum hours can be completed at a
placement near the student’s place of residence. Hours per week vary depending on the agency placement and the
student’s availability. For academic calendars and schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Class Periods
Classes meet in 3.5 hour blocks on Friday evenings, 6 to 9:30 pm; Saturday mornings, 8:30 am to 12 pm; and Saturday
afternoons, 1:15 to 4:45 pm. Each class meets for 8 sessions in a given semester and for 4 sessions in a summer term
(May-June), with the expectation that students engage in hybrid learning activities between on-campus class weekends.
Time Commitment
Although classes meet on weekends, students spend time on their studies during non-class weekends and weekdays in
accordance with our hybrid learning format. Hybrid learning is a combination of face-to-face class sessions and
online/experiential learning. On a class weekend, the typical student will spend 12 hours in class within a 23-hour
period. For every hour spent in class, a student may expect to spend 3 to 4 hours outside of class working on online
activities, assignments, readings, or group projects. A student may also spend 15 to 20 hours per week in the field
practicum during the fall and spring semesters (a span of 8 to 9 months for each practicum). In the final year of study,
students complete a summative evaluation or a portfolio, which requires significant independent research, analysis, and
writing.
Some MSW students work full-time while enrolled in the program. However, full-time employment is not
recommended. Most students arrange to reduce their work hours or request time away during their graduate studies.
Each student’s situation is unique and must be decided individually. All students must develop strategies for balancing
family, work, and academic responsibilities.
Credit and Contact Hours
MSW courses range from 2 to 4 semester credits. Depending on the number of credits, students will spend 16 to 32
hours in the classroom per course. Students will also be expected to engage in activities and independent study outside
of class.
Cohort Structure
MSW students are admitted to a particular cohort. Cohorts are distinguished by level of admission (foundation or
advanced standing), rate of attendance (full-time or part-time), and chosen concentration (Multicultural Clinical Practice
[MCCP] or Multicultural Macro Practice [MCMP]). Any changes to a student’s cohort selection must be approved by the
MSW director.
Field Practicum
Foundation students complete 920 hours in two field practica; advanced standing students complete 500 hours in one
field practicum. Successful completion of the first field practicum, required for foundation students, is a minimum of 420
hours. Successful completion of the second field practicum, required for both foundation and advanced standing
88
students, is a minimum of 500 hours. Each practicum experience is spread over two semesters (fall and spring). These
hours are completed concurrent with enrollment in the fieldwork seminars as well as other MSW courses.
MSW Curriculum Components
Foundation Curriculum
In the foundation courses and field practicum, you are introduced to social work as a profession. You will learn both
historical and contemporary theories and practice methods relating to both the individual and the environment. During
the foundation year, you will study human behavior and the social environment, history of social welfare policy,
research methods, assessment frameworks, family and community diversity, and social work values and ethics.
In the foundation curriculum you will apply this generalist knowledge of theories and practice methods in the generalist
field practicum. The field practicum is completed concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. The
full foundation curriculum is required of all students, with the exception of those admitted with advanced standing.
Before beginning the concentration curriculum, all foundation coursework and field hours must be successfully
completed.
Concentration Curriculum
After completing the foundation requirements, you will enroll in the concentration curriculum that you selected at the
time of application. You will also complete an advanced field practicum. Augsburg offers two concentrations:
Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP). In either concentration, you will deepen
your knowledge of the primary issues affecting families and communities, develop a range of client-centered approaches
to practice, gain a broader understanding of human diversity, develop competencies in practice-based research, and
learn practice or program evaluation techniques.
In the concentration curriculum, you will apply this advanced knowledge of theories and practice methods in the
concentration field practicum. The field practicum is relevant to your chosen concentration and is completed
concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. As a capstone to your MSW program, you will complete
a portfolio project or a summative evaluation project.
Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration
Multiculturalism is a process requiring practitioners to have a deep awareness of their social and cultural identities, as
well as the ability to use multiple lenses when working with diverse populations. With person-in-environment as an
organizing perspective, multicultural clinical social work practice addresses the biopsychosocial and spiritual functioning
of individuals, families, and groups. To this end, graduates of the MCCP concentration develop competence in using
relationship-based, culturally informed, and theoretically grounded interventions with persons facing challenges,
disabilities, or impairments, including emotional, behavioral, and mental disorders.
Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration
In the tradition of Jane Addams, the heart of macro social work practice is directing energy toward changing agency,
government, and institutional policies that obscure or oppress people. While many social workers view their role as
focused on individuals and families, social workers must actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies,
institutions and society. Social work leaders must advocate for social change where necessary to ensure social justice.
Similar to the MCCP concentration, it is important to address macro level social work practice within the context of
cultural understanding and awareness. The Multicultural Macro Practice concentration (formerly Program Development,
Policy and Administration) responds to this demand for leadership.
The macro social work practitioner recognizes the strengths and abilities of individuals and communities to implement
change. The social work macro practitioner works with these individuals to do so. In the MCMP concentration, you will
learn the knowledge and skills necessary to work with others to achieve needed social change. You will also learn to
develop, lead, guide, and administer programs that serve diverse people in a variety of settings.
Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project
•
Portfolio Project (MCCP students)
89
The goal of the MCCP Portfolio is to enhance the integration of theory and practice, as well as to offer more
vivid portrayals of a student’s academic and professional experience than traditional assessments. By definition,
portfolios are formative (i.e. designed for guided reflection and self-evaluation). However they are also
summative documents in that they illustrate students’ competencies. All MCCP students are required to create a
portfolio during their final year of study. Items in a portfolio might include videos, process recordings, reflective
statements, writing samples, case analyses, term papers, electronic submissions, policy activities, feedback from
service users, self-evaluations of personal progress, and links to references.
Summative Evaluation Project (MCMP students)
o All social workers must evaluate their practice to determine whether they are helping or harming clients. While
in the concentration practicum, MCMP students will design and implement a program evaluation for their
summative project. This project requires integration and application of knowledge and skills from both the
foundation and concentration curricula. Students develop their research while in their field internship and are
advised by their field seminar professor. Students conduct and present this evaluation/research project during
their final year of study.
o
•
Master’s Thesis
Students in both concentrations have the option of completing a thesis in addition to either the portfolio or summative
evaluation project. Credit for the SWK 699 general elective is given for this option. Students work with a thesis advisor to
develop more in-depth research skills contributing to social work knowledge. To pursue the thesis option, students
should notify the MSW program director by the end of spring semester of the foundation year.
Degree requirements
To be conferred the MSW degree, students must achieve the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Successful completion of any admission conditions (see Admission to MSW)
Successful completion of all required MSW courses
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher
Successful completion of 920 hours of approved field practica for foundation students or 500 hours of approved
field practicum for advanced standing students
Successful completion and submission of the portfolio project (MCCP) or the summative evaluation project (MCMP)
Successful completion of all degree requirements within 4 years of matriculation.
State of Minnesota Social Work Licensure
Six months prior to completion of the MSW degree at Augsburg, students may apply to take the Licensed Graduate
Social Worker (LGSW) license exam from the Minnesota Board of Social Work. To achieve LGSW licensure students must
pass the state board exam and complete the MSW degree.
To seek the Licensed Independent Social Worker (LISW) license or the Licensed Independent Clinical Social Worker
(LICSW) license, one must work two years full-time (or 4,000 hours part-time) as an LGSW under the supervision of an
LISW or LICSW. Upon completion of the supervision requirement, one may take the LISW or LICSW state board exam.
For more information, go to the Minnesota Board of Social Work web page, www.socialwork.state.mn.us.
MSW Course Requirements
Foundation Courses
FALL
SWK 500 - Human Behavior and the Social Environment*
SWK 505 - Practice Methods and Skills 1: Individuals*
SWK 530 - Integrative Field Seminar 1 (taken concurrent with first practicum)*
SPRING
SWK 509 - Human Behavior: Mental Health Assessment and Diagnosis
SWK 506 - Practice Methods and Skills 2: Groups and Families*
90
SWK 510 - Advanced Practice Methods (advanced standing students only)
SWK 535 - Integrative Field Seminar 2 (taken concurrent with first practicum)*
SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (foundation students only)
SUMMER
SWK 501 - History of Social Welfare Policy*
SWK 516 - Practice Methods and Skills 3: Communities and Policies
SWK 536 - Human Behavior and the Macro Social Environment*
SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (advanced standing students only)
*Course potentially can be waived for advanced standing students (BSW holders).
Concentration Courses
Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration:
FALL
SWK 610 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: MCCP (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 615 - Diversity and Inequality 1: MCCP
SWK 628 - MCCP with Individuals
SWK 629 - MCCP with Families
SPRING
SWK 611 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: MCCP (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 616 - Diversity and Inequality 2: MCCP
SWK 630 - MCCP Policy Practice
SWK 631 - MCCP with Groups
SUMMER 1
SWK 634 - MCCP Supervision
SWK 639 - MCCP Elective
SWK 640 - MCCP Capstone
SWK 699 - General Elective
Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration:
FALL
SWK 651 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: MCMP (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 657 - Diversity and Inequality 1: MCMP
SWK 660 - Research 2: Program Evaluation
SWK 667 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1
SPRING
SWK 652 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: MCMP (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 658 - Diversity and Inequality 2: MCMP
SWK 668 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2
SWK 670 – Multicultural Macro Practice Policy
SUMMER
SWK 669 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3
SWK 699 - General Elective
SWK 671 – Multicultural Macro Practice Planning
Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project
Completed and submitted in final year of study.
91
SWK 699 General Elective
Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective course. The following are examples of elective
offerings that rotate each year:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Parent and Professional Planning
Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Aging
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Social Work Clinical Practice
Spirituality and Social Work Practice
Empowerment of Services Users in Mental Health
Children’s Mental Health
We also offer short-term electives abroad, typically two weeks in length: Exploring Human Services in International
Settings (examples include Mexico, Slovenia, Namibia, South Africa, India, Bolivia, China, and Hong Kong)
Fieldwork and Field Placement
Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through the field experience, we expect that students will
demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative efforts between the student, the field agency, and the
MSW program are essential to successful learning. The foundation of the practice includes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ethical, competent professional practice
Problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective
Use of advanced practice theories in Multicultural Clinical Practice or Multicultural Macro Practice settings
Evaluation of the effectiveness of program or practice activities
An understanding of and respect for diverse peoples and cultures
Responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice
A commitment to oppose oppression of all forms
Field Education Format
Under the instruction and supervision of professionally-trained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors,
foundation students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field practica. Advanced standing students will spend a
minimum of 500 hours in one field practicum. Both the foundation and concentration practica are spread over 2
semesters (fall and spring). Both practica are concurrent with enrollment in integrative field seminars, as well as other
MSW coursework.
The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided into two components:
•
•
Foundation Practicum
o The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts emphasis on developing competence as a professional
generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours and is completed by students admitted at the
foundation level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this
practicum.
Concentration Practicum
o The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced practice skills and leadership qualities related to the
chosen concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is completed by all students, including those
admitted with advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours per week during the fall and spring
semesters in this practicum.
Process for Field Practicum Selection
Field practica begin in the fall, but the selection process begins the previous spring in collaboration with two other Twin
Cities MSW programs. Students attend a field orientation before beginning their search. Augsburg College and the
University of Minnesota - School of Social Work jointly host a field fair where students meet a large number of agencies
and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the student, and a
matching process conducted collaboratively by the field coordinators at the three MSW programs in the Twin Cities.
92
In some instances, students can petition to complete a field practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their
place of employment. Students who wish to do so work with the MSW field coordinator for such proposals.
Field Practicum Settings
The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of each student in a stimulating and challenging field practicum.
Our current list of approved clinical and community practice field sites includes agencies in the following areas of
practice:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Family and children
Child welfare
Mental health
Crisis intervention
Senior resources
Family social policy
Health and human services
Corrections and probation
Public and independent schools
Youth services
Hospitals
Developmental disabilities
American Indian family services
Chronic and persistent mental illness
Chemical dependency
Court services
Immigrant, migrant, refugee services
Victims of torture
Faith-based social services
Neighborhood services
Legislation advocacy
Housing services
Employment services
Community organizing
Research centers
Dual Degree in Social Work and Theology (MSW/MA, Theology)
Augsburg College’s Department of Social Work (Minneapolis) and Luther Seminary (St. Paul) offer a dual degree: Master
of Social Work and Master of Arts in Theology (MSW/MA). The dual degree has been approved by both institutions and
by the Council on Social Work Education. If you are interested in combining a Master of Social Work with a Master of
Arts in Theology, we recommend you begin the Luther Seminary program first and identify yourself as seeking the dual
degree. For application information to Luther Seminary, visit their website at www.luthersem.edu/admissions/.
Purpose
The dual degree focuses on meeting the educational interests of people planning to serve the spiritual and social needs
of families, individuals, and communities in both rural and urban settings. Both institutions have a commitment to social
and economic justice and to teamwork in the pastoral and human service settings. This joint program is ecumenical in its
admission policies as well as its academic outlook.
Objectives
Three primary objectives have been established:
•
To educate practitioners in social work and ministry who can combine the values, skills, and knowledge of both
theology and social work to serve people in more holistic ways
93
•
•
To generate the partnerships necessary to serve the complex needs of communities and people experiencing
transition in their lives, including the change of government support for those in poverty
To prepare practitioners to seek the strengths of interdisciplinary teams in the human service and pastoral settings.
Enrollment
We recommend that dual degree students enroll in Luther Seminary courses first. Upon completion of this first year of
courses, students then enroll in Augsburg courses for a second and third year (full-time). In the dual degree, Luther
Seminary offers nine courses which can be completed in one year if pursued full-time. The remaining Luther Seminary
course requirements are waived and replaced by the Augsburg MSW curriculum. At Augsburg, dual degree students
complete the entire MSW curriculum with the exception of the SWK 699 general elective.
Course Format and Field Practicum
Luther Seminary courses are offered on a weekday schedule and Augsburg College courses are offered on a weekend
schedule. The field practicum is incorporated into the Augsburg curriculum and will be in a setting reflective of the dual
degree program, such as congregational multidisciplinary teams, nursing home chaplaincy, and social work teams. The
Luther Seminary program and the Augsburg College program are both full-time; it is not feasible for students to do both
programs simultaneously.
Summary of MSW/MA Theology Dual Degree Requirements
•
•
•
•
9 courses at Luther Seminary
All required MSW courses at Augsburg College
MSW field practica credit hours (see guidelines under field practicum)
MSW portfolio or summative evaluation project
Admission to the Dual Degree
It is the responsibility of dual degree students to be aware of application deadlines for both institutions. Applicants must
apply to each program separately. Please note: admission to one institution does not guarantee admission to the other.
To request the catalog and application materials, you must contact each program separately. Financial aid is also a
separate process.
Dual Degree in Social Work and Business Administration (MSW/MBA)
Augsburg College offers a dual MSW/MBA degree in social work and business administration. Students enrolled in the
dual degree program learn to create better managed and financially sound service organizations to serve diverse
communities, both locally and globally.
Purpose
Many social service agencies today require that agency managers combine financial and business expertise with social
work practice and policy formation. The MSW/MBA dual degree prepares graduates to function in a workplace that
demands the delivery of quality services with increasingly limited resources.
Concentration
The MSW/MBA dual degree includes an accelerated third year of study for MSW students who elect the Multicultural
Macro Practice (MCMP) concentration. In this concentration, students learn to effect positive change in social service
systems through their work with communities, organizations, and social policy makers. Prior Augsburg MSW graduates
who have completed the necessary Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) coursework are eligible to return to complete
the MBA portion of the dual degree.
Schedule
Years 1 and 2 (September through June)
MSW classes meet on alternating weekends—Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons—and
students engage in hybrid learning activities between class weekends.
94
Year 3 (12–16 months)
MBA classes meet one night per week. The MBA program includes a summer term. See the MBA section for required
courses for the dual degree.
Curriculum
•
•
•
•
•
Foundation or advanced standing coursework
Either 920 hours (foundation) or 500 hours (advanced standing) MSW field practicum experience
The MSW summative evaluation project may be accepted by the MBA program as partial fulfillment of the MBA
project.
Complete a minimum of eight MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree 2002 and beyond;
complete a minimum of nine MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree prior to 2002
For more information regarding the MBA coursework required for the MSW/MBA dual degree, see the MBA section.
MBA Admission
MSW/MBA dual degree applicants may apply to both programs at the same time or admitted MSW students may wait
to apply to the MBA program until their concentration year. The GMAT is waived for MSW/MBA dual degree applicants.
MBA application materials include: completed application, two short essays, an updated resume, two letters of
recommendation, and a personal interview with the MBA program director. Admission to one program does not
guarantee admission to the other.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MSW
The Augsburg College MSW program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student population. Therefore,
the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities,
backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures.
Listed below are general descriptions for the application process. Refer to the online MSW application documents for
details regarding specific application requirements.
Admission Requirements
•
•
•
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university
Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher
Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities, biology, and statistics
Application Checklist
The application deadline is January 15 each year for matriculation in the following academic year. All application
materials noted below are due by the application deadline. For more information go to www.augsburg.edu/msw or call
612-330-1101.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Completed application form
$35 application fee
One official transcript from each previously-attended postsecondary institution. This includes colleges, universities,
vocational/technical institutions, and PSEO institutions.
Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social sciences, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics
course. These courses must be completed prior to enrollment.
Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for advanced standing applicants)
Three recommendation checklist forms, with letters attached, submitted online
Typed personal statement responding to the questions noted on the application form
Results of the TOEFL language tests, if applicable
Official international credit evaluation course-by-course review (for degrees completed outside of the United States)
95
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Admission as a transfer student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
Transfer students may receive up to 22 transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in the Academic Programs and
Policies section of this catalog.) Eligible courses must be from a CSWE-accredited MSW program and students must have
received a grade of B (3.0) or higher. Students must complete no fewer than 23 credits at Augsburg in order to receive
their MSW degree from Augsburg College.
We do not grant academic credit for work or life experience.
Admission with Advanced Standing
Advanced standing is an application category open to those with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a program that
is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Advanced standing applicants may seek waivers for the
following eligible MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice
Methods and Skills 1 and 2, and Integrative Field Seminars 1 and 2 (which include 420 field practicum hours). Advanced
standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for each with a grade of B (3.0) or higher in order to receive a
waiver.
Academic Policies
Academic Achievement
Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MSW program. If a student falls below a 3.0
average, the student will be placed on academic probation. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in
order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the
student may be dismissed from the program. Students are retained in the program who can:
•
•
•
•
Maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher)
Complete course requirements of the program and field placement in a timely manner
Complete the program within four years
Abide by the department’s Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 will count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.5 must be
repeated. No more than two courses can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted
in the grade point average. If a student receives a grade below 2.5 in a field course, the MSW director will initiate a Level
3 review, as outlined in section 3.2 of the Standards for Social Work Education.
Evaluation of Student Field Performance
The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in the MSW Field Manual, which is distributed to newlyadmitted students at our field orientation prior to seeking the field placement.
Four-Year Limit
All students are required to finish the degree within four years of matriculation. See the Academic Programs and Policies
section of this catalog for policy on continuation of coursework or final thesis.
Leave of Absence
Students who interrupt their program enrollment must request a leave of absence through the MSW program in order
to maintain their admitted status. The request must be made in writing or via the student’s Augsburg email account. A
leave of absence typically requires a full year away from the program in order to return to classes in sequence.
96
Prerequisite Courses
All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration
courses until successfully completing all foundation courses. In addition there are individual courses that are
prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Handbook.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition fees, MSW students can expect to a pay a facilities fee and a field program fee. Students can also
expect to purchase textbooks and student liability insurance when in a field placement. There may also be additional
fees associated with short-term electives abroad.
Graduate Scholarship Search Tips
As you may know, graduate students do not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities open to
undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly encourage you to spend time doing your own independent research into
graduate funding available locally, nationally, and internationally.
The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is to look online. There are many scholarship search engines
online. The following websites may provide a good starting point for your search:
www.naswfoundation.org
www.gradloans.com
www.cswe.org
www.gradschools.com
www.mnssa.org
www.fastweb.com
www.aauw.org
www.gradview.com
www.finaid.org
www.petersons.com
www.studentaid.ed.gov
Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships
•
•
•
•
•
•
Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship
o Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to
www.cswe.org.)
Gosnell Scholarship Funds
o Ten awards ($1,000-$4,000) offered to social work students interested in working with American Indian/Alaska
Native and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in
August (see www.naswfoundation.org).
Vern Lyons Scholarship
o One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in health/mental health practice and a commitment to the
African American community. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org).
American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work
o Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social
work practice. Applications due in March (see www.abecsw.org).
MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship
o One $500 award offered to students from African-American, American Indian, Asian, LGBT, Hispanic and
Immigrant Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see
www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).
Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship
o One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in the human service field so they may enhance their
professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).
97
Augsburg Scholarships
Augsburg’s Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. Students who are enrolled in the first year of
the program are eligible to apply. Awards range in amount from $300 to $1,500.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship
Bodo F. Suemning Memorial Scholarship
Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship
AmeriCorps Tuition Discount
Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or have been AmeriCorps volunteers—25% off the tuition cost of
one course per semester. This would apply to all semesters of your MSW program. Contact the Enrollment Center for
more information.
Augsburg Partnership Grant
The Augsburg Partnership Grant applies to new enrolling students only and allows employees of partner institutions to
receive a 10% tuition discount. Application fees of $35 are also waived. If a student enrolls in an Employer Tuition
Reimbursement Payment Plan, the $20 processing fee is also waived. Contact the Enrollment Center for more
information.
Military Discount
See description in the Financing Your Education section of the catalog.
MSW Forum
All MSW students are invited to participate in the student-run organization, the MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum
is to facilitate communication between social work students and the social work department, as well as to provide the
opportunity for student participation in departmental governance, curriculum development, and program
improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social Work Department meetings via representatives.
The forum has historically been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided the student can make a
commitment to attend the meetings and share in the efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator also
serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests.
Past forum members established these guidelines:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas and/or concerns related to the MSW educational
experience with the Social Work Department
Encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty, and department and College administrators
Make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements
Receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College
Plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions
Organize social action projects
MSW Faculty
Laura Boisen, Professor of Social Work, MSW Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University of Wisconsin;
MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch, Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa;
PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign.
Mauricio Cifuentes, Assistant Professor of Social Work. JD, Pontificia Universidad Javeriana, Bogota, Colombia; MSW
Loyola University; PhD, Loyola University.
98
Ankita Deka, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences; PhD,
Indiana University.
Christina Erickson, Associate Professor of Social Work, Field Education Coordinator. BS, University of Minnesota; MSW,
University of Minnesota-Duluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago.
Annette Gerten, Associate Professor of Social Work, BSW Field Coordinator. BA, College of St. Catherine; MSW,
University of Michigan; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Melissa Hensley, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, MSW, PhD, Washington University in St. Louis; MHA, University
of Missouri–Columbia.
Bibiana Koh, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Hartwick College; MA, Columbia University; MAT, School for
International Training; MSW, Smith College; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work, BSW Program Director. BA, Knox College; MSW, Tulane
University; PhD, Case Western Reserve University.
Terrence Lewis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, The Catholic University of America; MSW, University of
Kentucky; PhD, Boston University.
Nancy Rodenborg, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA,
School of International Training; PhD, University of Arizona.
Michael Schock, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department Chair. BA, University of Washington; MSW, University
of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington.
MSW Staff
Doran Edwards, BSW Program Assistant Director
Erika McCreedy, Administrative Assistant
Courtney Zaato, Field Assistant
99
Augsburg College Board of Regents
For more details, go to www.augsburg.edu/regents.
Andra Adolfson
Dan W. Anderson ‘65
Ann B. Ashton-Piper
Jennifer P. Carlson, J.D.
Bishop Rick Hoyme, ex-officio
Karen A. Durant ’81
Matthew K. Entenza, J.D.
Mark A. Eustis
Alexander J. Gonzalez ‘90
Norman R. Hagfors
Jodi L. Harpstead
Rev. Rolf Jacobson, Ph.D.
Eric J. Jolly, Ph.D.
Wayne D. Jorgenson ‘71
Toby Piper LaBelle ‘96
The Honorable LaJune Thomas Lange ’75, J.D.
André J. Lewis ’73, Ph.D.
Dennis J. Meyer ‘78
Pamela Hanson Moksnes ‘79
Paul S. Mueller ’84, M.D., Chair
Jeffrey M. Nodland ’77
Lisa M. Novotny ’80
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D.
Curtis A. Sampson
Bishop Ann M. Svennungsen, ex-officio
Gary A. Tangwall ’80
Rev. Norman W. Wahl ’76, D.Min.
Bonnie Wallace
Steven J. Wehrenberg ‘78
Rev. Mark N. Wilhelm, Ph.D., ex-officio
ELCA Congregational and Synodical Mission
Executive Director
The Rev. Dr. Stephen Bouman
Program Director for Schools
The Rev. Dr. Mark Wilhelm
100
Show less
2015-2016 GRADUATE CATALOG
at
Augsburg College
Graduate Catalog
2015-2016
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and
student policie... Show more
2015-2016 GRADUATE CATALOG
at
Augsburg College
Graduate Catalog
2015-2016
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and
student policies and procedures for Fall Semester 2015 - Summer Semester 2016. It is subject to change without notice.
The catalog is intended to complement other College publications including the Student Guide and College website. It is
important for students to be familiar with all College policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to
consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements.
Published 2015
Phone: 612-330-1000
www.augsburg.edu
1
A Greeting from the President
I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College’s exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a
select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent
curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the
needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College’s graduate-level programs in Business Administration, Creative
Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Social Work are distinguished by the
opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills.
Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens,
thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged
community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence
in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran church, and shaped by its
urban and global settings.
For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features an expansive
perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability.
At Augsburg College we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you find your calling, at work and in
the world. Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention,
and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are
prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree.
Sincerely,
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D.
President
2
Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office
Welcome to graduate studies at Augsburg College. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership
in their communities and places of work. We believe that learning based upon intentional integration of the liberal and
professional arts and sciences provides the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow.
We expect our graduate students to achieve tangible and measurable outcomes from their studies at Augsburg:
specialized knowledge in a field of study, applied and collaborative learning, advanced intellectual skills (especially in
engaging diverse perspectives and communication fluency), and demonstrated civic and global learning.
When you join Augsburg, you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in state-of-the-art
physical and online classrooms with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. Our locations in vital
metropolitan areas and the opportunities we provide for international travel offer exciting and challenging real-life
learning. Cities and countries become extended campuses for Augsburg students. Additionally, the diversity in our own
campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared for the range of experiences and perspectives that
characterize today’s global environment.
All of our graduate programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with
one another and to our neighbors. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants
who came to Augsburg’s doors, we welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths. And, we encourage interdisciplinary
courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines.
At the same time, each graduate program also has its own “neighborhood” and unique features. You join a body of
experienced people that expands your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We encourage our
alumni to become your mentors and build on our city and global connections through public events, including our
convocations and our annual, internationally-recognized Nobel Peace Prize Forum.
We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to meet you.
Sincerely,
Lori A. Peterson
Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate and Professional Studies
3
About Augsburg
At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in
their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major
field of study, but also the ability to apply critical thinking, problem solving, and advanced communication skills in a
collaborative approach within that discipline, thereby engaging others with diverse perspectives in the work of
advancing civic and global initiatives critical for a sustainable future.
The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences,
to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city and out into the world with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome
students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international
courses and cultural exchanges.
Mission Statement
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to
the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission:
Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible
leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its
life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the
faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1872. A Rochester, Minnesota campus was added in 2002. A short history of
Augsburg College can be found at www.augsburg.edu/about/history.
Today, Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of its founders who believed:
Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically
and broadly about the world and the work we do in it.
An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith.
The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning environment.
The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.”
Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg
prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society.
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the following graduate degrees:
Master of Arts in Education*
Master of Arts in Leadership
Master of Arts in Nursing*
Master of Business Administration*
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
Master of Music Therapy
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Master of Social Work
Doctor of Nursing Practice* (with tracks in Transcultural Nursing and Family Nurse Practitioner)
4
Augsburg offers the following dual degrees:
Bachelor of Arts in Accounting/Master of Arts in Leadership
Master of Arts in Leadership/Master of Business Administration
Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration
Master of Social Work/Master of Arts in Theology, with Luther Seminary
*Programs offered at both of Augsburg’s campuses (Minneapolis and Rochester, MN)
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of
community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities, whether a student in
Minneapolis or Rochester, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
lecture/speaker events.
Graduate Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and
commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and
service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of
research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic
faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as
academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities.
5
Locations
Minneapolis Campus
Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is
bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University
of Minnesota Medical Center.
Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s
leading companies as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is
blocks from the METRO Green and Blue light rail lines, which provide easy access to destinations in Minneapolis and St.
Paul, as well as the Minneapolis International Airport.
Rochester campus
Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s
mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. Graduate degrees and undergraduate majors including business,
education, and nursing, are offered on the Rochester campus. Graduate programs in Rochester include the Master of
Business Administration, Master of Arts in Nursing*, Master of Arts in Education*, and Doctor of Nursing Practice*.
The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), just a few blocks south of
downtown Rochester. Home to approximately 110,000 residents, Rochester is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity
and superior technological resources.
Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on alternating weekday evenings
and on occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. Students may also take courses within their
program on the Minneapolis campus.
Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning
resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software.
Information about the Rochester campus is available at augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at
507-288-2886.
*Program includes some Minneapolis courses.
Abroad Locations
Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research,
take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their disciplines.
6
Facilities
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway
system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library,
Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication.
Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center.
Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, and this
residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing
and Communication.
Center for Wellness and Counseling—The Center for Wellness and Counseling offers programs and services that
enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being.
Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with the Admissions Office, student lounge and recreational areas, the
Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy
center, and offices for student government and student publications.
Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the
Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition
of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also
housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices.
Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry
Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical
education, and hospitality facilities.
The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions
and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It also houses the Gage Center for Student
Success. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street and the Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS).
Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th
Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites.
Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and
intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center
Court was dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and
two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area.
Charles S. Anderson Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two
rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty.
Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with
classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places.
Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP
program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, Bernhard Christensen
Center for Vocation, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the
7
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble
Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center.
Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized
auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices.
Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center, as well as
classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third
presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study,
and utility areas.
8
Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships
Augsburg College is accredited by:
The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA)
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral degrees)
Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees)
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees)
Augsburg’s programs are approved by:
American Chemical Society
Minnesota Board of Teaching
Minnesota Board of Nursing
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)
National Association of Schools of Music
Augsburg College is an institutional member of:
American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU)
American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE)
American Association of Higher Education (AAHE)
American Music Therapy Association, Inc.
Association of International Education Administrators (AIEA)
Campus Compact
Council of Independent Colleges (CIC)
Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE)
Diversity Abroad Network
The Forum on Education Abroad
Institute of International Education (IIE)
Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA)
National Association of International Educators (NAFSA)
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE)
Physician Assistant Education Association
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Minnesota Private College Council MPCC)
Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA)
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education. Registration is not an endorsement of the
institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or
that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or
employer.
9
Policies
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, religious belief, national
or ethnic origin, age, disability, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, marital status, familial status,
genetic information, status with regard to public assistance, or citizenship in its educational policies, admissions policies,
employment, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances
where there is a bona fide occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is
committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students with disabilities. (Approved by
Board of Regents on January, 2012)
For further information, please contact the College’s Title IX Officer:
Lisa Stock| Director of Human Resources| Memorial Hall 19| 612-330-1783| stockl@augsburg.edu
Additionally, the College has three Deputy Officers:
Deputy Officer for Students:
Sarah Griesse| Dean of Students
Memorial Hall, Room 118F| 612-330-1489| griesse@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer for Employees:
Tammy McBroom| Human Resources
Memorial Hall, Room 19| 612-330-1216| mcbroom@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer for Athletics:
Kelly Anderson Diercks| Assistant Athletic Director
Si Melby Hall, Room 205F| 612-330-1245| diercks@augsburg.edu
The Deputies work with the Title IX Coordinator to identify any patterns or systemic problems that arise and may assist
as investigators of complaints.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students
regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to
students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records
You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg
College. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will
respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request.
Right to request amendment of education records
You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate,
misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information
You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information
contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize
disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to
school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an
administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel
and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
10
agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or
grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate
educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional
responsibility.
Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information”
FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may
be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the
student.
Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or
organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
“Directory information” includes the following:
The student’s name
The student’s address
The student’s telephone number
The student’s e-mail address
The student’s date and place of birth
The student’s major and minor field of study
The student’s academic class level
The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT)
The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports
The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates)
The weight and height of members of athletic teams
The student’s dates of attendance
Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student
The student’s photograph
Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to
contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information.
Right to complain to FERPA Office
You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400
Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter.
Annual Security Report
The Annual Security Report (ASR) for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg
property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The Department of Public
Safety prepares this annual Crime Report to comply with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and
Crime Statistics Act. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/reports. For a printed copy, contact
Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717.
11
Copyright Policy
Augsburg College Graduate Programs follows the norms of the US Copyright Law in granting exclusive rights under the
Copyright Act to faculty and student authors to reproduce their original works, to use them as the basis for derivative.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the
matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at
inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide.
Official Notices
Students will receive official notices via the student campus mail system (student campus box), the A-Mail publication,
and the student’s Augsburg e-mail account. Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail
account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on Inside Augsburg.
12
Graduate Admissions
All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution or
an equivalent degree from outside the US.
All graduate students must submit completed applications. Each graduate program also has additional program
requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these
additional requirements.
Please refer to each individual program’s catalog section (below) for additional instructions and for detailed information
on applying to graduate programs, refer to the Graduate Admissions website at www.augsburg.edu/grad.
Readmission
Graduate students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for two or more semesters, must apply for
readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during
their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office.
Returning students do not pay the application fee.
The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is the Friday prior to the start of
the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the
College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with
individual programs for information regarding readmission process).
Non-degree Student Admission
Individuals may take coursework at Augsburg College as a non-degree-seeking student. Non-degree students can enroll
on a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the College’s Academic Calendar. Admission requires
program director approval, and the student must be in good standing at all previously attended institutions.
To apply for admission as a non-degree seeking student, submit the completed application, academic intent, and
unofficial transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution to the Admissions Office. Some programs may have
additional application requirements.
A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution is the minimum requirement for admission. Students who
have earned a bachelor’s degree outside of the United States must submit a copy of a foreign credential evaluation from
World Education Services (WES) to confirm it is equivalent to a United States bachelor’s degree or greater.
Non-degree status is conferred for only one term of enrollment. Additional terms require reapplication as a non-degree
seeking student. Students may count up to 6-8 semester credits earned as a non-degree seeking student toward an
Augsburg College degree with approval from the program director.
Non-degree seeking students who wish to pursue a degree must reapply for admission by submitting the completed
application, academic intent, official transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution, and any additional
materials required by the program.
International Students Admission
Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply.
An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a “full course of study” to achieve a specific educational or
professional objective at an academic institution in the United States that has been designated by the Department of
Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and
Exchange Visitor Information System).
A student acquires F-1 status using form I-20, issued by a DHS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one
of two ways:
If the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a US consulate.
13
If the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the I-20 to USCIS (United
States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status.
A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHS-approved school to Augsburg by following
the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations.
In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students
must also comply with the following:
English Proficiency Requirements for International Graduate Applicants
To meet Augsburg College admission requirements, you must provide evidence of a sufficient command of both written
and spoken English to study college courses conducted entirely in English. Below is a list of the tests and programs
Augsburg College accepts as evidence for English proficiency.
TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language)
www.toefl.org
Score report of 80 on the Internet-based TOEFL (iBT) with a sub-score of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking
sections. (The Augsburg College TOEFL code is 6014.)
IELTS (International English Language Testing System)
www.ielts.org
Score report of 6.5.
MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery)
www.cambridgemichigan.org/melab
Score report of 80, and score report must be accompanied by an official letter from the testing coordinator.
Successful completion of a previous undergraduate or graduate degree at an accredited college or university in the
US, the United Kingdom, Ireland, English-speaking Canada, New Zealand, or Australia.
Score reports must be sent to Augsburg directly from the testing center. Score reports must not be more than two years
old.
Foreign Credential Evaluation
Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States.
This evaluation should include the following:
Analysis of credentials to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited US bachelor’s degree
Verification the degree is equivalent, at a minimum, to a four-year US bachelor’s degree is required.
Course-by-course evaluation to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each
course, may also be required for specific programs.
Calculation of grade point average to demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard US
grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=1.0, F=0.0.
Translation to English (if applicable)
The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg’s Office of Admissions. Refer to World Education Services at
www.wes.org for information on how to obtain a foreign credential evaluation.
Proof of Financial Support
International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet
expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and
board, health insurance, personal expenses, and living expenses for dependents (if applicable).
Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds,
or funds from the student’s family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an official
award letter from the school or sponsoring agency; documentation of personal or family funds should be on bank
letterhead stationery, or in the form of a legally binding affidavit. Government Form I-134, Affidavit of Support, or
Augsburg’s Financial Sponsorship form can be used to document support being provided by a US citizen or US legal
14
permanent resident. All financial documents such as bank statements must be dated within three months prior to the
date of application.
Health Insurance
All F-1 international students and their dependents (if applicable) are required to have adequate health insurance
coverage for the duration of their program. International students will be enrolled in the Augsburg international student
plan unless they fill out a waiver verifying proof of coverage through an alternative provider for the same period.
15
Financing Your Education
College Costs for Graduate Studies
The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as
required. Augsburg reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Full-Time vs. Half-Time
Graduate students will need to be enrolled in 3 credits to be considered half-time and 6 credits to be considered fulltime.
Program Tuition and Fees
Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP)
Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN)
Master of Arts in Education (MAE)
Master of Arts in Education Tribal (MAET)
Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL)
Master of Fine Arts (MFA)
Master of Social Work (MSW)
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Master of Arts in Music Therapy (MMT)
Master of Science in Physician Assistant (MPA)
$894 per 1.0 credit
$683 per 1.0 credit
$485 per 1.0 credit
UMD Rate
$799 per 1.0 credit
$623 per 1.0 credit
$668 per 1.0 credit
$776 per 1.0 credit
$798 per 1.0 credit
$739 per 1.0 credit*
*2015 start cohort
Tuition
Students are charged per credit. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing
finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services.
Fees
Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees.
Payments
Semester Charges
Prior to the start of each semester, a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits
designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online
through Augnet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/make-a-payment. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent
accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure
Payment Options
Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts.
Financial Aid
All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis.
This includes completing the application process as outlined below and making satisfactory academic progress. In order
to maintain eligibility in financial aid programs, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the
attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in the College catalog.
16
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of grants and loans. The College cooperates with
federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is
eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent
family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations.
Types of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant
(except as noted).
Institutional Grants/Discounts
Augsburg offers grants/discounts for a variety of different students. Specific information about the different grants and
scholarships, along with eligibility requirements, can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/paymentplans-and-discounts.
Loan Assistance
Graduate students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to receive federal loans. Three semester credits per term
is considered half-time. Six semester credits per term is considered full-time.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan
Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower
may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be
capitalized (added to the balance of the loan).
Federal Graduate Loan Program (PLUS)
Graduate PLUS is a loan program to help graduate students meet college costs. Students may borrow up to the cost
of attendance (minus all other student financial aid).
Further information about loan programs can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial.
Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy
Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether
students [1] receiving financial aid [2] are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree.
The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant
to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the
following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid.
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress
1) Minimum GPA requirements: Graduate Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA based on the entire
academic record.
2) Minimum Credits Completed: Graduate Students must earn a cumulative 67% of the credits attempted based on
the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of 4.0 – 2.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will
include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W
17
(withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative attempted
credits. Repeat Courses and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits.
3) Maximum Time Frame: To demonstrate academic progress, graduate students must complete their degree
objective within 150% of the length of the program.
Monitoring and Evaluating Progress
In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the office of Student Financial Services will evaluate and monitor the
students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student
Financial Services Office determined the student to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid
Warning or Financial Aid Probation. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP
standards.
Financial Aid Warning
In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the Office of Student Financial Services will evaluate and monitor the
students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student
Financial Services Office determined the student to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid
Warning or Financial Aid Suspension. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP
standards.
Financial Aid Suspension
A student who fails to meet either the minimum GPA requirement and/or minimum credits attempted while on
Financial Aid Warning will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. A student on Financial Aid Suspension is ineligible to
receive any form of financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Suspension may submit an appeal to reinstate their financial
aid. Financial Aid Suspension will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or successfully appeals.
Financial Aid will be suspended when a student placed on Financial Aid Suspension does not meet SAP standards.
Because grades may not be available before the beginning of the next scheduled term, it is possible that financial aid
may be disbursed to a student before the review can be conducted. In the event that a student is found to be ineligible
for the financial aid that has been disbursed due to a failure to meet one of the Standards, the aid that was disbursed
will be canceled, and returned to the appropriate program(s).
Right to Appeal
Students who have had their financial aid suspended may submit the SAP Appeal Form to the Student Financial Services
Office. The appeal must be submitted within 7 days of notification of unsatisfactory status or by the due date given on
the appeal letter. The SAP Appeal Form must be completely filled out, along with any additional documents required by
the Committee. The appeal should state reasons why the student failed to meet SAP standards, and what changed for
the student that will allow the student to demonstrate progress towards meeting SAP standards. The appeal will be
decided by the SAP Committee. All decisions made by the Committee are final.
If a student’s appeal is approved they will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. If a student’s appeal is denied they will
remain on Financial Aid Suspension and will remain ineligible for financial aid.
Financial Aid Probation
A student who has been placed on Financial Aid Suspension and successfully appeals SAP will be place on Financial Aid
Probation. A student on Financial Aid Probation will be eligible to receive financial aid. Financial Aid Probation will last
for one term. If at the end of the term, the students meets SAP standards, the Financial Aid Probation will conclude.
Students currently on Financial Aid Probation who do not meet the standards at the end of the term will be placed on
Financial Aid Suspension.
18
Student Account Financial Disclosure
Students at Augsburg College are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each
academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a
student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or
employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the
Augsburg College Tuition Refund Policy. Statements and account history are available online through AugNet Records
and Registration.
Augsburg College may require someone to co-sign on the students’ obligations in special cases, such as when a student
has a history of late or missed payments. When a co-signer’s signature is required, both students and co-signers are
responsible for payment of all costs incurred (including collection costs and fees of any collection agency and/or
attorney, if applicable) and all other conditions outlined on the Student Account Financial Disclosure.
Results of Balances Not Paid in Full
Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Missed or late payments will be subject to a late
payment charge and/or a finance charge on the overdue balance from the date the balance was due until payment in
full is received. If your account is not paid in full on the first day of the term, finance charges at the rate of 8% per year
(.67% per month) will be added onto your student account balance. For example, this means that for every $1,000
owed you will receive $6.70 a month in finance charges. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the
bank for Non-Sufficient Funds.
Past Due Accounts
If the student does not set up a formal payment plan with Augsburg’s Student Financial Services department, Augsburg
reserves the right to demand payment of the entire balance owed by that student and to take steps to collect it.
Augsburg may cancel the student’s registration, prevent the student from registering for future terms, withhold
transcripts or diplomas, remove the student from on-campus housing, turn the student’s account over to a collection
agency or take legal action to collect any past due balance. Each student authorizes Augsburg to release financial
information about her or his account and other pertinent information such as address and phone number to third
parties who are dealing with the collection of the account balance. By providing us with a telephone number for a
cellular phone or other wireless device, you are expressly consenting to receive communications – including but not
limited to prerecorded or artificial voice message calls, text messages, and calls made by an automatic telephone dialing
system – from us and our affiliates and agents at that number. This express consent applies to each such telephone
number that you provide to us now or in the future and permits such calls regardless of their purpose. Calls and
messages may incur access fees from your cellular provider. Each student also agrees to reimburse Augsburg College, or
its agents, the fees of any collection agency, which may be based on a percentage at a maximum of 40% of the debt, and
all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, we incur in such collection efforts. Please note that, due to
the Bankruptcy Reform Act, educational benefits are generally exempt from discharge under bankruptcy. The terms
of this agreement remain in effect until all Term Fees and other charges are paid in full.
Financial Policies
Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student
account charges are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins
Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have
been completed.
Tuition Refund Policy
Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last
day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date,
19
students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is
effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date
labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar.
Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any
refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for
all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations
are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed.
Medical Refund
If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a
medical refund should be made through the Academic/Financial Petition. Petition forms are available through the
Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the Committee upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances.
Unofficial Withdrawal
Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be
reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund
financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date
of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by
financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from
college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website.
A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively.
The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include,
but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance
for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term
will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300.
Financial Aid Policy
Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number
of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic
Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with
faculty signature-Full Semester class”. Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date.
Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes
throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a
“W” grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes.
Financial Aid - Return of Aid Policy
Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes,
or in the event of hybrid/online courses, be an active participant in the course.
Federal/State Aid Adjustments
Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Student
are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are
eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your courses, please see a
Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned.
20
Institutional Aid Adjustments
Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdraw or fully withdraw from courses. If students
withdraw from their courses they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid will be removed. If a
student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their institutional aid.
Credit Refund Policy
Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a
term. Credit refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial
Aid needs to be finalized (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid) and applied to
a student’s account (Check your Transaction History online to verify all of your financial aid has been applied to your
account and nothing is left pending) before the credit refund can be issued.
Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds.
Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates, less than 3.0 credit for
graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration
changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students
who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund
will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed.
Bookstore Policy
Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $600 to their student account.
Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year.
Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut off dates; plan ahead for courses that start
midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date.
Students’ accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore accounts before credit refunds are issued. If
your bookstore charges create a balance on your account, you need to make payments in accordance with your
statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student account are intended for students who have excess financial aid
funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you
purchase books if you need to discuss payment options.
Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times.
Third Party
If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your
purchases to the Student Financial Services Office, along with your invoice request.
Additional Funds
If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $600 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the
additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account, please send the following
information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing.
Subject: Request for additional funds
Full Name:
Student ID number:
Additional request:
Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as
possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation.
21
Consumer Information
LOSS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY DUE TO A DRUG OFFENSE
A student, who is convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred
while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid, is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a
controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco.
A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from
a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student.
A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and
receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows:
For the possession of illegal drugs:
First offense: one year from the date of conviction.
Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction.
Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction.
For the sale of illegal drugs:
First offense: two years from the date of conviction.
Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction.
A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate,
clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the
ways in which the student may regain that eligibility.
Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction
A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the
school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the
program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two
unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria:
The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government
program.
The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court.
The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed
insurance company.
The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor.
Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or
regulations.
22
Student Resources/Academic and Support Services
Library and Information Technology Services
The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses the library and
information technology functions of the College as well as the Gage Center for Student Success. In addition to its large
collection of print volumes, e-books, and e-journals, Lindell Library includes special collections and archives, a curriculum
library, a computer lab and student computing help desk, a library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing
and listening. Skyways link the library to Oren Gateway Center and Sverdrup Hall.
Learning Commons
Within Lindell Library, a Learning Commons provides assistance in research and the use of technology as well as spaces
for collaborative learning.
Library Resources
Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. They have access to 120
databases, 27,000 e-journals, 52,445 e-books, and 177,000 print volumes within Lindell Library and, through a daily
courier service, access to the library holdings of six other private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. In addition,
Lindell Library has a large collection of media resources. A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty with
research assistance and instruction in the use of information resources. Arrangements are made for access by students
with physical limitation and special needs.
Information Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely
access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for
more on Information Technology at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available
in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has five
computer classrooms, 41 technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The
circulation desk in Lindell Library has 45 wireless laptops available for use in the library.
Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber
optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student
machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the
AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus.
Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic
support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, and other cognitive disabilities, and for students
with physical disabilities such as TBI, chronic illness, mobility impairments, and vision, hearing, or speech impairments,
and temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain access to the
college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet
supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences.
Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to develop a plan for ensuring they have equal access to
Augsburg courses, programs, activities, and facilities. Typically, meetings are held weekly and discussions may include:
Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking)
Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling,
financial aid)
Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory
23
Coaching on academic, organizational, and time management skills
Campus living accommodations
The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the college faculty,
staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these
accommodations and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility.
Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting
with a Specialist to discuss their needs, as well as appropriate documentation of their disability. CLASS also provides
informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant
only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional.
Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and
may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential components of an institution’s courses or programs.
CLASS services are made possible in part through endowment support provided by the Gage family and the Groves
Foundation. For further information, call 612-330-1053.
24
Academic Programs and Policies
Academic Calendars
All of our graduate programs meet on a semester calendar. Academic Calendars can be found at
www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change without notice.
Academic Policies
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the
American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Academic Honesty
A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity
and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a
College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student
pledging to abide by the College’s academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity.
(See Augsburg’s Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide).
Evaluation and Grading
Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0
achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must
achieve a 3.0 GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards
Policy. Grading option cannot be changed from traditional (0.0 - 4.0) to Pass/No Credit.
Explanation of grades for Graduate Studies:
Grade
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0–0.0
FN
P
N
V
W
I
X
Explanation
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above acceptable standards
Meets acceptable standards
Meets minimum standards
Unacceptable performance
Unacceptable performance, student stopped attending
Represents work at 3.0 or higher (not counted in grade point average)
No credit (not counted in grade point average)
Audit
Withdrawn
Incomplete
In progress, extended beyond term of registration
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V) on a space-available
basis. Graduate students will be charged an audit fee of $1,000. The written permission of the instructor is required to
register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the
course will be listed on the transcript with a V grade. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a
grade of W. Audited courses do not count towards graduation.
Withdrawal Grade
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade
and before the last day to withdraw.
25
Incomplete (I) Grades
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student
emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of
passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a
student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Registrar’s Office that states the reasons for the
request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor’s signature. The
instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend
the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must
complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade
before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s program. If the work is not completed by the
specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0.
Extension (X) Grades
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case,
they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A
grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given
X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being
maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not
longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not
demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Repeated Courses
A course in which a grade of FN, 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in
which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses
taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point
average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade
points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not
computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted, i.e., courses with 0.0 to 4.0 grade assigned.
Attendance
Attendance and participation are critical to the success of any course. Evaluation of the level and quality of participation
may be incorporated into the course grade. We view attendance as a joint commitment of both instructors and students
to our professional development. Each instructor has the authority to specify attendance and participation requirements
to address the needs of particular courses, individual students, or various learning styles.
Lack of attendance may result in a failing grade and the requirement to repeat the course. Students must notify the
professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible,
students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible.
Non-Attendance/Non-Participation
Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped
for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are
ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been
dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit and Academic/Financial Petition.
26
Graduate Continuation Policy
Students registering for the final project course must complete the Final Project Registration/Graduate Continuation
Contract by the last day to add with faculty signature for a Full Semester class as noted on the Academic Calendar. Upon
receipt of the contract, the Registrar’s Office will enroll the student in the Continuation Program for 13 semesters. Entry
into the Continuation Program maintains students’ active status in the graduate program, including library and AugNet
Services.
Students can request an extension of up to 3 semesters beyond the initial 13 semesters to the program director by
completing the Graduate Continuation Extension Contract. Approval of the extension is at the discretion of the program
director. If a grade is not received and an extension has not been granted by the grading deadline of the 13th semester,
the grade will change from X to N. Students who wish to complete the final project after receiving a failing grade must
meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may
need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the
final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous N grade.
Students may withdraw from the College, and thus from the Continuation Program and the final project course, at any
point during the continuation period and receive a W notation on the transcript for the final project course. Following a
withdrawal, students are welcome to meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and
program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay full tuition
and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the
previous W grade.
Credit and Contact Hours
Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period
of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student
work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method.
All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with semester lengths from 14-16 weeks. Augsburg offers a
summer semester which follows the same format as both fall and spring semester. Students must take at least 3 credits
to be considered half-time, and 6 or more credits to be considered full-time. Students may take up to 22 credits.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following:
Successful completion of all required courses
A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy.
Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed
continuation agreement with Augsburg College.
Probation and Dismissal
Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the
student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be
restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistant must consult
the PA Program Progression Standards Policy.
A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3.0 in most programs) in two or more
terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out
with the program director.
Students may also be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the
College.
27
Dismissal Appeals Process
A student may appeal a program’s dismissal decision using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Appeals are
limited to procedural errors that the student can demonstrate negatively affected the outcome.
The student initiates the appeal process by submitting a hard copy of the statement of appeal to the Assistant Vice
President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies (AVP-Graduate Studies); email is not acceptable. The
statement must identify each procedural error and state how each error negatively affected the outcome. The
statement of appeal will be the only basis of the student’s appeal. The AVP-Graduate Studies must receive the student’s
statement of appeal within 14 calendar days of the date on the department’s written notification of dismissal.
The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the program chair/director. The program must
submit a response to the student’s statement of appeal within 15 business days of the date that the statement was
received by the AVP-Graduate Studies’ office. A hard copy of the program’s response should be submitted to the AVPGraduate Studies. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the program’s response to the student.
The AVP-Graduate Studies will convene the Program Dismissal Appeals Committee, which will include the AVP-Graduate
Studies as a non-voting chair and three program faculty members (one from programs not named in the appeal:
Business, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, Social Work). The Program
Dismissal Appeals Committee will schedule its hearing within 15 business days of receipt of the program’s statement of
response. The Committee will meet with the student and a program representative to review the procedures and ask
questions of both the student and the program representative. The student and program representative may each bring
a third party to the review meeting (limited to an Augsburg College faculty member, staff member, or student). The role
of the third party representative is to provide support to the student or the program representative, not to serve as an
advocate during the meeting.
Dropping or Withdrawing
Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. To
see the drop and withdrawal deadlines, see the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Independent Study
Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty
sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director
in order to receive credit. Normally, independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered
in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form
is required and is available on the Registrar’s Office website.
Term Off
Students may take a term off for up to two semesters and have continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet
Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the
student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll.
For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of
program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their advisor and obtain the
advice of their director.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit
will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide appropriate documentation regarding
previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be
considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university institution and graded 3.0/B
or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program
requirements at Augsburg.
28
The maximum number of semester credits that can be transferred is:
Master of Arts in Education (6)
Master of Arts in Leadership (6)
Master of Arts in Nursing (9)
Master of Business Administration (18)
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (12)
Master of Music Therapy (Contact program director)
Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator)
Master of Social Work (22)
Doctor of Nursing Practice (Contact program director)
Augsburg credits are calculated in semester hours. If you completed courses at other institutions that are quarter hours,
they will be converted to semester hours. One quarter hour equates to two-thirds of a semester hour.
Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from
other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average.
29
Master of Arts in Education
Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and
elsewhere. The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program combines our excellent undergraduate licensure coursework
with a master’s level coursework focused on teacher leadership, preparing teachers to serve K-12 students effectively
and to nurture healthy change within schools and school systems.
Our Philosophy
The Education Department program themes include relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and
leadership. One of these themes - leadership - is lived out within the MAE program. As this program theme suggests, we
expect our students to leave our programs as responsive, knowledgeable teachers prepared to exercise leadership in the
classroom and, eventually, the school and community.
Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through a combination of course content, field
experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students will leave our programs as collaborative and capable
teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world.
Our Faculty
Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom
have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty
members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer
work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do. We value
good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers.
Our Accessibility
We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal
responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of
licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings to allow you to manage these responsibilities while
pursuing your goals. You will need to be available during the weekday for the challenge and responsibility of field
experiences, but education coursework is accessible through the evening schedules*.
As a student in Augsburg’s Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among
interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly-qualified teacher—
the teacher you can become.
*By the end of Spring 2015 our licensure programs will have been fully transitioned from a weekend to an evening
schedule. New students will be in the evening program. For the time being, end of program MAE degree completion
options will remain on the weekend schedule.
Education Department Mission
The mission of the Augsburg Education Department is to develop responsive, knowledgeable teachers committed to
educating all learners in a diverse and changing world.
Program Themes
Responsive, knowledgeable teachers understand the dynamic interaction among relationships, reflection and inquiry,
diversity and equity, and leadership. These four interrelated program themes provide lenses through which we filter our
practice.
Relationships
Learning is relational and communal. Responsive teachers create significant relationships with their students,
colleagues, and community partners by developing learning communities. These nurturing learning communities provide
safe, trustworthy places where challenging and engaging questions can be considered. We model the kinds of learning
communities that we expect our graduates to create. We share with our students a learning model that connects
30
content, theory, and practice in an ongoing cycle. Students and their learning are the focus for responsive teachers.
Therefore we embrace and foster a progressive and constructivist orientation.
Reflection and Inquiry
Responsive teachers are reflective practitioners who are students of teaching and learning. Providing numerous
frameworks through which to filter our experience encourages intentional and thoughtful inquiry. Through field
placements, service learning, generative questions, and classroom experiences, students and faculty develop their
perspectives about teaching and learning. Critical reflection allows us to examine content, theory, and practice in ways
that transform our practice. We think it is important to understand and learn how to manage the many polarities
inherent in the teaching and learning process.
Diversity and Equity
Responsive teachers embrace diversity and intentionally work to ensure that all learners, especially those who for some
reason have been marginalized, learn and develop in powerful ways. We continually reflect on what it means to be a
“school in the city.” We recognize that each student is unique, shaped by culture and experience; therefore,
differentiating instruction is essential. The perspective of multiple intelligences, learning style theory and teaching for
understanding help us differentiate and enable us to provide choice, variety, and flexibility. Responsive teachers believe
that all students can learn. They also have a sense of efficacy and believe that they can help all students learn.
Leadership
Responsive teachers recognize that becoming a learning leader is a developmental process, which begins in pre-service
education and continues throughout one’s career. Teachers serve as leaders within the classroom, and with experience,
increased confidence, and professional development become leaders within the school, the district, and the community.
Teacher leaders view themselves as lifelong learners. They become role models committed to their profession as a
vocation rather than a job. Emerging teacher leaders keep student learning at the center of their work while advocating
for instructional innovation, constructivist curricular development, and systemic change.
Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework
Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion program. The
Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their
institutions and communities.
The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the
combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as
well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students
are required to include coursework focused on leadership and study aspects of leadership as part of their degree
program. Third, the final project—be it an action research, a leadership application project, or performance assessment
—gives students the opportunity to study an issue of concern and, supported by research, define a means for addressing
it.
Three Teacher Leadership Aspirations inform our program. They are as follows:
Aspiration 1: Teacher leaders value learning for personal and professional growth. Teacher leaders share knowledge
effectively with colleagues. We believe that teacher leaders are comfortable with their knowledge and expertise,
neither flaunting it nor hiding it, but sharing it with others generously. They work to build bridges with a full range of
colleagues, but they don’t let recalcitrant colleagues stop their own development. They see learning as a continuous
endeavor and seek it throughout their careers.
Aspiration 2: Teachers leaders think big—beyond the classroom to the broader context of education and community.
We believe that teacher leaders see systems and the “big picture” and are able to put their classrooms, schools, and
communities into a broader context. They understand the link between policies, politics, and education and participate
in change efforts at the macro and micro levels. They seek to work with administrators to establish school and district
policy that improves life for everyone. If this involves political action, they are prepared to engage in it. Teacher leaders
31
also understand that teaching and learning are dynamic and that change within school systems is an ever-present
phenomenon. They are informed decision-makers predisposed to take on the challenge of change when they think it
benefits students, teachers, and/or community.
Aspiration 3: Teacher leaders possess courage and an orientation to action. We believe that teacher leaders help
others not be afraid. They are able to help people to take warranted risks and step outside their comfort zones. They
have the courage to bring people together to see the bigger picture and then help people get there. Teacher leaders
accept both power and accountability. They understand that responsibility without power diminishes potential for
effectiveness. They believe that accountability is a fair trade for the power to take effective action. They operate from a
foundation of self-efficacy.
Program Overview
The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is designed to provide a teaching license as part of a master’s degree program. K12 initial teaching licenses offered at Augsburg include:
Elementary education (K-6), with or without a middle school content area endorsement in math, communication
arts, social studies, or science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements may need to be taken in the weekday
schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work.
Secondary education (5-12 and K-12) in social studies, communication arts/literature, visual arts, health,
mathematics, music, and physical education, 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics, and 5-8 general science .
Subject matter courses for these licenses may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college
when unavailable through evening course work. Augsburg requires that at least two content area courses are taken
at Augsburg.
Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure endorsement
options:
K-12 English as a Second Language
K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist
All teachers seeking licensure through Augsburg must take and pass all tests required by the state of Minnesota for
licensure. These include tests in basic skills, pedagogy and content area knowledge.
Accreditations and Approvals
Augsburg College Teacher Education programs are accredited and approved by:
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
Minnesota Board of Teaching. (MN BOT)
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the
Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog.
Program Structure
The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program is made up of a core of education licensure courses at the graduate level
coupled with a degree completion option. Courses in the degree completion phase are drawn from the Master of Arts in
Leadership (MAL) and graduate courses in education. Most students in the MAE program pursue a teaching license as
part of their program plan.
The MAE degree is also open to students who do not want a teaching license but do want a background in education
and leadership. See the MAE program director for details.
The MAE degree requires ten or eleven Augsburg graduate level courses, depending on the degree completion option. In
addition, several courses at the undergraduate level are required for licensure. Only courses taken at the graduate level
apply towards the MAE degree.
32
Credit
MAE graduate level courses are offered for 3 semester credits. Each course is comprised of 37.5 instructional hours with
the expectation of about 75 hours of independent study outside of class.
Schedule
The majority of the education courses in the MAE licensure and degree programs are offered through the AU evening
schedule. Courses in this schedule meet face to face every other week with online instruction during the alternate
weeks. A few education courses and many undergraduate content area courses are offered in a face to face, classroom
based format, meeting weekly in the evenings. The MAL and education degree completion courses are offered primarily
in a weekend schedule through a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Summer session courses are offered
primarily weekday evenings. Summer courses are offered in a mix of formats from all online to all face-to-face.
The following teaching licenses are available almost entirely through the evening and summer schedule: elementary
education, 5-12 social studies, 5-12 communication arts, K-12 art, K-12 special education, and K-12 English as a second
language.
Additional licenses in the following areas are available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, summer
schedules, and, occasional off-campus courses: biology, chemistry, health, mathematics, music, physical education, and
physics. For these licenses, the education and degree completion courses are taken weekday evenings and summer
while some, if not all, of the content area courses are taken during the weekday and/or off-campus.
The weekday evening schedule is comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. In
general, classes are held every other week, face to face with online instruction in the intervening week. The weekday
schedule is also comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. Classes offered during the
weekday meet one to three times per week. Classes offered jointly between weekday and weekend meet on a weekly
basis in the evening. The official academic calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Curriculum—Teaching Licenses
K-6 Elementary Education
This program is designed to prepare teachers for grades K-6. Optional endorsements in middle school specialty areas of
math, science, social studies, and communication arts can be pursued along with or separately from the K-6 license. The
teaching license and some endorsements are offered at both undergraduate and graduate levels through a mix of
undergraduate courses and combined graduate and undergraduate courses. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500
and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program.
All of the following courses must be taken for K-6 elementary licensure. Up to seven courses may be taken at the
graduate (500) level and applied toward the MAE degree.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EDC 490/580 - School and Society
EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
EED 350/550 - K-6 Methods: Math
EED 360/560 - K-6 Methods: Science
To complete the license, the following undergraduate requirements must be completed:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health
33
EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education
EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods*
EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art
EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics
EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods*
EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’s Literature
EED 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6
EED 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. Students spend 20 or more hours per term in field experiences.
These experiences occur in K-6 classrooms during the weekday. If more than one course with field experience is taken in
a given term, field experience requirements expand accordingly (i.e., two courses with 20 hours of field experience each
require a total of 40 hours).
Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements
The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of
the bachelor’s degree and/or other coursework. Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for
specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary
licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department.
Minnesota licensure standards allow for optional subject area endorsements in communication arts/literature, social
studies, math, and science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements will be available through a combination of
weekday, evening and off-campus courses. Specific requirements for these endorsements are on file in the Education
Department.
Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or
better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are
accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are
older than five years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is
not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. The program has limits on the amount and type of courses that are
accepted. Grades of B or better are required for transfer consideration. See the MAE program director for approval of
graduate coursework accepted in transfer.
Preprimary Endorsement for Elementary Licensure (Suspended for 2015-16)
This endorsement can be added to a K-6 elementary license. Required courses include the following:
PSY 250 - Child Development (PSY 105 is a prerequisite for this course)
SOC 231 - Family Systems: Cross Cultural Perspectives
or SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning (Graduate students take SPE 540.)
ECE 345/545 - Foundations of Preprimary Education
ECE 346/546 - Learning Environments for Preprimary-Aged Children
ECE 347/547 - Immersion and Teaching Competence
ECE 488, 489 - Student Teaching: Preprimary
K-12 and 5-12 Secondary Education
K-12 and 5-12 licenses in several content areas are offered through a combination of graduate and undergraduate
coursework. K-12 licenses prepare teachers to teach a content area across elementary, middle school, and high school.
Licenses for grades 5- 12 prepare teachers to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure
coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet MAE admissions
criteria.
Subject matter courses in the following majors are offered on weekday evenings and summer: English, communications
(for communication arts), art and selected social science courses. Students seeking 5–12 licensure in social studies must
34
complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. Education courses for
these licenses are also taken during weekday evenings and summer.
The following content area majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry,
physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seeking licensure in any of these areas typically
will need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule and off-campus. Students can obtain a 9-12 license
in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5–8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also
can obtain the 5–8 general science license without the 9–12 license. Education courses for these licenses are taken
during weekday evenings.
Licensure Requirements
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure; four to seven of them also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in
education.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EDC 490/580 - School and Society
ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments
ESE 300/500 - Reading and Writing in Content Area*
To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
ESE 3XX - K-12 or 5-12 Methods (in the content area)*
ESE 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Secondary
ESE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related
settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences.
Undergraduate Content Area Requirements
The equivalent of a major in the licensure content area is required for K-12 and 5-12 licenses. Students who have
majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department
at Augsburg. Two or more content area courses tied to Minnesota licensure standards are generally required, even with
a completed academic major.
Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure
standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than five years is judged on a case-by-case basis.
Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department.
Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program.
See the MAE program director for approval to use graduate level transfer courses in the degree program.
Special Education
Augsburg College offers licensure in K–12 Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist (ABS). This program
qualifies students to teach in special education programs and positions working with students with mild to moderate
disabilities in the areas of emotional/behavioral disabilities, learning disabilities, autism spectrum disabilities,
developmental and cognitive disabilities and other health disabilities. This program is built on an inclusive education
model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and general educators to facilitate
inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Five years after being licensed, teachers
must extend their license in one of the above categories through additional coursework.
35
Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort (temporarily suspended for 2015)—this graduate
licensure program in Special Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is offered
in collaboration with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly face-to-face and partly online) cohort
program. The licensure courses can be applied towards the MAE degree. See the Education Department and for more
information. The ABS licensure program is offered through weeknight and summer schedules. The Naadamaadiwin
Tribal Special Education Cohort program is offered primarily online with weekend sessions at the beginning and end of
each semester.
Licensure Requirements
Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Classes will include both
undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate
courses are taken at the 500 level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven courses may also be applied
toward the master’s degree in education. The following courses for the ABS license are offered at both the
undergraduate and graduate levels:
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
EED 350/550 - K–6 Methods: Math*
EED 360/560 - K–6 Methods: Science*
SPE 410/510 - Implementing Assessment Strategies*
SPE 411/511 - Etiology and Theory of Mild to Moderate Disabilities
SPE 415/515 - Theory to Practice*
SPE 425/525 - Transition and Community*
SPE 430/530 - Instructional and Behavioral Practices*
SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning
To complete the ABS license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I
EDC 220 - Education Technology
EDC 330 and 332 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing
EDC 331 and 333 - Practicum in Public Achievement
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
SPE 481,483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education
SPE 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education
SPE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience required as part of this course.
This program is based on an innovative internship model that allows students employed in special education classrooms
to fulfill a portion of their special education field experience requirements while they work. Students not employed in
these settings are expected to complete a significant number of volunteer hours in special education settings. All must
complete field placements or student teaching in classrooms serving these populations. Hours must be completed
across elementary, middle school, and high school and include experiences with the five areas of disability that are part
of this license. Specific information on field experience requirements is available from the Education Department.
Licensure Requirements—EBD/LD–Naadamaadiwin Special Education Tribal Cohort
This program is available only at the graduate level. Courses are taught in a hybrid fashion, partially face-to-face and
partially online. Courses are available only to those admitted to the special education tribal cohort program.
(Temporarily suspended, 2015)
36
SPE 501 - Historical and Contemporary Issues in American Indian Education
SPE 503 - Assessment of American Indian Learners
SPE 504 - Working with American Indian Families and Communities
SPE 505 - The Manifestation of Multigenerational Trauma and Internalized Oppression
SPE 506 - Indigenous Learners
SPE 507 - Indigenous Methods of Instruction: Practical Application
SPE 508 - Professional Issues and Development
SPE 509 - Literacy Instruction for American Indian Learners with Exceptionalities
SPE 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education
SPE 485, 487 – Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education
K-12 English as a Second Language (ESL) License
The K-12 English as a Second Language license is available as an initial license as well as an endorsement to an existing
license. This license qualifies teachers to work with K-12 students for whom English is a second language across a range
of subject areas. The K-12 ESL licensure program is comprised of both undergraduate and graduate courses; up to seven
of the graduate courses can apply to the completion of the MAE degree. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and
above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. A
pre-requisite to program admissions is two years of high school level or one year of college level language instruction.
The K-12 ESL program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of face to face and online
instruction. Classes are offered during the academic year in the evening semester framework and during summer
session to make them accessible to working adults. This license is also offered as an undergraduate major to Augsburg
Undergraduate (AU) students seeking a baccalaureate degree.
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure, and up to seven also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/MN American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments*
ESL 330/510 - History and Structure of the English Language
ESL 340/520 - ESL Literacy*
ESL 490/530 - Language, Culture, and Schools
ESL 420/540 - ESL Methods*
To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
ESL 310 - Second Language Acquisition
ESL 320 - Introduction to Linguistics
ESL 410 - ESL Testing and Evaluation
ESL 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary
ESL 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary
ESL 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar
*This course has a 20 hour field experience attached to it.
37
Student Teaching
Students are required to complete student teaching for initial and additional licenses (unless otherwise indicated). In the
MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at
this point and finish the degree later. Student teaching for elementary, secondary, and K-12 initial licenses lasts 12-14
weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full-time as student teachers and are supervised
by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for eight to twelve semester credits of student teaching and a two
semester credit edTPA and student teaching seminar. They meet at Augsburg College for student teaching seminars
several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and
Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students complete a 10-week
student teaching experience in the metro area and then complete another student teaching experience abroad.
Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful way to build a global perspective in
education. Additional information is available through the Education Department.
Curriculum—Graduate Degree Completion Options
Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in
Education licensure core, with between four to seven Augsburg graduate-level licensure courses fulfilling master’s
requirements. Students bringing fewer than seven graduate-level licensure courses or 21 semester credits into the
degree program must complete additional Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) or education graduate courses to reach the
required 30-33 semester credits for the MAE degree.
To finish out the master’s degree, students will need to complete one of the following options.
Action Research Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits)
This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: a Master of
Arts in Leadership (ML) elective, EDC 592 Action Research 1, and EDC 593 Action Research 2. The action research courses
guide the student through completion of a long-term action research project, typically conducted in the student’s
classroom and focused on a question or concern identified by the student. The research is presented at an action
research symposium and a formal written report of the research is placed in Lindell Library. The coursework for action
research is designed to be completed in two semesters; the project itself is done once the research is presented at an
action research symposium and the paper is accepted for placement in Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in
which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 12 semesters at no further
charge.
Leadership Application Project (LAP) Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits)
This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: an ML
elective, EDC 514 – Research Methods - Education focus or ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research and EDC 585 Leadership Application Project. Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are interested in
developing an educational product that meets an identified need.
The goal for those developing an educational product is to identify an issue or problem related to their practice, and
after researching available literature, develop a solution to the problem or issue. The solution might be developed in
the form of a curriculum, a workshop, a set of informational materials, a website, an article for publication or other
appropriate educational product.
This option is completed with a final oral presentation and placement of the final paper in the Lindell Library.
Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for
up to 12 semesters at no further charge.
Performance Assessment/Teacher Leadership Degree Completion Option (Minimum 33 credits)
This degree completion option focuses on the theme of the MAE degree program - teacher leadership - and requires a
minimum of the following four classes:
One ML leadership-focused course
38
EDC 570 - Teacher Leadership
EDC 514 - Research Methods (ML 514 can be substituted if necessary)
EDC 594 - Performance Assessment Project
Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are especially interested in considering leadership
within the context of education and themselves as potential change agents. EDC 594 must be taken as the last course in
this sequence. Students finish their degree through this option with the successful completion of these four classes.
Alternate Settings—MAE in Rochester
In step with Augsburg College’s excellent reputation in the field of education, the Master of Arts in Education program is
also offered in Rochester, MN. Licenses are available in elementary education and special education: ABS. Classes
primarily meet weekday evenings and summer at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester.
Elementary education
The K-6 elementary education license allows students to teach in grade K-6. Augsburg College offers this license at the
graduate level to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet admissions requirements. Courses for this
license are available in Rochester.
Special education
The K-12 Academic Behavior Specialist (ABS) program is designed for students currently working with or planning to
work with students with mild to moderate special needs. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special
education and the ability to work with students whose special needs are categorized as EBD, LD, DCD, ASD, and/or OHI.
All courses for these licenses are available in Rochester.
The Performance Assessment degree completion option is offered in Rochester as needed, typically every other year.
MAL Elective Courses
At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but
others may also be used. Course descriptions can be found in the MAL portion of the graduate catalog.
ML 510 - Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey
ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 – Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership
ML 530 - Ethics in Communication
ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change
ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership
ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
ML 565 - Women and Leadership
ML 599 - Topics
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MAE
Admission Requirements
Students admitted into the MAE licensure and degree programs must have:
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and
degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-2.99 may be admitted conditionally into the
graduate licensure program. To be admitted to the MAE degree completion program, all students must have a 3.0 or
better Augsburg GPA.
39
Application Checklist
The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Office of Admissions:
Completed application form - www.augsburg.edu/mae
$35 non-refundable application fee
Personal summary outlining your tentative educational objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg
Official academic transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions (including colleges,
universities, vocational/technical schools, and PSEO institutions) sent directly to the Admissions Office.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students.
Transfer Policy
Acceptance of previous education coursework completed at institutions other than Augsburg College is limited. Most
courses that have not been completed in the last seven years are considered to be too old to transfer and need to be
completed as part of one’s program at Augsburg. EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development, EDC 220 - Education
Technology, and ESE 3XX - K-12/5-12 Special Methods in Content Area are courses which may have a shorter acceptance
time frame. Additional information on the transfer policy is available through the Education Department.
Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of previous academic work will be completed as part of the
admissions process. Education coursework is evaluated by the Education Department. For secondary licenses, content
area coursework is evaluated by the content area department. This process is initiated as part of the admissions process.
Generally, the requirement for secondary licensure is that two or more classes in the content area must be taken at
Augsburg, even with an undergraduate major in the field. In all cases, previous undergraduate courses must have
received a grade of C or better to be eligible for transfer. Previous graduate coursework must have received a grade of B
or better to be considered.
Acceptance into the MAE Program
Application files are reviewed by the MAE director. Applicants are notified of the admission decision by the Office of
Admissions, usually within one to two weeks after the application file is complete. Applicants whose cumulative
undergraduate GPA is below 2.5 will not be admitted into the MAE program; however, these applicants can be
reconsidered when additional undergraduate coursework raises the cumulative undergraduate GPA to 2.5 or above. An
exception to this occurs when the applicant has completed an advanced degree with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better.
Under these circumstances, the applicant can be considered for full admission into the MAE degree and licensure
programs.
Advising and Registration
Admitted students are able to participate in academic advising and the registration process. Typically, first-term
registration occurs with intake advising. After the first term, students generally are able to register online through
Records and Registration. All students are assigned an Education Department advisor early in the first semester of
courses.
Academic Policies
Application to the Education Department
Once accepted to the College and the MAE program, students may take designated courses in education and content
areas. Prior to beginning the methods courses within a program, students must be admitted to the Education
Department. This admissions process is outlined in the EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education and in admissions
handbooks, which are available through the Education Department.
40
Academic Achievement
All MAE students are expected to achieve and maintain 3.0 or better GPA in their Augsburg course work. Students
whose cumulative GPA falls between 2.5 and 2.99 at the end of their licensure program are able to complete the license
but are not eligible for the degree. Students with cumulative GPA’s below 2.5 may not student teach and are subject to
academic probation and possible dismissal.
In all cases, a cumulative GPA on the Augsburg graduate transcript must be at 3.0 or better to be admitted to the degree
completion component of the MAE degree. Students who are ready to begin the degree completion component must
file an Intent to Complete form (available through the MAE coordinator) at which point a transcript review is completed
to confirm the 3.0 or better GPA and to determine the completed courses that apply to the degree and the courses that
remain.
Minimum Grade Policy
Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 2.5 GPA in a given term are notified that they must raise their GPA to the
required level. Students who receive below a 2.0 in any undergraduate course or 2.5 in any graduate course required for
licensure are expected to repeat the course as soon as possible and raise the grade to the appropriate level.
Dismissal from Licensure and Degree Program
Students may be dismissed from the licensure program prior to and during student teaching for failure to maintain
appropriate academic and teaching-based performance standards, for gross violation of College policy, and/or for
conduct in violation of professional ethics. Dismissal occurs within the context of established department procedures
described in the Education Department Handbook available through the Education Department. Students have the right
to appeal dismissal from the licensure program on the grounds of procedural error, using the College’s program
dismissal appeals process. Information about the program dismissal appeals process is available in the Augsburg Student
Guide. Students who fail to complete the license may have the option to finish the degree.
Fieldwork Requirements
Fieldwork experiences are tied to several licensure courses. In most cases, these experiences are conducted within a
service-learning framework, providing service to the school and classroom while also providing students’ opportunities
for focused reflection linked back to course objectives. In general, students should plan for a minimum of 20 hours field
experience per term. When multiple courses with field experience are taken in the same term, the requirements expand
accordingly. Students in field experiences are evaluated by their host K-12 teachers on the basis of criteria drawn from
the Minnesota Standards of Effective Practice. Evaluations are kept in the students’ Education Department files and
used in decisions regarding progress through the program and student teaching. A full description of field experience
requirements is available in the Education Department Handbook.
Readmission and Withdrawal
Students in good standing who fail to register for courses for two terms (not including summer) are withdrawn from the
MAE program. To be readmitted to the College and the MAE program, students file a Readmission form through the
Registrar’s Office.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition, students in this program can expect to pay a data maintenance fee upon admission to the
department, as well as liability insurance at the student rate during student teaching and the cost of a background check
for licensure and, possibly, field experience. In addition, optional international travel courses have associated costs
above and beyond the charge for tuition.
Full-time Faculty
Elizabeth M. Ankeny, Associate Professor of Education. BA, Augustana College; MAT, Morningside College; PhD,
Colorado State University.
41
Christopher R. Brown, Field Experience Coordinator/Charter School Liaison; Instructor of Education. BS, Bemidji State
University; MEd, University of Sydney, Australia.
Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological
Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Finders, Associate Professor of Education. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of
Iowa.
Jeanine Gregoire, Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Audrey Lensmeier, Assistant Professor of Education. BA Indiana University; MAT National Louis University; PhD
University of Minnesota.
Gregory Krueger, Instructor of Education. BA, Southwest Minnesota State University; MA, Hamline University.
Rachel M. Lloyd, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, Carleton College; MA, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Susan O’Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota; MS, PhD, Syracuse University.
Vicki L. Olson, Professor of Education and Director of the MAE Program. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Donna Patterson, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, MEd, University of Minnesota.
Christopher Smith, Assistant Professor of Education. BS Purdue University; MS Purdue University; PhD University of
Minnesota.
Diane C.Vodicka, Assistant Professor of Education. BEd, North Park College; MEd, Georgia Southwestern College.
Barbara West, Instructor of Education, Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement/Licensing. BS, St. Cloud State
University; MS, Syracuse University.
42
Master of Arts in Leadership
MAL Mission
The purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community,
and society. Organizations seek leaders who possess:
An ethically and morally responsible vision
An understanding of how change occurs and how it can be managed
A sensitivity to the complex problems of organizations and an ability to find solutions consistent with their mission
Cultural competence and sensitivity to the needs of a diverse population
The ability to inspire and motivate people to work toward a common goal
The Augsburg leadership development model provides a framework through which the program recruits its students and
develops their skills.
Program Overview
The study of leadership is central to Augsburg College. The College mission statement says, “Augsburg College educates
students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” The Master of Arts in
Leadership is quintessentially Augsburg. The integrated liberal arts perspective on leadership education is what we think
of as the “Augsburg difference.”
The Master of Arts in Leadership is the core program of Augsburg’s Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). Developed and
launched in 1987, it is Augsburg’s oldest graduate degree and one of the oldest leadership graduate degrees in the
United States. The program responds to the leadership development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit
organizations. MAL has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies, yet also offers its students practical approaches to
leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society.
Leadership Development Model
The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that:
Inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources
Promotes productivity within and beyond the organization
Works toward progress for the individual and the organization
To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision,
the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined
in the Leadership Development Model, which serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg’s model of
leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual.
Learning Goals and Outcomes
The MAL program is designed to support students in developing the knowledge and skills to:
Explore the nature and practice of leadership in a wide variety of dynamic organizational and community settings
Develop a personal understanding and philosophy of leadership
Aspire to be responsible leaders who are informed citizens, critical thinkers, and thoughtful stewards
Enhance knowledge of self and the capacity to be reflective learners
Analyze and navigate increasingly complex changing environments
Formulate and articulate a shared vision in order to inspire others to achieve desired goals
MAL Courses
Each course encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to
adult learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity.
These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and
43
understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the
world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities.
Plan of Study
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that the
students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined, and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom
experience, group interaction, and individual study. Courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for
discussion and dialogue.
The program features classes taught by faculty from multiple disciplines and offers two formats to allow students to
choose the option that works best for them. Both formats offer a combination of classroom and online learning styles in
different proportions. The classic classroom format emphasizes face-to-face instruction augmented by online work. The
integrated hybrid format combines online and intensive learning experiences with occasional sessions in a traditional
classroom setting.
Two Convenient Formats: Classic Classroom and Integrated Hybrid Cohort
Overview of Classic Classroom Format
For nearly 30 years, our classic classroom format has featured a flexible choice model that allows students to select
courses that focus on individual goals, interests, and learning style. Students can also determine the pace at which they
move through the program. This format offers numerous electives and allows for individualized studies. Some online
work is incorporated into this format.
Schedule
During fall and spring semesters, classes usually meet every other Saturday morning or afternoon for four hours.
Additional instruction time is provided online. Seven Saturday sessions are included in one semester. Some select classes
meet on Monday evenings. Students can take a combination of Saturday and Monday courses.
A sample class schedule in the classic classroom format:
Period I
Saturday
8:00 am to 12:00 pm
Period II
Saturday
1:00 pm to 5:00 pm
Period III
Weeknights
6:00 pm to 9:45 pm
Note: Each class taken commits a student to Period I, Period II, or Period III, an average of two meetings a month. A few
courses are taught on an immersion model, which features fewer but longer sessions.
The MAL program also offers summer semester courses in seven-week, fourteen-week, or special immersion formats.
Most summer semester courses meet on weeknights from 6:00 pm to 9:45 pm rather than on Saturdays.
Curriculum
Four core courses:
ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership
ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research
ML 580 - Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership
ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course)
Seven electives, selected from more than 20 offerings*
*Students may petition the program to do a thesis in place of two of the elective courses. Students who do the thesis
are required to develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of leadership or of a leadership-related topic
and register for ML 592 Thesis Consultation I and ML 593 Thesis Consultation II. Students electing to write a thesis are
still required to take ML 585 to complete the program.
44
Elective courses for the Classic Classroom format
The MAL program requires that seven elective courses be selected from the following course list. All courses are 3
semester credits:
ML 510 - Visions of Leadership
ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 - Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership
ML 527 - Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
ML 530 - Ethics in Communication
ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change
ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership
ML 536 - Facilitating Organizational Change
ML 538 - Communication Skills for Leadership
ML 539 - Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization
ML 540 - Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership
ML 548 - Coaching and Consulting
ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 553 - Design and Leadership
ML 557 - Language of Leadership
ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society
ML 565 - Women and Leadership
ML 570 - Negotiation: Theory and Practice
ML 574 - Strategic Leadership
ML 575 - Constructive Conflict Resolution
ML 576 - Leading Innovation
ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience
ML 598 - Independent Study
ML 599 - Topics
Overview of Integrated Hybrid Cohort Format
A combination of online, classroom, and experiential learning
The integrated hybrid model is completed in two years with a combination of intensive face-to-face sessions and online
coursework. Students complete the program with a cohort of peers representing many different perspectives. Students
learn from each other and build relationships that will provide support throughout the program and a valuable network
for the future.
Schedule
After starting with a five-day summer experience, classes meet on a semester schedule September through mid-April
(fall and spring semesters) and mid-May through mid-August (summer semester). Coursework will be online and
supported by three on-campus class sessions per term.
Curriculum
*ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership
ML 512 - Responsible Leadership for the 21st Century (Intensive)
*ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research
ML 520 - Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership
ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership
ML 553 - Design and Leadership
ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society
45
ML 574 - Strategic Leadership
ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience (or alternative elective)
*ML 580 - Colloquium of Contemporary Theories of Leadership
*ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course)
* Core courses offered in the integrated hybrid format (required for all students)
A sequenced list of seven electives is prepared for each cohort. In the cohort program, students complete 11 courses,
including a capstone course (ML 585).
MBA/MAL Dual Degree
The dual degree program takes advantage of the intellectual benefits of studying business administration and leadership
in a coordinated program. It leverages Augsburg’s long tradition of graduate leadership training via the MA in Leadership
with the robust demand for business education through our MBA program. The dual degree provides students with the
leadership skills needed to run a business and, at the same time, helps them develop the comprehensive outlook they
need to thrive in today’s interconnected world.
A minimum of 18 Augsburg courses completes the MBA/MA in Leadership dual degree, including at least 7 MBA
courses and 7 MA in Leadership courses.
The following dual degree program requirements must be met.
7 courses are required from MBA courses:
MBA 510 – Applied Managerial Economics
MBA 520 – Accounting for Business Managers
MBA 530 – Managerial Finance
MBA 540 – Business and Professional Ethics
MBA 550 – Marketing Management
MBA 570 – Quantitative Decision Making for Managers
MBA 580 – Management Consulting Project
4 core courses are required from MA in Leadership courses with 3 MAL elective courses:
ML 505 – Foundations of Leadership
ML 514 – Evaluating Empirical Research
ML 580 – Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership
ML 585 -- Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership
ML Electives (3)
Three Focus Area Courses
Students will choose one course from each of the focus areas:
Focus Area #1: Organizational Development
MBA 545 – Organizational Behavior
ML 535 – Organization Theory and Leadership
Director approved course with organizational development focus
Focus Area #2: Global/Multicultural Perspective
MBA 565 – Managing in a Global Environment
ML 560 – Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
ML 563 – Leadership in a Global Society
Director approved course with global/multicultural focus
46
Focus Area #3: Strategic Leadership
MBA 595 – Strategic Management
ML 574 – Strategic Leadership
Director approved course with strategic leadership focus
One Additional Elective Course
Elective course may be taken in either MBA or MA in Leadership Program
Admission to the Dual Degree Program
Admission for the dual degree program is handled on a “rolling” basis and requires applicants to hold a bachelor’s
degree from a regionally accredited four-year college or university. Official transcripts from all post-secondary
institutions are required as well as a current résumé and two recommendations. An interview with the program director
is also part of the admissions process.
Although we do accept the GMAT and GRE, we also offer candidates an alternative math and writing profile assessment
entitled the Individual Learning Profile (ILP) which provides a picture of candidate’s math and writing (verbal)
competency detailing strengths and areas of improvement. The profile is not an admissions screening instrument and
will be used as a platform to develop a skills improvement plan for students should they need it.
Earning the dual degree during or after the MBA or MA in Leadership program
Students who are currently enrolled in the MBA or MA in Leadership program or alumni who wish to return to
Augsburg may add the dual degree to their existing degree by completing most of the same requirements listed on the
front of this page. Students may use previously completed application pieces and coursework to help meet these
requirements.
Returning students may complete an abbreviated application form after consultation with the MBA or ML program
director. Upon entering the MBA program, a quantitative online profile assessment must also be taken. This is used as a
platform to enhance skills, if needed.
Students with an MA in Leadership who wish to add the dual degree will take a minimum of 7 required MBA courses.
Students will complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MAL
program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections.
Students with an MBA will complete 4 required and 3 elective MA in Leadership courses. Students will need to complete
one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MBA program. Each student’s
program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections.
Students in both programs will meet individually with the program directors to determine whether their completed final
project meets the criteria aligned with the dual degree final project. Directors may ask that the project be modified or
added to or ask the student to complete another project. These decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis.
Certificate in Leadership Studies
The certificate program is an attractive option for people who want to develop their leadership skills without
undertaking a full degree program. A certificate is awarded after completion of three Augsburg MAL courses in
leadership. Students pursuing this option take ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership and two additional electives.
Students should meet with the program director to develop a plan for selecting the appropriate leadership elective
courses.
The normal application process is used for students who wish to pursue the certificate. Certificate programs are not
eligible for federal student aid.
47
Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership
A BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program designed for students who
wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master’s degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion
of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled the
150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a
Saturday and weeknight schedule. Refer to the MAL program schedule for the list of courses each year and to the
accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan. Students should meet with both the MAL director and an
accounting advisor to create an effective plan for successful completion of the five-year program.
General Requirements for the Accounting/MAL Program
Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of
their junior year. The application process includes submission of:
Completed application form
Two letters of recommendation (one from a professor and one from an employer)
Personal statement
Example of applicant’s writing in an academic paper
GPA of at least 3.30
Interview with the Director of the MAL program
Students must also have faculty endorsement from the Accounting program. Students must complete at least one year
of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program.
Program Coordinator: Professor Stu Stoller.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program
Admission Requirements
Applicants to the program must have:
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited, four-year college or university
Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 and a minimum cumulative grade point average of
3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university. Should an applicant not meet the
minimum admission requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as decided on a case-by-case basis.
Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a
position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential.
Applicants holding a master’s or other advanced degrees from accredited colleges or universities are admissible.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee.
Admission is handled on a “rolling” basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, spring, and summer
terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant’s:
Previous college record
Letters of recommendation
Experience and organizational background
Written statement
Interview, if requested
Application Checklist
The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:
Completed application form
$35 non-refundable application fee (waived if online application is used)
48
A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant’s career and life goals to leadership aspirations
Recommendation letter from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential
Recommendation letter from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant’s work style and
leadership potential
Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s)
conferred
Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended, listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any.
Résumé
Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members.
For further information, contact: Office of Admissions, 612-330-1101, gradinfo@augsburg.edu or
www.augsburg.edu/mal.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outline in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Academic Policies
Academic Evaluation
Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being
graded on P/N basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 3.0. No more than two
courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5
can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Any
course with a grade of 2.0 or lower will be transcribed as 0.0 academic credit.
In order to graduate, a student must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or above. All required courses and the final projects
must be successfully completed. A student registered for a final course may be permitted to participate in
commencement but will not receive a diploma until all courses are successfully completed.
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be
placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a
student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a course, the student must petition
successfully with the MAL director before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the
program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of College
policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
MAL Program Enrollment Policy
Students normally take either one or two courses per semester. Enrolling in two courses per semester (including
summer semester) enables a student to complete the coursework in the program within two years.
Students who are away from classes for one year or longer must complete an Application for Readmission and submit it
to the Registrar’s Office. Students who have been out of the program for more than two years may, at the discretion of
the program director, be required to take additional courses to refresh their understanding of the field.
Accreditation and Affiliation
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, in the Accreditation, Approvals and
Memberships section.
49
MAL Faculty
Andrew Aoki, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin.
John Benson, Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD,
Columbia University.
Thomas Berkas, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE, University of Minnesota, PhD University of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, University of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Seminary; PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Stephen K. Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; JD, University of Minnesota. Vice President
and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute.
Garry Hesser, Martin Olav Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological
Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame.
Lucinda Hruska-Claeys, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, Southern Illinois UniversityCarbondale; JD, University of Minnesota; MAL, Augsburg College. Attorney at Law and Vice President for Wells
Fargo Bank (retired).
David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University;
EdD, West Virginia University.
Steven Manderscheid, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota; EdD,
University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University.
Marilyn S. McKnight Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, St. Mary's University;
President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute, Mpls.
Thomas Morgan, Professor of Business Administration. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of
Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan, Professor Emerita of Political Science and Leadership Studies, former Director of the Center for
Leadership Studies and the MAL Program (1993-2011). BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana
University.
Diane Pike, Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University.
John S. Schmit, Professor of English. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of
Texas-Austin.
Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Alan Tuchtenhagen, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies and Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the
MAL Program. BS, Westmar College; MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University.
Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, University of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Vice President and Practice Area Leader, MDA Leadership Consulting Inc.
50
Master of Arts in Nursing and Doctor of Nursing Practice
Welcome to graduate nursing education at Augsburg College. Our classes are made up of students representing a
dynamic mix of cultures, spiritual traditions, and life-ways. It is exciting for us to offer experienced nurses transforming
educational opportunities and engaging transcultural encounters that expand career choices and advance nursing
practice.
The increasing diversity of our population today challenges all of us to respond to individual health care needs with
creativity and competence in a variety of emerging care settings. The Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to
prepare nurses for those evolving contexts of care. Students can choose between two tracks of study: Transcultural
Nursing and Transformational Nursing Leadership. Each track of study emphasizes leadership skills, inter-professional
collaboration and ways to serve persons in a variety of care settings.
The post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) program builds on the MAN and prepares nurses for innovative
health leadership and advanced nursing practice at local and system-wide levels. Drawing on a transcultural nursing
(TCN) foundation, the DNP-TCN curriculum embraces integrative health care and holistic nursing practice to maximize
health for individuals and communities. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and
collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential. Students design their own scholarly paths defined by
their unique gifts, interests, and practice goals. Throughout the DNP-TCN program, there are a range of opportunities for
collaboration across cultures, socio-economic strata and care systems.
The post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/Family Nurse Practitioner (DNP/FNP) track of study prepares
nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Using
transcultural nursing as a foundation, the DNP/FNP curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing
practice. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while
addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous
practice frame the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices,
transformational leadership, and health assessment.
Classes in both the DNP and MAN programs are offered on the Augsburg campus and at Bethel Lutheran Church in
Rochester, MN, where our branch campus is located. Some of the DNP-FNP classes are held at Hermitage Farm Center
For Healing, Rochester, MN. Class formats vary: face-to-face, video conferencing or immersions with on-line
components. However, students and faculty are committed to driving from one site to the other at least once during
each semester to be physically present and together. Building relationships is important to us. Program faculty and staff
are available at both sites and eager to assist students.
Joyce P. Miller, DNP, RN
Lisa M. VanGetson, DNP, RN, FNP-C, APHN-BC
Chair, Department of Nursing
Director, Doctor of Nursing Practice –
Director, Master of Arts in Nursing Program
Family Nurse Practitioner Program
and Doctor of Nursing Practice Program Transcultural Nursing Track
51
Master of Arts in Nursing
Mission
Within the context of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the Master of Arts in
Nursing program prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural nursing practice across care settings
with particular emphasis on promoting health equity locally and globally.
Students select from two tracks of study—Transformational Nursing Leadership or Transcultural Nursing. Both tracks
prepare nurse leaders to assume a wide variety of roles and responsibilities throughout the healthcare system and in
emerging care settings in communities.
Curriculum
The MAN curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits –15 semester credits in a Nursing Core, in which all students
enroll, and 18 semester credits in one of the two Tracks of Study. Practica are taken concurrently with most courses and
are integrated throughout the program. Each semester credit of practicum is equal to 45 clock hours of practice.
Students select a track of study when applying to the program, however, this is not essential until after one’s first
semester. Students may study full-time (6-8 semester credits per term) or part-time (4 semester credits per term). Time
to degree completion takes an average 22 months when studying full-time, and 32 months when studying part-time.
Nursing Core Courses (15 semester credits)
The core nursing courses integrate a strong foundation of social justice incorporating multiple ways of knowing with
curricular emphasis on nursing science, art, and theory to guide practice.
NUR 500 - Transcultural Health Care (3 semester credits)
NUR 500P - Practicum: Transcultural Health Care (1 semester credit)
NUR 541 - Politics of Health (3 semester credits)
NUR 541P - Practicum: Politics of Health Care (1 semester credit)
NUR 505 - Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice (3 semester credits)
NUR 505P - Practicum: Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice Nursing (1 semester credit)
NUR 520 - Research Methods in Nursing (3 semester credits)
Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (18 semester credits)
The Transformational Nursing Leadership track is designed to develop nurse leaders’ ability to critically analyze,
articulate, and develop effective strategies to cope with high level health care disparities. Curricular emphasis is on interprofessional collaboration across care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica in traditional and emerging
care settings adds depth and meaning to classroom dialogue. Practica also provide opportunities for students to apply
knowledge and gain experience partnering with diverse care providers, populations, and communities to address health
inequities in creative and relevant ways. Transformational Nursing Leadership track courses include:
NUR 501 - Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (3 semester credits)
NUR 501P - Practicum: Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (1 semester credit)
NUR 521 - Transformational Nursing Leadership (3 semester credits)
NUR 521P - Practicum: Transformational Nursing Leadership (1 semester credit)
NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits)
NUR 523P - Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits)
NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits)
NUR 525P - Practicum: Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits)
Students graduating from the Transformational Leadership Track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the
American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification as a Nurse Executive, Advanced and to the Transcultural
Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing.
52
Graduate Field Project in Transformational Nursing Leadership
Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone
of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum–NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development
and articulation of a final field project focused on transformational leadership. Students present their final projects in
NUR 525.
Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings Track (18 semester credits)
The Transcultural Nursing track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for advanced
practice across care settings in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, theoryguided practice, and transcultural principles. Emphasis is on reaching out to persons and populations that are
underserved by traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social mainstream. As such, the track provides rich
alternative learning opportunities for graduate students locally and internationally. Transcultural Nursing Across Care
Settings track courses include:
NUR 532 - Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (3 semester credits)
NUR 532P – Practicum: Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (1 semester credits)
NUR 530 - The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (3 semester credits)
NUR 530P – Practicum: The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (1 semester credits)
NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits)
NUR 523P – Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits)
NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits)
NUR 525P - Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits)
Students graduating from the Transcultural Nursing track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the
Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing and
certification in Holistic Nursing through the American Holistic Nurses Credentialing Corporation (AHNCC)
(www.ahncc.org).
Graduate Field Project in Transcultural Nursing
Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone
of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum—NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development
and articulation of a final field project focused on transcultural nursing. Students present their final projects in NUR 525.
Practica
Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students earn 9 semester
credits of practicum work that is equal to 405 clock hours of practice—45 clock hours per semester credit hour. Some
practica are semi-structured, experiential, and led by faculty and cultural guides familiar with the communities in which
the practica occur. Other practica options are student directed. Students are encouraged to immerse themselves in
practice settings that serve persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health care, as emphasis in the
transcultural track is on cultural diversity and health inequities across healthcare settings. Practica focusing on
experiential learning with a transformational nurse leader provides students with the opportunity to gain a greater
understanding of organizational dynamics and change through a complexity science paradigm.
Augsburg Central Health Commons & the Inner City
A unique opportunity for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice is provided
by the Augsburg Central Health Commons, and the Health Commons in the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. Both Health
Commons are nursing-led drop-in centers dedicated to serving those in need and focused on healthy individuals and
communities. People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide ranging cultural
contexts frequent the Health Commons for health support and reassurance. Service and care are based on respect,
relationship, and collaboration that connects health and hope for all participants. Health Commons partners include
Central Lutheran Church in downtown Minneapolis, Fairview Health Services, and the East Africa Health Project.
53
Study Abroad and Away
The Department of Nursing works closely with cultural guides and nurse mentors in various contexts of care in emerging
care settings at home and abroad. The Center for Global Education is a partner with the Department of Nursing in
developing and facilitating study abroad opportunities in Guatemala, Mexico, Namibia, Pine Ridge, SD, and England..
Additional collaborative partners include the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MOHSS) in Namibia. A detailed
listing of practica and immersion experiences abroad and away can be found at the nursing website
(www.augsburg.edu/nursing).
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission Requirements
Decisions about admission to the program will be made by the Graduate Nursing Faculty on an individual basis.
Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September),
spring (January), and summer (May) semesters.
Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items:
An earned Bachelor’s degree in nursing from a regionally accredited college or university, or an Associate of Science
degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing bachelor’s degree
A cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all previous college coursework
Experience as a registered nurse
Three letters of recommendation
A current, unencumbered nursing license
All required immunizations
Transcripts from all colleges and universities attended
A Criminal Background check
A college level statistics course within the last 7 years is required for progression in the program, but is not
necessary for admission
A written statement describing professional and educational goals
The following items must be sent to the Office of Admissions:
Completed application form—www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
$35 non-refundable application fee (fee waived if completed online)
A 2-3 page typed statement describing the applicant’s professional and educational goals
Three letters of recommendation addressing the applicant’s character and ability for graduate study. (Two of these
recommendations must be from professional colleagues)
Evidence of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training, and required immunizations
Official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any
degree(s) conferred
An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members may be requested.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. For more information, refer to the
additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
(www.augsburg.edu/grad/international)
Academic Policies
Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Arts in Nursing program will be based on number grades using a
4.0 point scale. See detailed information in the Academic Programs and Policies
54
Attendance Policy
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Instructors may lower grades if attendance and participation is lacking. Individual
syllabi will contain individual instructors’ requirements. Because classes are held in Rochester and Minneapolis, students
must prepare to drive to class at least once per term.
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MAN program. If a student falls below a 3.0
average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be
restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of 2.0 or less in a course, the
student must petition successfully to the faculty of the Master of Arts in Nursing program before being allowed to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of 2.0 or less
is received, the student may be dismissed from the program.
Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of college policy as
published in the Student Guide. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
Credit for Prior Education
Students may petition the Master of Arts in Nursing faculty for approval of transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be
evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those earned from
regionally accredited colleges and universities, whose course content is comparable to course content in the Master of
Arts in Nursing program. No more than nine semester credits will be accepted for transfer credit.
Schedules for Classes
Master’s classes are taught in a hybrid format combining in-class and web-based instruction to meet the needs of
working adults. Fall and spring classes meet 6 times per semester for 5 hour periods. Summer classes meet weekly for 78 hours for 7 weeks. Video conferencing is used to connect students in Rochester, MN, with students in Minneapolis.
Some driving for class is required, as students from Rochester will travel to Minneapolis one time per term and students
from Minneapolis will travel to Rochester one time per term. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used. Classes
in Rochester meet at Bethel Lutheran Church at 810 3rd Ave SE, Rochester, MN.
Practica are additional to courses. Students enroll in practica concurrently with enrollment in courses.
Accreditation and Affiliations
The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Department of Nursing Faculty
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Director of the BSN Program in Minneapolis, Co-director of the
Augsburg Health Commons. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
55
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and
DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St.
Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College.
Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of
Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg
College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant.
56
Doctor of Nursing Practice – Transcultural Nursing (TCN) Leadership
Track
Mission
Within the framework of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the post-master’s
Doctor of Nursing Practice program, TCN Leadership track of study prepares nurses for advanced transcultural nursing
leadership in communities in order to maximize health through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and
improve human potential across care settings and care systems, with emphasis on eliminating health inequities locally
and globally.
As a post-master’s program, the DNP-TCN track of study builds upon the strengths of the Master of Arts in Nursing
(MAN) program and prepares nurses for advanced leadership and practice roles in Transcultural Nursing (TCN) and
Holistic Nursing.
Program Goals
Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice program are prepared to:
Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among
populations and communities
Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health
Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause
Program Structure
The program is structured in a modified cohort model. One cohort a year will be admitted to begin in the fall term.
Students can choose to take full or part-time study. Students taking full-time study take two didactic offerings, two
seminars, and a practicum each semester. Students in full-time study can complete the post-master’s DNP-TCN
curriculum in 20 months, including completion of the capstone project. Students selecting part-time study take one
didactic offering, one seminar and a practicum each semester. As a part-time student, completion of the program is
expected to take 32 months, including completion of the capstone project.
The DNP curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits comprised of didactic classes, experiential practica, and
seminars, with a capstone project completing the degree. As a practice doctorate, the emphasis is on building leadership
and practice skills in knowledge application among diverse population groups. The goal is to improve health and
decrease health inequities that lead to unnecessary morbidity and mortality in communities.
Students graduating from the DNP-TCN track are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission
(TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing and certification in Holistic Nursing through the American
Holistic Nurses Credentialing Corporation (AHNCC) (www.ahncc.org).
Didactic
A total of six didactic courses (18 semester credits) constitute the DNP program. One course equals three semester
credits. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in a variety of immersion models: one format is two days a month eight hours of class time for the first day and four hours the subsequent morning, followed by an afternoon seminar.
Other courses are offered in an immersion format of 3-4 days of class per semester with 3 half-day seminars.
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at
Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s branch campus. Video conferencing is used for some
of the classes and for distant students. However, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis
for class at least once per semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used.
57
Practica
Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and
depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured
immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or are student initiated and individually directed
experiences mentored by nursing faculty.
In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:
1 semester credit hour =
2 semester credit hours =
3 semester credit hours =
45 clock hours of practicum time per semester
90 clock hours of practicum time per semester
135 clock hours of practicum time per semester
To earn the DNP, students must complete a total of 1,000 practicum hours in their Master’s and DNP programs.
Students will be allowed to transfer up to 600 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing into the Augsburg DNP. As
such, all students will register for at least nine semester credits of practica in the post-master’s DNP-TCN.
Seminars
Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice, developing the student’s particular practice
interests. Students are required to participate in a doctoral seminar every semester —fall and spring—until completion
of the DNP degree. Cohorts of students who enter the DNP program together usually progress as a group in the
seminars in which they enroll each term, depending on whether they are studying full-time or part-time. The final
seminar (NUR 841) culminates in the capstone project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP
degree.
Final DNP Capstone Project
Final DNP capstone projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and
communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for
presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in
synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care.
Students should begin working on their DNP capstone projects in the early stages of the DNP program and continue
throughout the program. The student’s scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the DNP-TCN
Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice TCN program must have:
An earned master’s degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited institution
A GPA of 3.2 on a 4.0 grading scale in master’s in nursing program
A current unencumbered RN license to practice in the US.
Evidence of a completed graduate research course
Evidence of up-to-date immunizations
Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis. Selection of candidates will be made
on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant:
Three page typed double spaced essay responding to the following excerpt from Wendell Berry’s essay, “Health in
Membership.” “I believe that the community—in the fullest sense: a place and all its creatures—is the smallest unit
of health and that to speak of the health of an isolated individual is a contradiction in terms.”
Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree
completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services.)
Three professional references
A non-refundable deposit of $900 to be used to hold a place in the DNP/FNP program. The $900 will be applied to
the orientation practicum.
58
A successful, personal interview with Augsburg Nursing faculty
The number of applicants admitted to the DNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members who
share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an
applicant will be admitted to the program.
Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the
World Education Service (WES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationallyeducated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org) to
forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are
verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX).
Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed
the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students.
Applicants whose first language is not English must submit score evidence from TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign
Language) score report of 80 on the Internet Based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the
speaking sections. See Graduate Admissions for more information. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international)
Accreditation
The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Department of Nursing Faculty
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and
DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St.
Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College.
Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of
Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg
College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator, BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant.
59
Doctor of Nursing Practice – Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) Track
Mission
Within the framework of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the post-BSN (Bachelor
of Science in Nursing) to DNP/FNP track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative
primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful,
just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential.
The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health
needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice as a primary
care Nurse Practitioner, frames the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare
practices, transformational leadership, and health assessment.
Program Goals
Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner program are prepared to:
Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among
populations and communities.
Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health.
Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause.
Provide primary care to persons, families and communities with particular consideration for those who are
underserved and/or marginalized by dominant societal structures.
Integrate scientific evidence based guidelines into clinical practice.
Program Structure
The program is structured to admit students beginning each fall semester. Students may take courses on a part-time or
full-time basis during the completion of their 500 level courses and the pre-FNP 800 level courses. Full-time study is
required during the didactic and clinical courses in the FNP course sequence during the last two years of the program.
Length of program: The Post-BSN to DNP/FNP track of study leads to eligibility for certification as a Family Nurse
Practitioner (FNP) through the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) and requires a minimum of 84 semester
credit hours, including 57 didactic credit hours and 23 clinical credit hours.
Didactic
A total of 19 didactic courses (57 semester credits) constitute the DNP/FNP program. Didactic classes, structured
practica, and clinical experiences are taught in a variety of flexible schedules that are responsive to student needs. 500
level courses consist of six classes a semester - five hours of class time, in addition to taking a one credit practicum
course associated with the didactic course. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in a variety of immersion
models: one format is two days a month - eight hours of class time for the first day and four hours the subsequent
morning, followed by an afternoon seminar. Other courses are offered in an immersion format of 3-4 days of class per
semester with 3 half-day seminars. The FNP courses (final two years of study) are offered on Mondays approximately
five times a semester, class time hours will vary from 8 to 12 hours. Web-based assignments are integrated into all
classes through Moodle.
Community practicum experiences may be scheduled during the class meeting days as well. Additionally, some courses
may be taught in an immersion format, where students and faculty are “immersed” in a unique socio-cultural context
and course content and a set number of practicum hours are condensed into seven to fourteen days.
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at
Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s branch campus or at Hermitage Farm Center for
Healing, 6415 West River Road NW, Rochester, MN. Video conferencing is used for some of the classes. However,
students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per semester. If weather is
inclement, video conferencing is used.
60
Practica (for DNP courses) / Clinicals (for FNP courses)
Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and
depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured
immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or that are student initiated and individually directed
experiences mentored by nursing faculty. FNP clinical sites will be arranged by clinical faculty.
In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:
1 semester credit hour = 45 clock hours of practicum time per semester
2 semester credit hours = 90 clock hours of practicum time per semester
3 semester credit hours = 135 clock hours of practicum time per semester
To earn the DNP/FNP, students must complete a total of 1,035 practicum hours. Students will be allowed to transfer up
to 400 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing. To complete the DNP/FNP, students must complete 630 clinical
hours (530 hours of primary care of the adult and 100 hours of primary care of children and women’s health and 35
clinical for integrative health). As such, all students will register for at least 23 semester credits of practica.
Seminars
Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice developing the student’s particular practice
interest. Students are required to participate in a total of four one-semester-credit doctoral seminars during the
DNP/FNP program. The final seminar culminates in the project presentation and completion of the requirements for the
DNP degree.
Final DNP/FNP Capstone Project
Final DNP/FNP capstone projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of
populations and communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be
suitable for presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate
leadership in synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts
of care. Students should begin working on their DNP/FNP capstone projects in the early stages of the program and
continue throughout. The student’s scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the DNP/FNP
Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice FNP program must have:
A completed application form and payment of application fee ($50 fee waived if apply on-line).
An earned baccalaureate degree in nursing (BSN or BAN), master’s degree in nursing, or a doctor of nursing practice
(DNP), from a nationally accredited institution and a nationally accredited nursing program.
A minimum of five years active and current clinical practice as a Registered Nurse.
Evidence of current unencumbered license as a Registered Nurse. MN license required. Other state licenses will be
required for clinical rotations.
Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree
completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services. All costs
related to document translations and evaluations are applicants’ responsibility.
GPA of 3.0 from previous baccalaureate nursing program; GPA of 3.2 from previous masters in nursing program or
DNP program.
Three professional letters of recommendation.
A 2-3 page professional essay responding to the following: Explain why transcultural, holistic and integrative health
education as a Doctorate of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner is important in shaping the future of
healthcare.
61
Documentation verifying the number of practice hours completed in a nationally accredited graduate nursing
program, if applicable. (A maximum of 400 practice hours may be transferred into the DNP/FNP tract of study from a
nationally accredited master’s in nursing program.)
A current Curriculum Vitae.
Successful personal interview with Augsburg Nursing Faculty.
Evidence of a completed undergraduate statistics course (within the last 5 years) on an official transcript before
enrolling in the Nursing Research course (NUR520) & the associated practicum (NUR520P).
Evidence of up to date immunizations per Department/College requirements
A valid passport or proof of application is encouraged.
Evidence of HIPAA training within the last 2 years.
Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check at time of admission and annually thereafter;
additional testing may be required for clinical placement, e.g., alcohol, drug testing, HIV testing, etc.
A non-refundable deposit for $900 to be used to hold a place in the DNP/FNP program. The $900 will be applied to
the orientation practicum.
The number of applicants admitted to the DNP/FNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members
that share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an
applicant will be admitted to the program.
The above Admission Criteria are current as of April 2015 and are subject to change.
Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the
World Education Service (WES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationallyeducated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org) to
forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are
verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure
Examination (NCLEX).
Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed
the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students.
Applicants whose first language is not English must submit score evidence from TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign
Language) score report of 80 on the Internet Based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the
speaking sections. See Graduate Admissions for more information. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international)
Accreditation
The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), which
has accredited the Master of Arts in Nursing and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at Augsburg. Augsburg is
accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Department of Nursing Faculty
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Director of the BSN Program in Minneapolis, Co-director of the
Augsburg Health Commons. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
62
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and
DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St.
Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College.
Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of
Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg
College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant.
63
Master of Business Administration
Embarking on a graduate degree program is an exciting and challenging decision. The Augsburg MBA is a rigorous and
intensive educational experience. The Augsburg MBA is practical and “hands-on,” focusing on applicable skills and
knowledge designed to increase your ability to think, analyze and act. Augsburg MBA students all work on a consulting
project with a local business where they apply what they’ve learned in the classroom to a real-world business
problem. The Augsburg MBA also provides students a unique opportunity to investigate business cultures and practices
through a faculty-led international experience. Our curriculum integrates the global experience of our faculty and
reflects Augsburg’s mission of developing leaders grounded in values, purpose, and vocation.
The Augsburg MBA is a proven accelerated cohort-based program focused on three learning modules; Personal and
Professional Development, Quantitative Decision Making and Value Creation, all built on a foundation of ethical
decision-making. We encourage our students to challenge themselves, their classmates and professors to bring a new
and expanded focus of the world through guided reflection and examination.
Augsburg MBA students are chosen because they exhibit purpose and direction in their careers and lives, and positive
engagement with their community and associates. Our MBA graduates make a difference. We invite you to become
part of a growing community of Augsburg MBA alumni.
Bruce E. Batten, Ph.D.
Director, Master of Business Administration Program
MBA Mission - “Prepare Students for Meaningful Work”
Our mission is to prepare students for meaningful work by developing their decision-making skills, critical thinking and
by transforming them into effective managers and leaders in service to others. The program aspires to provide an
outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically astute, technically proficient, and
who understand the moral and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world.
Accreditation
The Augsburg MBA is a candidate for accreditation with the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
(ACBSP).
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
MBA Program Overview
Today’s business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and critically analyze alternatives and
courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in
organizations facing this dynamic and fast-evolving business culture. The curriculum of the MBA gives students the
ability to think critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of a global business environment. Quality,
individual initiative, ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA. We have a commitment to continually
improve students’ experiences and learning in the program. Our faculty is uniquely qualified to bridge theory and realworld application, giving MBA students opportunities to acquire skills and knowledge in a variety of disciplines. The
Augsburg MBA offers students the flexibility of completing a general MBA or a specialized MBA with a concentration
that matches their interests and career goals.
Plan of Study
The Augsburg MBA is an accelerated, evening program that allows working professionals to complete an MBA degree in
approximately 24 months. This is accomplished by using a cohort model in which students follow a predetermined
schedule with classes meeting one night a week.
Students in a cohort program model stay together as a group through the sequence of classes for the duration of the
program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a cohesive learning
64
community where students learn from each another, mentor each other, and peer coach. You’ll share diverse
professional expertise and experience as you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations, and simulations,
both inside and outside of class. Working both individually and in small groups enables you to enhance your strengths,
build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together as a community you’ll build
personal, social, and academic abilities.
Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the
opportunities for learning. The personal connections and relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will
extend into an important and valuable network as you take your career to new levels.
Program Requirements
The Augsburg MBA requires 42 semester credits for degree completion. Augsburg MBA courses are either one and a
half or three semester credits. Each three semester credit course consists of 28-32 hours of in-class instruction and 5 ½ 9 ½ hours of online instruction through our web-based electronic course management system.
Up to nine credits may be waived through prior business coursework (with director/faculty approval) or certain
professional credentials (with appropriate documentation).
Courses that can be waived with equivalencies:
MBA 510 (3 semester credits)
MBA 520 (3 semester credits)
MBA 530 (3 semester credits)
MBA 550 (3 semester credits)
MBA 565 (3 semester credits)
Professional Credentials
Students who have passed the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) or Certified Management Accountants (CMA) exam
may be waived from MBA 520, Accounting for Managers.
Prior Academic Coursework Guideline
Students with prior academic coursework that meets the following criteria may be waived from eligible core
courses.
Completion of at least two undergraduate courses covering corresponding Augsburg MBA core course material (See
department for Equivalency details).
The most recent of the undergraduate courses was taken within the past five years and a second course within
seven years.
A grade of B (or 3.0 on 4 point scale) or higher was earned in any course considered for a course waiver.
Course(s) must be taken at an approved, regionally-accredited institution.
Acceptance of core course waivers implies the student accepts the responsibility for having the essential knowledge
and understanding of the core course material, and is properly prepared for any future core or elective course for
which the waived course was a prerequisite. Academic credit is not awarded for any waived course, nor will the
course appear on academic transcripts.
Academic Calendar
The Augsburg MBA is designed as a year-round program. Courses are offered during fall, spring, and summer semesters.
Courses are offered consecutively during each term so students are able to concentrate on one subject at a time. The
program is designed to have students take at least two courses per term.
Official academic calendars and the MBA registration policies can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. The unique
cohort model of the Augsburg MBA requires individual schedules for each cohort. These schedules are provided by the
MBA department.
65
The Faculty-Led International Experience
Each year, all current MBA students are offered the opportunity to participate in a faculty-led international experience.
This trip is taken in conjunction with either of these courses: MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment or MBA 595 Strategic Management. Students will travel as a group to an international location, visit businesses, participate in faculty
lectures, and learn about the culture and traditions of the countries visited. Each MBA student should have two
opportunities during their matriculation in the program to participate. Costs can vary; but as a minimum, trips normally
include tuition (for the course selected), airfare, lodging, and travel in-country, as well as some meals.
The Augsburg MBA
The 16 required courses of the Augsburg MBA are as follows:
MBA 592 - Leadership: Ethics, Vision and Transformation
MBA 540 - Business and Professional Ethics
MBA 560 - Communication Issues in Management
MBA 545 - Organizational Behavior
MBA 585 - Student Learning Experience 1: Personal Development Strategy
MBA 570 - Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers
MBA 520 - Accounting for Business Managers
MBA 530 - Managerial Finance
MBA 510 - Applied Managerial Economics
MBA 586 - Student Learning Experience 2: Simulation/Decision Making
MBA 550 - Marketing Management
MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment
MBA 515 - Operations Management
MBA 594 - Innovation and Entrepreneurship
MBA 595 - Strategic Management
MBA 580 - Management Consulting Project
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Locations and Schedules
MBA classes are offered at two locations: Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus and Augsburg’s Rochester campus. Cohorts
begin three times per academic year at Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus: September, January, and May. In Rochester,
cohorts begin in September and May.
Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one to two weeks in advance of the beginning of classes. For
more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Office of Admissions at 612-330-1101.
Admission to the Augsburg MBA Program
Admission to the Augsburg MBA program is determined by a committee decision. The committee may include MBA
program staff, Business Administration Department faculty, and Office of Admissions staff.
Admission Requirements
Applicants to the MBA program must have:
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Minimum of two years of relevant work experience
Personal interview with the MBA program director
Admission checklist
The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:
Completed application—Apply online at www.augsburg.edu/mba
66
$35 application fee
Two personal statements
Official undergraduate/graduate transcripts sent directly to the Augsburg Office of Admissions
Current résumé of work history
Two confidential letters of recommendation
MBA Math (needs to be completed before by the end of the second semester)
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Admission as a Transfer Student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
Transfer students may receive up to 9 semester credits in transfer. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in Academic
Programs and policies.) Students must complete no fewer than 21 semester credits at Augsburg in order to receive their
MBA degree from Augsburg College. All students must complete the Management Consulting project (MBA 580) to
graduate. Eligible coursework must be approved by the MBA program director before transfer credit will be granted.
Academic Policies
MBA Program Enrollment Policy
Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort and complete their MBA program as scheduled. Adjustments
or modifications to the MBA schedule require the approval of the MBA program director.
All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years of matriculation. Extensions
beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA director. Students who leave the program for
more than one semester must request a leave of absence in writing from the MBA program. A leave of absence may be
granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave of one year or more must fill out an
Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an official MBA-approved leave of
absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for degree completion.
Academic Evaluation
Evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program will be based on number grades using a 4.0-scale. For
complete information, see Academic Programs and Policies.
Withdrawal from Class
For information regarding the last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a “W” on their
records, refer to the academic calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Attendance Policies
Student attendance at scheduled class meetings is a priority and required. However, MBA faculty understand that MBA
students are working adults with significant responsibilities who, on occasion, face unforeseen situations that may
interfere with attendance. Students should notify the faculty member teaching the course as soon as possible when the
problem is immediate. When the student knows in advance of a class date where a potential conflict exists, they must
discuss the proposed missed class with the faculty member prior to the date of the class. Students are responsible for
the work covered during that class session and for making appropriate arrangements for obtaining handouts, lecture
content, or other materials. Faculty members may assign appropriate independent work to insure that the student
understands the material covered during the class session.
If appropriate and acceptable coordination is carried out by the student, there need not be any grade reduction for a
single missed class session. This may be dependent on assignments due on the date of the missed class; e.g., final
67
project presentations or team presentations. Point/grade reductions for unexcused absences are the prerogative of the
faculty. Two missed class sessions, excused or unexcused, may be grounds for directing the student to withdraw from
the course. More than two absences, excused or unexcused, require that a student withdraw from the class.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the following:
Successful completion of all admission conditions
Successful completion of MBA courses (2.5 or above)
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 or below, and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher at the
completion of the program
Successful completion and submission of the management consulting project (capstone)
Students who successfully complete Augsburg’s MBA program will receive a Master of Business Administration
degree.
MBA Faculty
Bruce Batten, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, MBA. BS, Davidson College; PhD, Medical College of
Virginia.
Jeanne M. Boeh, Associate Professor of Economics. BS, MA, PhD, University of Illinois.
David Conrad, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Winona State University; MA, Ed.D, St. Mary’s
University
George Dierberger, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, International
Studies, University of St. Thomas; MBA, Fairleigh Dickinson University; Ed.D, Organization Development,
University of St Thomas.
Stella Hofrenning, Assistant Professor of Economics. BS, University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois.
Mark Isaacson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Marc McIntosh, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA,
Argosy University.
Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp, Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and
Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Peter J. Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern University; MBA, Pepperdine University.
Steven M. Zitnick, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, BA, Shimer College: MS, Economics, University of
Utah.
68
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
MFA Mission
The Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing is a two-year, low-residency program designed as a vibrant literary
community for writers who wish to deepen and broaden their artistic sensibilities, discover a close-knit cadre of fellow
writers, enjoy individual attention from an accomplished and forward-thinking faculty, and prepare themselves for the
future of creative writing.
Program Overview
Summer Residencies
The Augsburg Low-Residency MFA includes 10-day summer residencies on the Augsburg campus in Minneapolis,
offering daily workshops, readings, and mini-courses that focus on literary craft as well as career skills in teaching,
editing, publishing, book arts, marketing, translation, and adaptation. The full degree program includes three summer
residencies, featuring visits by distinguished writers in each genre as well as editors, agents, publishers, and literary
entrepreneurs.
Fall and Spring Semesters
The first two residencies are followed each year by fall and spring off-campus semesters. During those terms, students
work with faculty mentors in virtual classrooms that make use of online and other technologies. Each semester, MFA
candidates enroll in one Mentorship section and one section of Critical and Creative Reading. Although MFA learning
objectives call for demonstrated expertise in at least one genre by graduation, twenty-first century writers compose
their work in an environment in which genre has permeable boundaries and lines between genres are often erased.
With this in mind, cross-genre work will be encouraged, with students working in a genre other than the declared
specialty, usually during the second off-campus semester.
Semester Mentorships
The Mentorship is a one-on-one experience with a faculty mentor who guides the student’s production of work and
study of craft. This one-on-one creative studio experience is focused on the MFA candidate’s own writing and growth as
a writer.
Critical and Creative Reading in an Online Classroom
This is a reading-as-writers course that provides an opportunity to work with your professor and a community of peers,
considering craft, criticism and aesthetics. Meetings are online in the electronic classroom. The format may include
online discussion boards, Skype or video chats, and teleconferences with mentors and fellow learners. The online
classroom offers an opportunity to continue conversations begun during the residency with members of the MFA
community.
Students may repeat mentorship courses (ENL 511, 513, 521, and 523) and critical and creative readings courses
(ENL 512, 514, 522, and 524), subject to the permission of the program director.
Genres and Concentrations
Genres include Fiction, Creative Nonfiction, Poetry, Screenwriting and Playwriting.
The program also includes concentrations in teaching, translation, and publishing. Concentrations require additional
coursework. With the program director’s consent, students may enroll in concentration courses simultaneously with
MFA studies. Candidates enrolled in the publishing concentration will be the staff of a new publishing house, Howling
Bird Press, that will select and publish one book each year. The book prize is open to submissions nationally.
Plan of Study
Students may select a completion plan for the MFA:
69
The Traditional MFA in Creative Writing, in which the student chooses one genre as the designated field of study but
is encouraged to work outside the designated field of study for one term.
The Extended Study/Mixed Genre Option in which the student selects a primary genre and works in that genre for at
least three of four mentored and reading terms. Students completing the Extended Study Option complete five
mentored and reading terms, with at least four in the designated field. Students selecting the Mixed Genre option
complete five mentored and reading terms, with two outside the designated field.
The Career Concentration Option, in which the student also enrolls in electives in teaching, translation and/or
publishing. This plan may be added to both the Traditional and Extended Study/Mixed Genre options.
Accommodating Writers Who Work Full-Time and Those Who Live Outside of Minnesota
Augsburg’s Traditional MFA in Creative Writing can be completed in eleven courses (three summer residencies and four
off-campus electronic semesters of two courses each). A typical plan of study in the Traditional Low-Residency MFA will
work like this:
First Year
Summer Residency I, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis
campus, with assignments before and after residency.
Fall Semester I, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading course.
Spring Semester I, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading
course (generally “out-of-genre” term).
Second Year
Summer Residency II, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the
Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency.
Fall Semester II, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio and one Creative and Critical Reading This is
the craft-based academic paper term and students complete a craft paper at this point.
Spring Semester II, electronic classroom including one Mentorship studio (thesis completion term) and one
Creative and Critical Reading (lecture/presentation preparation term). Students complete the creative thesis in the
mentorship and in the reading course they plan a craft talk to be delivered in the third residency.
Third Year – Residency Only
Summer Residency III, including genre workshop, writing seminars, readings and lectures. Final term for graduating
MFA candidates. Graduates give a public lecture/presentation and a reading from thesis work. Ten days on the
Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency.
Coursework
ENL 510 - Residency in Creative Writing I
ENL 511 - Mentorship I
ENL 512 - Critical and Creative Reading I
ENL 513 - Mentorship II
ENL 514 - Critical and Creative Reading II
ENL 520 - Residency in Creative Writing II
ENL 521 - Mentorship III
ENL 522 - Critical and Creative Reading III
ENL 523 - Mentorship IV
ENL 524 - Critical and Creative Reading IV
ENL 530 - Residency in Creative Writing III
Concentrations:
70
ENL 525 - Teaching Writing: Practice and Theory
ENL 526 - Literary Translation Practicum
ENL 527 - Publishing I
ENL 528 - Publishing II
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MFA
Admission Requirements
Qualified applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university with a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 or higher for all undergraduate coursework. Students with a GPA of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally
into the program based on the strength of their writing samples.
Applications Must Include
Completed online application
$50 application/reading fee for each genre
Two letters of recommendation
A personal essay
A writing sample:
Fiction or Creative Non-Fiction, 20 pages, double-spaced
Poetry, 15-20 pages, single-spaced
Screenwriting or Playwriting, up to 30 pages in script format
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Academic Policies
Credit
All Augsburg MFA courses carry four semester credits. To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 44 semester credits,
write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book
length manuscript of publishable quality (fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting),
or a full-length play of producible quality (playwriting).
To include a concentration in Teaching or in Translation/Adaptation in the MFA, students must complete 12 courses or
48 credits. For the MFA with a concentration in Publishing, students must complete 13 courses or 52 credits.
Transfer
Augsburg’s low-residency MFA includes in-person and online elements that help us maintain a strong community and
create a culture in which our writers thrive.
This studio degree is the terminal degree in writing and because of the unique features of a terminal, low-residency,
studio degree, the final decision on transfer credit will depend on review by the Augsburg College MFA Program. A
maximum of eight semester credits from traditional residency MFA programs and from MA programs in creative writing
or English literature may be accepted. The MFA Program Director will review and may offer up to four additional credits
in transfer for equivalent residency or workshop experience completed in another program. The maximum transfer
credits allowed is 12 credits.
71
Academic Evaluation
Grading
The MFA Program uses fine arts studio grading practices, formative in nature and designed to be an element of the
teaching curriculum. A narrative transcript composed of comments on those elements that the particular student writer
is working on during a particular term will be used to assess progress in the mentorship courses. These are formative
and qualitative assessment elements and professors’ responses will vary as professor/artists and student/artists
approach student work with the student’s individual artistic aims in mind. In addition to the fine arts formative and
qualitative assessment, students will be assessed in light of their success in meeting learning objectives of the course
while completing work assigned.
MFA in Creative Writing Courses are graded on a Pass/No Credit basis, using the Augsburg graduate grading model scale
as described below:
P – Represents work at 3.0 or higher and meets acceptable standards.
N – No credit, not counted in grade point average.
Alignment of Course Outcomes
MFA courses are aligned with the Program Hallmarks of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP), the
national professional organization for writing programs and the writers who teach in those programs.
Participation
Students are expected to fully participate in Summer Residencies, attending workshop sessions and scheduled meetings
with mentors as well as a majority of readings, lectures and other scheduled sessions. Participation in off-campus
coursework is expected to occur during the designated time for each Mentorship studio critique session and “time
away” for creative work. Students are also expected to take part in synchronous and asynchronous sessions with
mentors and demonstrate “presence” in the Creative and Critical Reading courses through regularly scheduled
exchanges with faculty and peers.
Academic Honesty
Augsburg’s high expectations for academic honesty will be applied to this class. Please refer to the Student Guide at
inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide/academic-honest-policies if you have any questions.
Affiliation
The Augsburg College MFA Program is a member of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP) and
curriculum is based on the AWP Hallmarks of an Effective Low Residency MFA Program in Creative Writing.
A complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, is available in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Mentor Faculty
Nicole Brending, MFA Mentor. BA, Wells College; MFA, Film Program, Columbia University.
Stephan Clark, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, University of Southern California; MA, University of
California, Davis; PhD, Literature and Creative Writing, the University of Southern California.
Cass Dalglish, Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, Spanish Language and Literature, St. Catherine University; MFA,
Creative Writing, Vermont College of Fine Arts; PhD, Creative Writing, Archetypal and Ancient Women’s Writing,
The Union Institute and University.
Heid E. Erdrich, MFA Mentor. BA, Dartmouth College; MA, The Johns Hopkins University Writing Seminars; PhD, Creative
Writing and Native American Literature, The Union Institute and University.
Jack El-Hai, MFA Mentor. BA, Carleton College; MFA, Creative Writing and Literature, Nonfiction, Bennington College.
72
John Gaterud, Publishing Mentor. BA, University of Northern Colorado; MA, the University of Oregon; PhD, The Union
Institute and University. Publisher, Blueroad Press; Editor in Chief, Howling Bird Press.
Christina Lazaridi, MFA Mentor. BA, Princeton University; MFA, Screenwriting, Columbia University.
Sarah Myers, Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts, MFA Mentor. BS, Northwestern University; MFA, Playwriting and
Drama and Theatre for Youth & Communities; PhD, Performance as Public Practice, the University of Texas at
Austin.
Derek Nikitas, Associate Professor of English, MFA Mentor and Program Director. BS, English, State University of New
York, Brockport; MFA, Creative Writing, University of North Carolina, Wilmington; PhD, Creative Writing
Concentration, Georgia State University.
Cary Waterman, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, the University of Denver; MA, Poetry Thesis,
Minnesota State University-Mankato.
Faculty Associates
Robert Cowgill, Associate Professor of English, Academic Writing Faculty. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
D.E. Green, Professor of English. Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA. Amherst College; MA, PhD, Brown
University.
Michael Kidd, Associate Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA,
Pomona College; PhD, Cornell University.
John Schmit, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. B.S., St. John’s University; MA, University of
New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas.
Frankie Shackelford, Professor Emerita, Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA,
Texas Christian University; PhD, University of Texas.
Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University
of Minnesota.
Visiting Writers
Ed Bok Lee, Poetry
Sue William Silverman, Creative Nonfiction
Ben Percy, Fiction
Alex Lemon, Poetry and Memoir
Deborah Blum, Creative Nonfiction
Pam Houston, Fiction
Kristoffer Diaz, Playwriting
Bill Wheeler, Screenwriting
Carson Kreitzer, Playwriting
Kenneth Rance, Screenwriting
Helene Wecker, Fiction
Staff
Kathleen Matthews, Administrative Assistant
73
Master of Music Therapy
MMT Mission
To prepare students to be leaders in the field, while fostering their passion to serve clients and families, and offer unique
learning experiences that allow them to discover and realize their full potential. To engage students in life changing
experiences, rich in experiential learning, collaborative in nature, fostering a holistic view of the use of music in health,
healing and well-being. To advance the practice of music therapy by preparing students through a hybrid master’s
degree program that is innovative, flexible and possesses breadth and depth, designed to meet the changing demands
of healthcare.
Program Overview
Degree requirements
The MMT degree program is designed for music therapists who are currently board certified and who wish to continue
their education and advance their level of practice. The program is a 36 credit program with core music therapy courses,
courses focused on the practice of music therapy in healthcare and medicine, and elective courses of interest.
Core Music Therapy Courses – 24 credits
MUS 510 - Advanced Music Therapy Theory (3 credits)
MUS 511 - Advanced Music Therapy Practicum (0 credit)
MUS 515 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice I (3 credits)
MUS 520 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice II (3 credits)
MUS 525 - Cross-Cultural Awareness in Music Therapy (3 credits)
MUS 530 - Music Therapy Ethics (2 credits)
MUS 535 - Music Therapy Supervision and Professional Development (2 credits)
MUS 540 - Music Therapy Research I (3 credits)
MUS 545 - Music Therapy Research II (3 credits)
MUS 595 - Thesis (2 credits) OR MUS 596 Final Project (2 credits)
Music Therapy Electives– 12 credits
MUS 550 - Music Psychotherapy (2 credits)
MUS 555 - Music Therapy, Spirituality and Well-being (2 credits)
MUS 560 - Music and Imagery (2 credits)
MUS 565 - Advanced Music Therapy with Infants, Children & Family Centered Care (2 credits)
MUS 570 - Music, Neurology and Physiology (2 credits)
MUS 575 - Music Therapy in Palliative Care (2 credits)
MUS 576 - Music Therapy in Trauma Informed Care (2 credits)
MUS 580 - Transcultural Music Therapy (4 credits) (global educational experience)
MUS 585 - Advanced Music Therapy in Group Work (3 credits)
MUS 590 - Interdisciplinary Research Methods (3 credits)
Thesis or Final Project
Completion of a thesis or final project is required as a part of the degree program. The thesis and final project are both
subject to approval by program director.
Thesis: A scholarly paper utilizing historical, philosophical, descriptive, experimental or mixed methods research.
Final Project: A supervised clinical project that is comprehensive and designed to develop and advance an area of
one’s clinical practice.
The Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined above in addition to any courses
needed to accomplish their equivalent status. The Equivalency Plus MMT is 65 credits plus the clinical internship and is
designed to be completed in two and a half years. The equivalency courses include the following:
74
MUS 271 - Introduction to Music Therapy (2 credits)
MUS 274 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits)
MUS 340 - Music Therapy Methods I (2 credits)
MUS 345 - Music Therapy Methods II (2 credits)
MUS 374 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits)
MUS 372 - Psychological Foundations of Music I (4 credits)
BIO 103 - Human Anatomy & Physiology (3 credits)
PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology (4 credits)
PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology (4 credits)
EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs (4 credits)
The Equivalency Plus+ Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined previous two sections (MMT and
Equivalency Plus), as well as the course listed below.
MUS 101 Materials of Music I (2 credits)
MUS 111 Aural Skills I (2 credits)
MUP xxx Primary Lessons (minimum 4 semesters needed)
MUE xxx Chamber or Large Ensemble (minimum of 4 semesters needed)
MUS 102 Materials of Music II (2 credits)
MUS 112 Aural Skills II (2 credits)
MUS 201 Materials of Music III (2 credits)
MUS 211 Aural Skills III (2 credits)
MUS 231 History and Lit of Music I (4 credits)
MUS 232 History and Lit of Music II (4 credits)
Plan of Study
There are three tracks for the Master of Music Therapy program. The first is for individuals who hold a bachelor’s degree
in music therapy, they follow the master of music therapy track. The second track is for individuals that hold a bachelor’s
degree in music, they follow the Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy track. The third for individuals that hold a
bachelor’s degree that is not in music, but have a strong music background.
Admission to MMT
Online Application
All college transcripts
2 letters of recommendation (can be submitted online through the application-please have your recommenders
email addresses when you begin the application).
Proof of Board Certification
An Audition (this can be taped or live) ten minutes of your best instrument.
Essay-(can be submitted as part of the online application) no longer than three pages addressing the following
questions.
Describe your goals as a music therapist and how an MMT degree will help you reach those goals.
Tell about a moment that helped encourage you to begin a career in music therapy.
As a music therapist you will help people from all walks of life and with a variety of needs and illnesses, how are you
qualified (physically, mentally, and emotionally) to assist these people in improving their quality of life?
Please note that you can upload your essay directly into the online application. You may also input the names and emails
of your recommenders and the system will send them a link to directions and the checklist we request they fill out for
you.
75
If not submitted with the online application, materials need to be sent to:
Augsburg College
Graduate Admissions, CB 65
2211 Riverside Ave S.
Minneapolis, MN 55454
or emailed to gradinfo@augsburg.edu
For Academic Policies, please see Academic Policies.
Accreditation and Affiliation
Augsburg is regionally accredited by:
The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
The Master of Music Therapy Program is accredited by:
National Association Schools of Music (NASM)
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA)
MMT Faculty
Annie Heiderscheit, Assistant Professor, Director of Master of Music Therapy. BME, Wartburg College; MS, Iowa State
University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
76
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Mission
The mission of the Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is based on a foundation of respect and
sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds and oriented toward providing care to underserved populations.
Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary
care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Accreditation
The Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) has granted Continued
Accreditation to the Physician Assistant Program sponsored by Augsburg College. Continued accreditation is an
accreditation status granted when a currently accredited program is in compliance with the ARC-PA Standards.
Continued Accreditation remains in effect until the program closes or withdraws from the accreditation process or until
accreditation is withdrawn for failure to comply with the Standards. The approximate date for the next comprehensive
review of the program by ARC-PA will be September 2018.
About PA
As defined by the American Academy of Physician Assistants:
“PAs are health professionals licensed or, in the case of those employed by the federal government, credentialed to
practice medicine in association with designated collaborating physicians. PAs are qualified by graduation from an
accredited PA educational program and/or certification by the National Commission on Certification of Physician
Assistants ... Within the physician-PA relationship, PAs provide patient-centered medical care services as a member of a
healthcare team. PAs practice with defined levels of autonomy and exercise independent medical decision making within
their scope of practice.”
In the state of Minnesota, a PA is licensed with the Board of Medical Practice. In Minnesota, and most other states,
the PA must be NCCPA (National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants) certified and hold a
supervisory agreement with a licensed physician. Minnesota registered PAs have prescriptive privileges under
delegatory supervision with their physician for prescriptive medications.
Curriculum
The Physician Assistant program at Augsburg is 31 months long with studies beginning each year in the summer
semester (early June). The program accepts up to 30 students for each new class. Graduates will receive a Master of
Science in Physician Assistant Studies and a PA certificate.
The Augsburg PA program includes traditional college “breaks” such as winter holiday break, spring breaks, and summer
breaks. Length of breaks varies depending upon the student’s year in the program; these breaks contribute to the
overall 31 month length of the program.
Studies begin in early June of each year. The first 18 months of study is didactic, or classroom work, including courses in
human gross anatomy, pathophysiology, clinical medicine, pharmacotherapy, history and physical exam skills, research,
and professional issues.
The clinical phase is 13 months in length. The clinical phase of the program is designed to effectively train students for
practice by providing them with rotation experiences in different specialties and different practice settings. To that end,
each student will be required to complete rotations outside the metropolitan area. Each student is required to
successfully complete clinical rotations in family medicine, pediatrics, women’s health, psychiatry, emergency medicine,
internal medicine, surgery, and two elective rotations by choosing from various specialties. The clinical phase will
culminate with a preceptorship in primary care, medical subspecialty or surgical subspecialty. This preceptorship is
designed to solidify the student’s primary care skills, and potentially place them in a setting that might be interested in
77
recruiting a graduate PA. The majority of established clinical rotation sites are in Minnesota in both rural and urban
locations.
The clinical curriculum is taught by physicians, and supplemented by physician assistants and other healthcare providers.
Each student is evaluated by the clinical instructor for the designated rotation. Students will return to Augsburg College
five times during the clinical phase for evaluation and education.
PA Program Sample Calendar
YEAR 1
Summer
PA 501 - Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
PA 503 - Human Pathophysiology
Fall
PA 511 - History and Physical Exam Skills I
PA 521 - Pharmacotherapy I
PA 531 - Clinical Medicine I
Spring
PA 512 - History and Physical Exam Skills II
PA 522 - Pharmacotherapy II
PA 532 - Clinical Medicine II
PA 555 - Research Tools for the Physician Assistant
YEAR 2
Summer
PA 533 - Clinical Medicine III
Master’s Project course, one of the following*:
PA 599 - Directed Study
ML 577 - International Experience
Fall
PA 534 - Clinical Medicine IV
PA 542 - Professional Issues
PA 545 - Clinical Phase Transition
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 1, 2
Spring
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 3, 4, 5
YEAR 3
Summer
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 6, 7, 8
Fall
PA 62X – Preceptorship
PA 690 - Capstone
*Other program-approved options may be available
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
78
Admission to the PA Program
Admission Requirements
Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa.
Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly competitive process. Augsburg College’s graduate program in
physician assistant studies receives approximately 350 complete, competitive applications for each entering class of 30
students.
Qualified applicants will have:
Bachelor’s degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application (3.2 or higher strongly
recommended)
Minimum science GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application (3.2 or higher strongly
recommended)
Completed the prerequisite courses listed below
Prerequisite Courses
To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies program, you must have completed the prerequisite
courses listed below. These courses must have been completed within 10 years of the year you are applying for
admission.
Applicants completing their first undergraduate degree in the spring term may complete prerequisite coursework in the
summer, fall, and spring term of the academic year they apply as long as the degree and prerequisite coursework will be
completed by the start date for the program. Applicants who already have an undergraduate degree, or who will
complete their degree in a term other than spring, have the summer and fall semesters of the year they apply by which
to complete prerequisites.
All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does
not guarantee admission into the program.
One full course of developmental psychology (birth to death lifespan)
One full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ)
One full course of microbiology*
One full course of biochemistry*
One full course of general statistics
One course of medical terminology
*Labs are recommended but not required.
Refer to our “Guide to Prerequisites” on our website to help you with your prerequisite course selections.
The following are strongly recommended but not required:
Cumulative GPA of 3.2 or higher
Science GPA of 3.2 or higher
Direct patient care is the best type of experience to obtain in order to strengthen an application. Direct patient care
experience may be full-time or part-time, paid or volunteer. We recommend at least 750-1000 hours to be
competitive in this category.
Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics, immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry
Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement with, underserved communities
Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required.
79
PA Studies Application Process
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a two-step application process—applying through CASPA and to
Augsburg’s PA Studies Program.
The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which is
sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the entering
class must be processed through CASPA, following all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms
with detailed instructions can be obtained online at portal.caspaonline.org.
You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as
calculated by CASPA), if you have a minimum science GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if
you have completed or will complete your undergraduate degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have
completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within the timeline specified for your degree status.
Additional Application Details:
The Augsburg PA Program requires three letters of recommendation submitted through the CASPA process. . We
recommend that one letter be from an employer/colleague (a professional reference), one letter be from a
professor or advisor (an academic reference), and one from a person of your choice. Be sure that your letter writers
are able to tell the committee about you as well as his/her experiences with you and observations about you.
Your Supplemental Application must be received in the PA Program office postmarked on or before the deadline in
order to be considered.
We use the CASPA “Complete Date” to determine if you have met the application deadline. The “Complete Date” on
your application must be the deadline or prior in order to be considered meeting the deadline. CASPA assigns a
“Complete Date’ when they have received your electronic application, transcripts from all schools attended, 2 of
your 3 letters of reference, and payment. Until those criteria are met, your application will not be given a “Complete
Date.”
Augsburg’s PA Program Supplemental Application can be downloaded from our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa. It is
important for the applicant to determine whether he or she is in fact eligible to apply to the PA Studies Program, as the
supplemental application fee is non-refundable. You will be required to print and sign the supplemental application and
mail it to the program with your supplemental application fee by the application deadline.
Selection Process
All complete files (CASPA and Supplemental Applications that meet requirements) will be reviewed by the admissions
committee. The admissions committee procedures utilize a blinded review, so applicant demographic data is unknown
(e.g., race, age, gender). Each file is reviewed by members of the committee.
The selection committee looks for a balanced application by reviewing many criteria including key criteria of cumulative
GPA, science GPA, and direct patient care experience, along with overall academic record, service to underserved
(meaning disadvantaged, minority, or under-represented populations), knowledge of the profession, fit with the
program goals and mission, and recommendation letters.
Once the committee has completed the file review, a group of candidates is selected for a telephone interview. The
telephone interviews are generally conducted between November and January. Those selected for a telephone
interview are invited to a Candidate Information Session in the program to meet faculty, staff, current students, and to
view the facilities. As telephone interviews are completed, seats in the incoming class are offered. The class of 30
students will be filled between the months of October and January. A list of alternates will be selected in January to fill
seats that accepted candidates may not claim. All applicants are notified of their final status by mid-February.
Accepted applicants must complete and pass a background check prior to matriculation and annually throughout the
program. Failure of the background check could result in dismissal from the program.
Academic Policies
Please see the PA program website at www.augsburg.edu/pa for further details about policies outlined here.
80
Technical Standards
The Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of
qualified students and wishes to acknowledge awareness of laws which prohibit discrimination against anyone on the
basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age or disability.
Regarding disabled individuals, the PA department will not discriminate against such individuals who are otherwise
qualified but will expect all applicants and students to meet certain minimal technical standards.
The physician assistant must have the knowledge and skills to function in a broad variety of clinical situation and to
render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to integrate all information received by whatever sense(s)
employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze,
and synthesize data.
Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by this department must have, with or without reasonable
accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including: visual, oral-auditory, motor, cognitive, and behavioral/social.
Candidates for admission and progression must be able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably independent
manner.
Visual
Candidates must be able to observe and participate in experiments in the basic sciences. In order to make proper
clinical decisions, candidates must be able to observe a patient accurately. Candidates must be able to acquire
information from written documents, films, slides or videos. Candidates must also be able to interpret X-ray and
other graphic images, and digital or analog representations of physiologic phenomena, such as EKG’s with or without
the use of assistive devices. Thus, functional use of vision is necessary.
Oral-Auditory
Candidates must be able to communicate effectively and sensitively with patients. Candidates must also be able to
communicate effectively and efficiently with other members of the health care team. In emergency situations,
candidates must be able to understand and convey information essential for the safe and effective care of patients
in a clear, unambiguous and rapid fashion. In addition, candidates must have the ability to relate information to and
receive information from patients in a caring and confidential manner. Thus, functional use of hearing and speech is
necessary.
Motor
Candidates must possess the motor skills necessary to perform palpation, percussion, auscultation, and other
diagnostic maneuvers. Candidates must be able to execute motor movements reasonably required to provide
general and emergency medical care such as airway management, placement of intravenous catheters,
cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding. These skills require coordination of
both gross and fine muscular movements, equilibrium and integrated use of the senses.
Cognitive
In order to effectively solve clinical problems, candidates must be able to measure, evaluate, reason, analyze,
integrate and synthesize in a timely fashion. In addition, they must be able to comprehend three dimensional
relationships and to understand the special relationships of structures.
Social
Candidates must possess the emotional health required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for the
exercise of good judgment, for the prompt completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of
patients, and for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able to tolerate
physically taxing workloads and function effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to changing
environments, display flexibility and learn to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the clinical problems of
patients.
Experiential Learning Policy
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award academic credit to an individual for experiential learning.
Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg’s PA Program must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses.
81
Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during
admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute for any part of the clinical year or preceptorship.
Employment while in the Program
Program faculty discourage outside employment while in the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty recognize that
employment may be an issue that some students will face. Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will
not be altered due to a student’s work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with the
physician assistant students’ learning progress or responsibilities while in the program.
Withdrawal and Readmission Policies
Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program may be initiated by a student after submission of a letter to
the program director requesting withdrawal. In the letter, the student should outline the circumstances and reasons for
withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an exit interview with the program director prior to leaving the
program. For information on withdrawal, see the Academic Policies section.
Readmission
Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the program director stating the
reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and
previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the PA
Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances.
For the full readmission policy and reapplication process, please contact the program.
Advanced Placement
The Department of PA Studies does not offer advanced placement to admitted students. All students admitted to the PA
Program must complete the entire curriculum.
Transfer
The Department of PA studies does not accept student transfers from other PA programs.
Costs of the PA Program
For tuition information, go to www.augsburg.edu/pa.
For complete and current payment options go to the Student Financial Services website at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial.
PA Program Faculty
Beth Alexander, Associate Professor and Academic Coordinator, PharmD, University of Minnesota.
Eric Barth, Assistant Professor. BS and PA Certificate, Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska.
Jenny Kluznik, Assistant Professor. MPH, George Washington University; MPAS, Augsburg College.
Holly Levine, Assistant Professor. MD, Loyola University Chicago Stritch School of Medicine.
Steven Nerheim, Instructor and Medical Director. MD, University of Minnesota; MDiv, Luther Seminary.
Charles Oberg, Professor, Chair and Program Director, MD, MPH, University of Minnesota.
Maggie Seybold, Director of Clinical Education. MSBS and PA Certificate, University of Toledo
82
Master of Social Work
You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect of joining
with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families, groups, and
communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of social work.
Augsburg’s MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and communities,
and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of our program share
how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about themselves. These graduates
valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a mentoring relationship with our faculty
and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our students and at the same time offer the flexibility to
help them meet their individual goals.
Attending Augsburg College will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. We have two
concentrations. The first, Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP), will prepare you for direct clinical practice with
individuals, families, and groups. The second, Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP), will prepare you for macro social
work practice with organizations, communities, and other large systems.
We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in learning. The
personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is challenging. We
encourage you to take the challenge with us.
Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW
Director, Master of Social Work
MSW Mission
Our mission is to develop social work professionals for advanced practice that promotes social justice and
empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society.
Program Overview
The MSW program prepares social work students for agency-based practice in public and nonprofit settings. By working
in the agency setting, social workers collaborate with others to provide holistic, affordable, and accessible services to
individuals, families, groups, and communities. Our challenging MSW curriculum integrates social work theory with
micro and macro practice methods. Students develop skills, knowledge, and values necessary for ethical social work
practice. As you progress through our MSW program, you will:
Learn how individuals live in and are affected by their social environment
Understand how social policies and programs affect individuals, families, communities, and society
Apply theories and methods of practice through the field practicum experience
Use a range of client-centered approaches to practice with client groups of all types and sizes
Engage in practice informed by sound, scholarly research
Evaluate the effectiveness of your social work practice or social work programs
Advocate for the eradication of oppression and discrimination
Be a responsible and contributing citizen in the local and global community
Accreditation
Augsburg’s MSW program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Your MSW degree must be
accredited by CSWE if you seek licensure with the social work board of your state. For more information on CSWE
accreditation go to www.cswe.org.
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the About Augsburg College
section of this catalog.
83
Plan of Study
Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree from a discipline other than social work are
classified as foundation students. Full-time foundation students are enrolled in a two year program. Part-time
foundation students are enrolled in a four year program.
Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a CSWE (Council on Social
Work Education) accredited institution are classified as advanced standing students. Advanced standing students are
enrolled in a 16 month program. The part-time option is not generally available for advanced standing students.
All students must complete the MSW degree in no more than 4 years following matriculation.
Academic Calendar
The MSW program meets on a semester calendar, with classes offered September through June. Classes typically meet
every other weekend with an occasional back-to-back weekend. Field practicum hours are generally completed during
weekday hours. If a student lives outside the Twin Cities metro, the field practicum hours can be completed at a
placement near the student’s place of residence. Hours per week vary depending on the agency placement and the
student’s availability. For academic calendars and schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Class Periods
Classes meet in 4 hour blocks on Friday evenings, 6 to 10:00 pm; Saturday mornings, 8:00 am to 12 pm; and Saturday
afternoons, 1:00 to 5:00 pm. Each class meets on campus for 8 sessions in a given semester and for 4 sessions on
campus in a summer term (May-June), with the expectation that students engage in hybrid learning activities between
on-campus class weekends.
Time Commitment
Although classes meet on weekends, students spend time on their studies during non-class weekends and weekdays in
accordance with our hybrid learning format. Hybrid learning is a combination of face-to-face class sessions and
online/experiential learning. On a class weekend, the typical student will spend 12 hours in class within a 23-hour
period. For every hour spent in class, a student may expect to spend 3 to 4 hours outside of class working on online
activities, assignments, readings, or group projects. A student may also spend 15 to 20 hours per week in the field
practicum during the fall and spring semesters (a span of 8 to 9 months for each practicum). In the final year of study,
students complete a summative evaluation or a portfolio, which requires significant independent research, analysis, and
writing.
Some MSW students work full-time while enrolled in the program. However, full-time employment is not
recommended. Most students arrange to reduce their work hours or request time away during their graduate studies.
Each student’s situation is unique and must be decided individually. All students must develop strategies for balancing
family, work, and academic responsibilities.
Credit and Contact Hours
MSW courses range from 2 to 4 semester credits. Depending on the number of credits, students will spend 16 to 32
hours in the classroom per course. Students will also be expected to engage in activities and independent study outside
of class.
Cohort Structure
MSW students are admitted to a particular cohort. Cohorts are distinguished by level of admission (foundation or
advanced standing), rate of attendance (full-time or part-time), and chosen concentration (Multicultural Clinical Practice
[MCCP] or Multicultural Macro Practice [MCMP]). Any changes to a student’s cohort selection must be approved by the
MSW director.
84
Field Practicum
Foundation students complete 920 hours in two field practica; advanced standing students complete 500 hours in one
field practicum. Successful completion of the first field practicum, required for foundation students, is a minimum of 420
hours. Successful completion of the second field practicum, required for both foundation and advanced standing
students, is a minimum of 500 hours. Each practicum experience is spread over two semesters (fall and spring). These
hours are completed concurrent with enrollment in the fieldwork seminars as well as other MSW courses.
MSW Curriculum Components
Foundation Curriculum
In the foundation courses and field practicum, you are introduced to social work as a profession. You will learn both
historical and contemporary theories and practice methods relating to both the individual and the environment. During
the foundation year, you will study human behavior and the social environment, history of social welfare policy,
research methods, assessment frameworks, family and community diversity, and social work values and ethics.
In the foundation curriculum you will apply this generalist knowledge of theories and practice methods in the generalist
field practicum. The field practicum is completed concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. The
full foundation curriculum is required of all students, with the exception of those admitted with advanced standing.
Before beginning the concentration curriculum, all foundation coursework and field hours must be successfully
completed.
Concentration Curriculum
After completing the foundation requirements, you will enroll in the concentration curriculum that you selected at the
time of application. You will also complete an advanced field practicum. Augsburg offers two concentrations:
Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP). In either concentration, you will deepen
your knowledge of the primary issues affecting families and communities, develop a range of client-centered approaches
to practice, gain a broader understanding of human diversity, develop competencies in practice-based research, and
learn practice or program evaluation techniques.
In the concentration curriculum, you will apply this advanced knowledge of theories and practice methods in the
concentration field practicum. The field practicum is relevant to your chosen concentration and is completed
concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. As a capstone to your MSW program, you will complete
a portfolio project or a summative evaluation project.
Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration
Multiculturalism is a process requiring practitioners to have a deep awareness of their social and cultural identities, as
well as the ability to use multiple lenses when working with diverse populations. With person-in-environment as an
organizing perspective, multicultural clinical social work practice addresses the biopsychosocial and spiritual functioning
of individuals, families, and groups. To this end, graduates of the MCCP concentration develop competence in using
relationship-based, culturally informed, and theoretically grounded interventions with persons facing challenges,
disabilities, or impairments, including emotional, behavioral, and mental disorders.
Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration
In the tradition of Jane Addams, the heart of macro social work practice is directing energy toward changing agency,
government, and institutional policies that obscure or oppress people. While many social workers view their role as
focused on individuals and families, social workers must actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies,
institutions and society. Social work leaders must advocate for social change where necessary to ensure social justice.
Similar to the MCCP concentration, it is important to address macro level social work practice within the context of
cultural understanding and awareness. The Multicultural Macro Practice concentration (formerly Program Development,
Policy and Administration) responds to this demand for leadership.
The macro social work practitioner recognizes the strengths and abilities of individuals and communities to implement
change. The social work macro practitioner works with these individuals to do so. In the MCMP concentration, you will
85
learn the knowledge and skills necessary to work with others to achieve needed social change. You will also learn to
develop, lead, guide, and administer programs that serve diverse people in a variety of settings.
Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project
Portfolio Project (MCCP students)
The goal of the MCCP Portfolio is to enhance the integration of theory and practice, as well as to offer more vivid
portrayals of a student’s academic and professional experience than traditional assessments. By definition,
portfolios are formative (i.e. designed for guided reflection and self-evaluation). However they are also summative
documents in that they illustrate students’ competencies. All MCCP students are required to create a portfolio
during their final year of study. Items in a portfolio might include videos, process recordings, reflective statements,
writing samples, case analyses, term papers, electronic submissions, policy activities, feedback from service users,
self-evaluations of personal progress, and links to references.
Summative Evaluation Project (MCMP students)
All social workers must evaluate their practice to determine whether they are helping or harming clients. While in
the concentration practicum, MCMP students will design and implement a program evaluation for their summative
project. This project requires integration and application of knowledge and skills from both the foundation and
concentration curricula. Students develop their research while in their field internship and are advised by their field
seminar professor. Students conduct and present this evaluation/research project during their final year of study.
Master’s Thesis
Students in both concentrations have the option of completing a thesis in addition to either the portfolio or summative
evaluation project. Credit for the SWK 699 general elective is given for this option. Students work with a thesis advisor to
develop more in-depth research skills contributing to social work knowledge. To pursue the thesis option, students
should notify the MSW program director by the end of spring semester of the foundation year.
Degree requirements
To be conferred the MSW degree, students must achieve the following:
Successful completion of any admission conditions (see Admission to MSW)
Successful completion of all required MSW courses
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher
Successful completion of 920 hours of approved field practica for foundation students or 500 hours of approved
field practicum for advanced standing students
Successful completion and submission of the portfolio project (MCCP) or the summative evaluation project (MCMP)
Successful completion of all degree requirements within 4 years of matriculation.
State of Minnesota Social Work Licensure
Six months prior to completion of the MSW degree at Augsburg, students may apply to take the Licensed Graduate
Social Worker (LGSW) license exam from the Minnesota Board of Social Work. To achieve LGSW licensure students must
pass the state board exam and complete the MSW degree.
To seek the Licensed Independent Social Worker (LISW) license or the Licensed Independent Clinical Social Worker
(LICSW) license, one must work two years full-time (or 4,000 hours part-time) as an LGSW under the supervision of an
LISW or LICSW. Upon completion of the supervision requirement, one may take the LISW or LICSW state board exam.
For more information, go to the Minnesota Board of Social Work web page, www.socialwork.state.mn.us.
MSW Course Requirements
Foundation Courses
FALL
SWK 500 - Human Behavior and the Social Environment*
SWK 505 - Practice Methods and Skills 1: Individuals*
86
SWK 530 - Integrative Field Seminar 1 (taken concurrent with first practicum)*
SPRING
SWK 509 - Human Behavior: Mental Health Assessment and Diagnosis
SWK 506 - Practice Methods and Skills 2: Groups and Families*
SWK 510 - Advanced Practice Methods (advanced standing students only)
SWK 535 - Integrative Field Seminar 2 (taken concurrent with first practicum)*
SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (foundation students only)
SUMMER
SWK 501 - History of Social Welfare Policy*
SWK 516 - Practice Methods and Skills 3: Communities and Policies*
SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (advanced standing students only)
*Course potentially can be waived for advanced standing students (BSW holders).
Concentration Courses
Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration:
FALL
SWK 610 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: MCCP (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 615 - Diversity and Inequality 1: MCCP
SWK 628 - MCCP with Individuals
SWK 629 - MCCP with Families
SPRING
SWK 611 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: MCCP (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 616 - Diversity and Inequality 2: MCCP
SWK 630 - MCCP Policy Practice
SWK 631 - MCCP with Groups
SUMMER 1
SWK 634 - MCCP Supervision
SWK 639 - MCCP Elective
SWK 640 - MCCP Capstone
SWK 699 - General Elective
Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration:
FALL
SWK 651 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: MCMP (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 657 - Diversity and Inequality 1: MCMP
SWK 660 - Research 2: Program Evaluation
SWK 667 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1
SPRING
SWK 652 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: MCMP (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 658 - Diversity and Inequality 2: MCMP
SWK 668 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2
SWK 670 – Multicultural Macro Practice Policy
SUMMER
SWK 669 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3
87
SWK 699 - General Elective
SWK 671 – Multicultural Macro Practice Planning
Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project
Completed and submitted in final year of study.
SWK 699 General Elective
Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective course. The following are examples of elective
offerings that rotate each year:
Trauma, Theory, and Treatment in Multicultural Clinical Practice
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Social Work Clinical Practice
Spirituality and Social Work Practice
Empowerment of Services Users in Mental Health
Children’s Mental Health
We also offer short-term electives abroad, typically two weeks in length: Exploring Human Services in International
Settings (examples include Mexico, Slovenia, Namibia, South Africa, India, Bolivia, China, and Hong Kong)
Fieldwork and Field Placement
Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through the field experience, we expect that students will
demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative efforts between the student, the field agency, and the
MSW program are essential to successful learning. The foundation of the practice includes:
Ethical, competent professional practice
Problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective
Use of advanced practice theories in Multicultural Clinical Practice or Multicultural Macro Practice settings
Evaluation of the effectiveness of program or practice activities
An understanding of and respect for diverse peoples and cultures
Responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice
A commitment to oppose oppression of all forms
Field Education Format
Under the instruction and supervision of professionally-trained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors,
foundation students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field practica. Advanced standing students will spend a
minimum of 500 hours in one field practicum. Both the foundation and concentration practica are spread over 2
semesters (fall and spring). Both practica are concurrent with enrollment in integrative field seminars, as well as other
MSW coursework.
The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided into two components:
Foundation Practicum
The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts emphasis on developing competence as a professional
generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours and is completed by students admitted at the
foundation level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this
practicum.
Concentration Practicum
The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced practice skills and leadership qualities related to the
chosen concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is completed by all students, including those
admitted with advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours per week during the fall and spring
semesters in this practicum.
88
Process for Field Practicum Selection
Field practica begin in the fall, but the selection process begins the previous spring in collaboration with two other Twin
Cities MSW programs. Students attend a field orientation before beginning their search. Augsburg College and the
University of Minnesota - School of Social Work jointly host a field fair where students meet a large number of agencies
and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the student, and a
matching process conducted collaboratively by the field coordinators at the three MSW programs in the Twin Cities.
In some instances, students can petition to complete a field practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their
place of employment. Students who wish to do so work with the MSW field coordinator for such proposals.
Field Practicum Settings
The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of each student in a stimulating and challenging field practicum.
Our current list of approved clinical and community practice field sites includes agencies in the following areas of
practice:
Family and children
Child welfare
Mental health
Crisis intervention
Senior resources
Family social policy
Health and human services
Corrections and probation
Public and independent schools
Youth services
Hospitals
Developmental disabilities
American Indian family services
Chronic and persistent mental illness
Chemical dependency
Court services
Immigrant, migrant, refugee services
Victims of torture
Faith-based social services
Neighborhood services
Legislation advocacy
Housing services
Employment services
Community organizing
Research centers
Dual Degree in Social Work and Theology (MSW/MA, Theology)
Augsburg College’s Department of Social Work (Minneapolis) and Luther Seminary (St. Paul) offer a dual degree: Master
of Social Work and Master of Arts in Theology (MSW/MA). The dual degree has been approved by both institutions and
by the Council on Social Work Education. If you are interested in combining a Master of Social Work with a Master of
Arts in Theology, we recommend you begin the Luther Seminary program first and identify yourself as seeking the dual
degree. For application information to Luther Seminary, visit their website at www.luthersem.edu/admissions.
Purpose
The dual degree focuses on meeting the educational interests of people planning to serve the spiritual and social needs
of families, individuals, and communities in both rural and urban settings. Both institutions have a commitment to social
89
and economic justice and to teamwork in the pastoral and human service settings. This joint program is ecumenical in its
admission policies as well as its academic outlook.
Objectives
Three primary objectives have been established:
To educate practitioners in social work and ministry who can combine the values, skills, and knowledge of both
theology and social work to serve people in more holistic ways
To generate the partnerships necessary to serve the complex needs of communities and people experiencing
transition in their lives, including the change of government support for those in poverty
To prepare practitioners to seek the strengths of interdisciplinary teams in the human service and pastoral settings.
Enrollment
We recommend that dual degree students enroll in Luther Seminary courses first. Upon completion of this first year of
courses, students then enroll in Augsburg courses for a second and third year (full-time). In the dual degree, Luther
Seminary offers nine courses which can be completed in one year if pursued full-time. The remaining Luther Seminary
course requirements are waived and replaced by the Augsburg MSW curriculum. At Augsburg, dual degree students
complete the entire MSW curriculum with the exception of the SWK 699 general elective.
Course Format and Field Practicum
Luther Seminary courses are offered on a weekday schedule and Augsburg College courses are offered on a weekend
schedule. The field practicum is incorporated into the Augsburg curriculum and will be in a setting reflective of the dual
degree program, such as congregational multidisciplinary teams, nursing home chaplaincy, and social work teams. The
Luther Seminary program and the Augsburg College program are both full-time; it is not feasible for students to do both
programs simultaneously.
Summary of MSW/MA Theology Dual Degree Requirements:
9 courses at Luther Seminary
All required MSW courses at Augsburg College
MSW field practica credit hours (see guidelines under field practicum)
MSW portfolio or summative evaluation project
Admission to the Dual Degree
It is the responsibility of dual degree students to be aware of application deadlines for both institutions. Applicants must
apply to each program separately. Please note: admission to one institution does not guarantee admission to the other.
To request the catalog and application materials, you must contact each program separately. Financial aid is also a
separate process.
Dual Degree in Social Work and Business Administration (MSW/MBA)
Augsburg College offers a dual MSW/MBA degree in social work and business administration. Students enrolled in the
dual degree program learn to create better managed and financially sound service organizations to serve diverse
communities, both locally and globally.
Purpose
Many social service agencies today require that agency managers combine financial and business expertise with social
work practice and policy formation. The MSW/MBA dual degree prepares graduates to function in a workplace that
demands the delivery of quality services with increasingly limited resources.
90
Concentration
The MSW/MBA dual degree includes an accelerated third year of study for MSW students who elect the Multicultural
Macro Practice (MCMP) concentration. In this concentration, students learn to effect positive change in social service
systems through their work with communities, organizations, and social policy makers. Prior Augsburg MSW graduates
who have completed the necessary Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) coursework are eligible to return to complete
the MBA portion of the dual degree.
Schedule
Years 1 and 2 (September through June)
MSW classes meet on alternating weekends—Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons—and
students engage in hybrid learning activities between class weekends.
Year 3 (12–16 months)
MBA classes meet one night per week. The MBA program includes a summer term. See the MBA section for required
courses for the dual degree.
Curriculum
Foundation or advanced standing coursework
Either 920 hours (foundation) or 500 hours (advanced standing) MSW field practicum experience
The MSW summative evaluation project may be accepted by the MBA program as partial fulfillment of the MBA
project.
Complete a minimum of eight MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree 2002 and beyond;
complete a minimum of nine MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree prior to 2002
For more information regarding the MBA coursework required for the MSW/MBA dual degree, see the MBA section.
MBA Admission
MSW/MBA dual degree applicants may apply to both programs at the same time or admitted MSW students may wait
to apply to the MBA program until their concentration year. The GMAT is waived for MSW/MBA dual degree applicants.
MBA application materials include: completed application, two short essays, an updated resume, two letters of
recommendation, and a personal interview with the MBA program director. Admission to one program does not
guarantee admission to the other.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MSW
The Augsburg College MSW program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student population. Therefore,
the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities,
backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures.
Listed below are general descriptions for the application process. Refer to the online MSW application documents for
details regarding specific application requirements.
Admission Requirements
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university
Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher
Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities, biology, and statistics
Application Checklist
The application deadline is January 15 each year for matriculation in the following academic year. All application
materials noted below are due by the application deadline. For more information go to www.augsburg.edu/msw or call
612-330-1101.
91
Completed application form
$35 application fee
One official transcript from each previously-attended postsecondary institution. This includes colleges, universities,
vocational/technical institutions, and PSEO institutions.
Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social sciences, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics
course. These courses must be completed prior to enrollment.
Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for advanced standing applicants)
Three recommendation checklist forms, with letters attached, submitted online
Typed personal statement responding to the questions noted on the application form
Results of the TOEFL language tests, if applicable
Official international credit evaluation course-by-course review (for degrees completed outside of the United States)
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Admission as a transfer student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
Transfer students may receive up to 22 transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in the Academic Programs and
Policies section of this catalog.) Eligible courses must be from a CSWE-accredited MSW program and students must have
received a grade of B (3.0) or higher. Students must complete no fewer than 30 credits at Augsburg in order to receive
their MSW degree from Augsburg College.
We do not grant academic credit for work or life experience.
Admission with Advanced Standing
Advanced standing is an application category open to those with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a program that
is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Advanced standing applicants may seek waivers for the
following eligible MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice
Methods and Skills 1 and 2, and Integrative Field Seminars 1 and 2 (which include 420 field practicum hours). Advanced
standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for each with a grade of B (3.0) or higher in order to receive a
waiver.
Academic Policies
Academic Achievement
Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MSW program. If a student falls below a 3.0
average, the student will be placed on academic probation. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in
order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the
student may be dismissed from the program. Students are retained in the program who can:
Maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher)
Complete course requirements of the program and field placement in a timely manner
Complete the program within four years
Abide by the department’s Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 will count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.5 must be
repeated. No more than two courses can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted
in the grade point average. If a student receives a grade below 2.5 in a field course, the MSW director will initiate a Level
3 review, as outlined in section 3.2 of the Standards for Social Work Education.
92
Evaluation of Student Field Performance
The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in the MSW Field Manual, which is distributed to newlyadmitted students at our field orientation prior to seeking the field placement.
Four-Year Limit
All students are required to finish the degree within four years of matriculation. See the Academic Programs and Policies
section of this catalog for policy on continuation of coursework or final thesis.
Leave of Absence
Students who interrupt their program enrollment must request a leave of absence through the MSW program in order
to maintain their admitted status. The request must be made in writing or via the student’s Augsburg email account. A
leave of absence typically requires a full year away from the program in order to return to classes in sequence.
Prerequisite Courses
All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration
courses until successfully completing all foundation courses. In addition there are individual courses that are
prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Handbook.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition fees, MSW students can expect to a pay a facilities fee and a field program fee. Students can also
expect to purchase textbooks and student liability insurance when in a field placement. There may also be additional
fees associated with short-term electives abroad.
Graduate Scholarship Search Tips
As you may know, graduate students do not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities open to
undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly encourage you to spend time doing your own independent research into
graduate funding available locally, nationally, and internationally.
The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is to look online. There are many scholarship search engines
online. The following websites may provide a good starting point for your search:
www.naswfoundation.org
www.gradloans.com
www.cswe.org
www.gradschools.com
www.mnssa.org
www.fastweb.com
www.aauw.org
www.gradview.com
www.finaid.org
www.petersons.com
www.studentaid.ed.gov
Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships
Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship
Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to
www.cswe.org).
Gosnell Scholarship Funds
Ten awards ($1,000-$4,000) offered to social work students interested in working with American Indian/Alaska
Native and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in
August (see www.naswfoundation.org).
93
Vern Lyons Scholarship
One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in health/mental health practice and a commitment to the
African American community. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org).
American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work
Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social work
practice. Applications due in March (see www.abecsw.org).
MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship
One $500 award offered to students from African-American, American Indian, Asian, LGBT, Hispanic and Immigrant
Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see
www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).
Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship
One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in the human service field so they may enhance their
professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).
Augsburg Scholarships
Augsburg’s Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. Students who are enrolled in the first year of
the program are eligible to apply. Awards range in amount from $300 to $1,500.
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship
Bodo F. Suemning Memorial Scholarship
Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship
AmeriCorps Tuition Discount
Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or have been AmeriCorps volunteers—25% off the tuition cost of
one course per semester. This would apply to all semesters of your MSW program. Contact the Enrollment Center for
more information.
Augsburg Partnership Grant
The Augsburg Partnership Grant applies to new enrolling students only and allows employees of partner institutions to
receive a 10% tuition discount. Application fees of $35 are also waived. If a student enrolls in an Employer Tuition
Reimbursement Payment Plan, the $20 processing fee is also waived. Contact the Enrollment Center for more
information.
Military Discount
See description in the Financing Your Education section of the catalog.
MSW Forum
All MSW students are invited to participate in the student-run organization, the MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum
is to facilitate communication between social work students and the social work department, as well as to provide the
opportunity for student participation in departmental governance, curriculum development, and program
improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social Work Department meetings via representatives.
The forum has historically been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided the student can make a
commitment to attend the meetings and share in the efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator also
serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests.
Past forum members established these guidelines:
94
Provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas and/or concerns related to the MSW educational
experience with the Social Work Department
Encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty, and department and College administrators
Make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements
Receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College
Plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions
Organize social action projects
MSW Faculty
Laura Boisen, Professor of Social Work, MSW Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University of Wisconsin;
MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch, Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa;
PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign.
Ankita Deka, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences; PhD,
Indiana University.
Christina Erickson, Associate Professor of Social Work, BSW Field Coordinator. BS, University of Minnesota; MSW,
University of Minnesota-Duluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago.
Melissa Hensley, Assistant Professor of Social Work, Field Education Coordinator. BA, MSW, PhD, Washington University
in St. Louis; MHA, University of Missouri–Columbia.
Bibiana Koh, Assistant Professor of Social Work, BSW Program Director. BA, Hartwick College; MA, Columbia University;
MAT, School for International Training; MSW, Smith College; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Knox College; MSW, Tulane University; PhD, Case Western
Reserve University.
Nancy Rodenborg, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA,
School of International Training; PhD, University of Arizona.
Michael Schock, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department Chair. BA, University of Washington; MSW, University
of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington.
MSW Staff
Doran Edwards, BSW Program Assistant Director
Emily Glynn, MSW Program Coordinator
Hayley Thomas, Administrative Assistant & Field Assistant
95
Augsburg College Board of Regents
For more details, go to www.augsburg.edu/about/leadership/regents.
Andra Adolfson
Dan W. Anderson ‘65
Ann B. Ashton-Piper
Jennifer P. Carlson, J.D.
Karen A. Durant ’81
Matthew K. Entenza, J.D.
Mark A. Eustis
Alexander J. Gonzalez ‘90
Norman R. Hagfors
Jodi L. Harpstead
Bishop Richard N. Hoyme, ex-officio
Diane L. Jacobson, Ph.D.
Rev. Rolf A. Jacobson, Ph.D.
Eric J. Jolly, Ph.D.
Wayne D. Jorgenson ‘71
Toby Piper LaBelle ‘96
The Honorable LaJune Thomas Lange ’75, J.D.
Steven E. Larson ’71, M.D.
André J. Lewis ’73, Ph.D.
Dennis J. Meyer ‘78
Pamela Hanson Moksnes ‘79
Paul S. Mueller ’84, M.D.
Jeffrey M. Nodland ’77
Lisa M. Novotny ’80
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D.
Curtis A. Sampson
Earl W. Sethre ‘68
Dean A. Sundquist ‘81
Bishop Ann M. Svennungsen, ex-officio
Gary A. Tangwall ’80
Rev. David L. Tiede, Ph.D.
Rev. Norman W. Wahl ’76, D.Min.
Bonnie Wallace
Steven J. Wehrenberg ‘78
Rev. Mark N. Wilhelm, Ph.D., ELCA advisory member
ELCA Congregational and Synodical Mission
Executive Director
The Rev. Dr. Stephen Bouman
Program Director for Schools
The Rev. Dr. Mark Wilhelm
96
Show less
2016-2017
GRADUATE CATALOG
at
Introduction
Graduate Catalog
2016-2017
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and
student policies an... Show more
2016-2017
GRADUATE CATALOG
at
Introduction
Graduate Catalog
2016-2017
Official Publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454
The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and
student policies and procedures for Fall Semester 2016 - Summer Semester 2017. It is subject to change without notice.
The catalog is intended to complement other College publications including the Student Guide and College website. It is
important for students to be familiar with all College policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to
consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements.
Published 2016
Phone: 612-330-1000
www.augsburg.edu
1
A Greeting from the President
I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College’s exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a
select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent
curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the
needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College’s graduate-level programs in Business Administration, Creative
Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Social Work are distinguished by the
opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills.
Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens,
thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged
community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence
in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran church, and shaped by its
urban and global settings.
For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features an expansive
perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability.
At Augsburg College we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you find your calling, at work and in
the world. Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention,
and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are
prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree.
Sincerely,
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D.
President
2
Welcome from the Provost and Chief Academic Officer
Welcome to graduate study at Augsburg College! Augsburg has a long history of preparing students for leadership in
their communities and places of work. Across our array of graduate programs, our students acquire specialized
knowledge in a discipline or field, engage in applied and collaborative learning, develop advanced intellectual skills;
encounter diverse perspectives and ideas; test theory through real-world experiences, and equip themselves for the
next stage in their vocational journeys.
In joining the Augsburg community, you become part of the Augsburg story—a story of academic excellence,
experiential education, intentional diversity, commitment to service in a spirit of mutuality, and dedication of faculty
and staff to student learning. The College offers learning opportunities for traditional and adult students in state-of-theart physical and online classrooms. Our locations--in the Twin Cities, Rochester, and several international sites—offer
opportunities to apply what you learn in the neighborhood, the local community, and in various urban and rural
locations.
Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg’s doors, we
welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths. Indeed, the diversity of our campus community helps ensure that our
graduates are uniquely prepared to meet the challenges and opportunities ahead. We actively encourage interdisciplinary study and opportunities for students to collaborate with others across disciplines. We ground professional
study in the best of the liberal arts tradition; we work to ensure that graduates from liberal arts disciplines are “career
ready.” We embrace the best in both traditions as we equip our students for future success.
While connected through these common commitments, each graduate program has its own distinctive identity and
curriculum. Your program offers a disciplinary home where you will join a community of faculty, staff, and fellow
students who will collectively extend your network of connections with prospective employers and expand your career
opportunities. You will have access to Augsburg alumni mentors; you will have opportunities to develop new global
connections through such public events as our annual Nobel Peace Prize Forum.
We’re delighted that you’ll be joining us.
Sincerely,
Karen Kaivola
Provost and Chief Academic Officer
3
About Augsburg
At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in
their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major
field of study, but also the ability to apply critical thinking, problem solving, and advanced communication skills in a
collaborative approach within that discipline, thereby engaging others with diverse perspectives in the work of
advancing civic and global initiatives critical for a sustainable future.
The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences,
to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city and out into the world with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome
students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international
courses and cultural exchanges.
Mission Statement
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to
the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission:
Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible
leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its
life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the
faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings.
Augsburg Today
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1872. A Rochester, Minnesota campus was added in 2002. A short history of
Augsburg College can be found at www.augsburg.edu/about/history.
Today, Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of its founders who believed:
Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically
and broadly about the world and the work we do in it.
An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith.
The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning environment.
The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.”
Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg
prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society.
Degrees Offered
Augsburg offers the following graduate degrees:
Master of Arts in Education*
Master of Arts in Leadership
Master of Arts in Nursing*
Master of Business Administration*
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
Master of Music Therapy
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Master of Social Work
Doctor of Nursing Practice* (with tracks in Transcultural Nursing and Family Nurse Practitioner)
4
Augsburg offers the following dual degrees:
Bachelor of Arts in Accounting/Master of Arts in Leadership
Master of Arts in Leadership/Master of Business Administration
Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration
*Programs offered at both of Augsburg’s campuses (Minneapolis and Rochester, MN)
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of
community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities, whether a student in
Minneapolis or Rochester, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
lecture/speaker events.
Graduate Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and
commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and
service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of
research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic
faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as
academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities.
5
Locations
Minneapolis Campus
Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is
bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University
of Minnesota Medical Center.
Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s
leading companies, as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is
blocks from the METRO Green and Blue light rail lines, which provide easy access to destinations in Minneapolis and St.
Paul, as well as the Minneapolis International Airport.
Rochester campus
Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota, was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s
mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. Graduate degrees and undergraduate majors including business,
education, and nursing, are offered on the Rochester campus. Graduate programs in Rochester include the Master of
Business Administration, Master of Arts in Nursing*, Master of Arts in Education*, and Doctor of Nursing Practice*.
The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), just a few blocks south of
downtown Rochester. Home to approximately 110,000 residents, Rochester is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity
and superior technological resources.
Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on alternating weekday evenings
and on occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. Students may also take courses within their
program on the Minneapolis campus.
Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning
resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software.
Information about the Rochester campus is available at augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at
507-288-2886.
*Program includes some Minneapolis courses.
Abroad Locations
Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research,
take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their disciplines.
6
Facilities
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway
system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library,
Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication.
Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center.
Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, and this
residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing
and Communication.
Center for Wellness and Counseling—The Center for Wellness and Counseling offers programs and services that
enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being.
Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with the Admissions Office, student lounge and recreational areas, the
Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy
center, and offices for student government and student publications.
Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the
Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition
of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also
housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices.
Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry
Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical
education, and hospitality facilities.
The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions
and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It also houses the Gage Center for Student
Success. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street and the Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS).
Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th
Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites.
Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and
intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center
Court was dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and
two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area.
Charles S. Anderson Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two
rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty.
Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with
classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places.
Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP
program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, Bernhard Christensen
Center for Vocation, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the
7
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble
Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center.
Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized
auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices.
Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center, as well as
classrooms and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third
presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study,
and utility areas.
8
Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships
Augsburg College is accredited by:
The Higher Learning Commission (HLC)
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) (Bachelor, and Master level degrees)
Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA)
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (Bachelor, Master and Doctoral level degrees)
Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (Bachelor, and Master level degrees)
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) (Bachelor, and Master level degrees)
Augsburg’s programs are approved or monitored by:
American Chemical Society (ACS)
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA)
Minnesota Board of Teaching
Minnesota Board of Nursing
Minnesota Office of Higher Education (MOHE)
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
Augsburg College is an institutional member of:
American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU)
American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE)
American Association of Higher Education (AAHE)
American Music Therapy Association, Inc. (AMTA)
Association of International Education Administrators (AIEA)
Campus Compact
Council of Independent Colleges (CIC)
Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE)
Diversity Abroad Network
The Forum on Education Abroad
Institute of International Education (IIE)
Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA)
National Association of International Educators (NAFSA)
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM)
National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE)
Physician Assistant Education Association
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC)
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Minnesota Private College Council MPCC)
Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA)
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71.
Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other
institutions. Minnesota Office of Higher Education, 1450 Energy Park Dr., Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 55108,
www.ohe.state.mn.us; 651-642-0533.
9
Policies
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, religious belief, national
or ethnic origin, age, disability, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, marital status, familial status,
genetic information, status with regard to public assistance, or citizenship in its educational policies, admissions policies,
employment, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances
where there is a bona fide occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is
committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students with disabilities. (Approved by
Board of Regents on October, 2014)
For further information, please contact the College’s Title IX Officer:
Ann Garvey| Vice President of Student Affairs| Student Affairs
Memorial Hall, Room 118G| 612-330-1168| garvey@augsburg.edu
Additionally, the College has four Deputy Officers:
Deputy Officer for Students:
Sarah Griesse| Dean of Students
Memorial Hall, Room 118F| 612-330-1489| griesse@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer for Employees:
Lisa Stock| Director and Chief Human Resources Officer
Memorial Hall, Room 19| 612-330-1783| stock@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer for Athletics:
Kelly Anderson Diercks| Associate Athletic Director
Si Melby Hall, Room 205E| 612-330-1245| diercks@augsburg.edu
Deputy Officer:
Leif Anderson| Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Memorial Hall, Room 124D| 612-330-1497| andersol@augsburg.edu
The Deputies work with the Title IX Coordinator to identify any patterns or systemic problems that arise and may assist
as investigators of complaints.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students
regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to
students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records
You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg
College. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will
respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request.
10
Right to request amendment of education records
You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate,
misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information
You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information
contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize
disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to
school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an
administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel
and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or
grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate
educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional
responsibility.
Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information”
FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may
be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the
student.
Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or
organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
“Directory information” includes the following:
The student’s name
The student’s address
The student’s telephone number
The student’s e-mail address
The student’s date and place of birth
The student’s major and minor field of study
The student’s academic class level
The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT)
The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports
The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates)
The weight and height of members of athletic teams
The student’s dates of attendance
Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student
The student’s photograph
Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to
contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information.
Right to complain to FERPA Office
You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400
Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA.
11
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter.
Annual Security Report
The Annual Security Report (ASR) for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg
property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The Department of Public
Safety prepares this annual Crime Report to comply with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and
Crime Statistics Act. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/reports. For a printed copy, contact
Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717.
Copyright Policy
Augsburg College Graduate Programs follows the norms of the US Copyright Law in granting exclusive rights under the
Copyright Act to faculty and student authors to reproduce their original works, to use them as the basis for derivative.
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the
matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at
inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide.
Official Notices
A College-provided e-mail account shall be an official means of communication with students, faculty, and staff of
Augsburg College. Students, faculty, and staff are responsible for all information sent to them via the College-provided email account. Students should regularly check their e-mail account. If a student, faculty or staff member chooses to
forward their Augsburg e-mail, they are responsible for all information and attachments sent to the forwarded e-mail
account. Students will also receive official notices via the A-Mail online publication and should routinely review the AMail.
12
Admission
All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution or
an equivalent degree from outside the US.
All graduate students must submit completed applications. Each graduate program also has additional program
requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these
additional requirements.
Please refer to each individual program’s catalog section (below) for additional instructions and for detailed information
on applying to graduate programs, refer to the Graduate Admissions website at www.augsburg.edu/grad.
Readmission
Graduate students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for two or more semesters, must apply for
readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during
their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office.
Returning students do not pay the application fee.
The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is the Friday prior to the start of
the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the
College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with
individual programs for information regarding readmission process).
Non-degree Students
Individuals may take coursework at Augsburg College as a non-degree-seeking student. Non-degree students can enroll
on a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the College’s Academic Calendar. Admission requires
program director approval, and the student must be in good standing at all previously attended institutions.
To apply for admission as a non-degree seeking student, submit the completed application, academic intent, and
unofficial transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution to the Admissions Office. Some programs may have
additional application requirements.
A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution is the minimum requirement for admission. Students who
have earned a bachelor’s degree outside of the United States must submit a copy of a foreign credential evaluation from
World Education Services (WES) or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) to confirm it is equivalent
to a United States bachelor’s degree or greater.
Non-degree status is conferred for only one term of enrollment. Additional terms require reapplication as a non-degree
seeking student. Students may count up to 6-8 semester credits earned as a non-degree seeking student toward an
Augsburg College degree with approval from the program director.
Non-degree seeking students who wish to pursue a degree must reapply for admission by submitting the completed
application, academic intent, official transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution, and any additional
materials required by the program.
International Students
Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply.
An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a “full course of study” to achieve a specific educational or
professional objective at an academic institution in the United States that has been designated by the Department of
Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and
Exchange Visitor Information System).
13
A student acquires F-1 status using form I-20, issued by a DHS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one
of two ways:
If the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a US consulate.
If the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the I-20 to USCIS (United
States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status.
A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHS-approved school to Augsburg by following
the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations.
In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students
must also comply with the following:
English Proficiency Requirements for International Graduate Applicants
To meet Augsburg College admission requirements, you must provide evidence of a sufficient command of both written
and spoken English to study college courses conducted entirely in English. Below is a list of the tests and programs
Augsburg College accepts as evidence for English proficiency.
TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language)
www.toefl.org
Score report of 80 on the Internet-based TOEFL (iBT) with a sub-score of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking
sections. (The Augsburg College TOEFL code is 6014.)
IELTS (International English Language Testing System)
www.ielts.org
Score report of 6.5.
MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery)
www.cambridgemichigan.org/melab
Score report of 80, and score report must be accompanied by an official letter from the testing coordinator.
Successful completion of a previous undergraduate or graduate degree at an accredited college or university in the
US, the United Kingdom, Ireland, English-speaking Canada, New Zealand, or Australia.
Score reports must be sent to Augsburg directly from the testing center. Score reports must not be more than two years
old.
Foreign Credential Evaluation
Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States.
This evaluation should include the following:
Analysis of credentials to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited US bachelor’s degree
Verification the degree is equivalent, at a minimum, to a four-year US bachelor’s degree is required.
Course-by-course evaluation to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each
course, may also be required for specific programs.
Calculation of grade point average to demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard US
grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=1.0, F=0.0.
Translation to English (if applicable)
The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg’s Office of Admissions. Refer to World Education Services at
www.wes.org or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) at www.naces.org for information on
how to obtain a foreign credential evaluation.
Proof of Financial Support
International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet
expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and
board, health insurance, personal expenses, and living expenses for dependents (if applicable).
14
Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds,
or funds from the student’s family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an official
award letter from the school or sponsoring agency; documentation of personal or family funds should be on bank
letterhead stationery, or in the form of a legally binding affidavit. Government Form I-134, Affidavit of Support, or
Augsburg’s Financial Sponsorship form can be used to document support being provided by a US citizen or US legal
permanent resident. All financial documents such as bank statements must be dated within three months prior to the
date of application.
Health Insurance
All F-1 international students and their dependents (if applicable) are required to have adequate health insurance
coverage for the duration of their program. International students will be enrolled in the Augsburg international student
plan unless they fill out a waiver verifying proof of coverage through an alternative provider for the same period.
15
Financing Your Education
Costs
The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as
required. Augsburg reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate.
Full-Time vs. Half-Time
Graduate students will need to be enrolled in 3 credits to be considered half-time and 6 credits to be considered fulltime.
Tuition and Fees
Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP)
Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN)
Master of Arts in Education (MAE)
Master of Arts in Education Tribal (MAET)
Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL)
Master of Fine Arts (MFA)
Master of Social Work (MSW)
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Master of Arts in Music Therapy (MMT)
Master of Science in Physician Assistant (MPA)
$921 per 1.0 credit
$703 per 1.0 credit
$485 per 1.0 credit
UMD Rate
$799 per 1.0 credit
$642 per 1.0 credit
$668 per 1.0 credit
$799 per 1.0 credit
$822 per 1.0 credit
$761 per 1.0 credit*
*2015 start cohort
Tuition
Students are charged per credit. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing
finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services.
Fees
Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees.
DNP Fee
MAN Fee
$55
$55
Payments
Semester Charges
Prior to the start of each semester, a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits
designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online
through AugNet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/make-a-payment. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent
accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure
Payment Options
Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts.
16
Payment Policy
Students at Augsburg College are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each
academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a
student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or
employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the
Augsburg College Tuition Refund Policy.
Augsburg accepts the following forms of payment:
Cash
Students and guest payers may make cash payments in-person at the Enrollment Center. Cash should never be
mailed. Students will receive a receipt of their cash payment.
Check
Students and guest payers may pay their term fees via check either in-person at the Enrollment Center, through mail, or
online using e-check/ACH. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the bank for Non-Sufficient
Funds. A receipt will automatically be sent electronically for any online payments. Students who pay in-person or
through mail may request a receipt of the check payment.
Credit Card/Debit Card
Students and guest payers may make student account payments online with a Visa, MasterCard, Discover, or American
Express credit card. As of June 10th, 2016, Augsburg will no longer accept credit card or debit card payments in-person,
over the phone, or through the mail. Credit cards will only be accepted online via Cashnet, a vendor contracted by
Augsburg.
Because Cashnet charges Augsburg for their services, a credit card service fee of 2.75 percent will be associated with any
credit card payment made to the college. This is to offset the approximately $250,000 in costs that Augsburg accrues
annually for providing credit card payment options to our students. Augsburg will not receive any part of the service fee
and will not be profiting from it.
Financial Aid
All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must reapply each year. In addition to reapplying for aid,
students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in
the Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) section of this catalog.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of grants and loans. The College cooperates with
federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is
eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent
family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations.
Types of Aid
A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant
(except as noted).
Institutional Grants/Discounts
Augsburg offers grants/discounts for a variety of different students. Specific information about the different grants and
scholarships, along with eligibility requirements, can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/paymentplans-and-discounts.
17
Loan Assistance
Graduate students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to receive federal loans. Three semester credits per term
is considered half-time. Six semester credits per term is considered full-time.
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan
Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower
may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be
capitalized (added to the balance of the loan).
Federal Graduate Loan Program (PLUS)
Graduate PLUS is a loan program to help graduate students meet college costs. Students may borrow up to the cost
of attendance (minus all other student financial aid).
Further information about loan programs can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial.
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP)
Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether
students [1] receiving financial aid [2] are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree.
The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant
to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the
following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid.
Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress
Minimum GPA requirements: Graduate Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA based on the entire
academic record.
Minimum Credits Completed: Graduate Students must earn a cumulative 66.67% of the credits attempted based on
the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of 4.0 – 2.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will
include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W
(withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “0.0/F/FN (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative
attempted credits. Repeated and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits.
Maximum Time Frame: To demonstrate academic progress, graduate students must complete their degree objective
within 150% of the length of the program.
Monitoring and Evaluating Progress
In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the Student Financial Services Office will evaluate students’ academic
achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student Financial Services Office
determines the student’s GPA or completion rate to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid
Warning or Financial Aid Suspension. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP
standards.
Financial Aid Warning
A student who fails to meet SAP standards will be placed on Financial Aid Warning for the following term of enrollment.
Students placed on Financial Aid Warning will still be eligible to receive financial aid. Financial Aid Warning will last for
one term. If at the end of the term, the student meets SAP standards the Financial Aid Warning will conclude. Students
currently on Financial Aid Warning who do not meet SAP standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid
Suspension.
Financial Aid Suspension
A student who fails to meet either the minimum GPA requirement and/or minimum credits attempted while on
Financial Aid Warning will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. A student on Financial Aid Suspension is ineligible to
receive any form of financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Suspension may submit an appeal to reinstate their financial
aid. Financial Aid Suspension will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or successfully appeals.
18
Financial Aid will be suspended when a student placed on Financial Aid Suspension does not meet SAP standards.
Because grades may not be available before the beginning of the next scheduled term, it is possible that financial aid
may be disbursed to a student before the review can be conducted. In the event that a student is found to be ineligible
for the financial aid that has been disbursed due to a failure to meet one of the Standards, the aid that was disbursed
will be canceled, and returned to the appropriate program(s).
Right to Appeal
Students who have had their financial aid suspended may submit the SAP Appeal Form to the Student Financial Services
Office. The SAP Appeal Form must be completely filled out, along with any additional documents required by the SAP
Committee. The appeal should state reasons why the student failed to meet SAP standards, and what changed for the
student that will allow the student to demonstrate progress towards meeting SAP standards. The appeal will be decided
by the SAP Committee. All decisions made by the Committee are final.
If a student’s appeal is approved they will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. If a student’s appeal is denied they will
remain on Financial Aid Suspension and will remain ineligible for financial aid.
Financial Aid Probation
A student who has been placed on Financial Aid Suspension and successfully appeals SAP will be place on Financial Aid
Probation. A student on Financial Aid Probation will be eligible to receive financial aid. Financial Aid Probation will last
for one term. If at the end of the term, the students meets SAP standards, the Financial Aid Probation will conclude.
Students currently on Financial Aid Probation who do not meet the standards at the end of the term will be placed on
Financial Aid Suspension.
[1] Financial Aid is defined as: Augsburg Institutional Aid, Federal Title IV funding, and Minnesota
State Financial Aid programs.
Student Account Financial Disclosure
Students at Augsburg College are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each
academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a
student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or
employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the
Augsburg College Tuition Refund Policy. Statements and account history are available online through AugNet Records
and Registration.
Augsburg College may require someone to co-sign on the students’ obligations in special cases, such as when a student
has a history of late or missed payments. When a co-signer’s signature is required, both students and co-signers are
responsible for payment of all costs incurred (including collection costs and fees of any collection agency and/or
attorney, if applicable) and all other conditions outlined on the Student Account Financial Disclosure.
Results of Balances Not Paid in Full
Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Missed or late payments will be subject to a late
payment charge and/or a finance charge on the overdue balance from the date the balance was due until payment in
full is received. If your account is not paid in full on the first day of the term, finance charges at the rate of 8% per year
(.67% per month) will be added onto your student account balance. For example, this means that for every $1,000
owed you will receive $6.70 a month in finance charges. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the
bank for Non-Sufficient Funds.
Past Due Accounts
If the student does not set up a formal payment plan with Augsburg’s Student Financial Services department, Augsburg
reserves the right to demand payment of the entire balance owed by that student and to take steps to collect it.
Augsburg may cancel the student’s registration, prevent the student from registering for future terms, withhold
19
transcripts or diplomas, remove the student from on-campus housing, turn the student’s account over to a collection
agency or take legal action to collect any past due balance. Each student authorizes Augsburg to release financial
information about her or his account and other pertinent information such as address and phone number to third
parties who are dealing with the collection of the account balance. By providing us with a telephone number for a
cellular phone or other wireless device, you are expressly consenting to receive communications – including but not
limited to prerecorded or artificial voice message calls, text messages, and calls made by an automatic telephone dialing
system – from us and our affiliates and agents at that number. This express consent applies to each such telephone
number that you provide to us now or in the future and permits such calls regardless of their purpose. Calls and
messages may incur access fees from your cellular provider. Each student also agrees to reimburse Augsburg College, or
its agents, the fees of any collection agency, which may be based on a percentage at a maximum of 40% of the debt, and
all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, we incur in such collection efforts. Please note that, due to
the Bankruptcy Reform Act, educational benefits are generally exempt from discharge under bankruptcy. The terms
of this agreement remain in effect until all Term Fees and other charges are paid in full.
Financial Policy
Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student
account charges are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins
Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have
been completed.
Tuition Refund
Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last
day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date,
students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is
effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date
labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar.
Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any
refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for
all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations
are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed.
Medical Refund
If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a
medical refund should be made through the Academic/Financial Petition. Petition forms are available through the
Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the Committee upon submission of
documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances.
Unofficial Withdrawal
Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be
reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund
financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date
of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by
financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from
college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website.
20
A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively.
The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include,
but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance
for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term
will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300.
Financial Aid Policy
Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number
of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic
Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with
faculty signature-Full Semester class”. Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date.
Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes
throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a
“W” grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes.
Financial Aid - Return of Aid
Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes,
or in the event of hybrid/online courses, be an active participant in the course.
Federal/State Aid Adjustments
Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Student
are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are
eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your courses, please see a
Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned.
Institutional Aid Adjustments
Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdraw or fully withdraw from courses. If students
withdraw from their courses they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid will be removed. If a
student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their institutional aid.
Credit Refund
Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a
term. Credit refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial
Aid needs to be finalized (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid) and applied to
a student’s account (Check your Transaction History online to verify all of your financial aid has been applied to your
account and nothing is left pending) before the credit refund can be issued.
Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds.
Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates, less than 3.0 credit for
graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration
changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students
who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund
will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed.
Bookstore
Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $700 to their student account.
Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year.
Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut off dates; plan ahead for courses that start
midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date.
21
Students’ accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore accounts before credit refunds are issued. If
your bookstore charges create a balance on your account, you need to make payments in accordance with your
statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student account are intended for students who have excess financial aid
funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you
purchase books if you need to discuss payment options.
Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times.
Third Party
If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your
purchases to the Student Financial Services Office, along with your invoice request.
Additional Funds
If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $700 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the
additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account, please send the following
information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing.
Subject: Request for additional funds
Full Name:
Student ID number:
Additional request:
Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as
possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation.
Consumer Information
Loss of Financial Aid Due to Drug Offense
A student, who is convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred
while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid, is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a
controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco.
A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from
a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student.
A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and
receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows:
For the possession of illegal drugs:
First offense: one year from the date of conviction.
Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction.
Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction.
For the sale of illegal drugs:
First offense: two years from the date of conviction.
Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction.
A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate,
clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the
ways in which the student may regain that eligibility.
22
Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction
A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the
school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the
program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two
unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria:
The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government
program.
The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court.
The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed
insurance company.
The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor.
Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or
regulations.
23
Student Resources/Academic and Support Services
Lindell Library Resources
Since 1997 the James G. Lindell Family Library has been home to a wide variety of print and digital collections, now
numbering almost 200,000 books, 60,000 e-books, 60,000 e-journals, 4,000 movies on DVD or VHS, and more than 120
databases. Through its streaming video services, Lindell Library provides access to an additional 50,000+ educational
videos. Lindell also houses significant collections of juvenile literature and K-12 curriculum materials, as well as the
College’s archives and special collections.
If that still isn’t enough, Lindell Library belongs to CLIC, Cooperating Libraries in Consortium, a network of seven private
liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Augsburg students can borrow books and videos from any of the other CLIC
libraries and get those materials delivered directly to Lindell Library through CLIC’s daily courier service. Research
Support
Research Support
Research help is always available, either online or in person, at Lindell Library’s Learning Commons. Our research guides,
available on the library’s website, provide access to key research materials on topics as wide-ranging as health and
physical education, film studies, computer science, or music therapy. Students can talk to an expert in person at Lindell’s
Learning Commons desk, by phone at 612-330-1604, by email at refdesk@augsburg.edu, or chat with an expert 24/7
through our Ask-A-Librarian service at library.augsburg.edu.
Other Cool Stuff
Libraries are more than just books and databases, they are places to gather for collaborative research or quiet study and
reflection. At Lindell Library, you can do both. Ten group study rooms are available on the top floor of Lindell Library,
and can be reserved up to two weeks in advance. The lower level is a designated quiet study space for those who prefer
to work alone. Whether working alone or in a large group, Augsburg students can check out a laptop from the Library’s
Circulation Desk. Other equipment is also available for check out; just ask our friendly staff for assistance.
The staff at Lindell Library are eager to help you with all your research needs. Stop by anytime that the library is open
(hours are always posted on the library’s website), or contact us at:
library.augsburg.edu
refdesk@augsburg.edu
612-330-1604
Information Technology Services
Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely
access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for
more on Information Technology at Augsburg.
Computing
Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available
in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has five
computer classrooms, 41 technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The
circulation desk in Lindell Library has 45 wireless laptops available for use in the library.
Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber
optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student
machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the
AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus.
24
Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic
support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, sensory, and physical disabilities, as well as those
with temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain access to the
college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet
supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences.
Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to develop a plan for ensuring they have equal access to
Augsburg courses, programs, activities, and facilities. Students are encouraged to meet regularly with their specialist,
and discussions may include:
Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking)
Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling,
financial aid)
Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory
Coaching on academic, organizational, and time management skills
Campus living accommodations
The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the college faculty,
staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these
accommodations and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility.
Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting
with a Specialist to discuss their needs, as well as appropriate documentation of their disability. CLASS also provides
informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant
only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional.
Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and
may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential components of an institution’s courses or programs.
The services and technology provided by CLASS are enhanced by the generous support of the Gage family and Groves
Foundation. For further information, call 612-330-1053.
International Student and Scholar Services (ISSS)
ISSS is responsible for the enrollment planning, recruitment and advising of degree-seeking international
students. Members of the ISSS team serve as Designated School Officials (DSO) for the College’s F-1 student visa
program and as Responsible Officer (RO) and Alternate Responsible Officer (ARO) for the College’s J-1 student/scholar
exchange program. A DSO ensures institutional and individual compliance with the law and government policies
pertaining to F-1 students. The RO and ARO ensure institutional and individual compliance with the law and government
policies pertaining to J-1 exchange students and scholars. ISSS advises students regarding the F and J regulations so that
students maintain their F or J immigration status.
25
Academic Programs and Policies
Academic Calendars
All of our graduate programs meet on a semester calendar. Academic Calendars can be found at
www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change without notice.
Academic Policies
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the
American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Academic Honesty
A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity
and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a
College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student
pledging to abide by the College’s academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity.
(See Augsburg’s Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide).
Evaluation and Grading
Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0
achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must
achieve a 3.0 cumulative GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program
Progression Standards Policy. Grading option cannot be changed from traditional (0.0 - 4.0) to Pass/No Credit.
Explanation of grades for Graduate Studies:
Grade
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0–0.0
FN
P
N
V
W
I
X
Explanation
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above acceptable standards
Meets acceptable standards
Meets minimum standards
Unacceptable performance
Unacceptable performance, student stopped attending
Represents work at 3.0 or higher (not counted in grade point average)
No credit (not counted in grade point average)
Audit
Withdrawn
Incomplete
In progress, extended beyond term of registration
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V) on a space-available
basis. Graduate students will be charged an audit fee of $1,000. The written permission of the instructor is required to
register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of
the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the
course will be listed on the transcript with a V grade. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a
grade of W. Audited courses do not count towards graduation.
26
Withdrawal Grade
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade
and before the last day to withdraw.
Incomplete (I) Grades
Incomplete grades (I) are to be given only in the case of extreme emergency (i.e. illness, family emergency, death in the
family, military commitment). If you have any questions regarding the qualifying emergency please contact the
Registrar’s Office for verification.
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student
emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of
passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Registrar’s Office
that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course
instructor’s signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however,
students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete
grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the
instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s program. If the
work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0.
Extension (X) Grades
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case,
they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A
grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given
X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being
maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not
longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not
demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
Repeated Courses
A course in which a grade of FN, 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in
which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses
taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point
average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy.
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade
points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not
computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted, i.e., courses with 0.0 to 4.0 grade assigned.
Attendance
Attendance and participation are critical to the success of any course. Evaluation of the level and quality of participation
may be incorporated into the course grade. We view attendance as a joint commitment of both instructors and students
to our professional development. Each instructor has the authority to specify attendance and participation requirements
to address the needs of particular courses, individual students, or various learning styles.
27
Lack of attendance may result in a failing grade and the requirement to repeat the course. Students must notify the
professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible,
students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible.
Non-Attendance/Non-Participation
Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped
for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are
ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been
dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit and Academic/Financial Petition.
Graduate Continuation Policy
Students registering for the final project course must complete the Final Project Registration/Graduate Continuation
Contract by the last day to add with faculty signature for a Full Semester class as noted on the Academic Calendar. Upon
receipt of the contract, the Registrar’s Office will enroll the student in the Continuation Program for 7 semesters. Entry
into the Continuation Program maintains students’ active status in the graduate program, including library and AugNet
Services.
If a grade is not received by the grading deadline of the 7th semester, the grade will change from X to N. Students who
wish to complete the final project after receiving a failing grade must meet with the program director to evaluate
readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework
and will need to pay tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new
grade would replace the previous N grade.
Students may withdraw from the College, and thus from the Continuation Program and the final project course, at any
point during the continuation period and receive a W notation on the transcript for the final project course. Following a
withdrawal, students are welcome to meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and
program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay full tuition
and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the
previous W grade.
Credit and Contact Hours
Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period
of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student
work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method.
All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with semester lengths from 14-16 weeks. Augsburg offers a
summer semester which follows the same format as both fall and spring semester. Students must take at least 3 credits
to be considered half-time, and 6 or more credits to be considered full-time. Students may take up to 22 credits.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following:
Successful completion of all required courses
A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy.
Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed
continuation agreement with Augsburg College.
Probation and Dismissal
Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the
student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be
28
restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistant must consult
the PA Program Progression Standards Policy.
A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3.0 in most programs) in two or more
terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out
with the program director.
Students may also be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the
College.
Dismissal Appeals Process
A student may appeal a program’s dismissal decision using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Appeals are
limited to procedural errors that the student can demonstrate negatively affected the outcome.
The student initiates the appeal process by submitting a hard copy of the statement of appeal to the Assistant Vice
President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies (AVP-Graduate Studies); email is not acceptable. The
statement must identify each procedural error and state how each error negatively affected the outcome. The
statement of appeal will be the only basis of the student’s appeal. The AVP-Graduate Studies must receive the student’s
statement of appeal within 14 calendar days of the date on the department’s written notification of dismissal.
The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the program chair/director. The program must
submit a response to the student’s statement of appeal within 15 business days of the date that the statement was
received by the AVP-Graduate Studies’ office. A hard copy of the program’s response should be submitted to the AVPGraduate Studies. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the program’s response to the student.
The AVP-Graduate Studies will convene the Program Dismissal Appeals Committee, which will include the AVP-Graduate
Studies as a non-voting chair and three program faculty members (one from programs not named in the appeal:
Business, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, Social Work). The Program
Dismissal Appeals Committee will schedule its hearing within 15 business days of receipt of the program’s statement of
response. The Committee will meet with the student and a program representative to review the procedures and ask
questions of both the student and the program representative. The student and program representative may each bring
a third party to the review meeting (limited to an Augsburg College faculty member, staff member, or student). The role
of the third party representative is to provide support to the student or the program representative, not to serve as an
advocate during the meeting.
Dropping or Withdrawing
Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. To
see the drop and withdrawal deadlines, see the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Independent Study
Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty
sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director
in order to receive credit. Normally, independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered
in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form
is required and is available on the Registrar’s Office website.
Term Off
Students may take a term off for up to two semesters and have continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet
Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the
student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll.
29
For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of
program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their advisor and obtain the
advice of their director.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit
will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide appropriate documentation regarding
previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be
considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university institution and graded 3.0/B
or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program
requirements at Augsburg.
The maximum number of semester credits that can be transferred is:
Master of Arts in Education (6)
Master of Arts in Leadership (6)
Master of Arts in Nursing (9)
Master of Business Administration (18)
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (12)
Master of Music Therapy (Contact program director)
Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator)
Master of Social Work (22)
Doctor of Nursing Practice (Contact program director)
Augsburg credits are calculated in semester hours. If you completed courses at other institutions that are quarter hours,
they will be converted to semester hours. One quarter hour equates to two-thirds of a semester hour.
Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from
other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average.
30
Master of Arts in Education
Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and
elsewhere. The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program combines our excellent undergraduate licensure coursework
with a master’s level coursework focused on teacher leadership, preparing teachers to serve K-12 students effectively
and to nurture healthy change within schools and school systems.
Our Philosophy
The Education Department program themes include relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and
leadership. One of these themes - leadership - is lived out within the MAE program. As this program theme suggests, we
expect our students to leave our programs as responsive, knowledgeable teachers prepared to exercise leadership in the
classroom and, eventually, the school and community.
Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through a combination of course content, field
experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students will leave our programs as collaborative and capable
teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world.
Our Faculty
Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom
have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty
members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer
work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do. We value
good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers.
Our Accessibility
We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal
responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of
licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings to allow you to manage these responsibilities while
pursuing your goals. You will need to be available during the weekday for the challenge and responsibility of field
experiences, but education coursework is accessible through the evening schedules*.
As a student in Augsburg’s Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among
interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly-qualified teacher—
the teacher you can become.
*By the end of Spring 2015 our licensure programs will have been fully transitioned from a weekend to an evening
schedule. New students will be in the evening program. For the time being, end of program MAE degree completion
options will remain on the weekend schedule.
Education Department Mission
The mission of the Augsburg Education Department is to develop responsive, knowledgeable teachers committed to
educating all learners in a diverse and changing world.
Program Themes
Responsive, knowledgeable teachers understand the dynamic interaction among relationships, reflection and inquiry,
diversity and equity, and leadership. These four interrelated program themes provide lenses through which we filter our
practice.
31
Relationships
Learning is relational and communal. Responsive teachers create significant relationships with their students,
colleagues, and community partners by developing learning communities. These nurturing learning communities provide
safe, trustworthy places where challenging and engaging questions can be considered. We model the kinds of learning
communities that we expect our graduates to create. We share with our students a learning model that connects
content, theory, and practice in an ongoing cycle. Students and their learning are the focus for responsive teachers.
Therefore we embrace and foster a progressive and constructivist orientation.
Reflection and Inquiry
Responsive teachers are reflective practitioners who are students of teaching and learning. Providing numerous
frameworks through which to filter our experience encourages intentional and thoughtful inquiry. Through field
placements, service learning, generative questions, and classroom experiences, students and faculty develop their
perspectives about teaching and learning. Critical reflection allows us to examine content, theory, and practice in ways
that transform our practice. We think it is important to understand and learn how to manage the many polarities
inherent in the teaching and learning process.
Diversity and Equity
Responsive teachers embrace diversity and intentionally work to ensure that all learners, especially those who for some
reason have been marginalized, learn and develop in powerful ways. We continually reflect on what it means to be a
“school in the city.” We recognize that each student is unique, shaped by culture and experience; therefore,
differentiating instruction is essential. The perspective of multiple intelligences, learning style theory and teaching for
understanding help us differentiate and enable us to provide choice, variety, and flexibility. Responsive teachers believe
that all students can learn. They also have a sense of efficacy and believe that they can help all students learn.
Leadership
Responsive teachers recognize that becoming a learning leader is a developmental process, which begins in pre-service
education and continues throughout one’s career. Teachers serve as leaders within the classroom, and with experience,
increased confidence, and professional development become leaders within the school, the district, and the community.
Teacher leaders view themselves as lifelong learners. They become role models committed to their profession as a
vocation rather than a job. Emerging teacher leaders keep student learning at the center of their work while advocating
for instructional innovation, constructivist curricular development, and systemic change.
Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework
Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion program. The
Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their
institutions and communities.
The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the
combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as
well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students
are required to include coursework focused on leadership and study aspects of leadership as part of their degree
program. Third, the final project—be it an action research, a leadership application project, or performance assessment
—gives students the opportunity to study an issue of concern and, supported by research, define a means for addressing
it.
Three Teacher Leadership Aspirations inform our program. They are as follows:
Aspiration 1: Teacher leaders value learning for personal and professional growth. Teacher leaders share knowledge
effectively with colleagues. We believe that teacher leaders are comfortable with their knowledge and expertise,
neither flaunting it nor hiding it, but sharing it with others generously. They work to build bridges with a full range of
colleagues, but they don’t let recalcitrant colleagues stop their own development. They see learning as a continuous
endeavor and seek it throughout their careers.
32
Aspiration 2: Teachers leaders think big—beyond the classroom to the broader context of education and community.
We believe that teacher leaders see systems and the “big picture” and are able to put their classrooms, schools, and
communities into a broader context. They understand the link between policies, politics, and education and participate
in change efforts at the macro and micro levels. They seek to work with administrators to establish school and district
policy that improves life for everyone. If this involves political action, they are prepared to engage in it. Teacher leaders
also understand that teaching and learning are dynamic and that change within school systems is an ever-present
phenomenon. They are informed decision-makers predisposed to take on the challenge of change when they think it
benefits students, teachers, and/or community.
Aspiration 3: Teacher leaders possess courage and an orientation to action. We believe that teacher leaders help
others not be afraid. They are able to help people to take warranted risks and step outside their comfort zones. They
have the courage to bring people together to see the bigger picture and then help people get there. Teacher leaders
accept both power and accountability. They understand that responsibility without power diminishes potential for
effectiveness. They believe that accountability is a fair trade for the power to take effective action. They operate from a
foundation of self-efficacy.
Program Overview
The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is designed to provide a teaching license as part of a master’s degree program. K12 initial teaching licenses offered at Augsburg include:
Elementary education (K-6), with or without a middle school content area endorsement in math, communication
arts, social studies, or science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements may need to be taken in the weekday
schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work.
Secondary education (5-12 and K-12) in social studies, communication arts/literature, visual arts, health,
mathematics, music, and physical education, 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics, and 5-8 general science .
Subject matter courses for these licenses may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college
when unavailable through evening course work. Augsburg requires that at least two content area courses are taken
at Augsburg.
Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure endorsement
options:
K-12 English as a Second Language
K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist
All teachers seeking licensure through Augsburg must take and pass all tests required by the state of Minnesota for
licensure. These include tests in basic skills, pedagogy and content area knowledge.
Accreditations and Approvals
Augsburg College Teacher Education programs are accredited and approved by:
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
Minnesota Board of Teaching. (MN BOT)
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the
Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog.
Program Structure
The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program is made up of a core of education licensure courses at the graduate level
coupled with a degree completion option. Courses in the degree completion phase are drawn from the Master of Arts in
Leadership (MAL) and graduate courses in education. Most students in the MAE program pursue a teaching license as
part of their program plan.
33
The MAE degree is also open to students who do not want a teaching license but do want a background in education
and leadership. See the MAE program director for details.
The MAE degree requires ten or eleven Augsburg graduate level courses, depending on the degree completion option. In
addition, several courses at the undergraduate level are required for licensure. Only courses taken at the graduate level
apply towards the MAE degree.
Credit
MAE graduate level courses are offered for 3 semester credits. Each course is comprised of 37.5 instructional hours with
the expectation of about 75 hours of independent study outside of class.
Schedule
The majority of the education courses in the MAE licensure and degree programs are offered through the AU evening
schedule. Courses in this schedule meet face to face every other week with online instruction during the alternate
weeks. A few education courses and many undergraduate content area courses are offered in a face to face, classroom
based format, meeting weekly in the evenings. The MAL and education degree completion courses are offered primarily
in a weekend schedule through a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Summer session courses are offered
primarily weekday evenings. Summer courses are offered in a mix of formats from all online to all face-to-face.
The following teaching licenses are available almost entirely through the evening and summer schedule: elementary
education, 5-12 social studies, 5-12 communication arts, K-12 art, K-12 special education, and K-12 English as a second
language.
Additional licenses in the following areas are available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, summer
schedules, and, occasional off-campus courses: biology, chemistry, health, mathematics, music, physical education, and
physics. For these licenses, the education and degree completion courses are taken weekday evenings and summer
while some, if not all, of the content area courses are taken during the weekday and/or off-campus.
The weekday evening schedule is comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. In
general, classes are held every other week, face to face with online instruction in the intervening week. The weekday
schedule is also comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. Classes offered during the
weekday meet one to three times per week. Classes offered jointly between weekday and weekend meet on a weekly
basis in the evening. The official academic calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Curriculum—Teaching Licenses
K-6 Elementary Education
This program is designed to prepare teachers for grades K-6. Optional endorsements in middle school specialty areas of
math, science, social studies, and communication arts can be pursued along with or separately from the K-6 license. The
teaching license and some endorsements are offered at both undergraduate and graduate levels through a mix of
undergraduate courses and combined graduate and undergraduate courses. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500
and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program.
All of the following courses must be taken for K-6 elementary licensure. Up to seven courses may be taken at the
graduate (500) level and applied toward the MAE degree.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EDC 490/580 - School and Society
EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
EED 350/550 - K-6 Methods: Math
34
EED 360/560 - K-6 Methods: Science
To complete the license, the following undergraduate requirements must be completed:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health
EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education
EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods*
EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art
EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics
EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods*
EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’s Literature
EED 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6
EED 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. Students spend 20 or more hours per term in field experiences.
These experiences occur in K-6 classrooms during the weekday. If more than one course with field experience is taken in
a given term, field experience requirements expand accordingly (i.e., two courses with 20 hours of field experience each
require a total of 40 hours).
Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements
The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of
the bachelor’s degree and/or other coursework. Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for
specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary
licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department.
Minnesota licensure standards allow for optional subject area endorsements in communication arts/literature, social
studies, math, and science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements will be available through a combination of
weekday, evening and off-campus courses. Specific requirements for these endorsements are on file in the Education
Department.
Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or
better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are
accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are
older than five years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is
not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. The program has limits on the amount and type of courses that are
accepted. Grades of B or better are required for transfer consideration. See the MAE program director for approval of
graduate coursework accepted in transfer.
K-12 and 5-12 Secondary Education
K-12 and 5-12 licenses in several content areas are offered through a combination of graduate and undergraduate
coursework. K-12 licenses prepare teachers to teach a content area across elementary, middle school, and high school.
Licenses for grades 5- 12 prepare teachers to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure
coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet MAE admissions
criteria.
Subject matter courses in the following majors are offered on weekday evenings and summer: English, communications
(for communication arts), art and selected social science courses. Students seeking 5–12 licensure in social studies must
complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. Education courses for
these licenses are also taken during weekday evenings and summer.
The following content area majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry,
physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seeking licensure in any of these areas typically
will need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule and off-campus. Students can obtain a 9-12 license
35
in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5–8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also
can obtain the 5–8 general science license without the 9–12 license. Education courses for these licenses are taken
during weekday evenings.
Licensure Requirements
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure; four to seven of them also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in
education.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EDC 490/580 - School and Society
ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments
ESE 300/500 - Reading and Writing in Content Area*
To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
ESE 3XX - K-12 or 5-12 Methods (in the content area)*
ESE 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Secondary
ESE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related
settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences.
Undergraduate Content Area Requirements
The equivalent of a major in the licensure content area is required for K-12 and 5-12 licenses. Students who have
majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department
at Augsburg. Two or more content area courses tied to Minnesota licensure standards are generally required, even with
a completed academic major.
Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure
standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than five years is judged on a case-by-case basis.
Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department.
Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program.
See the MAE program director for approval to use graduate level transfer courses in the degree program.
Special Education
Augsburg College offers licensure in K–12 Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist (ABS). This program
qualifies students to teach in special education programs and positions working with students with mild to moderate
disabilities in the areas of emotional/behavioral disabilities, learning disabilities, autism spectrum disabilities,
developmental and cognitive disabilities and other health disabilities. This program is built on an inclusive education
model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and general educators to facilitate
inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Five years after being licensed, teachers
must extend their license in one of the above categories through additional coursework.
Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort (temporarily suspended for 2016)—this graduate
licensure program in Special Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is offered
in collaboration with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly face-to-face and partly online) cohort
program. The licensure courses can be applied towards the MAE degree. See the Education Department and for more
information. The ABS licensure program is offered through weeknight and summer schedules. The Naadamaadiwin
36
Tribal Special Education Cohort program is offered primarily online with weekend sessions at the beginning and end of
each semester.
Licensure Requirements
Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Classes will include both
undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate
courses are taken at the 500 level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven courses may also be applied
toward the master’s degree in education. The following courses for the ABS license are offered at both the
undergraduate and graduate levels:
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
EED 350/550 - K–6 Methods: Math*
EED 360/560 - K–6 Methods: Science*
SPE 410/510 - Implementing Assessment Strategies*
SPE 411/511 - Etiology and Theory of Mild to Moderate Disabilities
SPE 415/515 - Theory to Practice*
SPE 425/525 - Transition and Community*
SPE 430/530 - Instructional and Behavioral Practices*
SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning
To complete the ABS license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I
EDC 220 - Education Technology
EDC 330 and 332 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing
EDC 331 and 333 - Practicum in Public Achievement
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
SPE 481,483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education
SPE 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education
SPE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar
*Field experience required as part of this course.
This program is based on an innovative internship model that allows students employed in special education classrooms
to fulfill a portion of their special education field experience requirements while they work. Students not employed in
these settings are expected to complete a significant number of volunteer hours in special education settings. All must
complete field placements or student teaching in classrooms serving these populations. Hours must be completed
across elementary, middle school, and high school and include experiences with the five areas of disability that are part
of this license. Specific information on field experience requirements is available from the Education Department.
Licensure Requirements—EBD/LD–Naadamaadiwin Special Education Tribal Cohort
This program is available only at the graduate level. Courses are taught in a hybrid fashion, partially face-to-face and
partially online. Courses are available only to those admitted to the special education tribal cohort program.
(Temporarily suspended, 2015)
SPE 501 - Historical and Contemporary Issues in American Indian Education
SPE 503 - Assessment of American Indian Learners
SPE 504 - Working with American Indian Families and Communities
SPE 505 - The Manifestation of Multigenerational Trauma and Internalized Oppression
37
SPE 506 - Indigenous Learners
SPE 507 - Indigenous Methods of Instruction: Practical Application
SPE 508 - Professional Issues and Development
SPE 509 - Literacy Instruction for American Indian Learners with Exceptionalities
SPE 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education
SPE 485, 487 – Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education
K-12 English as a Second Language (ESL) License
The K-12 English as a Second Language license is available as an initial license as well as an endorsement to an existing
license. This license qualifies teachers to work with K-12 students for whom English is a second language across a range
of subject areas. The K-12 ESL licensure program is comprised of both undergraduate and graduate courses; up to seven
of the graduate courses can apply to the completion of the MAE degree. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and
above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. A
pre-requisite to program admissions is two years of high school level or one year of college level language instruction.
The K-12 ESL program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of face to face and online
instruction. Classes are offered during the academic year in the evening semester framework and during summer
session to make them accessible to working adults. This license is also offered as an undergraduate major to Augsburg
Undergraduate (AU) students seeking a baccalaureate degree.
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure, and up to seven also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education.
EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting*
EDC 206/566 - Diversity/MN American Indians
EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting*
EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs*
EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy*
ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments*
ESL 330/510 - History and Structure of the English Language
ESL 340/520 - ESL Literacy*
ESL 490/530 - Language, Culture, and Schools
ESL 420/540 - ESL Methods*
To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education
EDC 220 - Educational Technology
EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience (taken concurrently with EED 325/525)
ESL 310 - Second Language Acquisition
ESL 320 - Introduction to Linguistics
ESL 410 - ESL Testing and Evaluation
ESL 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary
ESL 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary
ESL 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar
*This course has a 20 hour field experience attached to it.
Student Teaching
Students are required to complete student teaching for initial and additional licenses (unless otherwise indicated). In the
MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at
this point and finish the degree later. Student teaching for elementary, secondary, and K-12 initial licenses lasts 12-14
weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full-time as student teachers and are supervised
by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for eight to twelve semester credits of student teaching and a two
38
semester credit edTPA and student teaching seminar. They meet at Augsburg College for student teaching seminars
several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and
Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students complete a 10-week
student teaching experience in the metro area and then complete another student teaching experience abroad.
Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful way to build a global perspective in
education. Additional information is available through the Education Department.
Curriculum—Graduate Degree Completion Options
Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in
Education licensure core, with between four to seven Augsburg graduate-level licensure courses fulfilling master’s
requirements. Students bringing fewer than seven graduate-level licensure courses or 21 semester credits into the
degree program must complete additional Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) or education graduate courses to reach the
required 30-33 semester credits for the MAE degree.
To finish out the master’s degree, students will need to complete one of the following options.
Action Research Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits)
This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: a Master of
Arts in Leadership (ML) elective, EDC 592 Action Research 1, and EDC 593 Action Research 2. The action research courses
guide the student through completion of a long-term action research project, typically conducted in the student’s
classroom and focused on a question or concern identified by the student. The research is presented at an action
research symposium and a formal written report of the research is placed in Lindell Library. The coursework for action
research is designed to be completed in two semesters; the project itself is done once the research is presented at an
action research symposium and the paper is accepted for placement in Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in
which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 12 semesters at no further
charge.
Leadership Application Project (LAP) Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits)
This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: an ML
elective, EDC 514 – Research Methods - Education focus or ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research and EDC 585 Leadership Application Project. Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are interested in
developing an educational product that meets an identified need.
The goal for those developing an educational product is to identify an issue or problem related to their practice, and
after researching available literature, develop a solution to the problem or issue. The solution might be developed in
the form of a curriculum, a workshop, a set of informational materials, a website, an article for publication or other
appropriate educational product.
This option is completed with a final oral presentation and placement of the final paper in the Lindell Library.
Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for
up to 12 semesters at no further charge.
Performance Assessment/Teacher Leadership Degree Completion Option (Minimum 33 credits)
This degree completion option focuses on the theme of the MAE degree program - teacher leadership - and requires a
minimum of the following four classes:
One ML leadership-focused course
EDC 570 - Teacher Leadership
EDC 514 - Research Methods (ML 514 can be substituted if necessary)
EDC 594 - Performance Assessment Project
Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are especially interested in considering leadership
within the context of education and themselves as potential change agents. EDC 594 must be taken as the last course in
this sequence. Students finish their degree through this option with the successful completion of these four classes.
39
Alternate Settings—MAE in Rochester
In step with Augsburg College’s excellent reputation in the field of education, the Master of Arts in Education program is
also offered in Rochester, MN. Licenses are available in elementary education and special education: ABS. Classes
primarily meet weekday evenings and summer at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester.
Elementary education
The K-6 elementary education license allows students to teach in grade K-6. Augsburg College offers this license at the
graduate level to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet admissions requirements. Courses for this
license are available in Rochester.
Special education
The K-12 Academic Behavior Specialist (ABS) program is designed for students currently working with or planning to
work with students with mild to moderate special needs. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special
education and the ability to work with students whose special needs are categorized as EBD, LD, DCD, ASD, and/or OHI.
All courses for these licenses are available in Rochester.
The Performance Assessment degree completion option is offered in Rochester as needed, typically every other year.
MAL Elective Courses
At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but
others may also be used. Course descriptions can be found in the MAL portion of the graduate catalog.
ML 510 - Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey
ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 – Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership
ML 530 - Ethics in Communication
ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change
ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership
ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
ML 565 - Women and Leadership
ML 599 - Topics
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MAE
Admission Requirements
Students admitted into the MAE licensure and degree programs must have:
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and
degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-2.99 may be admitted conditionally into the
graduate licensure program. To be admitted to the MAE degree completion program, all students must have a 3.0 or
better Augsburg GPA.
Application Checklist
The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Office of Admissions:
Completed application form - www.augsburg.edu/mae
40
$35 non-refundable application fee
Personal summary outlining your tentative educational objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg
Official academic transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions (including colleges,
universities, vocational/technical schools, and PSEO institutions) sent directly to the Admissions Office.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students.
Transfer Policy
Acceptance of previous education coursework completed at institutions other than Augsburg College is limited. Most
courses that have not been completed in the last seven years are considered to be too old to transfer and need to be
completed as part of one’s program at Augsburg. EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development, EDC 220 - Education
Technology, and ESE 3XX - K-12/5-12 Special Methods in Content Area are courses which may have a shorter acceptance
time frame. Additional information on the transfer policy is available through the Education Department.
Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of previous academic work will be completed as part of the
admissions process. Education coursework is evaluated by the Education Department. For secondary licenses, content
area coursework is evaluated by the content area department. This process is initiated as part of the admissions process.
Generally, the requirement for secondary licensure is that two or more classes in the content area must be taken at
Augsburg, even with an undergraduate major in the field. In all cases, previous undergraduate courses must have
received a grade of C or better to be eligible for transfer. Previous graduate coursework must have received a grade of B
or better to be considered.
Acceptance into the MAE Program
Application files are reviewed by the MAE director. Applicants are notified of the admission decision by the Office of
Admissions, usually within one to two weeks after the application file is complete. Applicants whose cumulative
undergraduate GPA is below 2.5 will not be admitted into the MAE program; however, these applicants can be
reconsidered when additional undergraduate coursework raises the cumulative undergraduate GPA to 2.5 or above. An
exception to this occurs when the applicant has completed an advanced degree with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better.
Under these circumstances, the applicant can be considered for full admission into the MAE degree and licensure
programs.
Advising and Registration
Admitted students are able to participate in academic advising and the registration process. Typically, first-term
registration occurs with intake advising. After the first term, students generally are able to register online through
Records and Registration. All students are assigned an Education Department advisor early in the first semester of
courses.
Academic Policies
Application to the Education Department
Once accepted to the College and the MAE program, students may take designated courses in education and content
areas. Prior to beginning the methods courses within a program, students must be admitted to the Education
Department. This admissions process is outlined in the EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education and in admissions
handbooks, which are available through the Education Department.
Academic Achievement
All MAE students are expected to achieve and maintain 3.0 or better GPA in their Augsburg course work. Students
whose cumulative GPA falls between 2.5 and 2.99 at the end of their licensure program are able to complete the license
41
but are not eligible for the degree. Students with cumulative GPA’s below 2.5 may not student teach and are subject to
academic probation and possible dismissal.
In all cases, a cumulative GPA on the Augsburg graduate transcript must be at 3.0 or better to be admitted to the degree
completion component of the MAE degree. Students who are ready to begin the degree completion component must
file an Intent to Complete form (available through the MAE coordinator) at which point a transcript review is completed
to confirm the 3.0 or better GPA and to determine the completed courses that apply to the degree and the courses that
remain.
Minimum Grade Policy
Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 2.5 GPA in a given term are notified that they must raise their GPA to the
required level. Students who receive below a 2.0 in any undergraduate course or 2.5 in any graduate course required for
licensure are expected to repeat the course as soon as possible and raise the grade to the appropriate level.
Dismissal from Licensure and Degree Program
Students may be dismissed from the licensure program prior to and during student teaching for failure to maintain
appropriate academic and teaching-based performance standards, for gross violation of College policy, and/or for
conduct in violation of professional ethics. Dismissal occurs within the context of established department procedures
described in the Education Department Handbook available through the Education Department. Students have the right
to appeal dismissal from the licensure program on the grounds of procedural error, using the College’s program
dismissal appeals process. Information about the program dismissal appeals process is available in the Augsburg Student
Guide. Students who fail to complete the license may have the option to finish the degree.
Fieldwork Requirements
Fieldwork experiences are tied to several licensure courses. In most cases, these experiences are conducted within a
service-learning framework, providing service to the school and classroom while also providing students’ opportunities
for focused reflection linked back to course objectives. In general, students should plan for a minimum of 20 hours field
experience per term. When multiple courses with field experience are taken in the same term, the requirements expand
accordingly. Students in field experiences are evaluated by their host K-12 teachers on the basis of criteria drawn from
the Minnesota Standards of Effective Practice. Evaluations are kept in the students’ Education Department files and
used in decisions regarding progress through the program and student teaching. A full description of field experience
requirements is available in the Education Department Handbook.
Readmission and Withdrawal
Students in good standing who fail to register for courses for two terms (not including summer) are withdrawn from the
MAE program. To be readmitted to the College and the MAE program, students file a Readmission form through the
Registrar’s Office.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition, students in this program can expect to pay a data maintenance fee upon admission to the
department, as well as liability insurance at the student rate during student teaching and the cost of a background check
for licensure and, possibly, field experience. In addition, optional international travel courses have associated costs
above and beyond the charge for tuition.
Full-time Faculty
Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological
Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Finders, Associate Professor of Education. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of
Iowa.
42
Jeanine Gregoire, Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Audrey Lensmire, Assistant Professor of Education. BA Indiana University; MAT National Louis University; PhD University
of Minnesota.
Rachel M. Lloyd, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, Carleton College; MA, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Susan O’Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota; MS, PhD, Syracuse University.
Donna Patterson, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, MEd, University of Minnesota.
Christopher Smith, Assistant Professor of Education. BS Purdue University; MS Purdue University; PhD University of
Minnesota.
Jennifer Diaz, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S. Elementary Education, University of Wisconsin-Madison. M.S.
Curriculum and Instruction, Ph.D. Curriculum and Instruction, University of Wisconsin-Madison.
43
Master of Arts in Leadership
MAL Mission
The purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community,
and society. Organizations seek leaders who possess:
An ethically and morally responsible vision
An understanding of how change occurs and how it can be managed
A sensitivity to the complex problems of organizations and an ability to find solutions consistent with their mission
Cultural competence and sensitivity to the needs of a diverse population
The ability to inspire and motivate people to work toward a common goal
The Augsburg leadership development model provides a framework through which the program recruits its students and
develops their skills.
Program Overview
The study of leadership is central to Augsburg College. The College mission statement says, “Augsburg College educates
students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” The Master of Arts in
Leadership is quintessentially Augsburg. The integrated liberal arts perspective on leadership education is what we think
of as the “Augsburg difference.”
The Master of Arts in Leadership is the core program of Augsburg’s Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). Developed and
launched in 1987, it is Augsburg’s oldest graduate degree and one of the oldest leadership graduate degrees in the
United States. The program responds to the leadership development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit
organizations. MAL has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies, yet also offers its students practical approaches to
leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society.
Leadership Development Model
The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that:
Inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources
Promotes productivity within and beyond the organization
Works toward progress for the individual and the organization
To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision,
the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined
in the Leadership Development Model, which serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg’s model of
leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual.
Learning Goals and Outcomes
The MAL program is designed to support students in developing the knowledge and skills to:
Explore the nature and practice of leadership in a wide variety of dynamic organizational and community settings
Develop a personal understanding and philosophy of leadership
Aspire to be responsible leaders who are informed citizens, critical thinkers, and thoughtful stewards
Enhance knowledge of self and the capacity to be reflective learners
Analyze and navigate increasingly complex changing environments
Formulate and articulate a shared vision in order to inspire others to achieve desired goals
44
MAL Courses
Each course encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to
adult learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity.
These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and
understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the
world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities.
Plan of Study
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that the
students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined, and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom
experience, group interaction, and individual study. Courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for
discussion and dialogue.
The program features classes taught by faculty from multiple disciplines and offers two formats to allow students to
choose the option that works best for them. Both formats offer a combination of classroom and online learning styles in
different proportions. The classic classroom format emphasizes face-to-face instruction augmented by online work. The
integrated hybrid format combines online and intensive learning experiences with occasional sessions in a traditional
classroom setting.
Two Convenient Formats: Classic Classroom and Integrated Hybrid Cohort
Overview of Classic Classroom Format
For nearly 30 years, our classic classroom format has featured a flexible choice model that allows students to select
courses that focus on individual goals, interests, and learning style. Students can also determine the pace at which they
move through the program. This format offers numerous electives and allows for individualized studies. Some online
work is incorporated into this format.
Schedule
During fall and spring semesters, classes usually meet every other Saturday morning or afternoon for four hours.
Additional instruction time is provided online. Seven Saturday sessions are included in one semester. Some select classes
meet on Monday evenings. Students can take a combination of Saturday and Monday courses.
A sample class schedule in the classic classroom format:
Period I
Saturday
8:00 am to 12:00 pm
Period II
Saturday
1:00 pm to 5:00 pm
Period III
Weeknights
6:00 pm to 9:45 pm
Note: Each class taken commits a student to Period I, Period II, or Period III, an average of two meetings a month. A few
courses are taught on an immersion model, which features fewer but longer sessions.
The MAL program also offers summer semester courses in seven-week, fourteen-week, or special immersion formats.
Most summer semester courses meet on weeknights from 6:00 pm to 9:45 pm rather than on Saturdays.
Curriculum
Four core courses:
ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership
ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research
ML 580 - Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership
45
ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course)
Seven electives, selected from more than 20 offerings*
*Students may petition the program to do a thesis in place of two of the elective courses. Students who do the thesis
are required to develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of leadership or of a leadership-related topic
and register for ML 592 Thesis Consultation I and ML 593 Thesis Consultation II. Students electing to write a thesis are
still required to take ML 585 to complete the program.
Elective courses for the Classic Classroom format
The MAL program requires that seven elective courses be selected from the following course list. All courses are 3
semester credits:
ML 510 - Visions of Leadership
ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 - Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership
ML 527 - Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
ML 530 - Ethics in Communication
ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change
ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership
ML 536 - Facilitating Organizational Change
ML 538 - Communication Skills for Leadership
ML 539 - Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization
ML 540 - Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership
ML 548 - Coaching and Consulting
ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 553 - Design and Leadership
ML 557 - Language of Leadership
ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society
ML 565 - Women and Leadership
ML 570 - Negotiation: Theory and Practice
ML 574 - Strategic Leadership
ML 575 - Constructive Conflict Resolution
ML 576 - Leading Innovation
ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience
ML 598 - Independent Study
ML 599 - Topics
Overview of Integrated Hybrid Cohort Format
A combination of online, classroom, and experiential learning
The integrated hybrid model is completed in two years with a combination of intensive face-to-face sessions and online
coursework. Students complete the program with a cohort of peers representing many different perspectives. Students
learn from each other and build relationships that will provide support throughout the program and a valuable network
for the future.
Schedule
After starting with a five-day summer experience, classes meet on a semester schedule September through mid-April
(fall and spring semesters) and mid-May through mid-August (summer semester). Coursework will be online and
supported by three on-campus class sessions per term.
46
Curriculum
*ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership
ML 512 - Responsible Leadership for the 21st Century (Intensive)
*ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research
ML 520 - Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership
ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership
ML 553 - Design and Leadership
ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society
ML 574 - Strategic Leadership
ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience (or alternative elective)
*ML 580 - Colloquium of Contemporary Theories of Leadership
*ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course)
* Core courses offered in the integrated hybrid format (required for all students)
A sequenced list of seven electives is prepared for each cohort. In the cohort program, students complete 11 courses,
including a capstone course (ML 585).
MBA/MAL Dual Degree
The dual degree program takes advantage of the intellectual benefits of studying business administration and leadership
in a coordinated program. It leverages Augsburg’s long tradition of graduate leadership training via the MA in Leadership
with the robust demand for business education through our MBA program. The dual degree provides students with the
leadership skills needed to run a business and, at the same time, helps them develop the comprehensive outlook they
need to thrive in today’s interconnected world.
A minimum of 18 Augsburg courses completes the MBA/MA in Leadership dual degree, including at least 7 MBA
courses and 7 MA in Leadership courses.
The following dual degree program requirements must be met.
7 courses are required from MBA courses:
MBA 510 – Applied Managerial Economics
MBA 520 – Accounting for Business Managers
MBA 530 – Managerial Finance
MBA 540 – Business and Professional Ethics
MBA 550 – Marketing Management
MBA 570 – Quantitative Decision Making for Managers
MBA 580 – Management Consulting Project
4 core courses are required from MA in Leadership courses with 3 MAL elective courses:
ML 505 – Foundations of Leadership
ML 514 – Evaluating Empirical Research
ML 580 – Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership
ML 585 -- Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership
ML Electives (3)
Three Focus Area Courses
Students will choose one course from each of the focus areas:
Focus Area #1: Organizational Development
MBA 545 – Organizational Behavior
ML 535 – Organization Theory and Leadership
47
Director approved course with organizational development focus
Focus Area #2: Global/Multicultural Perspective
MBA 565 – Managing in a Global Environment
ML 560 – Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership
ML 563 – Leadership in a Global Society
Director approved course with global/multicultural focus
Focus Area #3: Strategic Leadership
MBA 595 – Strategic Management
ML 574 – Strategic Leadership
Director approved course with strategic leadership focus
One Additional Elective Course
Elective course may be taken in either MBA or MA in Leadership Program
Admission to the Dual Degree Program
Admission for the dual degree program is handled on a “rolling” basis and requires applicants to hold a bachelor’s
degree from a regionally accredited four-year college or university. Official transcripts from all post-secondary
institutions are required as well as a current résumé and two recommendations. An interview with the program director
is also part of the admissions process.
Although we do accept the GMAT and GRE, we also offer candidates an alternative math and writing profile assessment
entitled the Individual Learning Profile (ILP) which provides a picture of candidate’s math and writing (verbal)
competency detailing strengths and areas of improvement. The profile is not an admissions screening instrument and
will be used as a platform to develop a skills improvement plan for students should they need it.
Earning the dual degree during or after the MBA or MA in Leadership program
Students who are currently enrolled in the MBA or MA in Leadership program or alumni who wish to return to
Augsburg may add the dual degree to their existing degree by completing most of the same requirements listed on the
front of this page. Students may use previously completed application pieces and coursework to help meet these
requirements.
Returning students may complete an abbreviated application form after consultation with the MBA or ML program
director. Upon entering the MBA program, a quantitative online profile assessment must also be taken. This is used as a
platform to enhance skills, if needed.
Students with an MA in Leadership who wish to add the dual degree will take a minimum of 7 required MBA courses.
Students will complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MAL
program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections.
Students with an MBA will complete 4 required and 3 elective MA in Leadership courses. Students will need to complete
one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MBA program. Each student’s
program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections.
Students in both programs will meet individually with the program directors to determine whether their completed final
project meets the criteria aligned with the dual degree final project. Directors may ask that the project be modified or
added to or ask the student to complete another project. These decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis.
The Graduate Certificate in Leadership Studies
The certificate program is an attractive option for people who want to develop their leadership skills without
undertaking a full degree program. A certificate is awarded after completion of three Augsburg MAL courses in
leadership. Students pursuing this option take ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership and two additional electives. All three
48
courses may count toward an MA in leadership. No more than one course may be double counted in another Augsburg
graduate degree program. The normal application process is used for students who wish to pursue the certificate.
Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership
A BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program designed for students who
wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master’s degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion
of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled the
150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a
Saturday and weeknight schedule. Refer to the MAL program schedule for the list of courses each year and to the
accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan. Students should meet with both the MAL director and an
accounting advisor to create an effective plan for successful completion of the five-year program.
General Requirements for the Accounting/MAL Program
Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of
their junior year. The application process includes submission of:
Completed application form
Two letters of recommendation (one from a professor and one from an employer)
Personal statement
Example of applicant’s writing in an academic paper
GPA of at least 3.30
Interview with the Director of the MAL program
Students must also have faculty endorsement from the Accounting program. Students must complete at least one year
of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program.
Program Coordinator: Professor Stu Stoller.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program
Admission Requirements
Applicants to the program must have:
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited, four-year college or university
Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 and a minimum cumulative grade point average of
3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university. Should an applicant not meet the
minimum admission requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as decided on a case-by-case basis.
Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a
position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential.
Applicants holding a master’s or other advanced degrees from accredited colleges or universities are admissible.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee.
Admission is handled on a “rolling” basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, spring, and summer
terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant’s:
Previous college record
Letters of recommendation
Experience and organizational background
Written statement
Interview, if requested
49
Application Checklist
The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:
Completed application form
$35 non-refundable application fee (waived if online application is used)
A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant’s career and life goals to leadership aspirations
Recommendation letter from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential
Recommendation letter from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant’s work style and
leadership potential
Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s)
conferred
Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended, listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any.
Résumé
Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members.
For further information, contact: Office of Admissions, 612-330-1101, gradinfo@augsburg.edu or
www.augsburg.edu/mal.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outline in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Academic Policies
Academic Evaluation
Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being
graded on P/N basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 3.0. No more than two
courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5
can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Any
course with a grade of 2.0 or lower will be transcribed as 0.0 academic credit.
In order to graduate, a student must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or above. All required courses and the final projects
must be successfully completed. A student registered for a final course may be permitted to participate in
commencement but will not receive a diploma until all courses are successfully completed.
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be
placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a
student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a course, the student must petition
successfully with the MAL director before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the
program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of College
policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
MAL Program Enrollment Policy
Students normally take either one or two courses per semester. Enrolling in two courses per semester (including
summer semester) enables a student to complete the coursework in the program within two years.
Students who are away from classes for one year or longer must complete an Application for Readmission and submit it
to the Registrar’s Office. Students who have been out of the program for more than two years may, at the discretion of
the program director, be required to take additional courses to refresh their understanding of the field.
50
Accreditation and Affiliation
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, in the Accreditation, Approvals and
Memberships section.
MAL Faculty
Andrew Aoki, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin.
John Benson, Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD,
Columbia University.
Thomas Berkas, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE, University of Minnesota, PhD University of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, University of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Seminary; PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Stephen K. Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; JD, University of Minnesota. Vice President
and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute.
Garry Hesser, Martin Olav Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological
Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame.
Lucinda Hruska-Claeys, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, Southern Illinois UniversityCarbondale; JD, University of Minnesota; MAL, Augsburg College. Attorney at Law and Vice President for Wells
Fargo Bank (retired).
David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University;
EdD, West Virginia University.
Steven Manderscheid, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota; EdD,
University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University.
Marilyn S. McKnight Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, St. Mary's University;
President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute, Mpls.
Thomas Morgan, Professor of Business Administration. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of
Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan, Professor Emerita of Political Science and Leadership Studies, former Director of the Center for
Leadership Studies and the MAL Program (1993-2011). BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana
University.
Diane Pike, Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University.
John S. Schmit, Professor of English. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of
Texas-Austin.
Alan Tuchtenhagen, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies and Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the
MAL Program. BS, Westmar College; MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University.
Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, University of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Vice President and Practice Area Leader, MDA Leadership Consulting Inc.
51
Master of Arts in Nursing and Doctor of Nursing Practice
Welcome to graduate nursing education at Augsburg College. Our classes are made up of students representing a
dynamic mix of cultures, spiritual traditions, and life-ways. It is exciting for us to offer experienced nurses transforming
educational opportunities and engaging transcultural encounters that expand career choices and advance nursing
practice.
The increasing diversity of our population today challenges all of us to respond to individual health care needs with
creativity and competence in a variety of emerging care settings. The Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to
prepare nurses for those evolving contexts of care. Students can choose between two tracks of study: Transcultural
Nursing and Transformational Nursing Leadership. Each track of study emphasizes leadership skills, inter-professional
collaboration and ways to serve persons in a variety of care settings.
The post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) program builds on the MAN and prepares nurses for innovative
health leadership and advanced nursing practice at local and system-wide levels. Drawing on a transcultural nursing
(TCN) foundation, the DNP-TCN curriculum embraces integrative health care and holistic nursing practice to maximize
health for individuals and communities. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and
collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential. Students design their own scholarly paths defined by
their unique gifts, interests, and practice goals. Throughout the DNP-TCN program, there are a range of opportunities for
collaboration across cultures, socio-economic strata and care systems.
The post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/Family Nurse Practitioner (DNP/FNP) track of study prepares
nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Using
transcultural nursing as a foundation, the DNP/FNP curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing
practice. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while
addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous
practice frame the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices,
transformational leadership, and health assessment.
Classes in both the DNP and MAN programs are offered on the Augsburg campus and at Bethel Lutheran Church in
Rochester, MN, where our learning site is located. Class formats vary: face-to-face, video conferencing or immersions
with on-line components. However, students and faculty are committed to driving from one site to the other at least
once during each semester to be physically present and together. Building relationships is important to us. Program
faculty and staff are available at both sites and eager to assist students.
Joyce P. Miller, DNP, RN
Lisa M. VanGetson, DNP, RN, FNP-C, APHN-BC
Chair, Department of Nursing
Director, Doctor of Nursing Practice –
Director, Master of Arts in Nursing Program
Family Nurse Practitioner Program
and Doctor of Nursing Practice Program Transcultural Nursing Track
52
Master of Arts in Nursing
Mission
Within the context of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the Master of Arts in
Nursing program prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural nursing practice across care settings
with particular emphasis on promoting health equity locally and globally.
Students select from two tracks of study—Transformational Nursing Leadership or Transcultural Nursing. Both tracks
prepare nurse leaders to assume a wide variety of roles and responsibilities throughout the healthcare system and in
emerging care settings in communities.
Curriculum
The MAN curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits –15 semester credits in a Nursing Core, in which all students
enroll, and 18 semester credits in one of the two Tracks of Study. Practica are taken concurrently with most courses and
are integrated throughout the program. Each semester credit of practicum is equal to 45 clock hours of practice.
Students select a track of study when applying to the program, however, this is not essential until after one’s first
semester. Students may study full-time (6-8 semester credits per term) or part-time (4 semester credits per term). Time
to degree completion takes an average 22 months when studying full-time, and 32 months when studying part-time.
Nursing Core Courses (15 semester credits)
The core nursing courses integrate a strong foundation of social justice incorporating multiple ways of knowing with
curricular emphasis on nursing science, art, and theory to guide practice.
NUR 500 - Transcultural Health Care (3 semester credits)
NUR 500P - Practicum: Transcultural Health Care (1 semester credit)
NUR 541 - Politics of Health (3 semester credits)
NUR 541P - Practicum: Politics of Health Care (1 semester credit)
NUR 505 - Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice (3 semester credits)
NUR 505P - Practicum: Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice Nursing (1 semester credit)
NUR 520 - Research Methods in Nursing (3 semester credits)
Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (18 semester credits)
The Transformational Nursing Leadership track is designed to develop nurse leaders’ ability to critically analyze,
articulate, and develop effective strategies to cope with high level health care inequities. Curricular emphasis is on interprofessional collaboration across care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica in traditional and emerging
care settings adds depth and meaning to classroom dialogue. Practica also provide opportunities for students to apply
knowledge and gain experience partnering with diverse care providers, populations, and communities to address health
inequities in creative and relevant ways. Transformational Nursing Leadership track courses include:
NUR 501 - Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (3 semester credits)
NUR 501P - Practicum: Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (1 semester credit)
NUR 521 - Transformational Nursing Leadership (3 semester credits)
NUR 521P - Practicum: Transformational Nursing Leadership (1 semester credit)
NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits)
NUR 523P - Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits)
NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits)
NUR 525P - Practicum: Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits)
Students graduating from the Transformational Leadership Track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the
American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification as a Nurse Executive, Advanced and to the Transcultural
Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing.
53
Graduate Field Project in Transformational Nursing Leadership
Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone
of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum–NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development
and articulation of a graduate field project focused on transformational leadership. Students present their final projects
in NUR 525.
Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings Track (18 semester credits)
The Transcultural Nursing track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for advanced
practice across care settings in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, theoryguided practice, and transcultural principles. Emphasis is on reaching out to persons and populations that are
underserved by traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social mainstream. As such, the track provides rich
alternative learning opportunities for graduate students locally and internationally. Transcultural Nursing Across Care
Settings track courses include:
NUR 532 - Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (3 semester credits)
NUR 532P – Practicum: Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (1 semester credits)
NUR 530 - The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (3 semester credits)
NUR 530P – Practicum: The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (1 semester credits)
NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits)
NUR 523P – Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits)
NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits)
NUR 525P - Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits)
Students graduating from the Transcultural Nursing track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the
Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing.
Graduate Field Project in Transcultural Nursing
Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone
of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum—NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development
and articulation of a graduate field project focused on transcultural nursing. Students present their final projects in NUR
525.
Practica
Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students earn 9 semester
credits of practicum work that is equal to 405 clock hours of practice—45 clock hours per semester credit hour. Some
practica are semi-structured, experiential, and led by faculty and cultural guides familiar with the communities in which
the practica occur. Other practica options are student directed. Students are encouraged to immerse themselves in
practice settings that serve persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health care, as emphasis in the
transcultural track is on cultural diversity and health inequities across healthcare settings. Practica focusing on
experiential learning with a transformational nurse leader provides students with the opportunity to gain a greater
understanding of organizational dynamics and change through a complexity science paradigm.
Augsburg Central Health Commons & the Inner City
A unique opportunity for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice is provided
by the Augsburg Central Health Commons, and the Health Commons in the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. Both Health
Commons are nursing-led drop-in centers dedicated to serving those in need and focused on healthy individuals and
communities. People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide ranging cultural
contexts frequent the Health Commons for health support and reassurance. Service and care are based on respect,
relationship, and collaboration that connects health and hope for all participants. Health Commons partners include
Central Lutheran Church in downtown Minneapolis, Fairview Health Services, and the East Africa Health Project.
54
Study Abroad and Away
The Department of Nursing works closely with cultural guides and nurse mentors in various contexts of care in emerging
care settings at home and abroad. The Center for Global Education is a partner with the Department of Nursing in
developing and facilitating study abroad opportunities in Guatemala, Mexico, Namibia, Pine Ridge, SD, and England..
Additional collaborative partners include the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MOHSS) in Namibia. A detailed
listing of practica and immersion experiences abroad and away can be found at the nursing website
(www.augsburg.edu/nursing).
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission Requirements
Decisions about admission to the program will be made by the Graduate Nursing Faculty on an individual basis.
Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September),
spring (January), and summer (May) semesters.
Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items:
An earned Bachelor’s degree in nursing from a regionally accredited college or university, or an Associate of Science
degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing bachelor’s degree
A cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all previous college coursework
Experience as a registered nurse
Three letters of recommendation
A current, unencumbered nursing license
All required immunizations
Transcripts from all colleges and universities attended
A Criminal Background check
A college level statistics course within the last 7 years is required for progression in the program, but is not
necessary for admission
A written statement describing professional and educational goals
The following items must be sent to the Office of Admissions:
Completed application form—www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
$35 non-refundable application fee (fee waived if completed online)
A 2-3 page typed statement describing the applicant’s professional and educational goals
Three letters of recommendation addressing the applicant’s character and ability for graduate study. (Two of these
recommendations must be from professional colleagues)
Evidence of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training, and required immunizations
Official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any
degree(s) conferred
An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members may be requested.
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. For more information, refer to the
additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
(www.augsburg.edu/grad/international)
Academic Policies
Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Arts in Nursing program will be based on number grades using a
4.0 point scale. See detailed information in the Academic Programs and Policies
55
Attendance Policy
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Instructors may lower grades if attendance and participation is lacking. Individual
syllabi will contain individual instructors’ requirements. Because classes are held in Rochester and Minneapolis, students
must prepare to drive to class at least once per semester.
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MAN program. If a student falls below a 3.0
average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be
restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of 2.0 or less in a course, the
student must petition successfully to the faculty of the Master of Arts in Nursing program before being allowed to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of 2.0 or less
is received, the student may be dismissed from the program.
Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of college policy as
published in the Student Guide. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
Credit for Prior Education
Students may petition the Master of Arts in Nursing faculty for approval of transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be
evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those earned from
regionally accredited colleges and universities, whose course content is comparable to course content in the Master of
Arts in Nursing program. No more than nine semester credits will be accepted for transfer credit.
Schedules for Classes
Master’s classes are taught in a hybrid format combining in-class and web-based instruction to meet the needs of
working adults. Fall and spring classes meet 6 times per semester for 5 hour periods. Summer classes meet weekly for 78 hours for 7 weeks. Video conferencing is used to connect students in Rochester, MN, with students in Minneapolis.
Some driving for class is required, as students from Rochester will travel to Minneapolis one time per semester and
students from Minneapolis will travel to Rochester one time per semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is
used. Classes in Rochester meet at Bethel Lutheran Church at 810 3rd Ave SE, Rochester, MN.
Practica are additional to courses. Students enroll in practica concurrently with enrollment in courses.
Accreditation and Affiliations
The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Faculty
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
56
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and
DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St.
Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College.
Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of
Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg
College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant.
57
Doctor of Nursing Practice – Transcultural Nursing (TCN) Leadership Track
Mission
Within the framework of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the post-master’s
Doctor of Nursing Practice program, TCN Leadership track of study prepares nurses for advanced transcultural nursing
leadership in communities in order to maximize health through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and
improve human potential across care settings and care systems, with emphasis on eliminating health inequities locally
and globally.
As a post-master’s program, the DNP-TCN track of study builds upon the strengths of the Master of Arts in Nursing
(MAN) program and prepares nurses for advanced leadership and practice roles in Transcultural Nursing (TCN).
Program Goals
Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice program are prepared to:
Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among
populations and communities
Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health
Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause
Program Structure
The program is structured in a modified cohort model. One cohort a year will be admitted to begin in the fall term.
Students can choose to take full or part-time study. Students taking full-time study take two didactic offerings, two
seminars, and a practicum each semester. Students in full-time study can complete the post-master’s DNP-TCN
curriculum in 20 months, including completion of the DNP project. Students selecting part-time study take one didactic
offering, one seminar and a practicum each semester. As a part-time student, completion of the program is expected to
take 32 months, including completion of the DNP project.
The DNP curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits comprised of didactic classes, experiential practica, and
seminars, with a DNP project completing the degree. As a practice doctorate, the emphasis is on building leadership and
practice skills in knowledge application among diverse population groups. The goal is to improve health and decrease
health inequities that lead to unnecessary morbidity and mortality in communities.
Students graduating from the DNP-TCN track are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission
(TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing.
Didactic
A total of six didactic courses (18 semester credits) constitute the DNP program. One course equals three semester
credits. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in a variety of immersion models: one format is two days a month eight hours of class time each day, followed by a half-day morning seminar. Other courses are offered in an immersion
format of 3-4 days of class per semester with 3 half-day seminars.
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and an additional learning
site in Rochester, MN, at Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE). Video conferencing or Zoom is used for some of the
classes and for distant students. However, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class
at least once per semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing or Zoom is used.
Practica
Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and
depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured
58
immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or are student initiated and individually directed
experiences mentored by nursing faculty.
In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:
1 semester credit hour =
2 semester credit hours =
3 semester credit hours =
45 clock hours of practicum time per semester
90 clock hours of practicum time per semester
135 clock hours of practicum time per semester
To earn the DNP, students must complete a total of 1,000 practicum hours in their Master’s and DNP programs.
Students will be allowed to transfer up to 600 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing into the Augsburg DNP. As
such, all students will register for at least nine semester credits of practica in the post-master’s DNP-TCN.
Seminars
Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice, developing the student’s particular practice
interests. Students are required to participate in a doctoral seminar every semester —fall and spring—until completion
of the DNP degree. Cohorts of students who enter the DNP program together usually progress as a group in the
seminars in which they enroll each semester, depending on whether they are studying full-time or part-time. The final
seminar (NUR 841) culminates in the DNP project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP degree.
Final DNP Project
Final DNP projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and
communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for
presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in
synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care.
Students should begin working on their DNP projects in the early stages of the DNP program and continue throughout
the program. The student’s scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the DNP-TCN
Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice TCN program must have:
An earned master’s degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited institution
A GPA of 3.2 on a 4.0 grading scale in master’s in nursing program
A current unencumbered RN license to practice in the US.
Evidence of a completed graduate research course
Evidence of up-to-date immunizations
Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis. Selection of candidates will be made
on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant:
Three page typed double spaced essay responding to the following excerpt from Wendell Berry’s essay, “Health in
Membership.” “I believe that the community—in the fullest sense: a place and all its creatures—is the smallest unit
of health and that to speak of the health of an isolated individual is a contradiction in terms.”
Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree
completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services.)
Three professional references
A non-refundable deposit will be used to hold a place in the DNP/FNP program. The deposit will be applied to the
orientation practicum.
A successful, personal interview with Augsburg Nursing faculty
59
The number of applicants admitted to the DNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members who
share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an
applicant will be admitted to the program.
Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the
World Education Service (WES) or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) and have the reports sent
directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationally-educated applicants may request the Commission on
Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org) to forward their educational credentials report to the
Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and
demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX).
Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed
the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students.
Applicants whose first language is not English must submit score evidence from TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign
Language) score report of 80 on the Internet Based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the
speaking sections. See Graduate Admissions for more information. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international)
Accreditation
The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Faculty
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and
DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St.
Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College.
Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of
Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg
College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator, BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant.
60
Doctor of Nursing Practice – Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) Track
Mission
Within the framework of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the post-BSN (Bachelor
of Science in Nursing) to DNP/FNP track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative
primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful,
just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential.
The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health
needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice as a primary
care Nurse Practitioner, frames the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare
practices, transformational leadership, and health assessment.
Program Goals
Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner program are prepared to:
Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among
populations and communities.
Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health.
Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause.
Provide primary care to persons, families and communities with particular consideration for those who are
underserved and/or marginalized by dominant societal structures.
Integrate scientific evidence based guidelines into clinical practice.
Program Structure
The program is structured to admit students beginning each fall semester. Students may take courses on a part-time or
full-time basis during the completion of their 500 level courses and the pre-FNP 800 level courses. Full-time study is
required during the didactic and clinical courses in the FNP course sequence during the last two years of the program.
Length of program: The Post-BSN to DNP/FNP track of study leads to eligibility for certification as a Family Nurse
Practitioner (FNP) through the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) and requires a minimum of 84 semester
credit hours, including 57 didactic credit hours and 23 clinical credit hours.
Didactic
A total of 19 didactic courses (57 semester credits) constitute the DNP/FNP program. Didactic classes, structured
practica, and clinical experiences are taught in a variety of flexible schedules that are responsive to student needs. 500
level courses consist of six classes a semester - five hours of class time, in addition to taking a one credit practicum
course associated with the didactic course. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in a variety of immersion
models: one format is two days a month - eight hours of class time for the first day and four hours the subsequent
morning, followed by an afternoon seminar. Other courses are offered in an immersion format of 3-4 days of class per
semester with 3 half-day seminars. The FNP courses (final two years of study) are offered on Mondays approximately
five times a semester, class time hours will vary from 8 to 12 hours. Web-based assignments are integrated into all
classes through Moodle.
Community practicum experiences may be scheduled during the class meeting days as well. Additionally, some courses
may be taught in an immersion format, where students and faculty are “immersed” in a unique socio-cultural context
and course content and a set number of practicum hours are condensed into seven to fourteen days.
Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s
classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at
Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s learning site or at Hermitage Farm Center for
61
Healing, 6415 West River Road NW, Rochester, MN. Video conferencing is used for some of the classes. However,
students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per semester. If weather is
inclement, video conferencing is used.
Practica (for DNP courses) / Clinicals (for FNP courses)
Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and
depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured
immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or that are student initiated and individually directed
experiences mentored by nursing faculty. FNP clinical sites will be arranged by clinical faculty.
In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:
1 semester credit hour = 45 clock hours of practicum time per semester
2 semester credit hours = 90 clock hours of practicum time per semester
3 semester credit hours = 135 clock hours of practicum time per semester
To earn the DNP/FNP, students must complete a total of 1,035 practicum hours. Students will be allowed to transfer up
to 400 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing. To complete the DNP/FNP, students must complete 630 clinical
hours (530 hours of primary care of the adult and 100 hours of primary care of children and women’s health and 35
clinical for integrative health). As such, all students will register for at least 23 semester credits of practica.
Seminars
Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice developing the student’s particular practice
interest. Students are required to participate in a total of four one-semester-credit doctoral seminars during the
DNP/FNP program. The final seminar culminates in the project presentation and completion of the requirements for the
DNP degree.
Final DNP/FNP Project
Final DNP/FNP projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and
communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for
presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in
synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care.
Students should begin working on their DNP/FNP projects in the early stages of the program and continue throughout.
The student’s scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to the DNP/FNP
Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice FNP program must have:
A completed application form and payment of application fee ($50 fee waived if apply on-line).
An earned baccalaureate degree in nursing (BSN or BAN), master’s degree in nursing, or a doctor of nursing practice
(DNP), from a nationally accredited institution and a nationally accredited nursing program.
A minimum of five years active and current clinical practice as a Registered Nurse.
Evidence of current unencumbered license as a Registered Nurse. MN license required. Other state licenses will be
required for clinical rotations.
Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree
completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services. All costs
related to document translations and evaluations are applicants’ responsibility.
GPA of 3.0 from previous baccalaureate nursing program; GPA of 3.2 from previous masters in nursing program or
DNP program.
Three professional letters of recommendation.
62
A 2-3 page professional essay responding to the following: Explain why transcultural, holistic and integrative health
education as a Doctorate of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner is important in shaping the future of
healthcare.
Documentation verifying the number of practice hours completed in a nationally accredited graduate nursing
program, if applicable. (A maximum of 400 practice hours may be transferred into the DNP/FNP tract of study from a
nationally accredited master’s in nursing program.)
A current Curriculum Vitae.
Successful personal interview with Augsburg Nursing Faculty.
Evidence of a completed undergraduate statistics course (within the last 5 years) on an official transcript before
enrolling in the Nursing Research course (NUR520) & the associated practicum (NUR520P).
Evidence of up to date immunizations per Department/College requirements
A valid passport or proof of application is encouraged.
Evidence of HIPAA training within the last 2 years.
Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check at time of admission and annually thereafter;
additional testing may be required for clinical placement, e.g., alcohol, drug testing, HIV testing, etc.
A non-refundable deposit will be used to hold a place in the DNP/FNP program. The deposit will be applied to the
orientation practicum.
The number of applicants admitted to the DNP/FNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members
that share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an
applicant will be admitted to the program.
The above Admission Criteria are current as of April 2015 and are subject to change.
Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the
World Education Service (WES) or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) and have the reports sent
directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationally-educated applicants may request the Commission on
Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org) to forward their educational credentials report to the
Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and
demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX).
Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed
the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students.
Applicants whose first language is not English must submit score evidence from TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign
Language) score report of 80 on the Internet Based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the
speaking sections. See Graduate Admissions for more information. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international)
Accreditation
The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), which
has accredited the Master of Arts in Nursing and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at Augsburg. Augsburg is
accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation,
Approvals, and Memberships section.
Faculty
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College.
63
Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and
DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP,
Augsburg College.
Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St.
Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College.
Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of
Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg
College.
Staff
Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg College.
Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant.
64
Master of Business Administration
Embarking on a graduate degree program is an exciting and challenging decision. The Augsburg MBA is a rigorous and
intensive educational experience. The Augsburg MBA is practical and “hands-on,” focusing on applicable skills and
knowledge designed to increase your ability to think, analyze and act. Augsburg MBA students all work on a consulting
project with a local business where they apply what they’ve learned in the classroom to a real-world business
problem. The Augsburg MBA also provides students a unique opportunity to investigate business cultures and practices
through a faculty-led international experience. Our curriculum integrates the global experience of our faculty and
reflects Augsburg’s mission of developing leaders grounded in values, purpose, and vocation.
The Augsburg MBA is a proven accelerated cohort-based program focused on three learning modules; Personal and
Professional Development, Quantitative Decision Making and Value Creation, all built on a foundation of ethical
decision-making. We encourage our students to challenge themselves, their classmates and professors to bring a new
and expanded focus of the world through guided reflection and examination.
Augsburg MBA students are chosen because they exhibit purpose and direction in their careers and lives, and positive
engagement with their community and associates. Our MBA graduates make a difference. We invite you to become
part of a growing community of Augsburg MBA alumni.
Bruce E. Batten, Ph.D.
Director, Master of Business Administration Program
MBA Mission - “Prepare Students for Meaningful Work”
Our mission is to prepare students for meaningful work by developing their decision-making skills, critical thinking and
by transforming them into effective managers and leaders in service to others. The program aspires to provide an
outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically astute, technically proficient, and
who understand the moral and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world.
Accreditation
The Augsburg MBA is a candidate for accreditation with the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs
(ACBSP).
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a
complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
MBA Program Overview
Today’s business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and critically analyze alternatives and
courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in
organizations facing this dynamic and fast-evolving business culture. The curriculum of the MBA gives students the
ability to think critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of a global business environment. Quality,
individual initiative, ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA. We have a commitment to continually
improve students’ experiences and learning in the program. Our faculty is uniquely qualified to bridge theory and realworld application, giving MBA students opportunities to acquire skills and knowledge in a variety of disciplines.
Plan of Study
The Augsburg MBA is an accelerated, evening program that allows working professionals to complete an MBA degree in
approximately 24 months. This is accomplished by using a cohort model in which students follow a predetermined
schedule with classes meeting one night a week.
Students in a cohort program model stay together as a group through the sequence of classes for the duration of the
program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a cohesive learning
65
community where students learn from each another, mentor each other, and peer coach. You’ll share diverse
professional expertise and experience as you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations, and simulations,
both inside and outside of class. Working both individually and in small groups enables you to enhance your strengths,
build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together as a community you’ll build
personal, social, and academic abilities.
Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the
opportunities for learning. The personal connections and relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will
extend into an important and valuable network as you take your career to new levels.
Program Requirements
The Augsburg MBA requires 42 semester credits for degree completion. Augsburg MBA courses are either one and a
half or three semester credits. Each three semester credit course consists of 28-32 hours of in-class instruction and 5 ½ 9 ½ hours of online instruction through our web-based electronic course management system.
Up to nine credits may be waived through prior business coursework (with director/faculty approval) or certain
professional credentials (with appropriate documentation).
Courses that can be waived with equivalencies:
MBA 510 (3 semester credits)
MBA 520 (3 semester credits)
MBA 530 (3 semester credits)
MBA 550 (3 semester credits)
MBA 565 (3 semester credits)
Professional Credentials
Students who have passed the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) or Certified Management Accountants (CMA) exam
may be waived from MBA 520, Accounting for Managers.
Prior Academic Coursework Guideline
Students with prior academic coursework that meets the following criteria may be waived from eligible core
courses.
Completion of at least two undergraduate courses covering corresponding Augsburg MBA core course material (See
department for Equivalency details).
The most recent of the undergraduate courses was taken within the past five years and a second course within
seven years.
A grade of B (or 3.0 on 4 point scale) or higher was earned in any course considered for a course waiver.
Course(s) must be taken at an approved, regionally-accredited institution.
Acceptance of core course waivers implies the student accepts the responsibility for having the essential knowledge
and understanding of the core course material, and is properly prepared for any future core or elective course for
which the waived course was a prerequisite. Academic credit is not awarded for any waived course, nor will the
course appear on academic transcripts.
Academic Calendar
The Augsburg MBA is designed as a year-round program. Courses are offered during fall, spring, and summer semesters.
Courses are offered consecutively during each term so students are able to concentrate on one subject at a time. The
program is designed to have students take at least two courses per term.
Official academic calendars and the MBA registration policies can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. The unique
cohort model of the Augsburg MBA requires individual schedules for each cohort. These schedules are provided by the
MBA department.
66
The Faculty-Led International Experience
Each year, all current MBA students are offered the opportunity to participate in a faculty-led international experience.
This trip is taken in conjunction with either of these courses: MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment or MBA 595 Strategic Management. Students will travel as a group to an international location, visit businesses, participate in faculty
lectures, and learn about the culture and traditions of the countries visited. Each MBA student should have two
opportunities during their matriculation in the program to participate. Costs can vary; but as a minimum, trips normally
include tuition (for the course selected), lodging, and travel in-country, as well as some meals.
The Augsburg MBA
The 16 required courses of the Augsburg MBA are as follows:
MBA 592 - Leadership: Ethics, Vision and Transformation
MBA 540 - Business and Professional Ethics
MBA 560 - Communication Issues in Management
MBA 545 - Organizational Behavior
MBA 585 - Student Learning Experience 1: Personal and Professional Development
MBA 570 - Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers
MBA 520 - Accounting for Business Managers
MBA 530 - Managerial Finance
MBA 510 - Applied Managerial Economics
MBA 586 - Student Learning Experience 2: Simulation/Decision Making
MBA 550 - Marketing Management
MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment
MBA 515 - Operations Management
MBA 594 - Innovation and Entrepreneurship
MBA 595 - Strategic Management
MBA 580 - Management Consulting Project
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Locations and Schedules
MBA classes are offered at two locations: Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus and Augsburg’s Rochester campus. Cohorts
begin three times per academic year at Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus: September, January, and May. In Rochester,
cohorts begin in September and May.
Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one to two weeks in advance of the beginning of classes. For
more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Office of Admissions at 612-330-1101.
Admission to the Augsburg MBA Program
Admission to the Augsburg MBA program is determined by a committee decision. The committee may include MBA
program staff, Business Administration Department faculty, and Office of Admissions staff.
Admission Requirements
Applicants to the MBA program must have:
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Minimum of two years of relevant work experience
Personal interview with the MBA program director
Admission checklist
The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:
67
Completed application—Apply online at www.augsburg.edu/mba
$35 application fee
Two personal statements
Official undergraduate/graduate transcripts sent directly to the Augsburg Office of Admissions
Current résumé of work history
Two confidential letters of recommendation
MBA Math (needs to be completed before by the end of the second semester)
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Admission as a Transfer Student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
Transfer students may receive up to 9 semester credits in transfer. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in Academic
Programs and policies.) Students must complete no fewer than 21 semester credits at Augsburg in order to receive their
MBA degree from Augsburg College. All students must complete the Management Consulting project (MBA 580) to
graduate. Eligible coursework must be approved by the MBA program director before transfer credit will be granted.
Academic Policies
MBA Program Enrollment Policy
Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort and complete their MBA program as scheduled. Adjustments
or modifications to the MBA schedule require the approval of the MBA program director.
All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years of matriculation. Extensions
beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA director. Students who leave the program for
more than one semester must request a leave of absence in writing from the MBA program. A leave of absence may be
granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave of one year or more must fill out an
Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an official MBA-approved leave of
absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for degree completion.
Academic Evaluation
Evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program will be based on number grades using a 4.0-scale. For
complete information, see Academic Programs and Policies.
Withdrawal from Class
For information regarding the last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a “W” on their
records, refer to the academic calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Attendance Policies
Student attendance at scheduled class meetings is a priority and required. However, MBA faculty understand that MBA
students are working adults with significant responsibilities who, on occasion, face unforeseen situations that may
interfere with attendance. Students should notify the faculty member teaching the course as soon as possible when the
problem is immediate. When the student knows in advance of a class date where a potential conflict exists, they must
discuss the proposed missed class with the faculty member prior to the date of the class. Students are responsible for
the work covered during that class session and for making appropriate arrangements for obtaining handouts, lecture
content, or other materials. Faculty members may assign appropriate independent work to insure that the student
understands the material covered during the class session.
68
If appropriate and acceptable coordination is carried out by the student, there need not be any grade reduction for a
single missed class session. This may be dependent on assignments due on the date of the missed class; e.g., final
project presentations or team presentations. Point/grade reductions for unexcused absences are the prerogative of the
faculty. Two missed class sessions, excused or unexcused, may be grounds for directing the student to withdraw from
the course. More than two absences, excused or unexcused, require that a student withdraw from the class.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the following:
Successful completion of all admission conditions
Successful completion of MBA courses (2.5 or above)
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 or below, and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher at the
completion of the program
Successful completion and submission of the management consulting project (capstone)
Students who successfully complete Augsburg’s MBA program will receive a Master of Business Administration
degree.
MBA Faculty
Bruce Batten, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, MBA. BS, Davidson College; PhD, Medical College of
Virginia.
Jeanne M. Boeh, Associate Professor of Economics. BS, MA, PhD, University of Illinois.
David Conrad, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Winona State University; MA, Ed.D, St. Mary’s
University
George Dierberger, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, International
Studies, University of St. Thomas; MBA, Fairleigh Dickinson University; Ed.D, Organization Development,
University of St Thomas.
Stella Hofrenning, Assistant Professor of Economics. BS, University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois.
Mark Isaacson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Marc McIntosh, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA,
Argosy University.
Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp, Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and
Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Peter J. Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern University; MBA, Pepperdine University.
Steven M. Zitnick, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, BA, Shimer College: MS, Economics, University of
Utah.
69
Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing
MFA Mission
The Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing is a two-year, low-residency program designed for those who wish to deepen
and broaden their artistic sensibilities, discover a close-knit community of fellow writers, enjoy individual attention from
an accomplished and forward-thinking faculty, and prepare themselves for the future of creative writing.
Program Overview
Summer Residencies
The Augsburg Low-Residency MFA includes 10-day summer residencies on the Augsburg campus in Minneapolis,
offering daily workshops, readings, and panels that focus on literary craft as well as career skills in teaching, editing,
publishing, book arts, marketing, translation, and adaptation. The full degree program includes three summer
residencies, featuring visits by distinguished writers in each genre as well as editors, agents, publishers, and literary
entrepreneurs.
Fall and Spring Semesters
The first two residencies are followed each year by fall and spring off-campus semesters. During those terms, students
work with faculty mentors in virtual classrooms that make use of online and other technologies. Each semester, MFA
candidates enroll in one Mentorship section and one section of Critical and Creative Reading. Although MFA learning
objectives call for demonstrated expertise in at least one genre by graduation, twenty-first century writers compose
their work in an environment in which genre has permeable boundaries and lines between genres are often erased.
With this in mind, cross-genre work will be encouraged, with students working in a genre other than the declared
specialty, usually during the second off-campus semester.
Owing to a revision in the curriculum, those students beginning the program in Summer of 2016 will take a combined
mentorship and reading course during each fall and spring semester. During their final year of long-distance study, they
will also take two two-unit courses: in one they will write a paper on some element of the craft of writing; in the other
they will work on and complete their thesis.
Semester Mentorships
The Mentorship is a one-on-one experience with a faculty mentor who guides the student’s production of work and
study of craft. This one-on-one creative studio experience is focused on the MFA candidate’s own writing and growth as
a writer.
Critical and Creative Reading in an Online Classroom
This is a reading-as-writers course that provides an opportunity to work with your professor and a community of peers,
considering craft, criticism and aesthetics. Meetings are online in the electronic classroom. The format may include
online discussion boards, Skype or video chats, and teleconferences with mentors and fellow learners. The online
classroom offers an opportunity to continue conversations begun during the residency with members of the MFA
community.
Students may repeat mentorship courses (ENL 511, 513, 521, and 523) and critical and creative readings courses
(ENL 512, 514, 522, and 524), subject to the permission of the program director.
Genres and Concentrations
Genres include Fiction, Creative Nonfiction, Poetry, Screenwriting and Playwriting.
The program also includes concentrations in teaching, translation, and publishing. Concentrations require additional
coursework. With the program director’s consent, students may enroll in concentration courses simultaneously with
70
MFA studies. Candidates enrolled in the publishing concentration will be the staff of the publishing house Howling Bird
Press and will select and publish one book each year. The book prize is open to submissions nationally.
Plan of Study
Students may select a completion plan for the MFA:
The Traditional plan. Students choose one genre as the designated field of study but areis encouraged to work
outside the designated field of study for one term.
Extended Study. Designed for students who wish to prolong their studies in a single genre, this option has students
completing at least five mentored and reading terms instead of the standard four. At least four of these terms
should be used to study the student’s declared genre.
Mixed Genre. Designed for students who want to more deeply immerse themselves in a secondary genre, this
option has students completing at least five mentored and reading terms, including three in the student’s primary
declared genre and two in a different genre.
Post-MFA. Designed for students who already have an MFA, this option allows students to drop into the program for
a single residency or semester of study — or longer. Students seeking this option should contact the program
director, as his approval is required.
Career Concentration. Designed for students who wish to better prepare themselves for the job market, this option
allows students to enroll in electives in teaching, translation and/or publishing. This work is completed alongside a
traditional or extended/mixed genre course of study, or pursued immediately after completing the MFA.
Accommodating Writers Who Work Full-Time and Those Who Live Outside of Minnesota
Augsburg’s Traditional MFA in Creative Writing can be completed in eleven courses (three summer residencies and four
off-campus electronic semesters of two courses each). Those students beginning summer of 2016 can complete the
program in nine courses (three summer residencies, four long-distance mentorship and reading courses, a craft paper
course, and a thesis course.) A typical plan of study in the Traditional Low-Residency MFA, will work like this:
First Year
Summer Residency I, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis
campus, with assignments before and after residency.
Fall Semester I, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course.
Spring Semester I, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course (generally the “out-ofgenre” term).
Second Year
Summer Residency II, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the
Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency.
Fall Semester II, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course and a craft paper course.
Students complete a craft paper at this point.
Spring Semester II, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course and a thesis units course.
This is the semester during which students complete a thesis and prepare a lecture/presentation for their final
residency.
Third Year – Residency Only
Summer Residency III, including genre workshop, writing seminars, readings and lectures. Final term for graduating
MFA candidates. Graduates give a public lecture/presentation and a reading from thesis work. Ten days on the
Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency.
71
Coursework:
ENL 531 Residency in Creative Writing: Fiction
ENL 532 Residency in Creative Writing: Nonfiction
ENL 533 Residency in Creative Writing: Poetry
ENL 534 Residency in Creative Writing: Screenwriting
ENL 535 Residency in Creative Writing: Playwriting
ENL 536 Residency in Creative Writing: Multi-Genre
ENL 541 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Fiction
ENL 542 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Nonfiction
ENL 543 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Poetry
ENL 544 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Screenwriting
ENL 545 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Playwriting
ENL 546 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Multi-Genre
ENL 547 Craft Paper: Fiction
ENL 548 Craft Paper: Nonfiction
ENL 549 Craft Paper: Poetry
ENL 550 Craft Paper: Screenwriting
ENL 551 Craft Paper: Playwriting
ENL 552 Craft Paper: Multi-Genre
ENL 553 Thesis: Fiction
ENL 554 Thesis: Nonfiction
ENL 555 Thesis: Poetry
ENL 556 Thesis: Screenwriting
ENL 557 Thesis: Playwriting
ENL 558 Thesis: Multi-Genre
ENL 561 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Fiction
ENL 562 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Nonfiction
ENL 563 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Poetry
ENL 564 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Screenwriting
ENL 565 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Playwriting
ENL 566 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Multi-Genre
Concentrations:
ENL 525 - Teaching Writing: Practice and Theory
ENL 526 - Literary Translation Practicum
ENL 527 - Publishing I
ENL 528 - Publishing II
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MFA
Admission Requirements
Qualified applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university with a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 or higher for all undergraduate coursework. Students with a GPA of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally
into the program based on the strength of their writing samples.
Applications Must Include
Completed online application
One letter of recommendation
A personal essay
72
A writing sample:
Fiction or Creative Non-Fiction, 20 pages, double-spaced
Poetry, 15-20 pages, single-spaced
Screenwriting or Playwriting, up to 30 pages in script/playwriting format
Admission as an International Student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Academic Policies
Credit
To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 44 semester credits, write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public
lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book length manuscript of publishable quality
(fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting), or a full-length play of producible quality
(playwriting).
The residencies and the combined mentorship and critical and creative reading courses carry six semester credits. Craft
paper and thesis courses carry two semester credits. To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 46 semester credits,
write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book
length manuscript of publishable quality (fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting),
or a full-length play of producible quality (playwriting).
To include a concentration in Teaching or in Translation/Adaptation in the MFA, students must complete 12 courses or
48 credits. For the MFA with a concentration in Publishing, students must complete 13 courses or 52 credits.
Transfer
Augsburg’s low-residency MFA includes in-person and online elements that help us maintain a strong community and
create a culture in which our writers thrive.
This studio degree is the terminal degree in writing and because of the unique features of a terminal, low-residency,
studio degree, the final decision on transfer credit will depend on review by the Augsburg College MFA Program. A
maximum of eight semester credits from traditional residency MFA programs and from MA programs in creative writing
or English literature may be accepted. The MFA Program Director will review and may offer up to four additional credits
in transfer for equivalent residency or workshop experience completed in another program. The maximum transfer
credits allowed is 12 credits.
Academic Evaluation
Grading
The MFA Program uses fine arts studio grading practices, formative in nature and designed to be an element of the
teaching curriculum. A narrative transcript composed of comments on those elements that the particular student writer
is working on during a particular term will be used to assess progress in the mentorship courses. These are formative
and qualitative assessment elements and professors’ responses will vary as professor/artists and student/artists
approach student work with the student’s individual artistic aims in mind. In addition to the fine arts formative and
qualitative assessment, students will be assessed in light of their success in meeting learning objectives of the course
while completing work assigned.
MFA in Creative Writing Courses are graded on a Pass/No Credit basis, using the Augsburg graduate grading model scale
as described below:
P – Represents work at 3.0 or higher and meets acceptable standards.
N – No credit, not counted in grade point average.
73
Alignment of Course Outcomes
MFA courses are aligned with the Program Hallmarks of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP), the
national professional organization for writing programs and the writers who teach in those programs.
Participation
Students are expected to fully participate in Summer Residencies, attending workshop sessions and scheduled meetings
with mentors as well as a majority of readings, lectures and other scheduled sessions. Participation in off-campus
coursework is expected to occur during the designated time for each Mentorship studio critique session and “time
away” for creative work. Students are also expected to take part in synchronous and asynchronous sessions with
mentors and demonstrate “presence” in the Creative and Critical Reading courses through regularly scheduled
exchanges with faculty and peers.
Academic Honesty
Augsburg’s high expectations for academic honesty will be applied to this class. Please refer to the Student Guide at
inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide/academic-honest-policies if you have any questions.
Affiliation
The Augsburg College MFA Program is a member of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP) and
curriculum is based on the AWP Hallmarks of an Effective Low Residency MFA Program in Creative Writing.
A complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, is available in the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section.
Mentor Faculty
James Cihlar, Publishing Mentor. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Nebraska, Lincoln; PhD, University of
Nebraska, Lincoln.
Stephan Clark, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, University of Southern California; MA, University of
California, Davis; PhD, Literature and Creative Writing, the University of Southern California.
Cass Dalglish, Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, Spanish Language and Literature, St. Catherine University; MFA,
Creative Writing, Vermont College of Fine Arts; PhD, Creative Writing, Archetypal and Ancient Women’s Writing,
The Union Institute and University.
Heid E. Erdrich, MFA Mentor. BA, Dartmouth College; MA, The Johns Hopkins University Writing Seminars; PhD, Creative
Writing and Native American Literature, The Union Institute and University.
Jack El-Hai, MFA Mentor. BA, Carleton College; MFA, Creative Writing and Literature, Nonfiction, Bennington College.
Neal Karlen, MFA Mentor. BA, Brown University; MA, University of Minnesota.
Carson Kreitzer, MFA Mentor. BA, Yale University; MFA, University of Texas, Austin.
Christina Lazaridi, MFA Mentor. BA, Princeton University; MFA, Screenwriting, Columbia University.
Sarah Myers, Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts, MFA Mentor. BS, Northwestern University; MFA, Playwriting and
Drama and Theatre for Youth & Communities; PhD, Performance as Public Practice, the University of Texas,
Austin.
Lindsay Starck, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, Yale University; MFA, University of Notre Dame; PhD,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill (anticipated).
Cary Waterman, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, the University of Denver; MA, Poetry Thesis,
Minnesota State University-Mankato.
74
Faculty Associates
Robert Cowgill, Associate Professor of English, Academic Writing Faculty. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
D.E. Green, Professor of English. Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, Amherst College; MA, PhD, Brown
University.
Michael Kidd, Associate Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA,
Pomona College; PhD, Cornell University.
John Schmit, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of
New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas.
Frankie Shackelford, Professor Emerita, Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA,
Texas Christian University; PhD, University of Texas.
Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University
of Minnesota.
Visiting Writers
Ed Bok Lee, Poetry
Sue William Silverman, Creative Nonfiction
Ben Percy, Fiction
Alex Lemon, Poetry and Memoir
Deborah Blum, Creative Nonfiction
Pam Houston, Fiction
Kristoffer Diaz, Playwriting
Bill Wheeler, Screenwriting
Carson Kreitzer, Playwriting
Kenneth Rance, Screenwriting
Helene Wecker, Fiction
Staff
Kathleen Matthews, Administrative Assistant
75
Master of Music Therapy
MMT Mission
To prepare students to be leaders in the field, while fostering their passion to serve clients and families, and offer unique
learning experiences that allow them to discover and realize their full potential. To engage students in life changing
experiences, rich in experiential learning, collaborative in nature, fostering a holistic view of the use of music in health,
healing and well-being. To advance the practice of music therapy by preparing students through a hybrid master’s
degree program that is innovative, flexible and possesses breadth and depth, designed to meet the changing demands
of healthcare.
Program Overview
Degree requirements
The MMT degree program is designed for music therapists who are currently board certified and who wish to continue
their education and advance their level of practice. The program is a 36 credit program with core music therapy courses,
courses focused on the practice of music therapy in healthcare and medicine, and elective courses of interest.
Core Music Therapy Courses – 24 credits
MUS 510 - Advanced Music Therapy Theory (3 credits)
MUS 511 - Advanced Music Therapy Practicum (0 credit)
MUS 515 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice I (3 credits)
MUS 520 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice II (3 credits)
MUS 525 - Cross-Cultural Awareness in Music Therapy (3 credits)
MUS 530 - Music Therapy Ethics (2 credits)
MUS 535 - Music Therapy Supervision and Professional Development (2 credits)
MUS 540 - Music Therapy Research I (3 credits)
MUS 545 - Music Therapy Research II (3 credits)
MUS 595 – Thesis or Final Project (2 credits)
Music Therapy Electives– 12 credits
MUS 550 - Music Psychotherapy (2 credits)
MUS 555 - Music Therapy, Spirituality and Well-being (2 credits)
MUS 560 - Music and Imagery (2 credits)
MUS 565 - Advanced Music Therapy with Infants, Children and Family Centered Care (2 credits)
MUS 570 - Music, Neurology and Physiology (2 credits)
MUS 575 - Music Therapy in Palliative Care (2 credits)
MUS 576 - Music Therapy in Trauma Informed Care (2 credits)
MUS 580 - Transcultural Music Therapy I (4 credits) (global educational experience)
MUS 582 – Transcultural Music Therapy II (4 credits) (global educational experience)
MUS 585 - Advanced Music Therapy Group Work (3 credits)
MUS 590 - Interdisciplinary Practice & Research Methods in Music Therapy (3 credits)
Thesis or Final Project
Completion of a thesis or final project is required as a part of the degree program. The thesis and final project are both
subject to approval by program director.
Thesis: A scholarly paper utilizing historical, philosophical, descriptive, experimental or mixed methods research.
Final Project: A supervised clinical project that is comprehensive and designed to develop and advance an area of
one’s clinical practice.
76
The Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined above in addition to any courses
needed to accomplish their equivalent status. The Equivalency Plus MMT is 64 credits plus the clinical internship and is
designed to be completed in two and a half years. The equivalency courses include the following:
MUS 271 - Introduction to Music Therapy (2 credits)
MUS 274 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits)
MUS 340 - Music Therapy Methods I (2 credits)
MUS 345 - Music Therapy Methods II (2 credits)
MUS 374 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits)
MUS 372 - Psychological Foundations of Music I (4 credits)
BIO 103 - Human Anatomy & Physiology (3 credits)
PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology (4 credits)
PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology (4 credits)
EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs (4 credits)
The Equivalency Plus+ Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined previous two sections (MMT and
Equivalency Plus), as well as the course listed below.
MUS 101 Materials of Music I (2 credits)
MUS 111 Aural Skills I (2 credits)
MUP xxx Primary Lessons (minimum 4 semesters needed)
MUE xxx Chamber or Large Ensemble (minimum of 4 semesters needed)
MUS 102 Materials of Music II (2 credits)
MUS 112 Aural Skills II (2 credits)
MUS 201 Materials of Music III (2 credits)
MUS 211 Aural Skills III (2 credits)
MUS 231 History and Lit of Music I (4 credits)
MUS 232 History and Lit of Music II (4 credits)
Plan of Study
There are three tracks for the Master of Music Therapy program. The first is for individuals who hold a bachelor’s degree
in music therapy. They follow the master of music therapy track. The second track is for individuals that hold a
bachelor’s degree in music. They follow the Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy track. The third is for individuals
that hold a bachelor’s degree that is not in music, but have a strong music background. They follow the Equivalency
Plus+ Master of Music Therapy track.
Admission to MMT
Online Application
All college transcripts
2 letters of recommendation (can be submitted online through the application-please have your recommenders
email addresses when you begin the application).
Proof of Board Certification
An Audition (this can be taped or live) ten to fifteen minutes of your best instrument(s).
Essay-(can be submitted as part of the online application) no longer than three pages addressing the following
questions.
Describe your goals as a music therapist and how an MMT degree will help you reach those goals.
Tell about a moment that helped encourage you to begin a career in music therapy.
As a music therapist you will help people from all walks of life and with a variety of needs and illnesses, how are you
qualified (physically, mentally, and emotionally) to assist these people in improving their quality of life?
77
Please note that you can upload your essay directly into the online application. You may also input the names and emails
of your recommenders and the system will send them a link to directions and the checklist we request they fill out for
you.
If not submitted with the online application, materials need to be sent to:
Augsburg College
Graduate Admissions, CB 65
2211 Riverside Ave S.
Minneapolis, MN 55454
or emailed to gradinfo@augsburg.edu
For Academic Policies, please see Academic Policies.
Accreditation and Affiliation
Augsburg is regionally accredited by:
The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE)
The Master of Music Therapy Program is accredited by:
National Association Schools of Music (NASM)
American Music Therapy Association (AMTA)
MMT Faculty
Annie Heiderscheit, Assistant Professor, Director of Master of Music Therapy. BME-MT, Wartburg College; MS, Iowa
State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
78
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Mission
The mission of the Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is based on a foundation of respect and
sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds and oriented toward providing care to underserved populations.
Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary
care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and
integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Accreditation
The Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) has granted Continued
Accreditation to the Physician Assistant Program sponsored by Augsburg College. Continued accreditation is an
accreditation status granted when a currently accredited program is in compliance with the ARC-PA Standards.
Continued Accreditation remains in effect until the program closes or withdraws from the accreditation process or until
accreditation is withdrawn for failure to comply with the Standards. The approximate date for the next comprehensive
review of the program by ARC-PA will be Spring 2019.
About PA
As defined by the American Academy of Physician Assistants:
“PAs are health professionals licensed or, in the case of those employed by the federal government, credentialed to
practice medicine in association with designated collaborating physicians. PAs are qualified by graduation from an
accredited PA educational program and/or certification by the National Commission on Certification of Physician
Assistants ... Within the physician-PA relationship, PAs provide patient-centered medical care services as a member of a
healthcare team. PAs practice with defined levels of autonomy and exercise independent medical decision making within
their scope of practice.”
In the state of Minnesota, a PA is licensed with the Board of Medical Practice. In Minnesota, and most other states,
the PA must be NCCPA (National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants) certified and hold a
delegation agreement with a licensed physician.
Curriculum
The Physician Assistant program at Augsburg is 28 months long with studies beginning each year in the summer
semester (late May or early June). The program accepts up to 30 students for each new class. Graduates will receive a
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies and a PA certificate.
Approximately the first 16 months of the program is didactic, or classroom work, including courses in human gross
anatomy, pathophysiology, clinical medicine, pharmacotherapy, history and physical exam skills, research, and
professional issues. The academic phase of the program also includes development of practical skills through the use of
case studies, simulated patients, and technical skills workshops (ie. suturing, casting/splinting, etc.)
The clinical phase is completed in approximately 12 months. The clinical phase of the program is designed to effectively
train students for practice by providing them with rotation experiences in different specialties and a variety of practice
settings. To that end, each student will be required to complete rotations outside the metropolitan area. Each student is
required to successfully complete clinical rotations in family medicine, pediatrics, women’s health, behavioral health,
emergency medicine, internal medicine, surgery, and one elective rotation by choosing from various specialties. The
clinical phase will culminate with a preceptorship that is designed to solidify the student’s skills and potentially place
them in a setting that might be interested in recruiting a graduate PA. Clinical instructors include Physicians, Physician
Assistants and other health care providers.
79
A student will be required to complete the clinical phase at site(s) determined by the Program to provide the student
with the best educational experience. Clinical rotation sites will be located throughout the state of MN and other cities
in the 5 state area.
The Augsburg PA program includes time away from the program at varying times which may or may not differ from the
traditional breaks at Augsburg University; these breaks contribute to the overall 28 month length of the program.
PA Program Sample Calendar
YEAR 1
Summer
PA 501 - Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy
PA 503 - Human Pathophysiology
Fall
PA 511 - History and Physical Exam Skills I
PA 521 - Pharmacotherapy I
PA 531 - Clinical Medicine I
PA 542 - Professional Issues
PA 546 - Clinical Practice Seminar I
Spring
PA 512 - History and Physical Exam Skills II
PA 522 - Pharmacotherapy II
PA 532 - Clinical Medicine II
PA 547 - Clinical Practice Seminar II
PA 555 - Research Tools for the Physician Assistant
YEAR 2
Summer
PA 533 - Clinical Medicine III
PA 545 - Clinical Phase Transition
Master’s Project course, one of the following*:
PA 599 - Directed Study
ML 577 - International Experience
Fall
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 1, 2, 3
Spring
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 4, 5, 6
YEAR 3
Summer
PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 7, 8
PA 62X - Preceptorship
PA 690 - Capstone
*Other program-approved options may be available
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
80
Admission to the PA Program
Admission Requirements
Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa.
Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly competitive process.
Qualified applicants will have:
Bachelor’s degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application
Minimum science GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application
Completed the prerequisite courses listed below
Prerequisite Courses
To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies program, you must have completed the prerequisite
courses listed below. These courses must have been completed within 10 years of the year you are applying for
admission.
Applicants completing their first undergraduate degree in the spring term may complete prerequisite coursework in the
summer, fall, and spring term of the academic year they apply as long as the degree and prerequisite coursework will be
completed by the start date for the program. Applicants who already have an undergraduate degree, or who will
complete their degree in a term other than spring, have the summer and fall semesters of the year they apply by which
to complete prerequisites.
All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does
not guarantee admission into the program.
One full course of psychology
One full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ)
One full course of microbiology*
One full course of biochemistry*
One full course of general statistics
One course of medical terminology
*Labs are recommended but not required.
The following are strongly recommended but not required:
Direct patient care is the best type of experience to obtain in order to strengthen an application. We recommend at
least 2000 hours to be competitive in this category.
Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics, immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry
Demonstration of motivation for the PA profession by formally shadowing a PA or other health care provider.
Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement with, underserved communities
Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required.
PA Studies Application Process
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a two-step application process—applying through CASPA and to
Augsburg’s PA Studies Program.
The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which is
sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the entering
class must be processed through CASPA, following all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms
with detailed instructions can be obtained online at portal.caspaonline.org.
81
You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as
calculated by CASPA), if you have a minimum science GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if
you have completed or will complete your undergraduate degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have
completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within the timeline specified for your degree status.
Additional Application Details:
The Augsburg PA Program requires three letters of recommendation submitted through the CASPA process. We strongly
recommend that one be from an employer/colleague (a professional reference), one letter be from a professor or
adviser (an academic reference), and the third from a person of your choice. Be sure that your letter writers are able to
tell the committee about you as well as his/her experiences with you and observations about you.
Your Supplemental Application must be submitted electronically on or before August 1 in order to be considered.
We use the CASPA “Complete Date” to determine if you have met the application deadline of August 1. The “Complete
Date” on your application must be August 1 or prior in order to be considered meeting the deadline. CASPA assigns a
“Complete Date’ when they have received your electronic application, transcripts from all schools attended, 2 of your 3
letters of reference, and payment. Until those criteria are met, your application will not be given a “Complete Date.”
Your GPA (cumulative and science) is set at the time of your CASPA submission. The Augsburg PA Program will not
recalculate GPAs as additional coursework is completed post CASPA submission. We will request grade reports for your
prerequisite courses and add them to your file as they are completed, but your official GPA, as calculated by CASPA, will
be the GPA of record for your application
Selection Process
All complete files (CASPA and Supplemental Applications that meet requirements) will be reviewed by the admissions
committee.
The selection committee looks for a balanced application by reviewing key criteria such as cumulative GPA, science GPA,
and direct patient care experience followed by overall academic record, service to underserved (meaning
disadvantaged, minority, or underrepresented populations), essay responses, knowledge of the profession, fit with the
program goals and mission, and recommendation letters.
As the committee completes file review, candidates are selected for an interview. The interviews are generally
conducted during the months of October, November, and January. Candidates come to campus to meet program
faculty, staff and current students, and to view the facilities.
As interviews are completed, seats in the incoming class are offered. The cohort class will be filled between the months
of October and May. A list of alternates will be selected in January to fill seats that accepted candidates may not claim.
All applicants are notified of their final status by mid-February.
Accepted candidates must complete and pass a background check prior to matriculation and annually through the
program. Failure of the background check may result in dismissal from the program.
Academic Policies
Please see the PA program website at www.augsburg.edu/pa for further details about policies outlined here.
Technical Standards
The physician assistant must have the knowledge and skills to function in a broad variety of clinical situations and to
render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to integrate all information received by whatever sense(s)
employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze,
and synthesize data.
Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by the Physician Assistant Studies Department at Augsburg
College must have, with or without reasonable accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including:
perception/observation, communication, motor/tactile function, cognition and professionalism.
82
Candidates for admission and progression must be able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably independent
manner.
Perception/observation
Students must be able to perceive, by the use of senses and mental abilities, the presentation of information through:
Small group discussions and presentations
Large-group lectures
One-on-one interactions,
Demonstrations (physical exam maneuvers)
Laboratory experiments (cadaver dissection)
Patient encounters (at a distance and close at hand)
Diagnostic findings (EKGs, laboratory results, x-rays and ultrasound)
Procedures (suturing, casting/splinting, IV access))
Written material (powerpoints, textbooks, and readings)
Audiovisual material (slides, medical videos)
Communication
Students must be able to skillfully communicate (in English) verbally and in written form with faculty members, other
members of the healthcare team, patients, families, and other students, in order to:
Elicit information
Convey information
Clarify information
Create rapport
Develop therapeutic relationships
Demonstrate competencies
Motor/tactile function
Students must have sufficient motor function and tactile ability to meet the competencies required for graduation and
to:
Attend (and participate in) classes, groups, and activities which are part of the curriculum
Communicate in a written format
Examine patients (including observation, auscultation, palpation, percussion, and other diagnostic maneuvers)
Do basic laboratory procedures and tests
Perform diagnostic procedures
Provide general and emergency patient care (airway management, placement of intravenous catheters,
cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding)
Function in outpatient, inpatient, and surgical venues (standing and actively assisting the surgical team)
Perform in a reasonably independent and competent way in sometimes stressful clinical environments
Cognition
Students must be able to demonstrate higher-level cognitive abilities, which include:
Rational thought
Measurement
Calculation
Visual-spatial comprehension
Conceptualization
Analysis
Synthesis
83
Organization
Representation (oral, written, diagrammatic, three dimensional)
Memory
Application
Clinical reasoning
Ethical reasoning
Sound judgment
Professionalism
Students must possess the emotional health required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for the exercise
of good judgment, for the prompt completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients, and
for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able to tolerate physically taxing
workloads and function effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to changing environments, display
flexibility and learn to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the clinical problems of patients. In summary, PA
students must be able to:
Consistently display integrity, honesty, empathy, caring, fairness, respect for self and others, diligence, and
dedication
Promptly complete all assignments and responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients
Develop mature, sensitive, and effective relationships, not only with patients but with all members of the
Augsburg community and healthcare teams
Tolerate physically, emotionally, and mentally demanding workloads
Function effectively under stress, and proactively make use of available resources to help maintain both physical
and mental health
Take responsibility for themselves and their behaviors
Documentation of a Disability
The Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of
qualified students and wishes to acknowledge awareness of laws which prohibit discrimination against anyone on the
basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age or disability.
Regarding disabled individuals, the Physician Assistant Studies department will not discriminate against such individuals
who are otherwise qualified but will expect all applicants and students to meet certain minimal technical standards.
All Augsburg students have been accepted by the college based on their ability to succeed academically and are required
to meet the same academic and technical standards. Disability Resources (CLASS Office) provides academic support and
accommodations to students with disabilities or temporary conditions. Accessing accommodations is an ongoing and
interactive process where information can be gathered from the student and from other relevant sources. We ask that
students interview with a Disability Specialist to discuss their requests. We prefer students to present any
documentation that describes their disability and the impact on educational experiences and in the educational
environment early in the process. Each student’s requests will be evaluated on an individual basis.
The purpose of documentation is to assist in providing information and understanding about how the courses or
facilities might present barriers and to what degree the disability affects the student, and to plan for accommodations to
facilitate access.
Some Examples of Disabilities
Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD/ADD)
Learning Disabilities
Psychiatric Disabilities
Autism Spectrum Disorders
Head Injury/Traumatic Brain Injury
Physical Disabilities and Systemic Illnesses
84
Deafness/Hearing Impairment
Blindness/Low Vision
Disabilities that are sporadic or degenerative in nature
Temporary conditions
The first step in accessing services is to call CLASS to schedule an appointment with a Disability Specialist, (612) 3301053.
Experiential Learning Policy
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award academic credit to an individual for experiential learning.
Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg’s PA Program must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses.
Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during
admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute for any part of the clinical phase.
Employment while in the Program
Program faculty discourage outside employment while in the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty do recognize that
employment may be an issue that some students will face. Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will
not be altered due to a student’s work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with the
physician assistant students’ learning progress or responsibilities while in the program.
Withdrawal and Readmission Policies
Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program may be initiated by a student after submission of a letter to
the Program Director requesting withdrawal. In the letter, the student should outline the circumstances and reasons for
withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an exit interview with the Program Director prior to leaving the
program. For information on withdrawal, see the Academic Policies section.
Readmission
Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the Program Director stating the
reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and
previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the PA
Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances.
For the full readmission policy and reapplication process, please contact the program.
Advanced Placement
The Department of PA Studies does not offer advanced placement to admitted students. All students admitted to the PA
Program must complete the entire curriculum.
Transfer
The Department of PA studies does not accept student transfers from other PA programs.
Costs of the PA Program
For tuition information, go to www.augsburg.edu/pa.
For complete and current payment options go to the Student Financial Services website at
www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial.
PA Program Faculty
Beth Alexander, Associate Professor and Academic Coordinator; PharmD, University of Minnesota
85
Eric Barth, Assistant Professor; BS and PA Certificate, Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska
Stephanie Elko, Director of Clinical Education; MPAS, PA-C University of New England
Jenny Kluznik, Assistant Professor; MPH, George Washington University; MPAS, Augsburg College
Holly Levine, Assistant Professor; MD, Loyola University Chicago Stritch School of Medicine
Skye Peltier, Instructor; MPH, University of Minnesota; MPAS, Augsburg College
Alicia Quella, Program Director, Clinical Associate Professor; PhD, PA-C, University of Iowa
Meredith Wold, Instructor; MPAS PA-C, Augsburg College
86
Master of Social Work
You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect of joining
with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families, groups, and
communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of social work.
Augsburg’s MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and communities,
and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of our program share
how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about themselves. These graduates
valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a mentoring relationship with our faculty
and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our students and at the same time offer the flexibility to
help them meet their individual goals.
Attending Augsburg College will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. We have two
concentrations. The first, Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP), will prepare you for direct clinical practice with
individuals, families, and groups. The second, Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP), will prepare you for macro social
work practice with organizations, communities, and other large systems.
We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in learning. The
personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is challenging. We
encourage you to take the challenge with us.
Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW
Director, Master of Social Work
MSW Mission
Our mission is to develop social work professionals for advanced practice that promotes social justice and
empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society.
Program Overview
The MSW program prepares social work students for agency-based practice in public and nonprofit settings. By working
in the agency setting, social workers collaborate with others to provide holistic, affordable, and accessible services to
individuals, families, groups, and communities. Our challenging MSW curriculum integrates social work theory with
micro and macro practice methods. Students develop skills, knowledge, and values necessary for ethical social work
practice. As you progress through our MSW program, you will:
Learn how individuals live in and are affected by their social environment
Understand how social policies and programs affect individuals, families, communities, and society
Apply theories and methods of practice through the field practicum experience
Use a range of client-centered approaches to practice with client groups of all types and sizes
Engage in practice informed by sound, scholarly research
Evaluate the effectiveness of your social work practice or social work programs
Advocate for the eradication of oppression and discrimination
Be a responsible and contributing citizen in the local and global community
Accreditation
Augsburg’s MSW program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Your MSW degree must be
accredited by CSWE if you seek licensure with the social work board of your state. For more information on CSWE
accreditation go to www.cswe.org.
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the Accreditation, Approvals,
and Memberships section of this catalog.
87
Plan of Study
Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree from a discipline other than social work are
classified as foundation students. Full-time foundation students are enrolled in a two year program. Part-time
foundation students are enrolled in a four year program.
Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a CSWE (Council on Social
Work Education) accredited institution are classified as advanced standing students. Advanced standing students are
enrolled in a 16 month program. The part-time option is not generally available for advanced standing students.
All students must complete the MSW degree in no more than 4 years following matriculation.
Academic Calendar
The MSW program meets on a semester calendar, with classes offered September through June. Classes typically meet
every other weekend with an occasional back-to-back weekend. Field practicum hours are generally completed during
weekday hours. If a student lives outside the Twin Cities metro area, the field practicum hours can be completed at a
placement near the student’s place of residence. Hours per week vary depending on the agency placement and the
student’s availability. For academic calendars and schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/registrar.
Class Periods
Classes meet in 4 hour blocks on Friday evenings, 6 to 10:00 pm; Saturday mornings, 8:00 am to 12 pm; and Saturday
afternoons, 1:00 to 5:00 pm. Each class meets on campus for 8 sessions in a given semester and for 4 sessions on
campus in a summer term (May-June), with the expectation that students engage in hybrid learning activities between
on-campus class weekends.
Time Commitment
Although classes meet on weekends, students spend time on their studies during non-class weekends and weekdays in
accordance with our hybrid learning format. Hybrid learning is a combination of face-to-face class sessions and
online/experiential learning. On a class weekend, the typical student will spend 12 hours in class within a 23-hour
period. For every hour spent in class, a student may expect to spend 3 to 4 hours outside of class working on online
activities, assignments, readings, or group projects. A student may also spend 15 to 20 hours per week in the field
practicum during the fall and spring semesters (a span of 8 to 9 months for each practicum). In the final year of study,
students complete a summative evaluation or a portfolio, which requires significant independent research, analysis, and
writing.
Some MSW students work full-time while enrolled in the program. However, full-time employment is not
recommended. Most students arrange to reduce their work hours or request time away during their graduate studies.
Each student’s situation is unique and must be decided individually. All students must develop strategies for balancing
family, work, and academic responsibilities.
Credit and Contact Hours
MSW courses range from 2 to 4 semester credits. Depending on the number of credits, students will spend 16 to 32
hours in the classroom per course. Students will also be expected to engage in activities and independent study outside
of class.
Cohort Structure
MSW students are admitted to a particular cohort. Cohorts are distinguished by level of admission (foundation or
advanced standing), rate of attendance (full-time or part-time), and chosen concentration (Multicultural Clinical Practice
[MCCP] or Multicultural Macro Practice [MCMP]). Any changes to a student’s cohort selection must be approved by the
MSW director.
88
Field Practicum
Foundation students complete 920 hours in two field practica; advanced standing students complete 500 hours in one
field practicum. Successful completion of the first field practicum, required for foundation students, is a minimum of 420
hours. Successful completion of the second field practicum, required for both foundation and advanced standing
students, is a minimum of 500 hours. Each practicum experience is spread over two semesters (fall and spring). These
hours are completed concurrent with enrollment in the fieldwork seminars as well as other MSW courses.
MSW Curriculum Components
Foundation Curriculum
In the foundation courses and field practicum, you are introduced to social work as a profession. You will learn both
historical and contemporary theories and practice methods relating to both the individual and the environment. During
the foundation year, you will study human behavior and the social environment, history of social welfare policy,
research methods, assessment frameworks, family and community diversity, and social work values and ethics.
In the foundation curriculum you will apply this generalist knowledge of theories and practice methods in the generalist
field practicum. The field practicum is completed concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. The
full foundation curriculum is required of all students, with the exception of those admitted with advanced standing.
Before beginning the concentration curriculum, all foundation coursework and field hours must be successfully
completed.
Concentration Curriculum
After completing the foundation requirements, you will enroll in the concentration curriculum that you selected at the
time of your application to the program. You will also complete an advanced field practicum. Augsburg offers two
concentrations: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP). In either concentration,
you will deepen your knowledge of the primary issues affecting families and communities, develop a range of clientcentered approaches to practice, gain a broader understanding of human diversity, develop competencies in practicebased research, and learn practice or program evaluation techniques.
In the concentration curriculum, you will apply this advanced knowledge of theories and practice methods in the
concentration field practicum. The field practicum is relevant to your chosen concentration and is completed
concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. As a capstone to your MSW program, you will complete
a portfolio project or a summative evaluation project.
Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration
Multiculturalism is a process requiring practitioners to have a deep awareness of their social and cultural identities, as
well as the ability to use multiple lenses when working with diverse populations. With person-in-environment as an
organizing perspective, multicultural clinical social work practice addresses the biopsychosocial and spiritual functioning
of individuals, families, and groups. To this end, graduates of the MCCP concentration develop competence in using
relationship-based, culturally informed, and theoretically grounded interventions with persons facing challenges,
disabilities, or impairments, including emotional, behavioral, and mental disorders.
Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration
In the tradition of Jane Addams, the heart of macro social work practice is directing energy toward changing agency,
government, and institutional policies that obscure or oppress people. While many social workers view their role as
focused on individuals and families, social workers must actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies,
institutions and society. Social work leaders must advocate for social change where necessary to ensure social justice.
Similar to the MCCP concentration, it is important to address macro level social work practice within the context of
cultural understanding and awareness. The Multicultural Macro Practice concentration (formerly Program Development,
Policy and Administration) responds to this demand for leadership.
89
The macro social work practitioner recognizes the strengths and abilities of individuals and communities to implement
change. The social work macro practitioner works with these individuals to do so. In the MCMP concentration, you will
learn the knowledge and skills necessary to work with others to achieve needed social change. You will also learn to
develop, lead, guide, and administer programs that serve diverse people in a variety of settings.
Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project
Portfolio Project (MCCP students)
The goal of the MCCP Portfolio is to enhance the integration of theory and practice, as well as to offer more vivid
portrayals of a student’s academic and professional experience than traditional assessments. By definition,
portfolios are formative (i.e., designed for guided reflection and self-evaluation). However they are also summative
documents in that they illustrate students’ competencies. All MCCP students are required to create a portfolio
during their final year of study. Items in a portfolio might include videos, process recordings, reflective statements,
writing samples, case analyses, term papers, electronic submissions, policy activities, feedback from service users,
self-evaluations of personal progress, and links to references.
Summative Evaluation Project (MCMP students)
All social workers must evaluate their practice to determine whether they are helping or harming clients. While in
the concentration practicum, MCMP students will design and implement a program evaluation for their summative
project. This project requires integration and application of knowledge and skills from both the foundation and
concentration curricula. Students develop their research while in their field internship and are advised by their field
seminar professor. Students conduct and present this evaluation/research project during their final year of study.
Master’s Thesis
Students in both concentrations have the option of completing a thesis in addition to either the portfolio or summative
evaluation project. Credit for the SWK 699 general elective is given for this option. Students work with a thesis advisor to
develop more in-depth research skills contributing to social work knowledge. To pursue the thesis option, students
should notify the MSW program director by the end of spring semester of the foundation year.
Degree requirements
To be conferred the MSW degree, students must achieve the following:
Successful completion of any admission conditions (see Admission to MSW)
Successful completion of all required MSW courses
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher
Successful completion of 920 hours of approved field practica for foundation students or 500 hours of approved
field practicum for advanced standing students
Successful completion and submission of the portfolio project (MCCP) or the summative evaluation project (MCMP)
Successful completion of all degree requirements within 4 years of matriculation.
State of Minnesota Social Work Licensure
Six months prior to completion of the MSW degree at Augsburg, students may apply to take the Licensed Graduate
Social Worker (LGSW) license exam from the Minnesota Board of Social Work. To achieve LGSW licensure students must
pass the Association of Social Work Boards (ASWB) master’s level national social work licensure examination and
complete the MSW degree.
To seek the Licensed Independent Social Worker (LISW) license or the Licensed Independent Clinical Social Worker
(LICSW) license, one must work two years full-time (or 4,000 hours part-time) as an LGSW under the supervision of an
LISW or LICSW, depending on the desired licensure. Upon completion of the supervision requirement, one may take the
LISW or LICSW’s Association of Social Work Boards (ASWB) national social work licensure examination. For the LICSW,
there are additional requirements for 360 clinical clock hours in 6 specific categories. For more information, go to the
Minnesota Board of Social Work web page, www.socialwork.state.mn.us.
90
MSW Course Requirements
Foundation Courses
FALL
SWK 500 - Human Behavior and the Social Environment*
SWK 505 - Practice Methods and Skills 1: Individuals*
SWK 530 - Integrative Field Seminar 1 (taken concurrent with first practicum)*
SPRING
SWK 506 - Practice Methods and Skills 2: Groups and Families*
SWK 535 - Integrative Field Seminar 2 (taken concurrent with first practicum)*
SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (foundation students only)
SUMMER
SWK 501 - History of Social Welfare Policy*
SWK 516 - Practice Methods and Skills 3: Communities and Policies*
SWK 510 - Advanced Practice Methods (advanced standing students only)
SWK 509 - Human Behavior: Mental Health Assessment and Diagnosis (advanced standing students only)
SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (advanced standing students only)
*Course potentially can be waived for advanced standing students (BSW holders).
Concentration Courses
Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration:
FALL
SWK 610 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 615 - Diversity and Inequality 1: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP)
SWK 628 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Individuals
SWK 629 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Families
SPRING
SWK 611 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 616 - Diversity and Inequality 2: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP)
SWK 630 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Policy Practice
SWK 631 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Groups
SUMMER 1
SWK 634 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Supervision
SWK 639 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Elective
SWK 640 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Capstone
SWK 699 - General Elective
Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration:
FALL
SWK 651 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 657 - Diversity and Inequality 1: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP)
SWK 660 – Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Research Methods
SWK 667 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1
SPRING
91
SWK 652 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) (taken concurrent with second practicum)
SWK 658 - Diversity and Inequality 2: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP)
SWK 668 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2
SWK 670 - Multicultural Macro Practice Policy
SUMMER
SWK 669 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3
SWK 699 - General Elective
SWK 671 – Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Planning
Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project
Completed and submitted in final year of study.
SWK 699 General Elective
Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective course. The following are examples of elective
offerings that rotate each year:
Trauma, Theory, and Treatment in Multicultural Clinical Practice
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Social Work Clinical Practice
Spirituality and Social Work Practice
Empowerment of Services Users in Mental Health
Children’s Mental Health
We also offer short-term electives abroad, typically two weeks in length: Exploring Human Services in International
Settings (examples include Mexico, Slovenia, Namibia, South Africa, India, Bolivia, China, and Hong Kong)
Fieldwork and Field Placement
Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through the field experience, we expect that students will
demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative efforts between the student, the field agency, and the
MSW program are essential to successful learning. The foundation of the practice includes:
Ethical, competent professional practice
Problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective
Use of advanced practice theories in Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP)
settings
Evaluation of the effectiveness of program or practice activities
An understanding of and respect for diverse peoples and cultures
Responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice
A commitment to oppose oppression of all forms
Field Education Format
Under the instruction and supervision of professionally-trained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors,
foundation students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field practica. Advanced standing students will spend a
minimum of 500 hours in one field practicum. Both the foundation and concentration practica are spread over 2
semesters (fall and spring). Both practica are concurrent with enrollment in integrative field seminars, as well as other
MSW coursework.
The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided into two components:
Foundation Practicum
The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts emphasis on developing competence as a professional
generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours and is completed by students admitted at the
92
foundation level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this
practicum.
Concentration Practicum
The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced practice skills and leadership qualities related to the
chosen concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is completed by all students, including those
admitted with advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours per week during the fall and spring
semesters in this practicum.
Process for Field Practicum Selection
Field practica begin in the fall, but the selection process begins the previous spring in collaboration with two other Twin
Cities MSW programs. Students attend a field orientation before beginning their search. Augsburg College and the
University of Minnesota - School of Social Work jointly host a field fair where students meet a large number of agencies
and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the student, and a
matching process conducted collaboratively by the field coordinators at three of the MSW programs in the Twin Cities.
In some instances, students can petition to complete a field practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their
place of employment. Students who wish to do so work with the MSW field coordinator for such proposals.
Field Practicum Settings
The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of each student in a stimulating and challenging field practicum.
Our current list of approved clinical and community practice field sites includes agencies in the following areas of
practice:
Family and children
Child welfare
Mental health
Crisis intervention
Senior resources
Family social policy
Health and human services
Corrections and probation
Public and independent schools
Youth services
Hospitals
Developmental disabilities
American Indian family services
Chronic and persistent mental illness
Chemical dependency
Court services
Immigrant, migrant, refugee services
Victims of torture
Faith-based social services
Neighborhood services
Legislation advocacy
Housing services
Employment services
Community organizing
Research centers
93
Dual Degree in Social Work and Business Administration (MSW/MBA)
Augsburg College offers a dual MSW/MBA degree in social work and business administration. Students enrolled in the
dual degree program learn to create better managed and financially sound service organizations to serve diverse
communities, both locally and globally.
Purpose
Many social service agencies today require that agency managers combine financial and business expertise with social
work practice and policy formation. The MSW/MBA dual degree prepares graduates to function in a workplace that
demands the delivery of quality services with increasingly limited resources.
Concentration
The MSW/MBA dual degree includes an accelerated third year of study for MSW students who elect the Multicultural
Macro Practice (MCMP) concentration. In this concentration, students learn to effect positive change in social service
systems through their work with communities, organizations, and social policy makers. Prior Augsburg MSW graduates
who have completed the necessary Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) coursework are eligible to return to complete
the MBA portion of the dual degree. The MSW degree must be completed before the MBA portion of the dual degree.
Schedule
Years 1 and 2 (September through June)
MSW classes meet on alternating weekends—Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons—and
students engage in hybrid learning activities between class weekends.
Year 3 (12–16 months)
MBA classes meet one night per week. The MBA program includes a summer term. See the MBA section for required
courses for the dual degree.
Curriculum
Foundation or advanced standing coursework
Either 920 hours (foundation) or 500 hours (advanced standing) MSW field practicum experience
The MSW summative evaluation project may be accepted by the MBA program as partial fulfillment of the MBA
project.
Complete a minimum of eight MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree 2002 and beyond;
complete a minimum of nine MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree prior to 2002
For more information regarding the MBA coursework required for the MSW/MBA dual degree, see the MBA section.
MBA Admission
MSW/MBA dual degree applicants may apply to both programs at the same time or admitted MSW students may wait
to apply to the MBA program until their concentration year. The GMAT is waived for MSW/MBA dual degree applicants.
MBA application materials include: completed application, two short essays, an updated resume, two letters of
recommendation, and a personal interview with the MBA program director. Admission to one program does not
guarantee admission to the other.
For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search.
Admission to MSW
The Augsburg College MSW program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student population. Therefore,
the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities,
backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures.
94
Listed below are general descriptions for the application process. Refer to the online MSW application documents for
details regarding specific application requirements.
Admission Requirements
Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university
Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher
Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities, biology, and statistics
Application Checklist
The application deadline is January 15 each year for matriculation in the following academic year. All application
materials noted below are due by the application deadline. For more information go to www.augsburg.edu/msw or call
612-330-1101.
Completed application form
$35 application fee
One official transcript from each previously-attended postsecondary institution. This includes colleges, universities,
vocational/technical institutions, and PSEO institutions.
Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social sciences, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics
course. These courses must be completed prior to enrollment.
Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for advanced standing applicants)
Three recommendation checklist forms, with letters attached, submitted online
Typed personal statement responding to the questions noted on the application form
Results of the TOEFL language tests, if applicable
Official international credit evaluation course-by-course review (for degrees completed outside of the United States)
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional
requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section.
Admission as a transfer student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
Transfer students may receive up to 22 transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in the Academic Programs and
Policies section of this catalog.) Eligible courses must be from a CSWE-accredited MSW program and students must have
received a grade of B (3.0) or higher. Students must complete no fewer than 30 credits at Augsburg in order to receive
their MSW degree from Augsburg College.
We do not grant academic credit for work or life experience.
Admission with Advanced Standing
Advanced standing is an application category open to those with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a program that
is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Advanced standing applicants may seek waivers for the
following eligible MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice
Methods and Skills 1 and 2, and Integrative Field Seminars 1 and 2 (which include 420 field practicum hours). Advanced
standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for each with a grade of B (3.0) or higher in order to receive a
waiver.
95
Academic Policies
Academic Achievement
Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MSW program. If a student falls below a 3.0
average, the student will be placed on academic probation. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in
order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the
student may be dismissed from the program. Students are retained in the program who can:
Maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher)
Complete course requirements of the program and field placement in a timely manner
Complete the program within four years
Abide by the department’s Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics
No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 will count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.5 must be
repeated. No more than two courses can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted
in the grade point average. If a student receives a grade below 2.5 in a field course, the MSW director will initiate a Level
3 review, as outlined in section 3.2 of the Standards for Social Work Education.
Evaluation of Student Field Performance
The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in the MSW Field Manual, which is located on the MSW
program Moodle page. The MSW Field Manual may be requested from the MSW Field Coordinator or MSW program
staff.
Four-Year Limit
All students are required to finish the degree within four years of matriculation. See the Academic Programs and Policies
section of this catalog for policy on continuation of coursework or final thesis.
Leave of Absence
Students who interrupt their program enrollment must request a leave of absence through the MSW program in order
to maintain their admitted status. The request must be made in writing or via the student’s Augsburg email account. A
leave of absence typically requires a full year away from the program in order to return to classes in sequence.
Prerequisite Courses
All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration
courses until successfully completing all foundation courses. In addition there are individual courses that are
prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Student Handbook.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition fees, MSW students can expect to a pay a facilities fee and a field program fee. Students can also
expect to purchase textbooks and student liability insurance when in a field placement. There may also be additional
fees associated with short-term study abroad electives.
Graduate Scholarship Search Tips
As you may know, graduate students do not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities open to
undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly encourage you to spend time doing your own independent research into
graduate funding available locally, nationally, and internationally.
The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is to look online. There are many scholarship search engines
online. The following websites may provide a good starting point for your search:
www.naswfoundation.org
96
www.gradloans.com
www.cswe.org
www.gradschools.com
www.mnssa.org
www.fastweb.com
www.aauw.org
www.gradview.com
www.finaid.org
www.petersons.com
www.studentaid.ed.gov
Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships
Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship
Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to
www.cswe.org).
Gosnell Scholarship Funds
Ten awards ($1,000-$4,000) offered to social work students interested in working with American Indian/Alaska
Native and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in
August (see www.naswfoundation.org).
Vern Lyons Scholarship
One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in health/mental health practice and a commitment to the
African American community. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org).
American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work
Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social work
practice. Applications due in March (see www.abecsw.org).
MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship
One $500 award offered to students from African-American, American Indian, Asian, LGBT, Hispanic and Immigrant
Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see
www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).
Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship
One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in the human service field so they may enhance their
professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).
Augsburg Scholarships
Augsburg’s Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. Students who are enrolled in the first year of
the program are eligible to apply. Awards range in amount from $300 to $1,500.
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship
Bodo F. Suemnig Memorial Scholarship
Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship
AmeriCorps Tuition Discount
Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or have been AmeriCorps volunteers—25% off the tuition cost of
one course per semester. This would apply to all semesters of the MSW program. Contact the Enrollment Center for
more information.
97
Augsburg Partnership Grant
The Augsburg Partnership Grant applies to new enrolling students only and allows employees of partner institutions to
receive a 10% tuition discount. Application fees of $35 are also waived. If a student enrolls in an Employer Tuition
Reimbursement Payment Plan, the $20 processing fee is also waived. Contact the Enrollment Center for more
information.
Military Discount
See description in the Financing Your Education section of the catalog.
MSW Forum
All MSW students are invited to participate in the student-run organization, the MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum
is to facilitate communication between social work students and the social work department, as well as to provide the
opportunity for student participation in departmental governance, curriculum development, and program
improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social Work Department meetings via representatives.
The forum has historically been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided the student can make a
commitment to attend the meetings and share in the efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator also
serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests.
Past forum members established these guidelines:
Provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas and/or concerns related to the MSW educational
experience with the Social Work Department
Encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty, and department and College administrators
Make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements
Receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College
Plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions
Organize social action projects
MSW Faculty
Laura Boisen, Professor of Social Work, MSW Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University of Wisconsin;
MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch, Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa;
PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign.
Ankita Deka, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences; PhD,
Indiana University.
Christina Erickson, Associate Professor of Social Work, BSW Field Coordinator. BS, University of Minnesota; MSW,
University of Minnesota-Duluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago.
Melissa Hensley, Associate Professor of Social Work, Field Education Coordinator. BA, MSW, PhD, Washington
University in St. Louis; MHA, University of Missouri–Columbia.
Bibiana Koh, Assistant Professor of Social Work, BSW Program Director. BA, Hartwick College; MA, Columbia University;
MAT, School for International Training; MSW, Smith College; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Knox College; MSW, Tulane University; PhD, Case Western
Reserve University.
Nancy Rodenborg, Professor of Social Work. BA, Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA, School of
International Training; PhD, University of Arizona.
98
Michael Schock, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department Chair. BA, University of Washington; MSW, University
of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington.
MSW Staff
Doran Edwards, BSW Program Assistant Director
Emily Glynn, MSW Program Coordinator
99
Augsburg College Board of Regents
For more details, go to www.augsburg.edu/about/leadership/regents.
Andra Adolfson
Ann B. Ashton-Piper
Karen A. Durant ’81
Matthew K. Entenza, J.D.
Mark A. Eustis
Alexander J. Gonzalez ‘90
Norman R. Hagfors
Jodi L. Harpstead
Bishop Richard N. Hoyme, ex-officio
Diane L. Jacobson, Ph.D.
Rev. Rolf A. Jacobson, Ph.D.
Wayne D. Jorgenson ‘71
Toby Piper LaBelle ‘96
The Honorable LaJune Thomas Lange ’75, J.D.
Steven E. Larson ’71, M.D.
André J. Lewis ’73, Ph.D.
Dennis J. Meyer ‘78
Pamela Hanson Moksnes ‘79
Paul S. Mueller ’84, M.D.
Jeffrey M. Nodland ’77
Lisa M. Novotny ’80
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D.
Curtis A. Sampson
Earl W. Sethre ‘68
Dean A. Sundquist ‘81
Bishop Ann M. Svennungsen, ex-officio
Gary A. Tangwall ’80
Rev. David L. Tiede, Ph.D.
Vicki L. Turnquist
Rev. Norman W. Wahl ’76, D.Min.
Steven J. Wehrenberg ‘78
Rev. Mark N. Wilhelm, Ph.D., ELCA advisory member
ELCA Congregational and Synodical Mission
Executive Director
The Rev. Dr. Stephen Bouman
Program Director for Schools
The Rev. Dr. Mark Wilhelm
100
Show less
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r... Show more
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t
p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
Calendar
I
I
November 10-13
December
8
January
5
...
.. .
...
Interim Registration
Late I n t e r i m Registration
F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m
r Class
January
6 .
January
8 .
I 9:Ooa.m.
Class I 1
..
..
1:00 p.m.
I
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d
L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g
g r a d i n g system
.
January
19 . .
January
23
...
January
30
. . .
Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f
c r e d i t courses *
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g
courses
I n t e r i m ends
I
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e :
0
>
..
0
I - 8:00
I1
-
1 :00
-
IF00
-
5:00
d L.
;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e
The number a
w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
*
Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine
t h e g r a d i n g system.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l
The N i t t y G r i t t y
One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d .
There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an
i n t e r i m course.
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0.
S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s .
A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g .
Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e
a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d .
A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e
n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d
d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements.
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f
w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n
t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m
f o r graduation).
This C a t a l o g
T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n
a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1
t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t
~ ~ f f e r cby
d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t ,
a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n
about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Options
June Interim
A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f
summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h
no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l .
S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n .
2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
International Interims
Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas
These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981
ims a r e under these departments:
.
Education
EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY:
LONDON, page 10.
-
LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND
Foreign Languaqes
T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13.
THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY
MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14.
THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND
GUATEMALA, page 1 6 .
-
HAWAII:
H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science
A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC
INTERACTION, page 20.
Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College.
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l
.
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October.
Internships
I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l
t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no
l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18.
Independent or D l r e c t e d Study
Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r
d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e
s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
A.
Meet departmental requirements,
B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed
s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal
must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r
forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e
t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal
.
Interim Office.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13
Interims a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s
a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be
c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r
i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e
i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t
may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r
t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e
January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e
January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s ,
h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e
i n t e r i m course.
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e
t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d
by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome
t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m
h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c
o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y
accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n
i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s ,
admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and
o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs.
N e e d M o r e Help?
Check w i t h :
The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) ,
o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y ,
Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r
e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092.
4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Calligraphy
ART 1010611 0306
Instructor:
P h i l i p Thompson
Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c
s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n
p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
a major p r o j e c t i s required.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o )
-
Film-Making I Film-Making ii
ART 1024211 0342
Instructor:
Paul Rusten
T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e .
There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m .
Fees:
$70.00 l a b f e e
None f o r Film-making I
You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r
f o r Film-making 11.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
L i f e Drawing
ART 10247
Instructor:
Norman Hol en
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The
f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r
v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an
hour and a h a l f .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l
p e n c i l and p a s t e l s .
A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS
rn
N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t
BIOLOGY 20104
Instructor:
Erwin Mickel berg
Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion.
A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e
basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals,
vitamins and water.
9
An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured
i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l
concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 212
T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng
BIOLOGY 20185
Instructor:
Robert H e r f o r t h
A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y
experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related
changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects
o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes?
What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from
t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n
c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o
t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be
addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions
o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation
w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 205
M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h
BIOLOGY 20301
Instructor:
Neal Thorpe
The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y
has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d
research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l
methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry,
s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an
in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e
6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e
t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y .
Prerequisites:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106)
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e 202
Wetland Ecology
BIOLOGY 2031 1
Instructor:
Roberta Lammers
In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs,
marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these
w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as
we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota
d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e
p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be
l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the
p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g .
Prerequisite:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112
I
Room:
S c i e n c e 213
-
D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation
BUSINESS 21495
Instructor:
K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The
method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com-
m e n t a t i o n and s
There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y .
Prerequisfte:
Time:
I
A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
L2O1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7
CHEMISTRY 341 13
Instructor:
E a r l A1 t o n
Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a
cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course
dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry.
The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There
wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three
hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day.
knowns and a few q u i z z e s .
Lectures
-
Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory
11 :00 a .m.
Prerequisite:
H i g h School C h e m i s t r y
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
18111
Room:
-
1 :00-4:00
p.m.
Science 318
Introduction t o Chemirtry
CHEMISTRY 341 04
Instructor:
John Holum
T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s
o f chemistry:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common
u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o
use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s .
Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how
p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s .
Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r .
Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n
t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e
h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental
p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made.
A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y
and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and
t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a
chemistry major.
Distribution:
Time:
I
,
Yes
Room:
S c i e n c e 318
81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
.
,
,
4
.
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y
CHEMISTRY 34205
Instructor:
A r l i n Gyberg
A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally
1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc
medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f
chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical
teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent
.
q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam.
Prerequisites:
Time:
Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223
Room:
I
Science 320
E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s
ECONOMICS 221 20
Instructor:
Ed S a b e l l a
A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban
environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g
Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s
i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards
an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r .
Distribution:
Time:
Economics o r Urban
I1
Room:
01 d Main 11
Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains
ECONOMICS 22493
Instructor:
Satya Gupta
Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n
Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o
wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap*
tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be
sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models,
Z
.
.
Prerequisite:
Time:
I1
-
H i g h School A1 gebra
Room:
L-1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9
EUROPE January 3-28
E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n
EDS 44260
EDE 45260
Instructor:
Cost:
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
$1395
An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e
4
#
u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example.
The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns
as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and
t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and
l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John
i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a
l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l
a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community
a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t
i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a
l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences.
Counts t o w a r d m a j o r :
F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n
t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255)
Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t
Grading:
PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l
E n r o l l m e n t : 15
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r .
Student Teaching
EDUCATION:
Instructor:
44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484,
45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e
provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s
a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l
( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h
c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l
t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n .
.
Prerequisites:
Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f
instructor.
1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Heritage Reporter
ENGLISH 54212
Instructor:
Dave Wood
"Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng
about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures
o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques
of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a
comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o
submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr
choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only.
Prerequisites:
Time:
English 111
I
Room:
Old Main 10
Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s
ENGLISH 54233
SOCIOLOGY 94233
Instructors:
Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell
The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the
Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their
societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized
duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways
t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular,
they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological
comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations
(approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take
a final written examination.
Laboratory Fee:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
$35
Yes
Room:
Science Audi t o r i urn
A S e v e n t i e s Sampler
ENGLISH 54249
Instructor:
Ron Palosaari
We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in
the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of
Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective
s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and
films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s .
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11
I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e
o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t .
Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do
t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage
o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I1
Old Main 18
Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop
ENGLISH 54362
Instructor:
Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas
Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of
prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four
s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period.
The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n
w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being
produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these
afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l .
The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s
(normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience
w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken
a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class.
I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r
work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n .
Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion
ENGLISH 54445.
Instructor:
Barbara Anderson
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l
reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n
small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r
themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l
term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e
i n t e r i m session.
Prerequisite:
J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 12
12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
'EUROPE January 3-28
L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s
French 70215/70315
Instructor:
Cost:
Mary Johnson
$1595
Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced
students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press,
+
and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d
w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres
and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e
chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three.
French 70315 counts toward major (French)
French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign
Language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
70215:
70315:
French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t
French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o n l y
Enrollment:
15
I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October.
F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n
FRENCH 70243
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r
t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f
s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n
mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and
c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t
French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e
r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y
w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13
d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n
form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s
e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen
l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading,
c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Yes
Room:
I
O l d Main 27
.EUROPE January 3-28
The Rhine Frontier: Germany
M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e
GER 72333
Instructor:
Cost:
Donald Steinmetz
$1595
+
Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been
4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe.
Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here
modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne.
Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes.
Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s
which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and
t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area
on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels
Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German.
Counts toward German m a j o r
-
Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t
i n German
Enrol l m e n t : 20
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary
Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distri butlon:
Time:
Yes
I
Room: Old Main 29
N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311
Instructor: Leif Hanson
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations
in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work
and field experience required. No special fees.
Prerequisite: 75211
-
Intermediate level
Distribution: Yes
Time:
I1
Room: Old Main 29
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5
MEXICO January 5-30
The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala
SPA 76381
GST 58181
Gunta Rosental s
Instructor:
Cost:
$1395
+
T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian,
c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala
4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l
Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan
r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y .
Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r
i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a
d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s
w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . )
O p t i o n A:
Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r
F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t
Prerequisite:
Option B:
General S t u d i e s
Prerequisite:
Grading:
Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r
-
f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t
None (Spanish 11 1 recommended)
PIN o n l y
E n r o l l m e n t : '30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229
o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as
p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Safety Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114
Instructor:
Doug Nelson
P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community
l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I(Jan. 5-16)
Room:
Melby 12
Chemical Dependency Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f
abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as
w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a
drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems
a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g .
Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s
and t e x t book.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby 12
Recreational Activities & Rhythms
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l
r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s ,
camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square
dancing
.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby
AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17
Modern D a n c e
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e
composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and
design. No previou.s experience necessary.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y
Time:
I (Jan. 5-16)
i course
Room:
credit.
Melby
Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477
Instructor:
Rees Johnson
Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It
wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade
e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a
w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work.
T h i s course
--
equals o n l y
Prerequisite:
Time:
i
course c r e d i t .
I n s t r u c t o r approval
I1
Room:
Melby 13
Coaching of H o c k e y
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478
Instructor:
Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey.
It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on
d r y land and on i c e .
Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching
notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must
be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k .
This course
--
equals o n l y % course c r e d i t .
Prerequisite:
Time:
1
I n s t r u c t o r approval
Room:
Me1by 13
18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes
HISTORY 56111/56311
Instructor:
Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e
"navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e
i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which
i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western
C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s .
I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since
t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l
l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some
s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double
(maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation
w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper
d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be
a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r
way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Yes
-
h i s t o r y o r urban
Room:
Old Main 12
D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y
HISTORY 56299
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e
t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S.
H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e
20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o
supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o
consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by
students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l .
Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e
inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be
t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m .
Prerequisite:
One h i s t o r y course
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119
H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n
' HAWAII
January 4-28
H i s t o r y 56240/56340
P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355
Instructors:
Cost:
I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan
$1495
*+
Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s
i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus
on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s .
Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and
H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on
Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each
s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper.
Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Prerequisites:
Grading:
lower d i v i s i o n , none.
upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f
instructor.
PIN o n l y
Enrollment:
30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e
INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285
Instructor:
Grier Nicholl
the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l
War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n
Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and
WaF and World
novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period.
Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n
the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the
Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the
c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters,
the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William
O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels
such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s
muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic
forces in the c i t y .
Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y
background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof
s readings, and several visits
t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual
o r group oral presentation.
Distribution:
Time:
Urban
I1
Room:
Music 23
B r u s h Up
MATHEMATICS 61103
Instructor:
Beverly Durkee
This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an
introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful
f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s
a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students
who wish t o work with t h i s medium.
There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o
gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades.
Time:
I
Room:
Science 108
Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music
MATHEMATICS 61 130
Instructor:
Ben Cooper
In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the
often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow
related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the
sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121
mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as
acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics
no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but
where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and
mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features
of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical
constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic
ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on
these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that
everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will
try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings
or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly
mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The
necessary the ma tics will be developed in class.
Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Music 5
Room:
I
An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s
MATHEMATICS 61136161336
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which
calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas"
on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller
cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data,
buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies
and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and
its links to geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the
historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will
note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported
scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research
paper is required.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing
ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
Old Main 23
ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians
MUSIC 82151/82351
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These
systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal
a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study.
For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l
be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do
more memory work away from t h e i r instruments.
Time:
I
Room:
Music 9
M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c
MUSIC 82212/82312
Instructor:
Robert ~ a r l i n
An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l
and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f
music.
Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by
the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions.
Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h
l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course.
Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t
one.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Majors:
Theory 4; others:
No: Majors: e l e c t i v e
Yes: Others: Fine A r t s
Room:
I1
Music 26
Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e
M U S I C 82233182433
Instructor:
Roberta Metzl e r
none
&:
Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research
i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o
treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas
and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123
. Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the.
Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl ,
Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8
f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham
btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB,
T. Eitglq,
wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh
RMT. Graduate sJudents from
r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@
Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion
w"ll1 be b
S
rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11
intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on
c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal
.
d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0.
Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn.
and Tekaa
-r
e
I
Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas).
would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board.
Time:
I
Room:
T h i s fee
Music 26
The Opera of Puccini
MUSIC 82253
Instructor:
Stephen Gabriel sen
A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and
reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as
w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r
t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
I
Music 4
History of Jazz
MUSIC 82377
Instructor:
L a r r y Tallman
This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we
know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement
exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e
music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t
t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s
and a f i n a l .
Time:
I
Room:
Music 2
24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
a
T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g
NURSING 81 320
I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust
T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f
n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t
p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e .
Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations.
Prerequisites:
instructor.
Time:
Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f
Room:
I
O l d Main 13
T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s
PHILOSOPHY 83132
Instructor:
Bruce Reichenbach
Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says
develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l
be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
June 1981
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
a t Some Contemporary Issues
PHILOSOPHY 83250
Instructor:
Kenneth B a i l e y
A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is
i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun
i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s
t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l
discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face
whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1
be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes
Time:
I1
Room!
01 d Main 1 0
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125
The Starship Accords
PHYSICS 84180
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180
Instructors:
Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel
You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the
f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As
one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to:
A.
FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on
any of the several planetary systems thought to be
suitable for colonization. .
B.
Help design a system of governance for the entire
comuni ty
C.
Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the
colony sent to each location.
.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory
will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group
projects.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Music 22
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics
PHYSICS 84341
Instructor:
Kenneth Erickson
Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry,
materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of
the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of
s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the
leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of
lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions
i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working
knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid
s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed
will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures;
interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic
properties of sol ids.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125
Room:
Science 24
26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
+,,
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355
Instructors:
I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.)
*
N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t
Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345
Instructor:
M i l d a Hedblom
The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a
powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In
thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of
t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political
coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll
cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980
general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course
we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their
unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f
the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the
second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three
teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing
election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working
where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the
Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes
11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn
work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis.
Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading
Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee,
twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges.
R
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l
j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 25
T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e
PSYCHOLOGY 86210
Instructor:
Norman Ferguson
This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas:
1)
How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n
everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad
h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h
anger).
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27
2)
Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV
violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s
c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?)
Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f
these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l
students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c
t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions
can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l
be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n .
The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on
psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o
develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11
group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s
presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short
paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen.
Prerequisite:
Time:
Psychology 105
I1
Room:
Psychology 2
' P o p Psych': What's i t all About?
PSYCHOLOGY 86235
Instructor:
L y l a Anderegg
Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups ,
happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed
reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior.
Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today?
Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology
has disappeared?
What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional
psycho1 o g i s t s ?
I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ?
These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course
t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format.
Each student w i l l be responsible
f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h
respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e .
Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen
references.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Psychology 3
28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y
PSYCHOLOGY 86241
Instructor:
Richard Marken
See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I )
can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple
programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure
response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses,
See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV
scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I
Psychology 3
Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
Instructor:
Duane Johnson
Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on
childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular
persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers,
Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports
t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r
strengths.
This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of
Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop.
Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t
approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the
reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of
the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than
December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r
reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading,
regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and
a short summary paper.
Prerequisites:
Registration:
Time:
I
86105 General Psychology
P/N only
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129
Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools
3f.Q
RELIGION 87355
Instructor:
Eugene Skibbe
We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n
and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l
be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s
associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be
analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e
phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern.
Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g
o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned
reading.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
Music 23
T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y
RELIGION 87369
Instructor:
David Fagerberg
This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t
fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees
of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t
three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of
worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The
aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies,
but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp.
R
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e
s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n
t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 11
I I-
C
d
\I
3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981
INTERIM
T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e
SOCIAL WORK 95312
Contact:
Eddie Hertzberg
An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e
i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency
treatment agency.
Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes,
e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency.
Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d .
Fees:
$100
Prerequisites:
Time:
Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission
o f c o n t a c t person
I& I 1
Room:
Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson
Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN.
Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention
SOCIAL WORK 95410
Instructor:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rosa1i e C l a r k
To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n
t h e present.
To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y .
To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y .
To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e
broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e .
To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address
domestic violence.
Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g
c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader
s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e
issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l
provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r
students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d .
Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n :
4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam
1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31
F i e l d Work i l l
SOCIAL WORK 95466
Instructor:
Doug Perry
T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement
i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15
hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y
f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations
w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed
c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms.
This course
carries
Prerequisites:
Time:
4:OO-5:00
o n l y % course c r e d i t .
F i e l d Work I 1
Room:
Old Main 22
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of
Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films
SOCIOLOGY 94233
I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .)
T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g
SOCIOLOGY 94313
Instructor:
Gordon Nelson
Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e
nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a
s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions
asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on
these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s
m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o
observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l
i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l
and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Old Main 22
32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Discussion and D e b a t e
SPEECH 98112/98312
Instructor:
Ray Anderson
Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative
problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y
phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and
c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o
achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f
problem-sol ving.
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions
i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions
using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various
formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y
every day.
Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on
readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance
i n discussions and debates.
Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have
a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable.
Yes
I1
Room:
Old Main 13
Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r )
SPEECH 98285
Instructor:
Ailene Cole
This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play.
Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music,
dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e
scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week.
Time:
9:30
1:00
-
12:OO
3:OO
Room:
Stage 11, Old Music
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133
I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication
SPEECH 98331
Instructor:
Joel Mugge
This course will explore both the problems and the potential of
communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will
examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers
between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the
course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small
group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as
readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there
will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t
the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication
between cultures.
The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study
o r travel abroad.
-
Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project.
Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor.
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 18
34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Other Courses
These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h
Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y
a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e
s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e
i n t h e Interim Office.
10163
B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g
O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a .
-
Tuition
$159.
551 06
S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h )
Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m
n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s
e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t
Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n .
58120
W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r )
Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary
Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s .
85399
Washington Interim
A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n
w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e
f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113.
95312
T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e
-
I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i
t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency
t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i
p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical
dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d .
-
S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t
person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100.
98251
PeacemakingIPIaymaking:
A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t
a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm
A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and
t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by
Y
workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g .
Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e
n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e
i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r
Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and
discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e
i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s
and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n
J o e l Mugge).
Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285.
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135
Lifetime Sports
The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m .
They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e
s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any
one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be
expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received.
F o l k Dancing
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Time:
E r n i e Anderson
12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday
Running
Room:
Melby
- A Positive Addiction
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program
designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t .
There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y
attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside.
Time:
12:OO-1:00
(meets :an.
12-30)
Room:
Me1by
Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Mike Teitelbaum
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and
p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r .
Fees:
$20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n
Time:
12:OO-1:00
Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y
36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Room:
Me1by
Show less
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t... Show more
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since
one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring
semesters.
Calendar
November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration
December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration
January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add
January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 18.
Beginning of certain half credit courses*
January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses
January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends
..............................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon
11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first
day of class.
'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add
and to determine the grading system.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register
for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the
option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N
system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim
for graduation.)
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 3
Fall 1981
612/300-1001
AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and
Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class
postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order.
Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt
l . t h e e n d o f the book are
listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim
credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout
n
these
courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230.
Options
june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer
school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge.
Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in
the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be
required t o pay the regular summer course tuition.
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these
departments:
English - Theatre i n London
Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n
- The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982
Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after October.
Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or
who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an
internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship
Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17.
Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper
division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study
per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by
the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be
obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which
offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the
lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other
schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for
the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without
tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course.
Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director
for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These
students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim
housing should be made t o the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights,
privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the
school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n
employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b).
Courses
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Jewelry
Art 150 - 4003
Instructor: Norman Holen
You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape,
enamel and cast these metals.
The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the
necessary equipment and re-usable items.
There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces.
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
OM1
16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1
Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame
as Film-Making I.
Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
lnstructor Ralph Sulerud
W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron
l
whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the
r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will
r n ~ ~ncreasrngly
n~~
rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the
liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y,
r guestion\sur h h ~ these
c
must be effect~ut+ly
atlrIressetl: w h a t are
l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she
t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o
nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward
~ty
the rrivrronmrnr make
sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is
recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever
just~f~ed
It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background
necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces
Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be
l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby
t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe
l
spent d~scuss~ng
ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon
paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class
partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Wetland Ecology
Bio 311 - 4114
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater
wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these
wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects,
and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland
org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to
~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as
well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n
M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by
a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy
the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof
source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un
d
rhewea~
her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of
one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent
r
rcadin~.
Prerequisites: 510 111, 112
Time: I
The Biology of Aging
Bio 385 - 4115
Instructor. Robert Herforth
At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be
~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared
g
changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~
t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc
~
oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~?
What
lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from
t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the
o focne r t a ~ n
c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o
rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~
IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock?
al
Thew and other
qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol
ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be
l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe
course
Prerequ~s~tes:
BIO 111
Time: I
S 212
Introduction to Chemistry
C h m 104 - 4116
Instructor: John Carlson
of chemistry for ~hosr?
who have never studled chemistry hefore.
h course in basic
Inclu(E~d
are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr,
r
types of rcactinns,
solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases,
~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to
p no r ~ a n ichrmistry.
r
Many applications to Iifc
~ T O C C S S ~and
S
cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no
:
~hrcrlonger examinations
Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes,
plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a
minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
Chm 113 - 4117
Instructor: Earl Alton
rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning
rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion
to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e
s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions
~ ~ s s each
i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr
c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day.
h
Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.)
Introduction to Clinical Chemistry
Chm 205 - 4118
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~
was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information
~
about
Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san
e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry
ly
IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~
d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n
~lormat~u
n
ahrlu~
synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r (
medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~
l yc r f o r m c dalrd may
result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn
f f e rt ~hnone
~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr
sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems
l
s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~!
analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory.
y
Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory
l
wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp,
exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork
evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam.
l
Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223
T ~ m eI
S 315
Economics of Urban Issues
Eco 120 - 4119
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed.
Distribution: Urban Studies
Time: II
O M 13
Learning Styles, Teaching Styles
Ede 227 - 4125
Eds 227 - 4126
Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff
differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some
L ~ k e~ndlvldual
students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng
and others by work~ngo n thelr own
Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more
effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents
H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~
that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their
counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg
o Irt,ry
e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor
P
mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle
~
ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc.
Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles,
51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e
l
In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t .
f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl
through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr.
tl
Time: ll
Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten
Ede 375 - 4124
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials
and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior to the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
L4
Time: Summer Interim
Student Teaching
Eds 481 - 4120
Eds 482 - 4121
Eds 483 - 4122
Eds 484 - 4123
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Time: I
L6
People Under Pressure
Eng 211 - 4130
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social.
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often
I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And
t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h
c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl
~ ( ~evt3nwit.
Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201
~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv
1
r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( !
irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr,
r
being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4
LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I
r rAtrt~r,ic,~:
~
Wright. Narivr Srjn:
I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1;
/ ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort
r
'+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h,
t
(;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4.
~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><:
~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o
. A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n
?/~
,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f
M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts
Time: I
O M 10
.
The Brontes
Eng 248 - 4128
Eng 348 - 4129
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy
redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two
elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which
their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the
imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and
Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry.
The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily
(Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the
critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth
century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer.
Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of
attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's.
Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures,
discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a
short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both.
Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor.
Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
Time: l l
O M 16
Europe January 3-28
I nteri m/9
Theatre in London
Eng 269 - 4131
Eng 369 - 4132
Instructor: Richard Sargent
Cost: $1795
London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres
such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the
work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in
order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In
addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness
London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots
in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other
theatres, notably to Stratford.
Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in
addition.
Counts toward English major
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts
Grading: P/N
Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop
Eng 362 - 4127
Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College
M~mbcrs
of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion
rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet
threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition,
iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in
the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory
The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have
had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be
accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing
course.
Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and
submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for
Interim.
Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA.
French Literature in Translation
Fre 243 - 4134
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a
common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop
cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and
study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be
devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work,
progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements).
Time: I
-
Beginning Norwegian
~ d 111
r - 4133
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress
o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4137
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and
field experience.
If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern
Minnesota.
Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged.
Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent
Time: II
O M 29
lntensive Beginning Spanish
Spa 112 - 4135
Instructor: To b e named
The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis
o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct
written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group
conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on
daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
O M 23
Time: I
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
Spa 215 ;4136
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields.
Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in
health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of
Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: Spanish 212
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Planning for Tomorrow:
Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's
Gst 240 - 4177
Robert Clyde, Augsburg College
Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas
Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes
place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts,
entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students
will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act
locally."
Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional
books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional
resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal,
continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class.
Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and
assessment of quality of personal growth plan.
S 108
Time: II
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
Hpe 232 - 4143
Instructor: Pam Paulson
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 18-29
Melby
Modern Dance
Hpe 373 - 4141
Instructor: Pam Paulson
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class,
performance of a group composition, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby
Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15
12/l nteri m
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
Hpe 410 - 4142
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum)
Time: I
Melby 13
Virgin Islands January 4-28
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
**
Hpe 455 - 4139
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Cost: $1995
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat
cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed
keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented
by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning,
piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and
leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants.
Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement
Grading: P/N only
Coaching of Football
Hpe 476 - 4140
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15
Melby 12
Coaching of Basketball
Hpe 477 - 4138
Instructor: Rees Johnson
Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season,
pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a
coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Instructor's approval.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby 13
Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29
20th Century South Asia
His 162 - 4147
His 462 - 4148
Instructor: Don Gustafson
Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng
~
rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from
this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most
r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen;
l
11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir
Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl
oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor
populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more.
Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In
nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough
nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a
w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings
r
(somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP
will a l ~ o h e
lertures, trrne
for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations.
Grades w ~ lbe
l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a
test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have
l
addlt~onalassignments and be
graded by upper dlvrslon standards.
Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college
history class.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I
S112
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
His 220 - 4145
His 320 - 4146
Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen
An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration
P
pattern, economir opporlunities, and
social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl
tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew,
l
Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve
jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares.
tjrlth t h "nld"
~
rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5
ic
(Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~
etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp
important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc.
Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs
r
or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~
ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a .
and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will
1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill
e n dnapaprr
t5
t)r an exam un the t ~ x and
t
readlng~.
Fees: $15 for meals and films etc.
Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None
Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor
D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy
Time: I
Studies in Ancient and Medieval History
Through the Reformation
His 366 - 4190
Instructor: Richard Nelson
This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient,
medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of
those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and
identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g.,
biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion
of a paper or project.
Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor
Time: II
Brush Up
Mat 103 - 4150
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will
be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as
part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer.
There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills,
and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by
test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized.
Time: I
S 108
Mathematical Aspects of Music
Mat 130 - 4149
Instructor: Ben Cooper
This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should
know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning,
and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the
meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural
invrntine or discovering
isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r %
math~maticr;
and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics
not
t
a tangential bearing o n music,
usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1
and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things
we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n
homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one
canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will
be developed i n class.
Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra.
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: I
Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy
M a t 134 - 4188
M a t 334 - 4189
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be
uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas
have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We
shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to
various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers.
Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n
Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers.
Prerequisites: Yes
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: II
O M 25
Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
Mus 110 - 4151
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice.
Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including
mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how
music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm
discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and
abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee
of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be
required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring
either the morning or afternoon.
Fees: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
M24
Time: II
Sign and Song
Mus 161 - 4152
Mus 361 - 4153
Instructor: Larry Fleming
This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in
"signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm,
and text topics.
The process will include:
I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by
authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others.
II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing"
c
will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental
concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood.
Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song.
Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove
useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper
division credit requires the writing of a position paper.
Distribution: Art - Music
M 22
Time: II
Trends and Issues in Nursing
Nur 330 - 4154
Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm
Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and
concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n
terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care
needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand
health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and
projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging
roles in nursing.
The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by
examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n
the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of
the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods
include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include
annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test.
O M 11
Time: II
The Nature of Contemplation
Phi 210 - 4157
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the
works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and
discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject,
the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation.
The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected
readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a
topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on
the term paper and the individual discussions.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: II
O M 23
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
at Some Contemporary lssues
Phi 250 -4158
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the
Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood.
Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930;
others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the
concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a
philosophical standpoint.
Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
OM 10
Time: II
Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present
Phi 410 - 4156
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the
materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian
thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by
Christian western culture will be explored.
Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers.
Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
M 23
Time: I
1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities
Science Minimester
Phy 322 - 4159
Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the
instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for
laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I
S 24
Democratic Theory and Practice
Pol 381 - 4160
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive
research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving
considerable independent work.
Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission.
M 25
Time: II
The Politics of American Defense
POI 461 - 4161
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special
concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and
Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy
behavior since World War II. .
Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on
course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be
held during one all-day class in mid-January.
Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor.
M 25
Time: I
Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology
Psy 241 - 4163
lnitructor: Richard Marken
See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o
explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic
displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the
fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n
programming projects and two tests.
P3
Time: II
Designing an Introductory Psychology Course
Psy 305 - 4164
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course.
This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a
course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing
the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures.
There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum
development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an
opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective
of an instructor.
Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments.
Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology.
Time: II
P1
Reading in the Works of Robert Coles
Psy 372 - 4162
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus
o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o
authors closely related to Coles' perspective.
Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on
a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n
various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the
affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with
sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~
0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k
He
ll~
i s ra.perceptive criticof our society
and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons.
Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each
student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these
assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include
extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort
summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis.
Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology
P5
Time: I
Hawa~iJanuary 4-30
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
rC
Rel 321 - 4166
Instructor: P h ~ l ~
Quanbeck
p
Cost: $1795
It
A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special
attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting
of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today;
the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the
approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians.
Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n
their own right.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: one religion course
Grading: P/N only
Christianity in Modern Africa
Re1 366 - 4165
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10
l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n
~s
In
s r l e c ~ r trrgions
l
~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on
c
llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl
form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1
the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI
klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler
t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl
l
irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates.
T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an
rt~
"Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s.
y
v t s i ~ i nresourrv
~
I)ersr)n,
a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research
j,lppr and an examination.
P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion.
Uis~r1,-ution: Religion
Time: II
O M 18
-
Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals
Confront the Twentieth Century
Re1 368 - 4187
Instructor: Bruce Stuart
Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith.
"Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call
America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and
thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's.
Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing,
inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the
public school
Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several
American Presidents, Mark Hatfield
Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved
reading. There will be two tests and a short paper.
Prerequisites: One course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
*+*
Israel January 3-28
Israel, Ancient and Modern
Re1 375 - 4167
Instructor: John Benson
Cost: $2195
This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o
methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live
primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to
museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the
north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and
Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba,
Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim.
There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal.
Prerequisites: one course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
Swk 257 - 4169
Instructor: Doug Perry
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings
and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you.
Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to
discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving.
3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies.
5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field.
Time: I
Field Work Ill
Swk 466 - 4170
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work
11).
Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty
facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field
learning agenda and social work evaluation form.
Objectives:
1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence.
2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice.
3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process.
4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of
strength and areas for personal/professionaI development.
5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n
analysis and resolution stages.
6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes
and t o develop interpretive ability.
7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process.
8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice.
(Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per
week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress
specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon
among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor)
Prerequisites: Field Work II
O M 11
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th
Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing
and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n
Memorial 113.
Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with
week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students
are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n
the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work
95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg,
are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents
l~
during interim and may be taken in addition t o
a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports
requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering
for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received.
Badminton
Hpe 002 - 4178
Instructor: Marilyn Pearson
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside
assignments.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport
Time:'12:00 Noon
Melby
Volleyball
Hpe 002 - 4179
Instructor: E. W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily
Melby
Racquetball
Hpe 002 - 4180
Instructor: E.W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily
Melby
American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense
Hpe 002 - 4191
Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum
An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e
taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor.
Fees: approximately $20.
Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday
Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same
amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
.............................................
..................................................
November 8-11
Interim Registration
December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration
January 3..
First Day of Interim
Class 19:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
January 4 . .
January 17..
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends
..............................................
.................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 10..
Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 12..
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
First group of half credit courses ends
January 14..
January 17..
Second group of half credit courses begins
January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 26..
January 28..
Interim ends
.........
......................
................................
...........................
......................
.......................................................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of
summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no
additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time
of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the
January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition.
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the
following departments:
Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris
Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish
- Europe: The Rhine Frontier
History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris
Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
16. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can
be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution
which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in
the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at
other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at
Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted
as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition
to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the
rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic
origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
6/l nterim
Courses
-
16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1
ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I.
Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17
Life Drawing
ART 247 - 4001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of
time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I........ Room: O M 17
Europe January 3 - 28
Art in London and Paris
ART 378 - 4006
Instructor: Mary Swanson
This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums,
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so
that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep
a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style,
function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art.
Fees: $1995
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 103 - 4009
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others
who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works.
Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science
prerequisites.
I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study.
Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle
development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course.
The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the
lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room.
Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the
d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill
r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the
forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What
are the rights o( r h unhorn?
~
Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no
matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make
sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS
recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than
s
II soTves?Is euthanasia ever
justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground
necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices.
Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be
spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position
paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class
participation and examination results.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205
..
8/l nterim
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4010
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one
level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the
intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and
heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only
accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made
to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed
mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from
primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed.
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Room: 205
Time: I . .
......
Immunology
BIO 386 - 4011
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology.
immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111,112
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
CHM 113 - 4014
Instructor: Earl Alton
way of learning
Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~
some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will
be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h
day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows:
Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F
Lab
- 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F
- 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th..
Room: S 318
......
Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences
CHM 301 - 4015
Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted
Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical
chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course
will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use
only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use
their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems.
Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions,
entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and
chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand
ia
membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction
mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular
structures.
Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class
examinations.
Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus
Time: I. ....... Room: S 318
Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems
ECO 451 - 4013
Instructor: Satya P. Gupta
I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with
some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions.
Grades will be based on one report and an examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent
Room: L 1
Time: 1 1 . .
......
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten
EDE 375 - 4018
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and
materials and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior t o the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced
l O / l nterim
Theories of Learning Disabilities
EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017
Instructor: Barry Franklin
This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80
years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining
these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by
major theorists and practitioners in the field.
The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in
which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a
number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin
Cities.
This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for
students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective
therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or
behavioral disabilities.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019
EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020
EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021
EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022
Instructor: Marie McNeff
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Room: L 6
Time: I . .
......
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4027
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10
The American Short Story
ENG 241 - 4028
Instructor: Toni Clark
This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the
seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American
Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee
of approximately $10 for films.
Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2
Literature Performed in the Twin Cities
ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030
Instructor: Richard B. Sargent
During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the
Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose
readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such
as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep
a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take
advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances,
and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions.
There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will
be expected to do an additional research paper.
Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction)
ENG 362 - 4097
Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine
We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and
narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction
requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a
workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream.
Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be
selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by
November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced
12/l nterim
Europe: January 3 - 28
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333 - 4032
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
I
Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and
gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three
recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between
the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on
location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the
battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The
course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s
ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating
from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than
100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to
the student's entering level of competence.
Cost: $1690
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Beginning Norwegian
Nor 111 - 4033
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class
sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4034
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29
.
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Basic Conversational Spanish
SPA 113 - 4031
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to
use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations,
as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting
Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month.
Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political
Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will
be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot
of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish
Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211.
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 -4076
Instructor: Staff
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4036
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: Health 320
Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3
14/l nterim
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475 -4035
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12
-
.. .
Coaching of Basketball
HPE477-4078
Instructor: Dave Boots
Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course
will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based
on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3
Coaching of Hockey
HPE478-4079
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4037
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that
city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban
Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23
..
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162 - 4038
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger
illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in
non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations.
Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a
test.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1
Hawaii January 3 - 27
Hawaii: A Laboratory
of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian
(Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on
historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to
the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop
Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian
City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds
in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will be required readings.
Cost: $1895
Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Grading: P/N only
16/l nterim
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4041
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings,
a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Room: M 22
Time: 11..
......
Being and Becoming Well in American Culture
INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well
being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of
those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term.
We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American
culture and individually determine what it has to offer.
To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five
miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and
articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will
be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers.
We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect
students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips.
Room: O M 25
Time: I..
......
South Africa: Historical Mirrors,
Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum
INS 270 - 4045
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented,
yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the
following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American
experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic
satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in
molding a multi-cultural society?
The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students
will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in
groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations.
Room: M 23
Time: I . .
......
Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in
American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914
INS 275 - 4042
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I
generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters,
photographers and architects.
How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical
developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can
be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to
industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead
the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities.
Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small
group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen
Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's
The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period.
There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21
.
Brush Up
MAT 103 - 4093
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students
scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful
for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of
the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study
needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine
achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely
individualized.
Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108
18/l nterim
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s
present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links
r
to
geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22
Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming
MAT 144 - 4049
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination.
(See instructor if you have not taken this examination.)
Distribution: Math-Physics
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112
Memorization for Musicians
MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054
Instructor: lames D. Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived
from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For
instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and
do more memory work away from their instruments.
Prerequisites: Basic music study
Distribution: Music-Art
Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
REL 364 - 4086
Instructors: Larry Fleming
Philip A. Quanbeck
The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical.
theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach
emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip
(Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one
r
of the supplernenlary group sessions.
1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal
runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
This course may not be used toward a music major.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23
Europe January 3 - 28
Music in London and Paris
MUS 378 - 4045
Instructor: Robert Karlen
rt
These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck,
Berlioz, and Stravinsky.
Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip
services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the
special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of
historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers,
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities,
four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Cost: $1995
Distribution: Art-Music
Grading: P/N only
20/l nterim
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091
Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12
Philosophy of Love
-
PHI 145 4056
Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer
This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place
in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be
analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination.
There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Room: O M 22
Time: I..
......
1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science Minimester
PHY 322 1 4057
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the
sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will
consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in
the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study
nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program
back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance,
laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327 - 4058
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will
acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre
polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a
cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will
hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21
The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being
POL 177-4060
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional
interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to
1983 as substantive focus.
Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the
American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original
SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the
development of constitutional law.
Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions.
Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation.
Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status.
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24
.
22/l nterim
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Theories of Social Change
and Revolution
POL 383-4059
Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley
This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and
revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French
Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals,
Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors
i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered.
Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will
occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will
constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible
with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context
of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign
Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students
will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses.
A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Grading: P/N only
U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives
POL 495 - 4084
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the
Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include:
A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of
world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers
who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and
(2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers.
B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are
used i n two different regions of the world.
The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the
evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional
changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy
recommendations.
Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign
policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students
will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present
an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they
would implement their recommendations.
Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL
158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair.
Distribution: Political Science or Economics
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24
. .
The Psychology of Personal Adjustment
PSY 101 - 4061
Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers
The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to
see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will
include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and
developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to
the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s
expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based
on class participation and one individual project or paper.
This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor
in psychology.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Grading: P/N only
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1
24/l nterim
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Learning
PSY 357 - 4063
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction.
Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2
Theology of Play, Games and Sport
REL 328 - 4064
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one
or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human
significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and
Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have
helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At
the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their
contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has
a "play" structure.
I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books,
one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special
preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a
special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the
"intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to
have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games.
Prerequisites: One course in Religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
REL 364 - 4086
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck
Larry Fleming
The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical,
theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach
emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip
Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions.
1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366 - 4092
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be
introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian
Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches
in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and
discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be
evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18
Practicum in Human Services
SWK 257 - 4065
Instructor: Doug Perry
An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per
week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly
seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss
selection of agency and structure of this course.
~
of problems for which people seek
Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds
hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain
knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies,
ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service
agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof
i nsrlf
~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field.
Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123
.
Social Services with American lndian People
SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066
Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark
Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people.
A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of
service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation.
Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day.
This course carries only 1/2 course credit.
Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in
independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim.
prerequisites: Sociology 383
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25
Field Work 111
SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
. . . . Room: M 24
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th..
..
I nterim/27
The Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4068
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social
change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological
approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is
based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations.
Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the
instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
The Human Potential Movement and Identity:
A Sociological Analysis
SOC 394 - 4089
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected
grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become
increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a
brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will
consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the
dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an
examination and a paper.
There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285 - 4072
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Stage 2
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m..
.......
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
28/l nterim
HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n
Memorial 117A.
SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse
Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined
with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency.
Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential
learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited.
Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person,
Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Badminton
HPE002-4081
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Melby
Time: 12:OO Noon..
......
Volleyball
HPE002 -4082
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4083
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport.
Time: 9:20..
Melby
......
International Studv
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Interims Abroad January3-28,1983
Cermany
Hawaii
The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome
and France
A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
German 333 - Donald Steinmetz
Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t
ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here
e
TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft
modern Germany and France h a ~ their
romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure
r
ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere
.
Germaris and
French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co
manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c"
rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne.
Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc
c
socier)
of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh
excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv.
Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl
~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and
historical sites o i iise counfries J r e
readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of
competence.
.
Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . .
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15
... Cost: $1690.
London and Paris
History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen
Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian
ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~
stale.
h Focus on
hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences.
~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include
vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and
Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the
Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w
F i~h
cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic
backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~
n
sessions
~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;.
Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement.
Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un,
noni.; U*
division, sophomore standing and consent of
Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795.
instructor
.
Mexico
Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO
i
WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca):
a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by
each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group
discussions.
Art in London and Paris
Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Art 378 - Mary Swanson
Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley
This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums.
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h
museum
that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt
This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and
re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French
Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch
c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists,
b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of
,\LC"
d
,""'.,"'
V"
U C - . ~ . . Y L C . .
....A,-,
.."I,.,
I..
C " < . I
_.-bYIICI,
.-..
C L , , " , , .,-..,.
style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be
provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I
Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading:
P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995.
be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource,
conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is
violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the
context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular.
Music in London and Paris
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal
Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n
These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi
Franck and Stravinsky.
Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship
services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of
l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the
special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background
information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of
historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers.
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class
activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none
. . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995.
Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political
science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195.
Basic Conversational Spanish
Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley
Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15
i sderisnecl
h
tor sludents w h o have already covered the
~
and are ready t o put their
strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3
k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill
be regular in-class sessions, small
group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and
PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~.
atrending lectures, and just making Mexico
home for a month.
Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites:
Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . .
Cost: $1195.
Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities
Program in Global Community February 3
- May 2-
B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty
is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M
, ex~co
Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon
firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons
The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n ,
r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd
l
Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15,
1982
ACTC HECUA Programs
udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC)
ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and
Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n
A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned
at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms
The SPAN Program
Semester or Year Abroad
A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen
+ ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr
~ p h ~ ~or~jso
an-h
r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among
themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller
;
CaUwin London and He~delberg,the
University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of
t y Sev~lle,
Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es
in A v i p n , France
International Business
See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog.
Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries:
Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and
a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be
made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall.
Scholarships, Deadlines
Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study
abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of
the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be
accepted until the last day of class.
Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20
-612-330-1206
Show less
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1984 Interim Catalog
POSTMASTER
Volume 114, Number 4
Winter 1983
612/300-1001
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Sec... Show more
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1984 Interim Catalog
POSTMASTER
Volume 114, Number 4
Winter 1983
612/300-1001
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augs,burgCollege lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
0
OCT
NOV
DEC
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
....................................
October 31-November 4.
Interim Registration
December 5 ...........................................Late Interim Registration
First Day of Interim
January 3.. .................................................
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January 4..
Last day for cancel/add
January 17.. ................ Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 20.. ........................... Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 27.. ......................................................
Interim ends
..............................................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
...............................
January 3..
First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . .............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses
January 9 . ........... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 11.. .....................Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 13.. ...............................First group of half credit courses ends
January 16.. ...........................Second group of half credit courses begins
January 17.. ............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses
January 23. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 25.. ..................... Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January27........................................................
lnterimends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
II - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1984. These interims are under
the following departments:
Health-Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Political Science - Mass Media and Politics i n Britain, France, Germany and Austria
Religion-Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 28 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1-4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating i n one of these international interims should apply in the
lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1984.
-
Internships
Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
22. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independcmt or DhWcd Study
Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper dlvislon 499) or directed study (!owerdivblon 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly drseouraged fram accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
dlrected study per interlm. student^ choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
-
A. Meet departmental requirements,
6. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at -I
one week
before registration and not later than November 28. Apprgpriatestudy propo$alforms can
be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Inftdma at Qthw -Is
Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-74 Instltutlan
which offers a reclprocai lnterlm arrangepent. CataIags of these Interlmscan be consulted in
the Interim Offlee. The Interim Secretary wIti help students in appiylng for ~giwrationat
other schoals. Registration for lntwlms at rhe h e r Twin CMes college wlll be done at
Augsburg during the regular reghtratlon period. Most courses taught during the interim w
other 4-14schoolsare accepted forcredit by Aughurg, but ma not necessarily beaccepted
as meeting Augsburp'r distributhn rsquirem~ntr.Thls quiklcailon putlcuhtly J f a
courses offered for the Reiiglon requirement.
-
Non-Aupburg Students
e welcamee studenw from athat 44-4 schools far the jaiiiiary Interim
*hkoul tul~ion%rp provided he wudcnlt honr instlhltlon ql.a.not to cbar
to Au$bug students for the January tern. he walver of tuition,does not Indu$
e special
luirion
fees, housing or board costs. 0 t h nudem wlII be c h a r d $720 for the lnterlm course,
#upburg Cot
Students interested in regfstwing for an Aupburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school.* These students are welcom to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housingsfiwld bemadeto fie lnterim Office.
*There is an application processing fee of $10.
ku burg Policy
H"
Aug ufg College adml4 studehts of any race, golor, rtatlonal and ethnk origln ro all the
rl$hts, btiufI<&.s, figrams, and acthltlesgeneraI y accorded or made available to studentsat
,the school, It do= trot dlscrimlnq~on the basis of race, col,ar,crded, national and e~hrltc
orlgtn in eq6layrbent flfactiw or adrniitIstqatlon of Its edtFdatfonal>
policies, admission$poIi-dw, icholprshlp and loan programs, and ~thleticand other school-administer& programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
.
Courses
Calligraphy
ART 106 - 4001,306 - 4002
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills i n pen and brush
with ink and paint. Three completed design projects in lettering or line are required. For
upper division credit a major project is required.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 4
Nutrition: You Are What You Eat
BIO 104 - 4003
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Designed to discuss the foods that we eat in a popular fashion. After a review of the human
digestive system, each of the three basic food types will be discussed along with the role of
minerals, vitamins and water.
An attempt will be made to dispel the mysteries and the manufactured information in the
media, to make application to individual concerns, and to address the controversy concerning
food additives.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 213
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4004
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I7 Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental quertions which intrigue and torment members of our specips. While at one
l w e i weseek phtlosophlcat and religious answers, h i o l n ~ yIS invokecl at another level. I t l s t h ~
intent of this course to addresrrhesc questions and others through thesrudy of ~ v o t u t l o nand
heredfry {genetlrs). The concept of organic evolution continues to have i t s critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to lhrt va5l majority of hlologists the evolution of life is not only
accep~edbut ir rcaasded as the single most significant confrihurion which biology has made
to human knowledgr. We will study I ~ Pevidence in support of evolution. rht? proposed
mechanisms of ttip ~volutionaryprocess, and, a5 time permits, the course or evolution from
primiltvr! forms to humans. Some principles ol genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making 11 possible rn undcrstand evolurionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
e s he discussed.
influence rhrir own evoluiion and that olol her ~ p e r ~ wlll
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 212
Wetland Ecology
BIO 311 - 4005
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n Wetland Ecology we will study the complexity, variety and importance of freshwater
wetlands (i.e. bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). The physical aspects of these wetlands as
well as the interrelationships of some of their major organisms like sedges, insects, and
sphagnum will be considered. Students will be re uired to pursue4nclependent reading on
wetland organisms of particular Interest to them. T e course work will also include required
reading, discussion and leeura, lab observation d wetland organisms, and local field trips
depending on the weather. We shall examine critically the potential ofMinnesota's wetlands
as an energy source. Grading will be based on one test and the presentation (written or oral)
of the independent reading.
Prerequisites: Biology 111,112
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I........ Room: S 213
1
Personal Investment and the Stock Market
-
BUS 257 4006
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
The course i s designed t o familiarize the novice with the basic components of the personal
investment decision.
Course content will include examination and discussion of alternative investment instruments
and the markets in which they are transacted. I n addition to assigned readings, students will
be expected to complete several small projects. Evaluation of course performance will be
based upon successful completion of projects and a final exam. This course is not recommended for upper class business majors.
Time: I........ Room: O M 13
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378 - 4074
Instructor: Amin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which
manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other
companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform
other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating
strategy. This strategy includes setting selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well as stockholders' dividends. Grading will be
P/N only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
8/l nterim
Chemistry for Changing Times
C H M 100 - 4009
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of
the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists
were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In
recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming
a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of
pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin
supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching
for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy
feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is
the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human
condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement
the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116 or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 315
Principles of Economics (Micro)
ECO 123 - 4007
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May
be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: 11.. ...... Room: L 1
Welfare Economics
ECO 454 - 4008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market
structures, social welfare functions, normative concepts of economic theory. Applications to
various problems and disciplines. Course evaluation will be based on exams (take-home) and
projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4010 EDE 481 - 4014
EDS 482 - 4011 EDE 482 - 4015
EDS 483 - 4012 EDE 483 - 4016
EDS 484 - 4013 EDE 484 - 4017
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: L 4
Emily Dickinson: The Poems and the Person
ENG 140 - 4018, 340 - 4019
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson now is regarded as one of America's finest poets.
Her poetry was so unknown that the sister who shared with her the family home did not
know of it until, following Emily's deathbed instructions, she began to burn Emily's papers.
What was spared the fire is now ours to devour.
Emily Dickinson spent most of her life within the family home confining her relationships to a
very few, being regarded as mysterious or eccentric by very many. Some biographers have
suggested she retreated from the world to give herself to poetry since her time and place
made no provision for a female professional poet. Others trace her seclusion to various family
relationships or personal problems or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the cause, out of
the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
During the interim we will study both her poetry and some of the major studies of her life.
Each student will read one of her biographies as well as her poetry. Students who desire may
pursue independent research in her biography or her poetry or in general historical topics
that mav illumine either the Doems or the Derson.
Studenk opting for upper d i i s i o n credit will be graded on a more rigorous level than those
opting for lower division credit.
Prerequisites: A course in literature or permission of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I..
Room: O M 16
. . . . ..
10/l nterim
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4020
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name is Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 10
.
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Studyof American Western and Japanesesamurai Films
ENG 233 - 4021
SOC 233 - 4058
Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mitchell
The purpose of the course is to clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samurai film
by comparing their respective myths, their social premises, and their conventions: for
example, the ritualized duel and the use of proxemic patterns (treatments of space) i n ways
that are implicitly cultural. Although both genres are highly popular, they are vividly useful
for esthetic, cultural, and anthropological comparison. Students will be required to attend all
film presentations (approximately 10 feature films), to read selected texts, and to make a final
written report.
Laboratory Fee: $35
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 24
French Civilization Today
FRE 332 - 4022
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
The study of 20th Century French civilization will extend and deepen our understanding of
the French and the role of their country in the world today. We will investigate the concerns
and the situation of the people vis-a-vis their family, friends, institutions, economy,
government. The study of "documents authentiques" as well as articles, essays, Guide France,
slides, music, art, and technology will help ascertain the major French contributions to our
civilization since 1900.
We will participate i n a variety of group and individualized activities: common readings with
discussion, illustrated presentations, projects and reports, field trips and media experiences
- all in order to broaden and deepen our French experience.
Evaluation will include the completion of assigned tasks and reports, participation and
contribution to the group, several brief quizzes, and individual progress in the ability to
initiate, develop, and present a topic or study within the course.
Materials will be largely i n French to assure an authentic French experience.
Prerequisites: FRE 311 or consent of instructor
Time: I........ Room: O M 25
German Civilization and Culture I1
CER 332 - 4024
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in intellectual, geo-political, artistic and scientific history of the
German-speaking peoples. The course will be taught in German.
Prerequisites: GER 311 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 27
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111 - 4025
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introductlo,n to the basic skills of 115tening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed texf. Later class
sessions provide a thorough lntroducrion to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311 - 4026
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: NOR 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
SPA 215 - 4023
Instructor: Cunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients i n various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education,
welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: SPA 212
Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: OM 21
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE232-4027
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 3-13.. . . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE410-4075
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I . . . . . . Room: Melby 13
. .
January 7-26,1984
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455 - 4029
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a
42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership
in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final
written exam will be given.
Cost: $1995.00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475-4028
Instructor: Doug Nelson
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 16 - 27.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 12
The Japanese-AmericanExperience:
Relocation & Redress
HIS 240 - 4030,340 - 4031
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
This course is a study of the Japanese-American experience, primarily in the United States,
but will include mini units of their relocation experience in Canada and some Latin American
countries. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation of several hundred JapaneseAmericans during World War II, how and why they were uprooted from homes and
businesses at short notice. How did this ethnic group adjust to detention in camps, survive
the trauma of their wartime experience, e.g. psychological impact on young and old? The
redress issue, the report of the recent judicial commission appointed by Congress to
investigate the relocation, will be an important component of the course, e.g. constitutional
issues related to the rights of scores of American citizens. Perspectives of immigrant
restrictions, and the contribution of the Japanese to American economy and society will be
examined.
Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films, slides, recordings and readings will be used
as resources. Ethnic meals. Some evening meetings will replace day sessions.
Grades will be based on discussion, a journal, an exam, and for upper division there will be a
project. Fees - $15.00.
Prerequisites: Lower division none. Upper division - one college history course or consent
of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I... . . . . Room: L 1
.
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
-
HIS 114 4032
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature i n that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which i n the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. I n this course we will study the history of that
city in one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents i n the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted i n part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: 11.. . . . . . Room: O M 23
.
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4033
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures wttl be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assjgned and optional readings,
a term paper or hook reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of polirical cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Mtnnesolta gouernors,slides~will bc used; and an effort to recruit oursidespeakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Time: 11..
Room: M 23
......
Classics of Western Thought
H U M 275 - 4034
Instructors: Richard Nelson, Bruce Reichenbach
The period between the exhaustion of ancient civilization and the emergence of early
modern Europe (ca. 500-1700) was an age of discovery and creativity in Western culture. The
BBC series Civilization will provide the visual center from which we will develop the various
perspectives on literature, philosophy, religion, politics, art and science which can be found
during this period. The course will emphasize the mutual impact of ideas and events.
Presentations by guest speakers and readings from major works representing different
disciplines will supplement the film series.
There will be a mid-term, a final exam and a short paper required of all registrants.
Time: I..
Room: S 112
......
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4035,136 - 4036
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploratlon of math-related Ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to
geology, biology, and the humanities. Space age alternatives are also presented to integrate
the flood of new data with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required i n one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: O M 23
Time: I..
......
Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming
-
MAT 144 4037,211 - 4038
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
For students registering for MAT 211, the patterns and reports will require the mathematical
maturity of one who has completed a semester of college mathematics at the calculus level.
All students should expect to spend four to five hours per day in the computer room.
Prerequisites: for 144 - Croup I l l score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination
for 211 - MAT 124 or 174
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 205
Time: I..
......
The Electronics of Music
MUS 210 - 4041,410 - 4042
Instructor: Robert Karlkn
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some sounds of 20th Century
music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1. making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an
eight-track mixer.
2. individually creating and mixing sounds of traditional sound sources as well as analog and
computer-controlled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined
with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art.
Though no prerequisites are necessary for participation i n the class, i t is expected that
students will bring to it an interest in, and curiosity about, the many ways in which electronics
technology is involved i n the field of music today. Music majors and students registering for
upper division credit will be assigned special projects.
Students will be able to concentrate on aspects of recording, creative electronic music, or a
combination of the above.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: 11..
Room: M 25
......
Broadway Musical
MUS 285 - 4043
Instructors: JamesJohnson and Steve Cabrielsen
The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing, acting, set design
and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Li'l Abner is
the present musical under consideration.
Costumes will be made by members i n the class. Fees for material will be paid by members
wearing those costumes.
Room: M Sateren
Time: I..
......
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4044
Instructor: Pam Farnan
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I........ Room: O M 12
Introductory Meteorology: Weather and Climate
PHY 106 - 4045
Instructor: Ken Erickson
A study sf Ihe science and wonders of he atmosphere, The course Is deslgned t o provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understand in^ weather and
climate. Attenlion will he given to the overall weather pattprns of the earth and to thc many
varied aspects af weather, some of which Include: the relationship of sun, earth and
atmosph~re, clouds and precipltatinn, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather
monitoring and lorecasting, rhe influence a l wealher on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and
o i the sky. The course i s designed to he an elective or to satisfy the
o p ~ i c a phenomena
l
distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. Grading will he basetl on exams,
laboratory exercises and a paper.
Prerequisites: Elementary Algebra (high school)
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I.. ...... Room: S 108
Politics and Policy Making in Public Education
POL136-4046,336- 4047
Instructor: Jo Fraatz
This course examines politics and policies in American public schools, and provides
opportunities for students to analyze policy problems and propose their own solutions. Most
of the allotted class time will be used for a combination of lectures and discussion; time
outside of class will be spent reading, thinking, and writing. The objectives of the course
include:
1. To learn something about the difficulties of working in public schools;
2. To learn something about the prospects for changing public schools;
3. To learn how to analyze policy problems and policy solutions;
4. To develop and improve writing skills.
Written assignments will take the form of policy memos to which students will be asked to
respond. Evaluations will be made on the following basis: 1 & 2 - 10 points each; 3 & 4 - 15
points each; 5 & 6 - 20 points each; Class participation - 10 points.
Grades will be determined after all points earned on these requirements are added up at the
end of the course. Students wishing credit for an upper division course must be at least
sophomores and will be required to do a 10-page book critique in addition to meeting the
above requirements.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: M 22
Mass Media and Politics in Britain,
France, Germany and Austria
POL 344 - 4048
SPC 344 4064
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
-
This course provides a close-up study of four European mass media systems and the relations
of those systems with political rulers and the broader public. Through seminar discussion, site
visits, media observation, and briefings with public officials and media professionals and
scholars, students learn about major issues in each country. We begin in London, after a week
move to Paris - remaining for several days to compare British and French media and politics.
Departing Paris by overnight train, we stop two days in Salzburg before proceeding to
Vienna, the site of Austrian national media and the Parliament. From Vienna we continue to
Prague for the weekend, then conclude the program in Berlin with briefings on German
media and U.S. international radio operations.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Grading: P/N only
Theologies of Politics
POL 386 - 4049
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
An inquiry into political perceptions, attitudes and preferences associated with various
theological premises from early Christian times to the present. Students will encounter views
of Paul, Augustine and Aquinas; a comparative approach to Reformation theology in the
political expressions of Luther and Calvin; and, in a 20th century sampling, perspectives of
Reinhold Niebuhr, the Moral Majority and Liberation theology.
Goal: An enhanced understanding of ways in which theological and political thought are
mutually dependent and of the political expression of particular theological values and
assumptions.
Methods: Lecture, reading, thinking, discussing and writing -a paper on a relevant subject
chosen by the student:
Evaluation: Quizzes, paper, participation.
Prerequisites: REL 111 and a political science course or permission of instructor.
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 11
.
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4077,386 - 4078
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Nature and Uses of Consciousness
PSY 335 - 4050
Instructor: Richard Marken
Consciousness was what psychology was about until Watson discovered behavior. This course
will investigate various approaches to understanding consciousness (and, of course, the
unconscious). The goal is to become conscious of the functional significance of consciousness
and related phenomena (volition, awareness). Evaluation will be based on class participation
and a final paper.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Time: I........ Room: P 2
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374 - 4051
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others,
including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the
Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development
of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and
nature in the 20th century.
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible
obsolete?Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian?
Can computers save us?Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written
project.
Prerequisites: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Distribution: Religious studies
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345 - 4052
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church i s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, its origins in the 16th century, and its development and
cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an
overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the
Gospel i n art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology and theology. Requirements will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 22
..
Israel and Egypt: Archaeology
and Religion
REL 375 - 4053
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
1-
'
Israel is a<mall country - a young country, but a focal point for international politics and the
study of world religions. Egypt, larger and older, boasts a 5,000-year-old civilization as well as
contemporary importance in the Arab world. I n this interim we visit archaeological and
religious sites i n both nations. During our week i n Jerusalem, the ancient story comes alive as
we live in the O l d City, visit the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, the Dome of the Rock, and the
Aska Mosque, and see the Western Wall - a place of special religious importance to the
Jews. O n bus tours out of Jerusalem we visit Bethlehem, Nazareth, Hebron, Caesarea,
Qumran, Masada, Beer-sheba, and the Sea of Galilee. During four days in Egypt we tour
Cairo, Memphis, Sakkara, and the Giza Pyramids.
Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
-
SWK 257 4054
Instructor: Rosalie Clark
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency is combined with
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience
and a final examination. Students will be asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall
semester to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increase knowledge of the services given by the agency in which student is serving.
3. To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4. To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human services agencies.
5. To increase understanding of self in relation to the human service field.
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: M 22
.
Field Work Ill
SWK 466 - 4055, (1 course), 466 - 4076 (M course)
Instructor: Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence i n the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
i n a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made i n writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
The Housing Pyramid Came:
Public Policy and Your Future
SOC 143 - 4056,343 - 4057
Instructor: Carry Hesser
Course objectives include 1) To introduce students to the study of public policy and how it
impacts their lives and futures; 2) Through reading, discussion and simulations the students
will learn the critical issues that are operative in the processes and decision-making that goes
into the choices and execution of public policy; 3) Using housing and neighborhoods as the
focus of attention, students will work in groups to research and understand viable public
policies currently in place to meet housing and neighborhood needs, as well as alternatives to
the present policies; and 4) Experience policy-making and project planning through
simulation and contact with practicing policy makers and planners.
Requirements: Active participation in simulations; reflection and analysis of simulations in
journals; group/individual research project with class report (students desiring upper
division credit will do a more extensive analysis, with greater quantity and quality) and a final
exam. Each requirement is worth 25% of the final grade.
Prerequisites: One introductory social science course or permission of instructor
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: M 25
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of American Western and Japanese Samurai Films
SOC 233 - 4058
ENC 233 - 4021
Instructors: Jerry Cerasimo and John Mitchell
(See description on p. 10)
22/l nterjm
Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4059
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law, deterrence, the
criminal j u s t i ~ esystem, the legal profession, and corporate crime. The basic course format
will be lecture and discussion, much of the latter based on the reading assignments.
Evaluation i s based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring upper division
credit will be asked to write a short paper on an assigned question in addition to the exams.
Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or introductory Political Science course or permission
of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 10
The Sociology of Gambling
SOC 313 - 4060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
Recent research has examlned the phenomenon of gambling from a saclological perspective.
What rypeof person i s llkely to gamble? What Is the nature of the wmk-force i n the gambling
industry?Is gambling a social problem or a social beneflh These are some of the questions
raised in published sociological studies. The'course will focus o n these studla. Students will
be expected to read and discuss this materlal and t o pass a final examination. I n addition, i n
order to oixerve n gambling society within a legalized setting, the course will Include a field
trip to Las Vegas. Cost of the field trip {travel and lodging) wlll be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: I........ Room: O M 22
Imagination and Humor in Communication
-
SPC 165 4061,365 - 4062
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinking, and humor are important dimensions of communication
competence. The major purposes of this course are 10 better understand the functions of
imagination, the creative process, and the nature of humor; to improve creative thinking;
and to increase the ability to protluce effective humor.
There will be lectures and readings on these topics, a study of models, and a variety of
assignments, i n writing and speaking. There will be a number of experimental projects
involving humor; the amount of attention given to this topic will depend in part upon the
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
-
SPC 285 4063
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. . . . . . Stage 2
..
Mass Media and Politics in Britain,
France, Germany and Austria
SPC 344 - 4064
POL344-4048
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
(See description on p. 18)
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the lnterim Office.
ART 163 - 4065 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
HPE 106 - 4066 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $995 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 7 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
HPE 484 - 4069 Teaching Tennis the Professional Way
A course for students who want to learn how to teach tennis - taught by
professionals. Cost: $175. Time 9:00 - 12:OO M, T, Th at the Minneapolis
Tennis Center
POL 398 - 4067 Washington Interim: The Making of a President
POL 398 - 4068 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and
seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C.
Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Jo Fraatz in Memorial 113.
24/l nterim
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate i n any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pa
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4071
Instructor: Dave Boots
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby
Badminton
HPE 002 - 4072
Instructor: Dave Boots
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outsid
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
American Karate
HPE002-4073
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified
Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of approximately $20.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 12:OO - 1:00 M, W, F . . ...... Melby
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4079
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby
Running
HPE 002 - 4080
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon.. ...... Melby
Show less
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS... Show more
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS
. . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . .
P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC
. . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports
1985
Interim Catalog
AUGSBURC
COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
january 1985
S M T W T F S
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
..................................................................................Interim Registration
............................................................................Late Interim Registration
.......................................................................................... First Day of Interim
November 5-9
December 10
January 3
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
Last day for withdrawing from full courses
Interim ends
...................................................................................
..............................
...................................................
....................................................................................................
fanuary 4
January 17
January 21
January 30
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
.....................
.
.............................. First group of half credit courses begins
January 3
January4
January 9
January 11
January 16
Ianr~ary17
January 1R
...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses
........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses
....................
.
.........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm
....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis
.................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins
..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es
janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses
January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses
Iant~ary30 ....................
........ .
.
.
.........*....................................... lnfcrim ends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged
the first day of class.
POSTMASTER
Volume 115, Number 4
Winter 1984
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer,
Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454.
Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on
the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least
three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time
enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At
the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized
by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses
are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are
under the following departments:
Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands
German-The Rhine Frontier
Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in
the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually
cannot be made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1985.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning
contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20.
Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study
(upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy
l
(lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers
or
arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent
direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study
must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by he supervising fac~~lty
memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms
before re~isiralior~
can be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution
whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted
in thr Interim O f f ~ c The
.
Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration
at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e
will
s b r donr at
Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I!
otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation
(ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim
witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn
to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial
fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course.
Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms
~
provided by the interim rlffice af their own
schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay
on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made
to the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national
or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230).
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
Courses
Art Interim '85: Washington
D.C. and New York
ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502
Instructor: Philip Thompson
This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in
Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait
Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in
New York to the studios of emerging artists.
Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be
spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip
will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete
personal projects or assignments.
Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a
directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit.
The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most
meals and tours.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I............ Room: O M 17
The Biology of Aging
B I O 185-4504
Instructor: Robert Herforth
At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be
influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the
biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What
factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging
the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current
theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These
and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and
discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
The
idl log^ of
~~ricul'ture
B I O 234-4505
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the
relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing
too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted
from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature
of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning,
etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production?
Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on
one test, class participation and a log of readings.
Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9
Immunology
BIO 386-4506
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112
Time: II
Room: S 205
.............
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321 -4507
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business
functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large
and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what
students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will
encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week
and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material.
Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students
prepare and present.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I ............ Room: O M 11
r
Chemistr for Changing Times
CHM 100 - 4 08
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill
of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts
were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In
recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence
l
lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live
in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5,
vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs,
searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation,
and it goes on and on. Ernottons
and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged
out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature
of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to
~~nderstand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take
a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun
format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be
used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or
223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I.............. Room: S 315
Understanding International Trade and Finance
ECO 360-4509
Instructor: Ed Sabella
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations.
We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on
the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: II..............Room: M 22
Elements of Mathematical Economics
ECO 353-4510
Instructor: Satya Gupta
In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will
be designed to help attain this goal.
Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved.
Evaluation will be through tests and assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 123
Time: II........... Room: O M 23
Teacher Education with New Boundaries
EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about
teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The
student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will
include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also
help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and
to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research:
1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job
market, salary scale and level of living.
2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers.
3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools
along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc.
Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum
or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive
study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district.
The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources
for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system.
As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education
projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be
submitted in completed form.
Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student
will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location
of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill
the requirements of the course.
Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor
Time: I .................. Room: L 6
m
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 451 1
EDS482-4512
EDS 483 - 4513
EDS 484 - 4514
EDE 481 - 451 5
EDE482-4516
EDE 483 - 451 7
EDE 484 - 4518
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading P/N only
Time: I .................. Room: L 4
The Short Story
ENG 240-4521, 340-4522
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories
will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C.
Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the
experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing
and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among
the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities.
Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the
short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate
the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of
approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would
be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college
level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on
a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay
exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with
clarity.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: I ............... Room: M 23
Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem
ENG 362-4523
Instructor: John Mitchell
Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts,
for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe
p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants'
own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there
will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq
will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems
and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng
will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for
P/N credit.
Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and
submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184.
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor
Time: II........... Room: O M 13
Beginning French I
FRE 11 1-4524
Instructor: Ruth Askov
This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will
practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some
reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures
at a rudini~ntnrylevel.
are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng
and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion
Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic.
There w ~ l be
l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: II........... Room: O M 25
January 3-27, 1985
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333-4525
w d D zkh
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s
clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque
and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought
in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl
!
l~fe
and left so many monuments
between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this
area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen,
to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany.
The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites.
Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments
dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are
less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German
according to the student's entering level of competence.
P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German.
Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent
Cost: $1690
Distribution: Foreign Language
-
Beginning Spanish II
SPA 112-4526
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It
is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past
tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable
for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests,
exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I ............ Room: O M 25
a
? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying
GST 165-4527
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
edit
s
Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received
s are
s
. .
grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7
level
an ~lif-ithadL,,,I
and (2) to develop, in the process, competency
excellent
in writing/gaad papers.
Students will work with
I
such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation,
L U uC c
and
originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical
trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen.
G
The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based
degree of
(of?)
on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills.
Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been
submitted to him
Time: I............ Room: O M 22
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 - 4528
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade
is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
.of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4529
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 13
.........................
+
January 5-24, 1985
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-4530
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard
a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and
a final written exam will be given.
Cost: $21 00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-4531
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor
coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a 112 credit course.
Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481 -4532
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There
will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready
for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based
upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are
e no prerequisites,
it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4536
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe."
There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick
out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization
than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe
history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some
rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading
ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as
lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp
r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the
city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our
talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our
enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course
and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part
of the evaluation). There will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: II................Room: P 3
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162-4537
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations.
Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably
a test.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: O M 16
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-4534, 320-4535
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and
social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems
ir
~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc,
Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups
r
will Involve
boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts.
Course w ~ lutilize
l
ethnir. sprakt~rs
(Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr
format. Tticre wilt
he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns,
films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all
l d
these arp
important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal.
There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc.
Prerequisites: Lower Division, None
Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History and Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: L 1
Introduction to Oral History
HIS 481-4538
Instructor: Rrchard Nelson
This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from
oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during
.the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication
of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based
on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn.
Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor
Trme: II................Room: O M 10
The Philosophy of Healing
INS 141-4547, 341 -4548
J
.+
522
Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer
Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the
body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness
Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon
that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the
mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either
diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question,
"How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve,
attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal
apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that
when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health.
I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng,
western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team
about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture,
biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on.
Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be
expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course
for lower drvisron credlt.
Time: II................Room: O M 16
Brush Up
MAT 103-4539
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students
scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u&
&
vdbe pmkuia'dh WI
forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w
of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine
study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to
deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs
completely rndividuallzed.
Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I ................Room: S 112
Mathematical Modeling
M A T 132-4069
Instructor: Paul Hulse
This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study
selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical
methods of mathematics to study these problems.
Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: S 2 13
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
M A T 136-4540, 336-4541
-
Instructor: Henrv Follinastad
An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life,
and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to
show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their
links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented
to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper
is required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will
present extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: O M 23
FORTRAN
M A T 270-4567
Instructor: Leo Lake
A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of
languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the
scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will
involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project
on which grading will be based.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175
or BUS 250)
Time: II................Room: S 112
Special Functions and Their Applications
in the Physical Scien~ces
M A T 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
(See description under Physics)
Introduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 1 10-4543
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce.
Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including
mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve
how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips,
classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in
Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5
participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation.
A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be
flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon.
Fee: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: I1................Room: M 24
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-4544, 329-4545
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students
will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I ................Room: M 4
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-4546
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care.
Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~
and written exam~nations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I ................Room: O M 12
el
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-4568
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the
principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing
the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns,
forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be
included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an
elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions
per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project.
Prerequisites: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 31 5
Time: II................
1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science ~ i n i m e s t e r
PHY 322-4549
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation
of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I ................Room: S 24
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-4550
MAT 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will
acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre
polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a
complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer
will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I ................Room: O M 21
The United Nations
POL 166-4551, 366-4552
Instructor: Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of:
a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations,
d
b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member
states of the Sectlrily Council,
C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations.
d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil.
The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit,
Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance
in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory.
Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political
processes o l r h Security
~
Council.
Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil
Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence
Time: II................Room: M 23
Self-identity and Values
PSY 110-4553
Inslructot: Norman Ferguson
The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity"
(Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty
and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will
c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat
lssue~Illat relate to thc
conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as:
the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y
and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof
~ rsex
roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during
aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty
and spirilual grriwth,
Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~
participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual
experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and
possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a
rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology.
Gr~rlingP/N only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I ................Room: P 1
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-4554
Instructor: Bradley Hot!
This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be
introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
!he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian
Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies
in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and
discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: II ................Room: O M 18
i
W
January 2-26, 1985
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
REL 321 -4555
Instructor: John Benson
A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh
t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn
in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following:
r p ~ c l aatlenlinn
l
IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm
ntl
and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl
~on
i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese
Rutirllilsm ;n
I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st
~
oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons)
to 1 I i ~
P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts
l~.
will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse
cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t .
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal.
Grading: P/N only
Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Cost: $1 745
Distribution: Religion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-4556
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and
cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an
overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~
will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the
Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y,
s o c ~ o l o ~and
y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: I ................Room: M 24
Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261 -4560
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has
functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies
in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the
extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin
Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class
will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic
community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a
final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I ................Room: M 22
Exploring the Human Services
SWK 257-4557
Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams
Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before
the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course.
Objec!tves:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving,
3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining.
4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls.
5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding
nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld.
Time: I ................Room: P 3
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559
(l/2
course)
Instructor. Maria Brown
The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5
wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal
work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving
process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional
praclice Interests, areas
of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn
the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5.
Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy.
Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week
in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If
for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
Imagination and Humor in Communication
SPC 165-4561, 365-4562
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication
thc lunctinns of
competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand
imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking;
and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor.
Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of
assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5
Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Time: II................Room: L 1
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285-4563
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by
the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2
Other Courses
These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College
but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost
$1 74.
POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change?
POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits,
and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington,
D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry
official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4571
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20 ................Melby
Running
HPE 002-4572
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students... Show more
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1986.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/
N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Off ice (Memorial230)
Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114G)
Interim Calendar
November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration
December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim
January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim
First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m.
Time 11-1 p.m.
January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd
January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System
for Half Credit Courses
January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half
Credit Courses
January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses
Ends
January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses
Begins
January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit
Courses
January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom
Full Credit Courses
January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading
System for Half Credit Courses
January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from
Half Credit Courses
January31 . . . . .InterimEnds
February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins
.
The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
L-Library
all
M-Music H
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships-Students electing an internship must present a
completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract
forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Environmental Aesthetics
ART 102-48001
302-46002
Instructor: PhilThompson
In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the
man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles
of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will
be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process.
Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural
landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other
project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight
other text related design projects required. Grades will also be
based on one or two examinationsplus a final.
Distribution:Art - Music
Time: 11
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-48003
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one
minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal
pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art -Music
Time: I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-46004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
The Biology of Women
BIO 231-46005
Instructor:Roberta Lammers
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of
the structure and functioning of the female human organism as
well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen
in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and
physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues
such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards.
In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of
human evolution and the social relationships of women and men.
FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists.
Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual
reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the
number of students in the class.
Prer uisite: High school biology
Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: S 329
11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated
Universities Science Minimester
BIO 322-46006
PHY 322-46007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The
course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection
and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak
Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3)
summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the
course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: S 24
II Biological Evolution
BIO 431-48008
Instructor:Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present.
F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 205
BUSINESS
II Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-46010
Instructor:Thomas Morgan
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
u&ite: permission of instructor
zz7
Room: P 2
IIntroduction to International Business
BUS 152-46070
BUS 352-46071
Instructor: Arnin Kader
This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems
and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and
management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in
international business.
The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned.
Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration.
Time: I
Room: OM 22
IEntrepreneurship
BUS 295-46077
Instructor: John Cerrib
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Room: M 23
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-46092
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Advanced Personal Computing
BUS 378-48093
Instructor: Milo Schield
The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study
- advanced word processing (Word Star 2000)
- advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates)
- advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base)
- business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1
presentation)
- integrated packages (Symphony)
There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus.
Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and
participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects.
Fee: $20--but no required textbook.
Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing)
Time: I
Room S 123
CHEMISTRY
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHlM 100-46013
Instructor:Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional
background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m
sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8
needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e
course does assume the student is interested in and concerned
about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers
and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades
the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry
becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence
on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer,
"the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out,
Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't)
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex
system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,
our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 315
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-48014
Instructor: SandraOlmsted
A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate
the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last
day of class.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11
Room: S 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-46045
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175)
Time: 11
Room: S 112
E Understanding International Trade and
Finance
ECO 360-46012
Instructor: Ed SabeIla
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development
and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the
mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies.
Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other
written assignments.
uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor
Room: OM 16
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019
EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020
EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021
EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022
Instructor:Trudi Fulda
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
Time: I
Room: L 4
ENGLISH
E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop
ENG 362-46098
Instructor: Lon Otto
This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction
and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first
week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent
short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories
written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories
will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students
Fiction Writing Workshop (con't)
will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor.
Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on
willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous,
constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful
attendance is essential.
Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course.
Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English
Department.
Fee: $10
Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at
least one creative writing
- course on the college
- level
Time: 11
Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas
IThe Short Story
ENG 240-46024
340-46025
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such
as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of
Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be
among the authors studied.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical
development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice
in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for
students who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the
teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write
with clarity
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 23
The Dark Side of Genius: Films of
Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman
ENG 260-46026
460-46027
Instructor:John Mitchell
Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical
vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision
of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s
background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the
time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length.
Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students
should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them.
Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper
of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division
credit must have mrrnission from the instructor.
Fee: $25 for rental of films
Time: I1
Room: SCI 123
Grow Old Along With Me
ENG 209-46023
Instructor:Barbara Andersen
You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you
live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to
say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are:
Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My
Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old
Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as
"AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time."
What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will
be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings.
Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and
interview journals.
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 10
E Love in Literature
ENG 269-46068
Instructor:Ron Pal&
This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate
love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of
Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer
Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The
Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social
sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and
show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films.
Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: OM 25
FRENCH
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-48028
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French
writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention
on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study
Prerequisite:Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Sueech
Time: I
Room: OM 27
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 475-46081
Instructor: A1Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common
athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures.
This is a half credit course.
Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology
Time: II -Jan.20-31
Room: Melby
January 4-23,1986
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48036
Instructor:Joyce PPaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and
will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety,
boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting
and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A
daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written
exam willbe given.
Cost: $2100
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Human Sexuality
HPE 216-46035
Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft
The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral,
and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues,
male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual
behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d
issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak
ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation
will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project.
Fee: $10
Time: II
Room: M 24
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-48080
Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a half credit course.
Time: II - Jan. 6-17
Room: Melby
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-46036
320-46037
Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen
An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems
encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and
Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups
will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants.
Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field
trips-all these are important components of the course as are the
academic components such as readings.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: 816
Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore
standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: LI
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097
419-46039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor.
In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend
a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term.
Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: OM 13
-
January 2-26,1986
Hawaii: A Cultural History
HIS 321-46104
Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson
'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this
mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books
and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism
,
and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South
Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU
s
d s e be a unit on the
w ~ nBuddhist-Christian
t
dialogue.
Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Cost: $1,895
Distribution:Religion (by petition)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
The Art of Being Female
INS 216-46078
416-46079
Instructor: Sara Eaton
Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they
write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean
something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do
they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation?
Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the
literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400
years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5
Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia
O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary
l
novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in
their art and how they t~1l
us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw;
students will I
x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy
and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd
amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will
write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on
their topic to tho class.
There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade
will come from quizzes on the assignments.
Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting
Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies
Time:II
Room: OM II
Central America: The Roots of the Crisis
INS 280-46034
Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for
Global Service
The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy
issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine
the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of
the region.
The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and
PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and
Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions.
On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five
days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26,
we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and
staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both
countries, encounters with people from the churches, political,
cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition,
there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to
grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the
poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking
to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide
opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The
final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a
time for de-briefingand evaluation.
During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2
books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an
assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a
journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on
January 31.
Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals.
lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure.
World Hunger and Justice Education:
Developing a N e w World View
INSm - 4 6 0 3 1
REL 2 W 4 W 3 2
h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education,
tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w
The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the
current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the
Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho
role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth,
justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S.
Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion
tl~ealom.
The purpose wiU
1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore
pe%gogical principles for socinljustice.
Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran
World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat
CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor
of Economics at Luther Collage:
world guests in tho Twin Cities ma.
and
The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat
center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be
held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various
orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a
final p a p r .
S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper
intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be
tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n
this paper and prticipation.
Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three
weeksi willbe-8300,
Dhtrlbution: -1
on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr
RiI The Church and Social Change in
the Philippines
LNS 274-46033
Instructors: J
i
m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af
Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global
Service and Education
T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer
underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a
country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice,
and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the
church. Thmugho~~t
the coursc, therefore, we will be examining
the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change.
The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't)
The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d
in htinn~apolis.and will
foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week.
On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style
of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal
p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January
26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and
aduation of the experience.
During the first weok, participants will be required to read s
packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related
topic. During the k i p , students wiU be
to keep a journal,
and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience.
Grading PIN.
Cost: $1995fmm ~
~ includes all
p m v d expenses,
o
meals,
~
ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to
change due to &are increase prior to the trip.
~~
MATHEMATICS
Mathematical Modeling
MAT 132-46042
Instructor: Paul Hulse
Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in
the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-,
represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg.
The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments.
Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry
Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics
T i e :1
W r n : OM 21
Linear Algebra In Action
MAT 315-48046
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p
~
~
.leastgsqunres
,
fitting, computer
graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s
will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq.
Prerequisite:MAT 215
Time: I
Room: S 112
IM Numerical Pattern Processing
Through Programming
MAT 144-46043
211-46044
Instructor: Larry Copes
In this course students will learn to write elementary computer
programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns.
Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost
coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work
will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom
set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s
and written reports. For
21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe
, patterns and 1epo1.t~
will ~~equire
the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge
mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend
t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer.
Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement
Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade
2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 213
IIntroduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-46047
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe
music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t
a
observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations.
In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an
overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country
and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports,
and clam participation. A special class project will be required for
upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for
field trips during &her the morning or afternoon.
Fee: $15
Time: I1
Room: M5
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-46065 329-48088
Instructor: StephenGabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of
styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Dishbution:Art-Music
Time: II
Room: M4
Memorizationfor Musicians
MUS 151-48048 351-46049
Instructor:James D.Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system.
These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc,
and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from
their instruments.
Prer uisite: Basic music study
-3
Room: M4
NORWEGIAN
LI Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-46029
Instructor:Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are
conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time:II
Room: OM 29
4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311-46030
Instructor: Leif Hansen
intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e
gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between
the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l
experience required.
uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent
Ez?m*
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-46050
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by
jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice
t
md have potential for fwreacllingeffects
in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
What Do You Think of That?
PHI250-46053
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d
say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m
Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course
~
we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15
Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof
authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes,
anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney
Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m).
Their views are provocative, to say the
least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution: History-Philo8ophy
Time:11
Room: OM 23
Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature
PHI248-48051
346-46052
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
736s course inquires into the ~Astance
and nature of those beings
that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the
~ anaelic
and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such
kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer
certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~
as whether they
arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from
each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore
we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e.
Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress
of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a
term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of
oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students
will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta
t h a n lower division studenf.~.
uisite: One philosophy or religion course
EE3
Room: MEM 323
PHYSICS
Numerical Methods in Physics
PHY 345-48076
Instructor:Jeff Johnson
'
Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by
formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi-
calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation
and nume~.lcal
techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist.
In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions
to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an
example of a 2nd order differential equation).
The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics
and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount
of c h s time to it.
Student performance will be based on problem assignments and
computer projects.
Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: S 329
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-48041
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~
of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention
will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including
state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the
world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology
(study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof
the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff
d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y
the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt.
The course will
includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory
~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll
project.
Prei uisite: High school
Disaution: Mathematics hyucs
Time: 11
Room: S 212
Vbr?
The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of
the Universe
PHY 109-46075
Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh
Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists
u
x-rays from
study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect
what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our
world and form our modern imaga of the universe.
But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When
confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth,
was t h center
~
of the turiverse, Martin Luther
quickly cited J o ~ h u who
a
told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still!
Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews
and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine
the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&:
Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp,
Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel.
The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and
discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd
present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original
sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b
servation exercises.
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: M 24
Special Functions and Their Applications in
the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-46073
MAT 327-46074
Instructor:Ken Erickson
Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical
sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of
s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions:
hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions,
Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand
,
fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable.
The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed
through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the
functions.
Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project.
Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and
MAT 224 or equivalent
Time:I
Room: S 212
POLITICAL SCIENCE
The United Nations
POL 166-46068 366-46069
Instructor:Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and
functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural,
political and economic background of the member states of the
Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council.
The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting
of the Security Council.
Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short
papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the
simulationis compulsory.
Upper division students will be required to submit an additional
paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council.
Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: II
Room: OM 13
The Politics of International Economic Issues
POL 461-46056
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue
~
this goal students wiU Yo.
GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy
the headlines of 1985. Course objectives:
1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system,
and
2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting
world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of
the mid-1980s
Course content:
1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in
the world of the 1980s;
2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the
distribution of economic power during the past decade, the
possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic
economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as
agriculLur~!
m d finance, within a variety of countries; and
3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in
the world economy
Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations
and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making
roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam.
Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160
Time: II
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and
Young Adult
PSY 352-46096
Instructor:Duane E. Johnson
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of
data and theory related to development during the adolescent and
young adult periods of life.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student participation. Procedures will include class discussion,
short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the
testing willrequire written responses.
Prerequisite:General Psychology
Time:I
Room: OM 16
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-46081
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with
differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the
e opportunity to
explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and
gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w
i
l
l ha 3aitilized involving
tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation
wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations,
and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(GeneralPsych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
RELIGION
IChristianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-46058
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture
and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts
to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid ~ystem
of racial segregation.Them will be
lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting
resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short
tests and a short research paper.
Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon
Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: OM 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-46057
Instructor: Gene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine the present form and work of this church,
its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history
The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran
confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion
will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text
costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the
third day
UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon
""%
Mstrj
ution: M W o n (Qnly one In*
ward graduation religion requirements)
course m a y be used to-
Time: I
Room: OM 18
Archaeology and the Bible
REL 215-46101
Instructor:Philip Quanbeck
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and
make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based
on class participation and the project.
Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements)
Time: I
Room: M 22
RUSSIAN
Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature
RUS 210-46082
RUS 410-46083
Instructor:James E. Brown
This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian
writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short
novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero
of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels
(Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna
Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students
are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in
class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three
papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home
examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers
and the final examination.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: OM 21
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring Human Services
S W K 257-46059
Instructor:Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary,brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Field Work I11
S W K 466-46060(1 course)
466-46061(% course)
Instructor:Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIQLOGY
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC241-46098
Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo
The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the
wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and
"pmgr~ss."
and selected aspects of Westem Culture.
Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-.
Time: I
Room: P 3
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
II Children's Theater
SPC 285-46064
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a
play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off
stago as performers (acto~s,
~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts,
scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the
mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a
written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E
rience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage T w o
E Writing the Creative Article
SPC 268-46062
368-46063
Instructor:Ray Anderson
The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw.
The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience,
whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion.
Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will.
read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor.
Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and
sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort
will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for
publication.
A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students.
Time:II
Room: OM 27
W Advanced Acting
SPC 432-46106
Instructor: Julie Bolton
In this course we will explore chmcter development through
scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov,
Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the
slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will
prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim
exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered
periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity!
Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics
SPC 116
Time: I
Room: Stage 11
Television News Production
SPC 344-46072
Instructor: Mark Ambroze
This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on
location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing,
shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be
based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the
quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom
setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information.
The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes.
Time: I
Room: W S A , Golden Valley
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-46011
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington Interims
Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top
POL 398-46084
The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking
POL 398-46085
These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January
17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and
Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A.
Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing
ART 163-46040
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a
rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but
they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation.
Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher
or lot the student registers for the course.
Alpine Skiing
HPE 002-46089
Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at
Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for
six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets.
Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W
American Karate
HPE 002-46086
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F
Room: Melby
Badminton
Racquetball
HPE 001-46087
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m.
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46088
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m.
Room: Melby
Running
Weight Training
HPE 002-46091
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1 2Noon
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46090
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers
overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or
I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends
October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only.
~
A m e r i c m Writern in Europe
Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre
CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce
ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands
n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL
H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe
n China: The Midwest Connection
n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment
f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain
n Englilish School and Family
n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture
n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna
n Hawaii: A Cultural. History
f l Health Care in Europe
H IsLmda of the Mediterranean
n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church
!l
Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland
Legal London
London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power
"Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture
Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt
Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey
Soviet U'nian: Culture and History
Spain, A Country in Transition
The Spirit of Ireland
Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd
'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r
NOTES
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1987.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class a s they would for a four-course load during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, a s amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay'Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustaf son, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114b)
Interim Calendar
November 3-7 . . .Interim Registration
December 8 . . .Late Interim Registration
January 5
. . . .First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January6 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceYAdd
January 19 . . . . .Last day for determining grading
system with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last day for withdrawing from full
courses
January30
. .Interimends
February 3 .
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 4
. . .Spring Semester Begins
..
..
.. .
...
..
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12 noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabeticalorder. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
OM-Old Main
S - s c k n c e H-dl
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internshim-Students electing. an internship must present a
completei internship learning;ontract to theA1nternshipOffice
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 25. Contract
forms are available in the same off ice.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1 . Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims a t Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration a t other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted a s meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $540 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for a n Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office a t their own school. There is a n application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
ART
Calligraphy
ART 106-47001
306-47002
Instructor: Phil Thompson
A study of the art and craft and historical development of calligraphy with emphasis on the italic alphabet. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
For upper division credit a major project is required plus demonstrated skill in the uncial and gothic styles.
Prerequisite: None for lower division; Painting or drawing course
or permission of the instructor for upper division
Distribution: Art-~ u s i c
Time: I
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-47003
Instructor:Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from
three minutes to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art - Music
Time:I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-47004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
Ecology of The Arizona Sonoran Desert
BIO 113-47005
313-47006
Instructor:Neal Thorp
This course will begin with a consideration of the general characteristics of the four deserts on the North American continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona
and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the physiography of desert landscapes, desert climates,
soils, the distributions and interactions of plant and animal life,
and survival mechanisms of desert flora and fauna. Studies will
be conducted in southern Arizona, including the Arizona-Sonora
Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, the Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the
University of Arizona, and the Catalina and Rincon Mountains.
Grades will be based on examinations and written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class.
The cost will be approximately $600.00 and will cover airfare,
ground transportation, lodging, admission fees, and most meals.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor.
BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
H u m a n Developmental Biology
BIO 174-47007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
In its broadest sense developmental biology includes the study of
the entire life cycle of the individual, from production of the eggs
and sperm through fertilization, embryonic and fetal development, birth, growth and maturation, reproduction, aging and
death. This course will touch on all these aspects of human development, but will concentrate on gamete production, fertilization
and development up to birth. Comparisons with development in
other animals will be made. Some related topics which will be considered include the hormonal control of reproduction and childbirth, in vitro fertilization, methods of contraception and developmental defects. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 212
H Biological Evolution
BIO 307-47008
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most sigmficant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted a s a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwinian times to the present.
Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 329
BUSINESS
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-47070
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students will be required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-47011
Instructor:John Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Ruom: M 23
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-47012
Instructor:Thomas Morgan, Tina Wagner, Lois Olson
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture and discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit eight different
types of organizations in the metropolitan area. Class discussions
will focus on assigned readings, interpretation of the results of
different vocational oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of experiences and observations.
Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal and on a
research paper the topic of which has been negotiated with the
instructors.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Time:I
Room: P 2
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378-47013
Instructor:Arnin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team
controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies;
each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes s e t t i n g selling prices, production volumes,
marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as
well a s stockholders' dividends. Grading will be PIN only with
evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission
of instructor
Time: 11
Room: OM 21
CHEMISTRY
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-47014
Instructor: Sandy Olmsted
This is a survey of the kinds of chemicals which are vitally important to our lifestyle: plastics, synthetic fibers, proteins. These
have unusual chemical and physical properties that make them
especially useful. We will learn about their chemistry as we make
rubber, adhesives, nylon, and plastics in class, and investigate
their importance to business, the economy, and to us personally in
health and medical applications, and genetic engineering. The
course is aimed at creating a better informed consumer who is
science-literate. Grade is determined by three exams and a short
paper which is due the last day of class.
Prerequisite: High School Chemistry
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: S 315
The Molecular Basis of Cancer
CHM 310-47015
Instructor:David T. Brand
Cancer has in some form or another touched virtually every family in America. A great deal of effort has been expended by the
scientific community to find the cause(s)of cancer and to establish
a cure. The question at hand is, "Are we winning the battle
against cancer?" This course will focus on the causes of cancer,
how it can be treated, and how it might be prevented. Topics which
will be discussed in this course include: The cellular basis of cancer, the environment and cancer, the molecular basis of cancer,
chemoprevention of cancer, and the psychological impact of cancer on the patientslfamilies.
Principles of structural organic chemistry and molecular biology
will be used throughout the course.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Student performance will be evaluated on
the basis of two exams and a final paper which is due the last day
of class.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 (organic chemistry) or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: S 315
SCIENCE
FORTRAN
CSC 270-47016
Instructor:Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: S 112
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-47017
Instructor:Satya Gupta
This course will introduce basic concepts, terms and definitions
used in microeconomics. Students will be able to recognize the
role of microeconomics in decision making at the consumer level,
firm level and government level. They will also be able to understand the market functioning of the American economy. Four
tests will be given to evaluate students' understanding of the material.
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: S 212
Economics of Risk Management: Free Markets vs
Government Regulation
ECO 339-47018
Instructor:Milo Schield
In this course we will:
- Examine economics of hazards involving uncertainty and
risk. Examine risk-management via free-market pricing, insurance contracts and government subsidies and regulation.
- Review basic concepts. Distinguish between insurance and
speculation. Identify uninsurable risks. Price insurable risks
given frequencies and severities as a function of confidence.
Estimate risk premiums associated with various lifestyles
and occupations. Compare subjective estimates of hazards
with objective data. Evaluate social costs and benefits of risksharing via insurance. Review insurance "failures": medical
malpractice and product liability.
- Review economic effects of government subsidies and regulations on risky endeavors such as banking, nuclear power, natural disasters, workman's compensation, unemployment and
old-age.Conduct experiments on effects of price-controls.
- Analyze the role of the legal system in internalizing forseeable, but unintended, consequences of intended actions. Discuss "failures" of the legal system to identify property rights
and tort-law responsibilities.
- Visit an auction market, a speculative market, two insurance
companies and several regulatory agencies.
Students will prepare a comprehensive paper (50%)in addition to
class participation (lo%), 3 quizzes (5% each) and a comprehensive final (25%).
Prerequisites: BUS 279 or BUS 331 or ECO 313 or permission of
the instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 23
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-47019EDE 481-47023
EDS 482-47020EDE 482-47024
EDS 483-47021EDE 483-47025
EDS 484-47022EDE 484-47026
Instructor:Marie McNeff, William Merr'una.n
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
January in Medieval England: An Imaginary
Travel Trip
ENG 213-47027
Instructor:Joan Griffin
What was it like to be alive in late medieval England? Using literature, drama, music, and art of 12th to 14th century England and
Europe, this course is an imaginary trip into the past, touring the
medieval castle, cloister, and college.
The course has two emphases. Lecture/discussion sessions will
explore a variety of literary documents as well as art and music in
order to understand the daily lives of medieval people. Focusing
on Chaucer's Canterbury pilgrims, topics will include: "A Knight
Ther Was.. . :The Chivalric Ideal"; "The Doctour of Physik: Medicine in the Age of the Black Plagues"; "Madame Eglantine: Medieval Manners" etc.
The course will also explore medieval literature as a performing
art. Students will be asked to participate in workshops on medieval drama, music, etc. The course will culminate in a medieval
banquet or other performance.
Evaluation will be based on lecture and workshop attendance and
participation, a journal, and a paper.
Prerequisites: ENG 111 (EffectiveWriting)
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: M 23
The Short Story - Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-4702..
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should I consider in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of
fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and
fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie.
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature
and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would
be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied
literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories and novel, participate in
class discussions, write an analysis paper on a topic selected with
the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but
students will be expected to write with clarity
Distribution:~ n ~ i s h - s p e e c h
Time: I
Room: M 24
Emily Dickinson: The Person and The Poems
ENG 340-47029
Instructor:Ron Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson has gained a reputation as one of America's finest poets.
She spent most of her life within the family home, confining her
relationships to a selected few while the town regarded her as eccentric. Some writers believe she retreated from the world to give
herself to her poetry because her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet, especially a boldly innovative
one. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships,
personal problems, or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the situation, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
We will study her poetry and a standard biography. Evaluation will
be based on a few short papers, an oral or group report, a journal,
and a test. We may also have some quizzes.
Students will also read one of the important books on Dickinson
and give a class report on the paper they prepare on their book.
Prer uisites:A college literature class
Tim3
Room: OM 27
FRENCH
4 Beginning French I
FRE 111-47030
Instructor:Mirni Johnson
This course aims to give students a rudimentary understanding
of French language and culture. Using development of listening,
then speaking, then reading, and lastly, writing, students will
comprehend everyday situations and be able to use "survival
French." Evaluation will include oral and written quizzes, group
study and projects, a s well a s a final exam. A part of each day's
class will be held in the Language Laboratory
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: OM 25
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-47071
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities,a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a l/2credit course.
Time:II-M&W&AlternateF
Room: Melby 24
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410-47033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities,
including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-47034
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floorcoaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a
credit course.
Time: I T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-47072
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-icecoaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I M - W &AlternateF
Room: Melby 12
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-47035
Instructor:Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will
be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I1 T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
GENERAL STUDIES
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST 245-4709
Instructor:Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you can succeed in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for marriage, career, andlor children? Troubled with how to practically and emotionally juggle all of your diverse roles? This seminar is a n exploration of the various
pathways women choose in balancing home and work life. Although it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions,
it will arm you with some useful information for making choices
for the present and plans for the future.
The societal, familial, and individual forces shaping the choices
women make concerning family and career are studied via text (E.
Highman: The Organizational Woman), journal articles, films,
and guest lecturers. Student performance is assessed through essays and a research project.
Distribution:Urban, Women's and Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: P-2
HISTORY
Modern Paris: History and Literature
HIS 114-47036
Instructor:Orloue Gisselquist
We will do two things in this course. First, we are going to study a
significant period-the 19th and 20th centuries-in the history of
one of the world's great cities. Secondly, we are going to focus
much of our work on three major pieces of literature that deal
with Paris. We will enjoy them as literature but study them as
historical sources for what they tell us about Paris. The three
pieces of literature we probably will read are Honore de Balzac,
Old Goriot (1834),one of several novels he wrote picturing life in
Paris; Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections (1893),a memoir written in the early 1850's by one of the great political thinkers of the
19th century that recounts his firsthand experience in the '48 revolution in Paris; and Edrnond and Jules de Goncourt, Pages from
the Goncourt Journal (1922),a very realistic day-to-daydiary kept
by two brothers who professionally and socially associated with
the literary elite of Paris during much of the second half of the
19th century. Whereas today history is being pressed toward the
social sciences, this represents a more humanities orientation of
historical study.
There will be two short papers (4-5 pages each) and two written
examinations.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 25
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-47037
419-47038
HUM 275-47039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor. In addition to the
final paper, there will be a final exam and weekly quizzes or writing assignments. Depending upon production timing, the class
will attend an area dramatic presentation. Students enrolling for
upper division credit will be required to write an expanded final
paper based on deeper source material (18-20pages in length compared to lower division papers of 10-12 pages) and, in addition, a
critical review of a pertinent study
Prerequisites: ~ffectivewriting for lower division
Permission of instructor for
upper division registration
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 13
20th Century South Asia
HIS 262-47040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
India (or South Asia)has produced the largest working democracy
in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest saints and also one of the most renowned statesmen;
it is a foremost example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it has experienced one of this century's greatest upheavals of
people; it is a standard example for population crisis and world
poverty illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little
or no background in non-western subjects. We will begin with an
anthropological study (BEHIND MUD WALLS) of traditional village India; then consider colonialism by reading the literary classic, PASSAGE TO INDIA (and also see the movie); observe the
process of nationalism and independence using various historical
readings and the movie, GANDHI; and finally conclude with some
thoughts on modernization.
There will be general discussions, weekly examinations and a final exam.
Prerequisites:Sophomore honors student
or permission of instructor
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 18
MATHEMATICS
Gardner Variety Mathematics
MAT 133-47075
Instructor:Bev Stratton
Are you afraid of math? If so, this course is for you. We will have
fun with math and convince you that you can do math.
As a starting point, we will use the writings of Martin Gardner, an
individualwho for many years wrote a column on mathematics for
Scientific American. Then we will help you use your common
sense to explore such mathematical concepts as logic, paradoxes,
number theory, patterns, symmetry and other topics of interest to
the class.
Evaluation will be based on class participation and short reaction
papers to Gardner's columns.
This course should be particularly helpful for elementary education majors.
Prerequisite:Group I11 on math placement test
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: OM 27
The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-47041
Instructor:Larry Copes
Lower-divisionmathematics students generally play only games
of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and
to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to
get a taste of REAL mathematics before cornrniting themselves to
a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and
weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 205
MUSIC
H The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-47065
430-47068
Instructor:Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create
some of the sounds found in 20th century music. Through a
"hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1)Making multi-track r~corrlingson half'-tmlc,qu-r4rack,
and casElctte dwlm through an eight,-t~xclr.
mixor.
2) Lnclividua1,lly creating, modifying, m d mixing ~ a u n d sfrom
trdtional mtmd ~ o u s c a sas wcll as from analog and computer-controlledsynthesizers.
The study and applicntion of pmdicnl electronic technology used
in the production of music hday will he combined with aesthetic
considerations necmwry for thc creativ~?
aspccts of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups.
Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four
track recording invalPing techniques of s m changing, splicing.
mversing tape direation and filtering using primwily traditional
and non-tmrli tional sound sources. Upper division st~rderltswill
also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to
seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and
provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and
a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: None for lower division status.
Music theory or permission of instructor for upper
division status.
Distribution:Art-Music
Time: I
Room: M 5
NORWEGIAN
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-47032
Instructor: Leif Hansen
T h e cflume pmvides an introduction to the basio skills of listening, spa-,
reacling, and writing. The first;classl sessions are
conducted without Lhr?use oT ra, prhtccl text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: II
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-47042
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by
introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reachingeffects
in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
Being H u m a n
PHI 115-47043
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? What is our uniqueness, our relation to our world and environment, and our relation to others in
community and to God? We will explore concepts of being human
from ancient Greece and China, through the Renaissance, to contemporary reflections, to see how different cultures and societies
have viewed the human person.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from the various periods, and written interaction with those readings. Several
short papers on the readings plus written preparation for small
group discussions will be expected.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 16
What D o You Think of That?
PHI 250-47044
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and
say about such contemporary issues as Freedom of the Will; Can
Computers Think?; and What are the Grounds of Moral RRsponsibility? In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of
authors, some traditional (such a s John Locke, RRne Descartes,
and William James);m d same very much in tho forefront of conl,empoiwy discussion (such as &TI Rand. B.R Skinne~:Sidn~y
E h k ,and John Hospa-s). T h e i r views are provocative, to aa.y tho
least, and they will challenge you to nslr, again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do YOUTtlinlc or That?" Grades based upo:~mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 10
Introduction to Truth Theory
PHI410-47045
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
An investigation aP the following questions: What is the nature of
truth? Is truLl1 a property of the,intellect or tllings'?Is there only
on5 thrutll?Is truth irmnt~tablc?Is truth k u n d ul sensation or only
in the intellect? Is falsity found in the senses or only in the intellect?
This course will propose answers tJothese gu~stionebased on a
survey of philosophical texts by various writers. Student will be
involved with debating these texts and preparing n series of reports on the readings. In addition there will be a final examination
on all material covered.
Prerequisite: At least one lower division course in philosophy
Time: LT:
Room: Philosophy Seminar-Memorial Hall
PHYSICS
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-47046
Instructor:Ken Erickson
A study of the ~cience
of meteorology which will pmvida a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric ecicnce. Attention
will be given to Pow basic areas: observing t h e weather (including
stntc or t11~art instrumentation), understancling weather patterns, ibrecasting weather changes and underatanding the
world's climate. Elelated topics to be includccl are: hydrology
(study of the emth'e water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather'sinlpmt on world events. This course is
dmignod to be an elwtive ox satisfy the Ma~hematics-PI~ysics
distribution requirement for the Libcilal arts student. The course will
include daily lectures, asaignmants (one o r two laboratory
sossions pcr week), two one-hour examinations and a research
project.
Prerequisite:High school algebra
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: L 1
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-47047
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of
music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine
string, and horn instruments (and possibly others including the
human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of
the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper
on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: OM 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Reasoning and Rationalizing
POL 180-47048
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
A course for people who would rather think than memorize, criticize than concur, argue than acquiesce. Addressing major and minor political ideas from Plato to the President, the course will attempt to probe and compare the notions that have affected and
afflicted Western politics, for better and for worse.
Grades will be based on brief papers, quizzes, and class participation.
Prerequisite: No prior political science course
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Politics of Nuclear Strategy and War
POL 365-47049
Instructor:Joseph R. Goldman
Given the nuclear arms race today and the advent of "Star Wars,"
many people are deeply concerned about their and the world's future as we approach 2001. This course explores the politics and
strategy of nuclear security issues not only between the US and
USSR, but among the "other" nuclear (izing) nations and those
like Japan choosing never to possess these engines of war. Beginning with Hiroshima and continuing beyond "Star Wars," we will
look at the history, politics, economics, strategies and ecologies
surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one
hand, and affecting arms control, on the other. Students will have
a mid-term examination, a short paper (10 pp) and a final exarnination used a s the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite:
One mlitical science course
or permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: OM 21
Anatomy of the USSR
POL 455-47050
Instructor:Norma Noonan
In-depth study of the contemporary USSR with a l'ocus on internal
politics and society The contcnt includes: an oveiview of the dilemmas which face the USSR in tl~elate 1980s: political, economic, m d moi* m analysis of the Soviet monomy-midattempts
at reform: a review of rrullwal and mcial ~ r o b l ~ mexnrnination
s:
of
some Porcign plicy issues; nnd an annlyks or the political leadership. The rxlurse will he conductwl as a seminnr. Thcrc will he a
research pnpr anrl some indcwndent rending and writing assignmcnts. Thc grade will be based on: the written n-si-c~lts
(4Oq%1);class clit3cusAion (20r%):written m p r t (40'%1).
Pmrequi~ite:One course h Communist politics:
382;363or 351 or permission of the htruct;or
Time: I
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Self-Identityand Values
PSY 110-47051
Instructor:Norm Ferguson
The objective of this course will be to examine the concept of
"self" or "self-identity" (Who am I? What do I think and feel about
myself?). The relationship between self-identity and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will have mainly a
psychological focus, reference will be made to spiritual and philosophical issues that relate to the concepts of self-identity and values. The content of the course will cover topics such as: the acquisition and development of self-identity and values, including the
influence of sex-roles; the clarification of values; the growth and
change of self-identity and values during adulthood; and the relationship between self-identity and spiritual growth.
Glass time wfll be devoted mainly to the discussion of these issues
in smdl groups. A&iw participation by each student is c q m t e d
along with the sharing of relevant ixldvidual expriences. Emltiation will be b e d on class participation, two papers, and a journal
of reactions to the assigned r e d n g s . This course may not substitute for PSY-105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Grading PIN only
Prereauisite:Permission of instructor
~istriiution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I1
Room: P 3
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-47052
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psycholow is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth. with
differing levels of depth. Here you will have Lhe or~portunitylo
cxplor~some of the concepts. data and methods of psychology and
gain s o m ~
undmstnncling nnd insights Frnm this disciphe. R e d ings, leclurcs. and specid presentations will he utiliecd involving
the instrucimr and class members. EvaEuntion wi 11 involve class
participation, student research presentations, and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(General Psych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-47053
Instructor:Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the
adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be
the main focus.
This course will be conducted a s a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Procedures will include
elms discussion,frequent shorrt papers, and frequent oral reports.
F,acl~s t ~ ~ d ew
n illl be required to seek out antl interview persons in
the adoLescent level of developmett. rypCdting or oq~uvalont
word processing wi U b~ required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the
book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is off ered o d y on PIN basis.
Prerequisite: Psychology 105 (GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: OM 10
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-47054
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture
m d religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present deveIopmeilt of Indigmous ch~wchasin West Africa. The newer "Ind e n d e n t African Chul-ches"will ha studied, a s wall as aitempta
txr formulate "African Christian Theology" A major ~ectionof the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be
lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting
resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short
tests and a short research paper.
Prer uisite: One coursein
Dish%ution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used
t o w i d graduation rewon requirements)
Time: Il
Room: OM 18
rewm
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374-47055
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better,
more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science
and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations
between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods; the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of
science and nature in the 20th century
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete? Are scientists really that smart?
Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us? Why do science and religion always seem to be
fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two
short tests and a written project.
Prerequisite:Religion (Onlyone interim course may be used
toward graduationreligionrequirements)
Distribution:Religion
Time: I
Room: S 213
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring H u m a n Services
SWK 257-47056
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a coll~ge
major. RnowIedge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with l-ruman service prvreasiorlals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, sk~dcntswill attend a apecific small group saminmr 3 ho1u.s per weak during which Rgency
experiences will be slmmd and ~ m d i n g sclificussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-47057
Instructor:Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand students' knowledge of homelessness in a historical context
2. To expand students' knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities
3. To expand students' understanding of the causative factors
which contribute to persons being homeless: Economic, employment, personal
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness
Fkadings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless
people and participant observation will be utilized to fulfill the
above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom
for discussion/explorationof the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and
a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the
basis for evaluation.
Upper division students only.
Non social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this
course.
uisites:SOC 111 or 121 or SWK 257 or 361
-3
Room: OM 23
Prer
Field Work I11
SWK 466-47058(1course)
466-47059(34 course)
Instructor:Rosemary Link
me objectives of the C ~ R S R are tC) U8e s u ~ ~ ~
relationship
t ~ r g to
increase interpretive as well as socid work ~ C F ~ O I ' X I W U Icamp
~~
t.~mcc:tu promoh gradt.lalentqy into direct social mrl<practice; to
increase comptencr! in the client oonl.act phase of tho problem
solving prmcrs; to increase studenl seK-awmeness in 1.ega1-dto
profmsional pmcticr? interests, areas of strengLE1, mci areas for
personallprol'essiotla~develnpmtlnt; to proinute mmpetcmce i n the
Pull process of' problcm solving. with special empl~asison nna1ys.k
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11--educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE: Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIOLOGY
H Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261-47060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community
in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have
provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing
tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucratized society This
course will attempt ~ K Imsess the extent to which the foregoing
assertions might apply to ethnic ncjghborhoods in the Twin Citi e ~ATtor
.
some prehmhwy background sessions and readings,
each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as
part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the
Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation
and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the
course.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: OM 29
Complex Organizations
SOC 301-47073
Instructor:Diane Pike
This course is an upper division seminar designed to examine
complex organizations from a sociological perspective. Little in
contemporary American culture is left unaffected by organizations and it is useful for those of us who live and work within
these institutions to understand how they operate beyond the individual level. We will explore topics such as corporate deviance, organizational technology and structure, and organizational culture.
The format of the course is based on discussion and participation.
Reading assignments form the foundation for class time, supplemented by guest speakers, films, and assignments. Evaluation of
performance is based on three short papers, participation and
notebook, and a final.
This course is particularly appropriate for business majors in certain tracks.
Prerequisite: An introductory history, psychology,sociology
or political science course
Time: I1
Room: OM 22
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 383-47061
Instructor:Jerry Gerasirno
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding.
The course will be offered only on a PIN basis. There will probably
be no examinations, but there will be two papers.
Distribution: Urban
Time: II
Room: M 24
SPANISH
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-47031
Instructor:Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental works of literature through the use of valid critical tools. It
will involve both theory and evaluation from different points of
view. We shall read several short stories, plays, one novel and a
number of poems.
Evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in
class discussion, and a final exam.
This course is designed for language students but anyone with an
interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: M 22
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
Theatre in London
SPC 246-47062
Instructor:Julie Bolton
London has been the center of the t h e a t r e world for centuries and
the EngLis11 stage continues to a t t a t large audiences to f3-m footlights. During our month in En~lnndwe will see approximately
fourteen prfomances including traditional and nori-traditional
theatre a t a wide assortment of sites.
Theatre performances will be supplemented with backstage
tours, talks with British theatre artists and critics, walking tours
and a visit to the British Theatre Museum. The course will also
allow free time for independent exploration of the many galleries,
museums, libraries, shops and all that are part of England's rich
cultural heritage.
The course is offered on a PIN basis only Evaluation will be based
on attendance at all scheduled events, participation in group discussions, a journal dealing with production experiences as well as
some assigned readings.
The cost of transportation, some meals, and all theater performances is $1,895.00.
Children's Theater
SFC 285-47063
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a
play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off
stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians),production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights,
scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the
commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a
written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:OO.1:OO-3:OO
Room: Stage Two
Ethics in Communication
SPC 340-47064
Instructor:Ray Anderson
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether
to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs
or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one
sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising,
public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in
subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability
to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include lectures, readings, case studies, interviews,
oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in
everyday life.
~rereqdsites:
A course in philosophy or consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 16
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
W Outward Bound
HPE 212-47067
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington D.C. Interims
The Legal System and Legal Careers
POL 398-47068
Leaders o n Leadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-47069
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January
16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for one of these as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry official credit, but
they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether
or not the student registers for the course.
1 Runnin
HPE 00237074
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12 noon
Room: Melby
1 Racquetball
HPE 002-47075
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-11:OOT & Th
Room: Melby
American Karate
HPE 002-47076
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M, W, F
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 24, 1986.These courses are offered on P/NP basis only
Ancient Greece: Myth and Monuments
An Ecological Safari in East Africa
Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
China. Then and Now
Civilizations in Conflict: Troy, Constantinople, Gallipoli
Economics of the Welfare State
English Castles, Cathedrals and Countryside
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German Ltmguage nnd Culture: Munich, Salzburg & Vienna
Great Western Philosophers
Greek A r t and Architecture
Habsburg Heritage
Health Care in Europe
Italy: Galileo and the Church
J a ~ a 1987:
n
Traditional Values in a Post-Industrial Society
L ~ W
in London
London and Paris: A Tale of Two Cities
Mexico: The Old and the New
Modern European Business and Worklife
Museums, Music, and Monuments in
the Great Cities of Emope
Paris and Provence: Lnnigpag~and Culture
Peru: Lnnguuge and Culture
Soviet Union: A Cultural rtnd Historical Profile
Soviet Union: History and Culture
S ain: A Country in Transition
eatre in London
The English School and Family
&
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to
enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student
must select. Students registering for upper division standing should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1988
......................
....................
..........................
November 2-6
.Interim Registration
December 7
.Late Interim Registration
January4
.First Day of Interim
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1 p.m.
January5
.Last Day for Cancel/Add
January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with
Registrar
January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses
January29
.Interim Ends
February 2
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 3
.Spring Semester Begins
.....................
.
...............................
........
......................
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes
will begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in
alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for
Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students
may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the
26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association
for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities
are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are
available in the same office.
-
Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent
or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1.Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal
forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements.
This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Lourses
Art
d
Li e Drawing
A T 247-48001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
J
PlantsUand
Civilization
BIO 102-48002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's
economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps
that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for
use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
1 Biological Evolution
BIO 107-48003
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human
knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be
examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and
pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have
evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will
involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the
course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist
of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests.
Prerequisite: High School biology
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility
o Business
f;
B S 270-48004
Instructor: Dick Herzog
In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and
business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism
and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior.
Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action,
truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take
overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so
on.
There will be lectures, discussions and probably some
guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays
on assigned topics. There will be a final examination.
Prerequisite: Ethics recommended
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-48071/378-48072
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to
play a computerized business management exercise. Each
team will control a company which manufactures and sells
similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform
other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal
operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices
and determining plant and securities investments as well as
stockholders dividends.
Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be
able to apply business concepts learned.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are
interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on
systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between
the various component parts of the business decision. The
lower version of the computerized game will be used for
this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and
ECO 112 or permission of instructor
Room: Psych 3
Time: I1
"
Chemistry
'
fur Changing Times
CHE 100-48005
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is
not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science background. Basic science and math are introduced
early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the
student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education
for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We
live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill",
food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements,
the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic
manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon
nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a
hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we
take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily
quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a
distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for
Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Chemistry in Health
CHE 120-48006
Instructor: John Holum
This course will progress from a study of basic principles
of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a
study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in
the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several
situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some
attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per
week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-48061
Instructor: Jean C. Kung
This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the
discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and
used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We
will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility
and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts
to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The
course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
f7 ~ort;an
CSC 270-48007
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of
the features of FORTRAN together with programming
techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Economics
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-48008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention,
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread;
Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic
tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above
mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.)
Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban
Concerns
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Planned Economies (Soviet Union,
Yu oslavia, India)
8
EC 495-48009
Instructor: Satya Gupta
Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union,
Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic
problems of these countries.
Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper.
Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Education
Student Teaching
EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014
EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015
EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016
EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through
the Ages
ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025
Instructor: Joan Griffin
"Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies
King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king
who ever lived, Arthur of Britain.
But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead,
he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was
wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the
world has need of a leader as great as he.
In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian
themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like
T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often
on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur).
King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this
Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he
become throughout the centuries7
Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us
from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics
like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred,
Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at
more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future
King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail
and Excalibur.
Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a
class discussion and write a long paper based on additional
readings.
Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-48019
Instructor: John Mitchell
Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the
lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by
preference. This course will examine the language of rock
and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic
techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to
Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their
cultural implications and themes. Students will be required
to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon
assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A
fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals.
Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Five College Advanced Short Fiction
Writing
ENG 362-48058
Instructor: Carol Bly
This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also
include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of
excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent
in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to
write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences
with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged.
We will explore sophisticated means of writing short
American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot,
sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of
characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can
manage.
Grades will be based on writing, class participation and
evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles.
Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing
and permission of Professor John Mitchell
Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF
Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E
French
Beginning French
FRE 111-48057
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course
works toward the discovery of French culture and the
French way of life.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction t o Yiddish
GER 220-48070
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7
They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like
"chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and
"shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you
can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL
ri~~,a
Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Phwsical
Education
II Recreational Rhythms and Activities
PE 232-48022
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2credit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and
alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
H Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48023
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate
sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.
The course will focus on taking the student to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming
and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed
keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an
active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction
will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include
cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and
American Virgin Islands.
Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam.
Prerequisite: Instructor's permission
Distribution: Lifetime sport
Beiltg H14man
INS 18848063
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore
how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we
will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from
various historical periods, and frequent written interaction
with those readings. Several short papers plus written
preparation for small group discussions will be expected.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Images of America: From Wilderness
Forest to Urban Sprawl
EVE
INS 188-48064
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to
transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee
the city and escape its problems by going back to nature.
In this course we will study some works of literature and
other texts that will help us understand how we got our
attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the
Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the
Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and
then study some of the development of American ideas
about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the
rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and
take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two
and have several guest speakers.
Texts:
L. Mumford, The City in History, selections
I
Plato, The Republic, selection
Bible, selections
Augustine, The City of God, selections
R.W.Emerson, "Nature"
H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections
N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux"
E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd"
S . Crane, Maggie
J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain
J.C. Oates, Them
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Leadership in the City
flz/E
INS 188-48065
Instructor: Richard Nelson
It has often been observed that leadership cannot be
taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that
leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this
course we will study leadership within the context of the
city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will
view the ancient and modern city and selected problems
within urban culture which require the development of
various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During
the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and
view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this
material will be historical in nature. The third week of the
course will be devoted to time spent observing the city.
Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan
community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition,
you will work in teams to view the life of the city and
formulate questions and observations about the nature of
our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will
reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in
class. During the course you will write four short papers
(3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the
city, and write three short exams. Each component, the
short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will
comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in
discussions will count 10% of your final grade.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
1
H Urban Theatre and Art
11v,C
INS 188-48065
4
Instructor: Julie Bolton
The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers
nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in
drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of
the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is
related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As
You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others.
The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/
real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/
healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic,
Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History.
Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page
critical reviews will be written and shared with the group
as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require
library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to
art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Interdisciplinary
Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the
World of Work
INS 299-486%
Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn
by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that
meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the
process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can
obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)
to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and
2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand
experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately 20
hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week
for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based
upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation.
Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and
secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December
11).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll.
Women, Men and the Bible
INS 181-48027
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been
involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths
through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with
gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and
relationships of women and men in the family and in the
church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings
of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society?
We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the
Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other
religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive
language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class
discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project.
Prerequisites: An open mind
Distribution: urban/women/minority
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Politics and Process in Education
INS 183-48053
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of
the formal education you are experiencing? How have the
educational methods you have been exposed to shaped
your view of yourself and the world7
The objectives of this course are to examine the processes
used today in American education (from elementary
school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological,
sociological). The content of the courses will include topics
such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the
alternative approaches to education being used currently
in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class
participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one
class presentation.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Psych 2
The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in
the Computer Age
INS 185-38029
Instructor: Larry Crockett
This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we
will examine these questions: Are human beings in some
sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines
might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7
Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to
write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay
items.
Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan,
Israel, the West Bank and Egypt
INS 262-480
Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson
Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt
to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings,
lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in
the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics
which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants
will meet with people and organizations representing the
countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The
group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be
Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson
and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800
from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from
January 7 through January 24.
Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be
based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned
readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30.
Mathematics
Shaping Up
MAT 151-48056
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by
drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry.
The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations
at midterm and final.
Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 112
H Math of Interest
MAT 173-48062
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than
men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are
calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured
out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate
a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These
and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics
of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and
quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
H The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-48028
Instructor: Larry Copes
Lower-division mathematics students generally play only
games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of
this course are to help prospective mathematics majors
gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL
mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly
exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Music
E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-48033
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students planning to major in
music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of
the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests
and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation:
$15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 26
E Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-48032
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours,
and each student will improvise daily at class meetings,
using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's permission
Time: I1
Room: Music 4
The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031
Instructor: Robert KarlCn
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and
create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music.
Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds
from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and
computer-controlled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small
groups. Lower division students will work with up to four
channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed
changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering
using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound
sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven
tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder,
and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for
upper division status
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Norwegian
Be inning Norwegian
g
NO 111-48034
Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold
Course 111is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in
speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation
of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in
everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily
assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and
,
a final examination.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Nursing
Pends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-48035
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective
by introducing current trends and issues in health care and
the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential
for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be
graded on group presentations, written examinations and
field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Philosophy
Readings in Mystical Literature: The
Western Padition
PHI 390-48036
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the
various forms of mystical experience based on discussions
of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic
experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the
feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by
short papers and final examination.
This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a
perspectives course.
Time: I
Room: Memorial 323
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-48037
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science.
What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only
science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are
there any limits to scientific method? For example, what
does science have to say about values? These and other
questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge,
and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a
mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and an individual study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and
one course in natural science
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
Phusics
~&oduction to Weather
PHY 106-48040
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a
working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing
the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study
of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This
course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at
sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During
the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and
site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip.
This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather
facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel.
Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the
trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-48038
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we
will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly
others including the human voice) to see how they actually
work. The requirements of the course include laboratory
exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a
final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the
student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
The Starship Accords
PHY 180-48039
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
You have been selected to participate in the establishment
of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar
system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during
flight to:
A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in
any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable
for colonization.
B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of
the new colony.
C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political
theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the
above and on two short quizzes.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Po Iitical Science
II Patterns of Change in the Middle East
POL 268-38068/468-48069
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines
and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of
theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics
and international relations while examining Middle East
political life.
Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of
Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power
and political concepts. How ideas and social movements
confront each other amidst rapid technological and social
change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in
the region.
All students will read an introductory text and select from
recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel,
Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All
students will give oral critiques of two books from the set
of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries.
Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings
on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique
methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An
additional final essay applying comparative theory to two
Middle East countries will be required for upper division
students.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
H Political Economy
POL 459-48041
Instructor: Joseph Goldman
This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially
how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political
science and economics, we will look at the concepts,
models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate,
GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement
are covered.
Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination
and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case
study or policy study in consultation with the instructor.
The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the
total grade.
Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science
or economics
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Psych 3
Ps ycilology
H Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-48042
Instructor: Paul Hirdman
Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great
breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have
the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and
methods of psychology and gain some understanding and
insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor
and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: Psychology 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-48043
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent
oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and
interview persons in the adolescent level of development.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children
by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book
will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November
1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few
class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in
the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
The ~ u t h e r a n
Heritage
REL 345-48044
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it
is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th
century and its development and cultural influence during
450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide
an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One
text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in
class on the second day.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-48052
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible.
The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be
based on class participation, a presentation to the class and
an examination.
Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Social Work
Ex loring Human Services
SJ
K 257-48055
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency; working and talking with human
service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course
offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will
attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week
during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in
the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Issues of Hornelessness
SWK 339-48051
Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an
historical context;
2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal.
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r
discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Psych 2
H Social Work and Community Services in
Great Britain
SWK 346-48059
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern
- ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies.
The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal
public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of
urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's
culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet
with social work students, attend theatre performances,
and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and
we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community
institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English
social work students, we will unravel the post Second
World War commitment to universal social policies. These
policies have established services available to all citizens in
health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working
turf of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit
Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West
Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work
agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make
contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through
cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the
National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals,
and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral
part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets,
journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S.
Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f
the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role
and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by
G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social
policy (which includes a comparison with their American
experience), and participation in visits and discussions.
The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface
travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets
and a one week London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
23 in The International Center, Old Main 20.
Field Work III
SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046
Instructor: Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field
placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated
supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor
using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per
week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-48047
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.
The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can
expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, written assignments, and/or examinations.
Distribution: Urban/Minority
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
.-
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-48048
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss
continental literature through the use of valid critical tools.
It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of
the reading selections from different points of view. We
shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one
novel and a number of poems.
Student evaluation will be based on three written reports,
participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This
course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is
welcome to enroll.
Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Speech, Communication,
Theatre
Children's Theater
SPC 285-48049
Instructor: Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers,
dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes,
and props). Public performances will be scheduled during
the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and
a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No
theater experience is necessary.
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage Two
H Television News Production
SPC 344-48050
Instructor: Warren Harmon
This will be a basic course in television news production
taught on location. Students will get practical experience in
interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the
news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these
tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a
television studio. Students should have some previous TV
coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information.
Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton
Time: I
Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary
Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the
Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23,
1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts
H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage
H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing
H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow
H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests
H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside
H The English School and Family
H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century:
Modernity and Tradition
H German Language and Culture
H The Greek Experience
H Hawaii: A Cultural History
H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier
International Law and Business in a European Environment
H The Irish Renaissance
H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary
Problems
H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and
Power
Mexico: The Old and the New
H From Monastery to Manufacturing:
The Dawn of Capitalism
The Natural History of New Zealand
Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection
Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain
H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years
H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts
H The Vikings
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-48073
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian
border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on
the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17
period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
Washin on D. C. Interims
?
Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-48073
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-48074
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim
and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar
course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does
meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in his class without registering for the course,
but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-48067
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA
Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F
Room: Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is
particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ
styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they
would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students
can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition
refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few
Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing.
Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select.
Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the
number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer
enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for
graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1989
................................................Interim Registration
.............................................................Late Interim Registration
...........................................................................First Day of Interim
October 31-November 4
December 5
January 3
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1p.m.
January 4
January 16
.................................................
Last Day for CanceYAdd
..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Registrar
January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 27 .....................................................................................
I n t e r Ends
January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration
................................................................
Spring Semester Begins
February 1
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will
begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in
alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs
not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit.
Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in
tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of
the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24
international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for
International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed
near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd
internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no
btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc
same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299)
for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students
choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must
be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than
December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the
Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other
4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof
these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary
will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration
for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the
regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other
4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily
be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home
institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January
term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the
interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
Calligraphy
ART 106-490011306-49002
drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through
and assignments center
pecial attention given to
cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus
r division students are
historical writing styles
:
er and mat board
Room: Old Main 4
Biology
Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts
BIO 113-490051313-49006
I
4
,
I
.;
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and
California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates,
nd animal life, and
mils, the
survival mec
ra a
a. Studies will be
conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson
Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina
Mountains. H
diskrk&sknied
'
.
Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be
given to biology majors.
I
There will be some class days on campus both before and after the
trip.
.
I
The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment,
and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping),
admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4.
Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 214
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-49003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life.
genes surrounded by a
n and multiply only as
eeming simplicity, some
mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This
major discoveries on
of viruses, and their
c will also look at the
viral invasion, at the
drugs, and at some
g AIDS. Grades will
during the course.
Room: Science 213
,
Botany, Birds and Blight
BIO 117-49004
Instructor: Gloria Warner
Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas
of biology which may not be available to students in their regular
be as exciting and
arn various ways to
plant structure and
tification and Como
2. Studentswil
of Natural Hist
for a week at the Bell Museum
tification and a t
Grades will be based on class participation and exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 214
.
Business
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-49007/37&49008
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a
computerized business management exercise. Each team will
control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts.
Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting
what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy
will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures,
and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends.
Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to
have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply
1
I
I
business concepts learncd.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training.
This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive
analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the
relationship between the various component parts of the business
decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used
for this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112
or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Murpy Square 3
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295.49009
Instructor: John Cerrito
who are not majoring
for starting and running a
small business.
The student will
management
aspcts of small busincss
a business plan for ia
studies.
Business major&ay not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 3
.
I
Chemistry
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-49010
Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for
centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers
and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades
the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry
becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence
on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics,
"the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out,
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system
of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result
of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the
problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry
can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the
human ct~ndition.
d
This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films
will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will
be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but
+'
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: II
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-49011
Instructor: Jean C. Kunz
This course seeks
chemistryfrom ancien
science of today. The
on the discovused a few ele11 examine the
I
the powerful modem
sed primarily upon a
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Computer Science
Fortran
CSC 270-49012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming
languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This
course will involve lectures and programming assignments in
FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 212
I
I
Economics
Welfare Economics
ECO 414-49013
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory.
Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
I
I
Education
C( International Education
EDS 245-49014
Instructor: Richard Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the
proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This
course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention
will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American
models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers.
Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation,
and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-49015
Instructor: JohnBollis
Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and
informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included
and each student will leave the class with word processing skills.
Students will survey current software materials for educational
and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary
education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and
final exam. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
w
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
EDE 37549016
Instructor: Mary Endorf
Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child.
B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich
are supported by current research and practices in education
settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - "how to learn".
E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development
(characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional
programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student
will be able to identify:
1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten.
2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and
the theories behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of
students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten
that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the
teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination.
is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process.
Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Human Relations
EDS 388-49017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof
major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a
perspective of minority group members with interaction from
class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom
setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global
society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this
course.
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to
teaching and other profesiional vocations.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022
EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023
EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024
EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
English
The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-490271340-49020
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
fiction? What elements of fiction
What is fiction? What is
should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety
of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the
Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in
class discussions, write iw analysis
a selected short story,
write an original d~c>rl,itn
ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final
exam.
I
Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation
based on it.
Prerequisites: Effective Writing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Re-Visions:
Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- )
ENG 249-49026
Instructor: Douglas E. Green
Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers?
Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages?
This course will encourage students to assess the current state of
British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns,
and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the
various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the
works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson,
Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some
pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on
January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one
or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for
which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of
short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam.
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or
consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-49029
Instructor: John Mitchell
Feature films, ranging from
Wall, will also be examined
Students will be rebased upon
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing)
Time: II
Room: Science 123
I
'I
'
I
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-49030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural
sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers.
Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the
works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: II
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction to Yiddish
GER 220-49076
Instructor: Don Steinmek
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler
on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several
other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish.
How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch,"
"schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is
Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim
you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Physical Education
IITheonj, Technique and Administrative
Aspects of Coaching Football
7
.L
-1
1 x 1
L
'
HPE 224-49035
I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock
Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the
people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be
given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram
including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and
game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of
teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of
offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in
actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the
ethics of coaching football.
This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to
Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and
workshops.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 4
IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-49032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage
and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts
and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health
Program
HPE 41G49033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community.
Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written
summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 2
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
"
h i
HPE 45S-49034
/ - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will
function as an active crew member.
-
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat
handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and
navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays
in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A
daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written
exam will be given. P/Ngrading only.
The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat
rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due
October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic
Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
II Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-49036
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting
report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
II Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-49037
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice
coaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-49038
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification by
the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be
based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor.
While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students
have some basketball playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays.
Room: Melby 202
His tory
Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-49039
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the
&&18th m N r y and tLun of
2Olh century. The Chinese,
la-,
K~xemandFill
e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt
r
on the changesin the U.S.
Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will
study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in,
the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American
economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the
end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to
some Asian immigration.
Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a
final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term
in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
p
8L
Gandhi and Martin Luther King:
The Images and the Reality
HIS 440-49040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
ies of our century, in-
Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final
exam.
Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college
history or political science course.
Time: I1
Room: Foss Seminar
In terdisciplinavy -FXE
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special
Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The
Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course
with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The
course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution
requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the
entire college community.
Measuring the Elusive Ideal:
Realized and Unrealized Dreams
INS 189-49041
Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari,
Bruce Reichenbach
What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems
persist in America? Why do so many families have such different
expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign
countries dislike America?
In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for
similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts
we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a
people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which
the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned.
Students will participate in the course through assigned readings,
analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help
students integrate various aspects of the learning experience.
Prerequisites: Freshman status
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Redemocratization Process in South America
INS 219-49074
Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva
Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile
who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg.
In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and
characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay
and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine
the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic
alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special
case study of retarded transformation.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work
INS 299-49042
Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by
observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time
placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a
week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an
unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable
students to observe and experience the relationships between the
worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students'
abilities to learn from first hand experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per
week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two
hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/
log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis.
Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a
placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured
by December 9.
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Square 2
~ ~ c o n o m i cthe
s , Environment and Appropriate Technology
INS 218-49043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer
sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in
our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and
economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our
use of the environment in technological and economic develop
ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions
to environmental problems. Course material will be presented
through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits.
Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Mathematics
r( Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-49044
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary
statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with
the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical
and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures,
discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and
final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Math of Interest
MAT 173-49045
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than
men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to
invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Music
willi
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-49048
Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen
every day for three hours, and each
Improvisation i
usic m
meetings, using a variety of imstudent
provisational t W es and styles.
Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's p
Distribution:
Music
Time: I
Room: Music 4
'1
n
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS179-49047
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich
served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country;
the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest
of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles.
The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British
Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the
awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of
our encounte
concert p d o
and visits to
marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England
and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and
Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226
includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several
cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is
offered on a P/NP basis only.
The History of Jazz
MUS 241-49049
Instructor: David Hawley
The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure.
America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the
nature of our
but has also been the
throughout the world.
This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular
roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom.
The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will
be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of
reading assignments will
and selected filmsand video
two written and listening
exams.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 2
NOR 111-49050
background in Nonvesin speaking, listening,
Classroom practice
d structures and the
.
Room: Old Main 29
Philosophy
On Dreams
PHI 200-49051
Instructor: Mark Fue
some an-
assignments. Evaluation will be traditional.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Phusics
J
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-49052
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working
knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will
be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and
understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included
are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the
Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory
followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States
visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at
Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and
Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach
and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi
River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television
station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites,
and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain
a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be
created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried
on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily
quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Initial deposit due by October 28.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library I
Introduction t o Space Science
PHY 320-49053
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who
are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics
required for further study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper
atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the
solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma
sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling
with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora.
Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Pol it
Science
n numerous other
ete conclusions
You will be required to read
presidency, write analytical
the more you should try to read.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 24
E Politics,~ollywoodstyle
POL 328-49075
Instructor: William Morris
This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or
institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by
considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other
information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given
to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and
evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the
films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof
books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some
of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The
papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for
the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There
will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs.
Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
Difficult Judicial Choices:
How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-49055
Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman
The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation
and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed
to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental
health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing,
police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to
assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how
jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d
i~rid
app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic
rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch
al
nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland
adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions.
l
'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re
i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course.
In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States
immigration court and a mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and
Wednesday thereafter
Ro-om: Old Maih 16
Psychology
The Psychology of Law
PSY 335-49056
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Evaluation will
participation, student research
Re1igion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-49057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world.
We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present
time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by
ment and cultural
Lcct LI r c and class discussion
ss to the Gospel in art,
will deal with cx
music, missions,
theology. Requireper. One text costing
ments will inclu
ascd in class on the second
erim course may be used to
meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s )
,
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-49058
onal African culture
will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section
ses of churches in
South Africa to t
will be lectures
luated on several
toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-49059
anguage in the Bible. The
character of language for
es will be based on class
an examination.
course may be used
Social Work
C( Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-49060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who
participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs.
This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an
agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific
small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will
be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives
sWK330-4906<1
Instructor: Maria rown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)?
Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes?
Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today,
identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be
an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including
contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader
society. Students will research various forms of family violence.
Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in
current policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in
family violence.
Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on
area of interest in family violence.
Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Social Work and Community Services
in Great Britain
SWK 346-49061
7y!-!L
/
- I
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient
in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores
social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of
community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping
networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family
homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will
begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such
as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall
Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will
unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal
socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to
all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and
personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf
of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and
explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition
to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and
Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the
small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and
literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The
Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites
such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating
the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday
excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the
British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and
books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the
Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social
Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any
play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective
journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which
includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/
NP basis.
The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week
London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at
the Office of International Programs.
7
Field Work III
SWK 466-49064 (full course)
466-49065 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personal/professional development; to promote competence in
the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on
analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field
Instructor using previously developed contract and social work
evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or
full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of
the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis
on thd ~ e a l t h
Care ~ i i t e m )
SOC 121-49071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an
academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights
into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place
in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the
health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As
such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and
related professionals and for consumers as well.
This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives
as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily
written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given.
Time: II
Room: Music 24
Racial and Minority Group Relations
om of racial and minority group
ejudice, racism, and
format will include
for off-campus parexpect evaluation to
n, a research project,
nly on a P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Music 23
!
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-49067
The objective of th
tal literature
Student evaluation will
pation in class
discuss continenIt will involve
reports, partici-
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater
SPC 226-49068
etc. Students wil
nd styles of movewill be to increase the
gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as
aspects of movement
a1 expression, gesture, walking,
rent styles of movement, from
c. Movement exercises will be
Some principles of
Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles
of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays.
Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class
work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations.
The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as
teaching, law, the ministry, etc.
Time: II
Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with
Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college.
Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim
Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-49069
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or
for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in
the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of
approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some
scholarships available).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda
POL 398-49072
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-49073
These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring
the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October
26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
ANCIENT GREECE
1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND
CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST
IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS
DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND
I
ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE
AND CITIES
1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY
EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE
EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN
GREAT BRITAIN
1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND
HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY
INSIDE IRELAND
1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS
MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE
MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT
CITIES OF EUROPE
THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE
LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN
BRITAIN AND ITALY
1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY
CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND
SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activity is available to students during Interim and
students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This
activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports
requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class
without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees
whether or not the student registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-49070
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate,
taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee
of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting S... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting Students
.......................4
.....................5
UMAIE Courses .......................48
Other Courses ...........................49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50
Augsburg Courses
Introduction t o Interim
I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both
students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and
to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not
to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the
student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1990
...............................Interim Registration
.............................................Late Interim Registration
............................................................
s t Day of Interim
October 30 - November 3
December 4
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 la0 p.m.
January 3
January 16
....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd
.............................. Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Regisbar
January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 26 ..................................................................
I nt
i Ends
.......................
...................................................
Validation of Spring Class Registration
January 30
January 31
Spring Semester Begins
Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily
schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes
Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with
a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m.
About This Catalog
Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in
alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for
Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw
courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts
may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the
Catalog.
Options
International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the
23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog.
Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental
requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the
last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during
Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately
4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education office.
Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent
study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for
registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not
necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered
for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and
Creative Writing
Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John
Mitchell
This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at
Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound
Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct
coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar,
taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc
t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology
Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem,
taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt.
The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce
daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl
cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also
have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest
Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide
introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc
first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and
goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will
pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will
be given.
The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be
approximately $1200.
Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida
Keys
ART 116-40011
Instructor: Phil Thompson
An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature
and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There
will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a
method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of
coastal landscapes.
Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and
paintings along with participation and artistic growth
factors.
Students will be required to provide their own drawing
and painting materials.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
W Life Drawing
ART 247-40001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a
variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Biology
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-40002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost
every area of our society. Historically they have influenced
world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health
care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our
social history. We will take a look at an array of topics
ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping
and thc influence that plants played in each incident.
Grades will be based on examinations.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-40003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of
life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and
multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their
seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases
afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio,
rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will
begin with a short history of some major discoveries on
viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and
their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will
also look at the ways in which the body defends itself
against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and
new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases
caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based
on several quizzes and exams given during the course.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies
BIO 14040049;340-40050
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks
will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute
located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory
facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining
hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats
suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps
and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities
and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory.
A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips
and conduct specialized classes.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made
during the first week. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component with
students interacting with students from John Mitchell's
writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with
each student completing a project related to one of the
other disciplines.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the
program, a final examination and a paper on a selected
topic related to marine biology. Upper division students
will do a special research project.
Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper
division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent.
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-40079
Instructor: John Cerrito
Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is
s to provide students who are not
majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and
performances on small business case studies.
Business majors may not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 3
Chemistry
A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry
CHM 113-40005
Instructor: Earl Alton
Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change,
solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce
which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes
occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in
thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s
prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry
~~
using thc laboratory
as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro-
d
duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand
dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the
colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected.
Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course
wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc
gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory
work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and
an exam at the end of the course.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 322
P
H High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
CHM 325-40004
Instructor: Joan Kunz
High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high
technologies," including advances in experimental science
in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum
technologies lags far behind their development. This
course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use
high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
H Fortran
CSC 270-40012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for
students wi th some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will
involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming
assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Economics
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-40006
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the
household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic
theory to market policy.
Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Histo y of Economic Thought
ECO 219-40013
Instructor: Richard Hemog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in
the context of the political, economic, and social settings of
the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular
trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a
framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems.
I. Ancient Economic Thinking
11. The Medieval Period
111. Mercantilism
IV. Classical
V. Socialist/Utopian
VI. Modern
Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If
small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more
appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10
pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on
three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Business, Government and Society:
Economic Analysis of the Legal
Foundations of Business
ECO 319-40007
Instructor: Milo Schield
Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy
tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these
tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children,
divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal
topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic
analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of
economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient
legal remedy an unjust solution?).
Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law;
Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy.
Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning.
Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final.
Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and
participation (15%).
Audience: Students interested in the relation between
business, government and society (specifically those
interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy).
Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy,
Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex
Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Contemporay Economic Relations
Between East and West
ECO 319-40010
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic
cooperation between countries with different political and
economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of
theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its
patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint
cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share
an understanding of cconomic relations at the national
Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and
political systems employ the principles of politics and
economics to their own domestic and international affairs.
Using comparative means, institutions and systems that
drive commerce and governance will be explored and
clxplaincd i~~cluding
rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the
directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics.
Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and
CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined.
At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and
alternatives in the 1980s.
There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and
a research paper.
Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro)
Time: I
Room: Foss Mini-Seminar
H Economic Research Methods: Theory and
Application
ECO 495-40008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly
usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and
the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical
linear re ression model will be presented along with
methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions.
Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components
and the Bayesian approach will be examined.
It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic
understanding of the techniques of statistical inference.
Results will be generally presented without proof, with
reliance placed on intuitive justification.
Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final.
Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or
consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
d'
7
Education
International Education
EDS 3534054
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel,
and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination
and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible
careers in international education. Special attention will
be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South
American models. There will be lectures, discussions and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on
quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of
instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course.
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-40015
Instructor: John Bowlis
Students will be involved with the psychological and
physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of
instructional and informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual
materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer
training will be included and each student will leave the
class with word processing skills.
Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and
secondary education majors. Grades will be based on
projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
Discovery Learning in the World of
Kindergarten
EDE 375-40016
Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences
and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships.
B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional
systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and
practices in cducation settings.
C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships.
D. Strcss process-"how to learn".
E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction
practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of
the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc
studcnt will bc ablc to identify:
c
1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn.
Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn
2.
education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs.
3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching
kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and
the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum:
~ a n g u a g Arts
e
EDE 387-40014
Instructor: Vicki Olson
This course will involve an examination and pre aration of
materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course
taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld
of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary
School and will involve classroom work with children.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265
Time: I
Room: Library 4
E
Human Relations
EDS 388-40017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique
cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota.
T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group
members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a
classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge
of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations.
This is a one-hafi credit couise.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022
EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023
EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024
EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of
college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day
experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and
permission of instructor.
The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the
Florida Keys
ENG 234-40031; 345-40033
Instructor: John Mitchell
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to
creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more
experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound.
The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve
these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth
personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the
Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of
the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to
the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace
Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience
with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor
and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of
facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the
quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems.
Students who take the course for upper division credit will
be required to do additional reading and to make oral
reports to the class based on this reading.
Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper
division credit, one college course in creative writing.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 12
Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in
English (1975-present)
ENG 249-40026
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are
revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of
classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the
late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped
by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension
and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad.
For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson
related topics and attend at least two productions in the
Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and
one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A
series of group projects, which include a long paper and
some performance, will conclude the course.
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Five College Fiction Writing Workshops
ENG 362-40027
Instructor: Julie Schumacher
Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy,
enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their
own--and to other students'-work. Students will write
25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and
assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short
stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of
the class time will be spent on discussions of student
fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of
duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a
sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and
oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences
with the instructor will be an integral part of the class.
Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and
beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful
engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is
mandatory.
Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one
writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper
Midwest Writers
ENG 364-40080
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works
by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses.
We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of
modem American literature.
Each student will write two papers, each on a different
author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The
course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation.
Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class.
Prerequisites: One college level American literahue
course or two other college literature classes.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-40030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its
power, its human and artistic significance for the reader?
With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and
analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in
English.
We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of
Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as
well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by
your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared
with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures
and study guides will help attentive reading of the works
and developing your communication and critical skills.
Evaluation will include your progress in group work and
discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading,
writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study.
We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
instructor.
Distribution: Literature
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
General Studies
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST:245-40009
Instructor: Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's
world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr,
and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and
emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar
is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in
balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no
concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you
with some useful information for making choices for the
present and plans for the future.
The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe
choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc
sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and
a rcsctlrch project.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Health and Physical Education
M Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 23240032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican
heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc
grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching
assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
W Sailing in the Virgin Islands
.IL
I
HPE 455-40034
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
.Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course
will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of
sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel
sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan
active crew member.
Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of
thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling
with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip
planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc
cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and
American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
+ I l
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated
competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of
"acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all
participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N
grading only.
The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes
round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day.
Final payment is due October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's
Athletic Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
History
Women in Refonn in Modem America
HIS 225-40042
Instructor: John Jenswold
"Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by
American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will
investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has
been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the
interaction of women with reform movements in an effort
to discover how women influenced major reform efforts
and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of
women in an industrializing and urbanizing society.
Our investigation will include several books, primarily
biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton,
Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such
movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform,
political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni.
Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by
lectures on larger historical issues.
Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams,
and class participation.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
H The Japanese-American Experience:
Relocation and Redress
HIS 240-40028; 340-40029
Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen
This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences
in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the
American economy and society will be explored. Special
attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the
Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why
they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and
placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their
adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts
to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored.
Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There
will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also
write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower
Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings.
Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals
and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
History of Ancient Israel
HIS 363-40038
Instructor: Richard Nelson
The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral
state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of
western culture because of its unique religiousexperience.
This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic
history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We
will begin with a consideration of the cultures which
prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic
age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem
by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity.
Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades
will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations,
and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading.
Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Music 22
The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst
b u rYear
~ Experience (FYE) Program is a
special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a
different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will
satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement.
Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in
France, 1650-1900
INS 190-40035
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin
Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond
to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas
conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and
theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society
in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless?
All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We
see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the
years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate
and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of
enduring themes and ideas at different points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various
readings, including reading plays, studying scores and
listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the
resources of the college and the city, students will also
attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty
Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including
the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the
Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required
performances and museum visits, write analyses of the
various art works or performances, and write a paper
integrating the different arts and time periods studied.
There will also be quizzes on material covered.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than
$15.
Prerequisite: Freshman status
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11,
but students will be expected to attend alimited number
of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends)
as a part of the class work.
Room: Music-Sateren
Interdisciplina
2
Appropriate Technology
II Economics, The nvironment and
INS 218-40043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of
the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources play in the economic well-being in our
global economy. We will first briefly review historical
relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental
problems. Course material will be presented through a
blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course
grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
An Introduction t o Islam
INS 225-40045
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present
his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will
cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic
and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There
will also be a consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and differences
between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a
visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
A paper and at least one examination will be required.
Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 1
Augsburg Goes To Business
INS 321-40055
Instructor: Tina Wagner
This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students
with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in
organizations, and the varied environments in which they
must operate. The objectives of the class are:
1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the
different functional areas of an organization operate
on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm.
2.
to develop and explore personal and career goals, and
how a "fit" is established between an individual and
an organization.
3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches"
correspond to "real world" situations and are able to
accommodate practical application.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture,
discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six
different types of organizations in the metropolitan area
including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will
focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of
vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the
journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the
topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor.
Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 3
H Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-40044
Instructor: Suzanne Doree
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in
elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course
should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic
information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam,
and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Math and its Applications: Succeed With
Math
MAT 132-40046
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare
you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics?
Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at
ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a
little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions,
this course is for you.
The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such
areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will
learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations
and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers
and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on
short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project.
Prerequisite: Placement Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Cognizers
MAT 235-40075
Instructor: Larry Copes
The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how
machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts
to get computers to do the same. We shall study the
contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial
intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how
closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session
examinations and a full-session final.
Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy,
computer programming or anatomylphysiology.
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Modern Geometry
MAT 351-40036
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and
coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an
introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof.
Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Music
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-40047
I
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and
Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this
country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the
oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's
"Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and
paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring
Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our
encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre
and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta
in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and
architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a
special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the
Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid,
West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes
travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and
several cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street.
This course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Philosophy
The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die
PHI 146-40053
Instructor: David Apolloni
Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment
is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war?
These questions and the various answers proposed arouse
deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among
many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral
issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these
groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these
issues.
This course will utilize readings on these complex and
burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and
critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much
deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical
problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding
aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war.
The course will combine lecture and class discussion on
some contemporary philosophical readings on killing.
Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to
3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics)
and class participation.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-40037
Instructor: Ken Bailey
Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What
does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement
be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some
astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age
of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict?
Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can
say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any
limits to scientific method? What does science have to say
about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science?
These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life
will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon
a mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and a study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one
course in a natural science
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Physics
II Introduction to Weather
r..lL
.?
- -.
I
-\-
I
I
PHY 106-40052
.-,
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide
a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric
science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's
climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology
(study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic
effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world
e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy
t l ~ Mathematics-Physics
c
distribution requirement for the
liberal arts srudcnt.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and
Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility.
Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the
water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather
observation at sea, television station weather facilities,
hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural
weather. During the trip the student will maintain a
jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will
lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s
tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits
of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the
student to experience the full range of climates across the
U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be
given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the
journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l
x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27,
Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
PHY 325-40039
Instructor: Mark Engehretson
High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high
tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc
in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^
rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum
technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This
courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to
use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass
spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter
controllers and
compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-40058
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively
in business for years. However it is also possible to solve
physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in
mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide
variety of physics areas including planetary motion and
projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased
on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math Level I11
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Political Science
Social Justice in America
POL 140-40059
Instructor: Andy Aoki
Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question
which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw
for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most
important public policy debates involve questions of social
justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one
must have some conception of social justice.
In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social
justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on
student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast,
including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security,
environmental protection, and military service.
The majority of class time will be spent in discussions.
Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but
everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities
and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an
interest in public issues is important. Requirements will
consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final
exam.
Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally
demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be
troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better
understanding of some of the most difficult problems of
our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to
deal with those problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Politics in Scandinavia
POL 250-40040
Instructor: Einar Vetvik
The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the
political systemsand important current policy issuesin the
Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model.
There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for
the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures,
seminars and group discussions.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts
Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-40041
Instructor: Phillip E Fishman
The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork
students and others who are concerned with institutional
operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will
bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in:
prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment,
equal housing, school busing, police and immigration
policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges
makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore
thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the
brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site
field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan
police station, a United States immigration court and a
mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday
and Wednesday thereafter
Room: Old Main 16
Political and Cultural Diversity in the
USSR and Eastern Europe
POL 459-40073
Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright
The course which begins in January and continues for 14
weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the
political, cultural and national forces which both divide
and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A
joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature
weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter
analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which
will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to
complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment
should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the
course in January. No exemptions will be granted.
Students may also register for this course as a spring term
course and so take another interim course.
Prerequisites: One course in political science or history
dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission
of instructor.
Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through
March)
Room: Science 315
Psychology
The Self
Symbols
as~ e v e a l e din Myths and
PSY 340-40061
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of
gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social,
cultural, and historical influences. The content of the
courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on
myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace;
the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche
logical transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w
pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively
involved in the class discussions. Students will be given
some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course
journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Psychology of the Legal System
PSY 335-40056
Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay
The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A
specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom
procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making.
Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader
areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest
lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities.
Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom
discussion.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
1 Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-40074
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.
Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel
of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at
each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include
dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral
rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development.
Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will
be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class
sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the
course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Religion
Eastern Orthodoxy
REL 420-40062
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the
history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox
Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide
pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback
booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa
liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide
presentation on January 17 are also required.
Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-40057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its
origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and
cultural influcncc during 450 years of history.
One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text
will give us an insight into the global organization and
broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the
College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in
the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text
will give us an over-view of the history of this church.
Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining
these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome
brief written assignments.
Students will be expected to be present the first day of class
and to purchase all required materials on that day in class
for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash.
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
f
The Other Side o Paradise:
Tourism, The Mi i t a y and
Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii
[q
"G'
REL 251-40063;349-40067
Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison
We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class.
Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but
this one will be distinctive.
Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm
trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of
Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected
to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii
"works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three
social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning
experience from a Christian ethical point of view.
First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the
tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will
offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political
consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise.
Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on
the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate
Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War
11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues
to have significant implications for both the people and
ecosystems of Hawaii.
Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will
be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the
islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans,
Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high
degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the
exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways
in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated.
The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for
religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of
Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and
planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp
in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several
tourist-level hotels.
Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper
division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East
Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology*
The Theology of Marriage
REL 343-40070
Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision which we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase
your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in
your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and
applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the
family.
There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
and an examination. Two books will be required.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
C J q
t'b
West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I
i
REL 241-40072
I!
L
d
Instructor: Brad Holt
Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will
focus on meeting African people, observing their religious
rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will
converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths,
different levels of education, in different climates. After
visiting the collections of African art in London, we will
journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the
most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African
Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will
bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in
ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A.
First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city
and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the
contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches.
We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue
with Nigerian professors and students.
At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the
Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous
bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet
different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture
has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua
Achebe.
We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of
Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes
keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to
swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game
Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic
city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara
trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us
understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in
Africa.
Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a
Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate
blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light,
and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations.
Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short
tests will be given.
Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder,
Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story.
The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one
dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria.
Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street.
This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only.
Social Work
Exploring Human Semices
SWK 257-40060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore
career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency and talking with human service
professionals and others who participate in an organized
approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a
"hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the
direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three
hours per week during which agency experiences will be
shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based
on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-40051
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness
in an historical context;
2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of
homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A
seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Field Work III
SWK 46640065 (full course)
SWK 466-40064 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in
field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation
forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per
week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: To be arranged
Sociology
IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on
the Health Care System)
SOC 121-40071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As
an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and
for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same
objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students
can expect daily written and/or reading assignments.
Three exams will be given.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-40066
Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The
course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an
opportunity for off-campus participant observation.
Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on
a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and
a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N
basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Spanish
Beginning Spanish
SPA 111-40048
Instructor: Mary Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the
most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare
him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or
to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at
the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken
Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and
writing skills as well. After interim, students will be
prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and
grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify
those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final
exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Speech- Communication
Movement for the Theatre
SPC 226-40068
Instntctor: Martha Johnson
In this course students will explore principles and styles of
movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to
increase the student's ability to communicate through
movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks
and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal
expression. All different aspects of movement will be
explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,
etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes,
poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced.
Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles
of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper
on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays
and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as
wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class
work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations.
The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase
their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such
ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc.
Time: JJ
Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre
Documentary Video
SPC 347-40069
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary Video is a video production course which
integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as
production teams, gaining experience in field production
and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty
minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon
studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20
lab fee.
Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
W W E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest
Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas
learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information
about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and
generally carry a lower division number.
AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE
W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE
W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE
W
N
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE
HAPSBURG HERITAGE
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN
ISLANDS
THE BRITISH THEATRE
CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR
ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA
EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM
THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE
FRANCE AND THE FRENCH
THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND
DAKAR
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH,
SALZBURG AND VIENNA
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A
EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT
JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME
LAW INLONDON
MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA
MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY
AND DEVELOPMENT
PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE
THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE
GORBACHEV ERA
VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN
ITALY
WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected
with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the
college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the
responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the
Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-40078
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January
27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National
Agenda
P O L 398-40076
Law and Society: An Examination of
Issues and Principles
P O L 398-40077
These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January
20. Information on either of the above programs, housing
and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda
Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry
official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this
class without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-40081
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage
of American Karate, taught by a certified Third
Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of
$25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-40082
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Badminton
HPE 00240083
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A... Show more
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
Additional Courses
52
......................................................................
.
.
.
.
........................
.................................................... ...............
...............................................................
..............................................................
..............................~.............................
.............................................
.....
....
.....................................................
I
Contents
I
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Introduction
I
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson,
330-1025.
Interim Registration
October 28 - November 1 .................................
December 2 ......................
...............Late Interim Registration
.
.
..........J
t Day of Interim
January 6 ..........................
Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
.
.
.
.
.
.
January 7 .......................
................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends
Semester Begins
February 3
Interim Grades Due
February 7 ............................................
.....
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time
1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM
at Augsburg with a
special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with
your instructor for class scheduling this day.
I
Introduction
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
- Students are invited tobe part of one of
International In*
the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse
opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m
gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This
Introduction
1
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at
any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
1
ART 107-42040
ART 1 18-42041
ART 35542042
Instructor:Phlllp Thompson
Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1
I
107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash
surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition,
and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida
environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and
contemporary examples of coastal landscapes.
118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south
Florida environment in water or oil based media against a
concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and
descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples.
355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment.
Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of
the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the
quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors.
The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare,
lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida.
The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami
Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West.
DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc
General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics
Maodmum Enrollment: 12
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 4 & 17
Arf
I
ART 290-42043
Insfructor: Steve Chapman
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within
the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and
South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern
Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or
religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving,
baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is
pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n
available to those interested in an American Indian Studies
minor.
Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc
Maxfmum Enrollment:20
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 17
BIO 14042044
810 34042045
Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute
offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing
and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse
habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove
swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms
from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site
and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill
be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized
classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there
will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during
the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of the course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology
studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse,
"Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing
and painting courses.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm
gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final
examination. Upper division students will also do a special
research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper.
Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry
Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme:I
Room: ScIence 205
610 102-42046
Instructor EWn Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have
influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry
Maxlmum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 10542047
Instructor: ThomasHehst
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/
Mlnotify
General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BIO 141-42048
Instructor:Esther McLaughlln
This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms:
fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture,
medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the
ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored.
The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips,
audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations.
Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 11
Room: Sclence 2 13
Biology
I
BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy)
Instructoc John Cedto
Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course
will be of service to the urban community by providing
research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations.
Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to
conduct field-based research projects for community-based
organizations requesting and requiring marketing research
assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an
outline of the expected research methodology.
Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of
another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r .
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: Independent Study
Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon
CHM 100-42050
Instructor: Ariln Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and
are taught as needed for understanding various topics and
implications.The course does assume the student is interested
in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand
living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent
decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led
to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of
adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on
and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result
of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take
a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format.
Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This
course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry
General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I/
Room: Sclence 3 15
CSC 27@42051
Instructo~Lamy Ragland
A study of the Fortran programming language for students
with previous knowledge of computer programming. This
course will expand a student's knowledge of programming
and programming languages through presentation of the
features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for
using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do
computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such
as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming
I
Com~uterScience
In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170).
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
ECO 1 1M2052
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income
distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc.
Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics.
Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective
examinations.
Dlsf~ibvtlon:
Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal
Sclence or Uban
Concerns
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 2 12
ECO 1 12-42053
Instructor:Satya Gupta
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em
nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
ECO 32342054
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of
elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health
msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive
effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons
will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other
countries.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 23
ECO 49542055
lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet
economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program
in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer
w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and
their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed
in intadisciplinaxy manner.
Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake
home research essay.
Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor
Dlstrlb~on:
Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Memorlal Hall 323
EDU 353-42056
Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m
This course presents an examination and comparison of s e
lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well
as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian
and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student
evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of
Instructor.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: I
Room: Ubraty4
EDU 37G42057
Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons
This course will provide future teachers with insights and
strategies that will enable them to create positive learning
environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students.
Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work
expedence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: 1
I
Room: Ubraty 4
EDE 37542058
Instructot B ~ c Drewlow
e
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
Education
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization
researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest
speakers will be included to share their unique experiences
and perspectives.
Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I
Room: Ubrary l
EDU 388-42059
Instructor:Mlldred Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to
Education program In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays
Room: Ubrary l
Education
ENG 2 1942060
Instructor: John Schmlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
u
l
w background. For
and economical standing and our c
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone
logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include
ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions.
Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the
presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or
Mlnom Siudles
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: 11
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 2404206 1
ENG 342-42062
Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by mding a
variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of
the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with
tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics
for the student to appreciate the historical development from
Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of
approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical
terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students
who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate
in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes
and a final exam.
Students taking this course for upper division credit will read
an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass
presentation on it.
All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng
Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech
General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 136-42063
Inslrvctor John Mttchell
This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this
case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about
30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West
Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition,
students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime
and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and
Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and
diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance.
The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught
by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph
Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve
excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco
District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to
the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the
Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a
brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be
an informed presence rather than a mere tourist.
There will be one week of introductory study on campus,
about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a
week to complete the course requirements back on campus.
Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and
impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen
writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in
length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view
of what has been learned first-hand.
A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services
(field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor
Marine Institute.
Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor
Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech
Maximum Enrollment: 10
77me: 1
Room: Sclence 205
English
FRE 24342064
Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery
will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject,
and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
Instructor
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure
Madmum Enrollment: 25
lime: I
Room: Old Main 12
HPE 11542065
Instrvctoc Richard Borstad
A course req& for all students majoring in education.
Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their
)
French/Health and Physical Education
effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school
and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's
role in the school health program; and examine their own
attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude:
legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs;
epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice
and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading
materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 232-42066
Insiructor: Carol Enke
A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students
will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within
Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and
practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content
includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping,
and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a
variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on
attendance, participation, and a written and practical final
exam.
Thisis a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby ZW2
Health and Physical Education
HPE 47542067
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap
ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources
are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques.
Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequlslte:610 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days
Room: Melby l l I
HPE 478-42068
Instructoc Ed Saugestad
This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches
of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team
defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations;
scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include
ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V
materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook
This is a onehalf credit course.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby I I I
I
Health and Physical Education
I
HIS 220-42069
HIS 320-42070
Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration.
There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected
to completea book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Mcudmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 13
HIS 440-4207 1
Inslructor: Don Gust&n
Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century,
individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and
whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the
higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are
worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also
as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to
the record and image of prominent figures.
In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary
popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the
films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading
materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons
behind the p m t myths.
Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a
h a l exam.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~
or above and at least
one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:11
Room: Old Maln 1 1
INS 22542072
Insfructor: Amln Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: FC 42
INS I W 2 0 7 3
Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students
and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 299-42074
sOC299-421 I I
Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson
Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to
learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you
connect your experiences to the liberal arts.
The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts
already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts
Interdisciplinary
working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests,
and for students actively engaged in community service. The
assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately
20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of
January (check with instructors if you have questions).
All students will design an individual learning plan and are
scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet
twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's
worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be
based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar,
which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis.
Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the
Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and
pemlsslon of the Instructors.
Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlrne: I1
Room: Murphy Place 2
MAT 173-421 12
See Addiional Courses,page 52.
MAT 253-42075
Instructoc Bev Durkee
Our o b j j v e s are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it meals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and exprience them as an art form
via computer graphics.
I
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this
fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm
and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar
to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of those visuals.
F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on
the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created.
Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher
Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs
General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics
Maximum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 1 12
MUS 129-42076
Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn
"Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or
h e Instructor's pemlsslon.
Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 179-42077
Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto
visit and experience important cultural centers that provided
theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World.
Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in
the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated
group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous
experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at
the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne
apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-42078
Instructor: 0.
Nlck Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the
musical content, methods, and historical background of s e
leded artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical
analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors.
Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: MUSIC5
NOR 1 1 1-42079
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, q&,
a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language
General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 17542080
Instructor: Davld Apollonl
We w
i
l
l begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual
irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely
alternative sexual preferences?
Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds
of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third
from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill
require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my
comments and criticisms.)
DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy
M d m u m Enrollment:30
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 12
PH141W2081
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was
also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue
to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop
a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam.
Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy
Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 10
PHY 10642082
instructor Noel Pelit
"Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of
atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic
areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing,
man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under-
Philosophy/Physics
standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a:
hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography,
pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds
impact on world events.
The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory
sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida
to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes:
Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the
National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida
Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach,
the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in
Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory
program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical
weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water
management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather,
and broadcast weather.
During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather
observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at
the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own
forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the
travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual
project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately
$750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information.
PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid
Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 723
PHY 1 17-42083
Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach
The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise
from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail
system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these
problems we will first explore what science and the scientific
methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology
(doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the
resulting interactions between the three.
Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and
group work. See the complete description for more details.
Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs
General Education Perspective: Natural World if2
Madmum Enrollment: 40
77me: I
Room: Foss21a& b
PHY 151-42084
Instructor Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets
to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in
physics on a more intuitivelevel. We
mathematicsto +ence
will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics
areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than physics.
Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*,
homework, and a
hal scam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs
Madmum Enrollment: 20
77me:I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 337-42085
InsIructor:StuartAnderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the
heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding
imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of
light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage
for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and
the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The
course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study
of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption,
and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period
will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the
balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
onehour exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent),
MAT 124, 125,224
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme: I1
Room:Sclence 30
POL 29542086
lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson
Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder
version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive
and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada.
In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm
Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science
I
is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies
approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories,
poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn
in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR
Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of
new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e
Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be
&an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and
Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary
and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies).
Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project.
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
POL 37 1-42087
Instrvctor: Phll Ushman
This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights
and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues,
including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place,
protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and
alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow''
will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of
the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor
union movement and employel's political action groups will
be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b
m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings.
Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre
sentatives of industry.
Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a
final examination.
PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In
Pdmcal Sclence or Economics.
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment: 35
77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m.
Room: Old Maln 16
POL 42 1-42088
Instructor: Wllllam Mods
This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/
or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these
images by considering the films in light of the scholarly
literature and other information available on each subject.
Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics
in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and
portions of books from the social sciences and other literature
paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for
class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings
establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades.
Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the
films and viewing equipment.
Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Political Science
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:1I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
PSY 10542089
Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are
emphasized.
Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology
General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:1I
Room: Old Maln 25
PSY 32 1-42090
Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations.
Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written
assignments.
Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll
in this course.
Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 18
PSY34CM2091
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and
symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding
of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of
your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies
of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in
the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based
on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequlslte:PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 1 1
PSY 370-42092
Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
-
Psychology
This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each
student will be required to seek out and interview persons in
the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be
availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content
of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and
will provide a base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
RerequlsRes: PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 29
REL 24 1-42093
Instructor Brad HoH
Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses
on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals,
listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter
the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths
brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a
variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will
exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only
be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these
has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the
"independent' churches have developed creatively in music,
theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions
characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria
prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will
Religion
include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews,
visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions.
Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third
World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends
of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study
hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of
one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed
for students seriously interested in religion who are in good
health. A visa is required for Nigeria.
Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily,
one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria.
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requlremenls)
Madmum Enrollment: 15
REL 32842094
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and
games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as
something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and
"game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will
use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look
into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay
tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a
final project.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requirements)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
Religion
REL 34342095
Instructor Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and
the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~.
PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor
Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requirements)
Mdmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345-42096
Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century
and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years
of history. An anthology including two monographs and the
professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an
overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples
of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy,
sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams
and one short paper.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221
DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 16
REL 44 1-42097
INS 49542098
Insiructoc Lynne Loremen
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and
feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will
be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of
language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers
on the assigned readings which include questions for class
discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class
participation, and a final exam.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1
DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 25742099
Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam
Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of
service (in a senices agency or institution which students
Re/igion/Socia/ Work
I
select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer
experience, students have the opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age,
socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students
learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all
students.
General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme: I
Room: Muphy Place 1
SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM)
SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course)
Instrvctor Marla Brown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely
Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's
violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when,
and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has
Social Work
reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and
consequences for the family and the broader society. Students
will research various forms of family violence. Classroom
speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and
the development of an annotated bibliography on area of
interest in family violence.
Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research
on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above
work
Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work,
psychology or sociology
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 339-42 101
Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg
An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a
base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in
the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest
lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless
people in the field provide opportunities for participants to
learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs,
resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, volunteer work, and a research paper.
Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg
College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class.
Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness
General Education Perspective: The CHy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 22
Social Work
SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course)
SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course)
Insiructor:Rosemary Unk
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place
ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: To be arranged
'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology
265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty
Group Relations.
SOC 26542 103
lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation
during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a
particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation
will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member,
either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class
can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, their respective class presentations, and a final
examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only.
Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban
General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 3 15
SOC321-42104
Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations.
There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments.
Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 18
SPA 1 1 1-42105
lnslructoe Anffa nsher
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those
in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Mawlmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
SPC 32 1-42106
Insfructor James Hayes
This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students
will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of
an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments
held during the month of January. In addition, the class will
prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional
aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on
p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students
should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain
an information packet that will help them get off to a "running
s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28.
Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I1
Room: Foss 2 1a/21b
Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n
&' Thnntrn
SPC 340.42107
Instructor: David Lapakko
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide
whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer,
to use photographs or body language to give a misleading
impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various
ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical
perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as
advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also
consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations.
The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations
encountered in everyday life.
Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of
Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 43
SPC 347-42 108
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses
non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce
short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be
S ~ e e c h .Communication.
'
& Theatre
I
required for editing.
Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
77me: I
Room: Foss 175
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following comes can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st
Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025).
Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These
courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature
Chlna In Transltlon
Contemporary European Buslness
Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln
Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy
Down-Under In New Zealand
Egypt In Transltlon
E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present
Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark,
and England
Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands
The Greek Bperlence
Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall
Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory
Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y
Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures
Law In London
Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales
The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a
Post- 1 992 Europe
Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln
Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil
Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct
Russian Language In Moscow
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues
UMAIE
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are
offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor
registering are available in the Interim Office.
4-
SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992)
HPE 455421 14
Insfructo~Joyce Hal7
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit.
Total payment is due October 31,1991.
Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah
and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247).
Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t.
HPE 2 12-421 15
Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There
is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
AGENDA
(December 29 - January 10,1992)
P O L 398-421 16
This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate
students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops
which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal
styles of leaders from government and politics, the media,
education, and business, who address such topics as values,
ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories,
and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor
question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small
group discussions, and workshops that help students practice
leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber
of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign
embassies in Washington.
AND THE
MEDIA
(December 29 - January 10.1992)
A
POL 398-421 17
This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features
Washington's media personalities, who are readily available
Other Courses
I
to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the
press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public
policy; and how Washington journalists view national and
world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network
studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers
have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National
Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David
Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff,
and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association
of Black Journalists.
CAMPAIGN
1992: INPURSUIT
OF THE
PRESIDENCY
(January 12-17.1992)
POL 398-42 1 18
This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the
politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign.
h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith
the presidential election process and its impact on American
politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures
of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and
conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current
campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the
Democratic and Republican National Committees and the
Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign
workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in
grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar
will assist participants in developing the knowledge and
making connections to become involved in the presidential
campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho
plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour-
Other Courses
aged to attend IT
' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process.
These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl
January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above
programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable
from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda
Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197.
The following actMnes are avallable to students during
Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as
well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry
course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre
ment for gradualion.
HPE 002-421 19
lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.
Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor
Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-42120
lnslructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
I
Lifetime S ~ l o r t s
HPE 002-42 12 1
Instructor: Bdan Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE CK)2-42122
Instructor: Carol Enke
Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified
physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation
with the instructor.
PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports
Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor
lime:Ananged
Room:Ananged
EDU49542113
Instructor: Ted Welcher
This course will provide you with an introduction to issues
related to deafness and the modes of communication used by
deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social
and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com-
munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and
reading assignments will include information pertaining to
the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing
mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and
amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of
hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems,
historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and
cognitive functioning and interpreting issues.
General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for
IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Foss Center 43
INS 2 1G42 124
Insfructor BIII Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study
in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways
to cope with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 23
MAT 1 73-421 72
Instructor:Mathew Foss
You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo
know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would
I
Additional Courses
'
you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth
so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for
life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This
course will be of interest to students in business or economics
or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work.
Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime://
Room: Sclence 1 12
SOC 121-42123
Instructor: Rlta Webbrod
This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the
social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1)
teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop
skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3)
acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of
sociological study.
Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current
social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper
focusing on the supplementary reading.
DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology
General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Old Maln 13
Additional Cor rrs.es
1
Show less
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................. Show more
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................................................................5
................................................................-6
................................................................39
.................................................................40
lntroductlon
Calendar
About Thls Catalog
optlons . . . . . .
Vlsltlng Students
lnterlm Courses
UMAlE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Ufetlme Sports
...............................................42
Contents
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional
programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025.
October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration
November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration
t
Day of Interim
January 4 .............................................
Class 1990 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00p.m.
Last Day for CancellAdd
January 5 .
Last
Day
for
Determining
Grading System
...........
January 15
with Registrar
January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
A Ends
January 27 ....................
February 1...................
S P M Semester Begins
February 5 ..............................................
Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with
your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office,
Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse
opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present
a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
Introduction
I
direded/independent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim
Office.
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
I
Introduction
1
Alt 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will
extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the
2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class.
Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc
General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 17
610 102-A
lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have
influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative
instruments.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 105-A
Instructor Esther McLaughlln
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/
Mlnorlty
General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BUS 22GA
Instructor: Stuart Sfoller
Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and
finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students
to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting
ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain
money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e
view these financial statements to approve all loans.
The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors
with the basics to: record business transactions, understand
and use financial statements and communicate effectively
with financial institutions.
Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a
final.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 10
BUS 30 1-A
Instructor Mllo Schleld
An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of
a market-based economy. The course has three components: a
review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts),
an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of
market failures, their causes and their remedies.
Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three
quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive
exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate
verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in
grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs
or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can
analyze, defend, and attack the arguments.
Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status
or Instructor's permlsslon
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em-
ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to
text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to
anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any
field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an
interest in Japan.
Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
INTRODUCTION
TO COBOL
CSC 27 1-A
Instructoc Noel Petlt
A study of the COBOL programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course
will expand a student's knowledge of programming and
programming languages through presentation of the features
of COBOL together with programming techniques for using
those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170)
Madmum Enrollment:20
rime: I
Room: Foss 42
Computer Science
ECO 112-A
lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy-
sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science
General Education Perspectlve:
Maximum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Fos 43
ECO 1 13-A
lnstructoc Ed Sabella
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house-
hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd
Maximum Enrollment: 25
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
ECO 495-A
Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy
- and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of
economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare,
technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact
on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an
interdisciplinary manner.
Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal
take-home research essay.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor
Madrnum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Foss 43
EDE 375A
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization,
research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be
included to share their unique experiences and perspectives.
Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and
examlnatlon.
Thk; Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
nme: I
Room: Ubrary 1
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen
This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational
systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Ubrary 12
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped,
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to
Education Dept. In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Llbrary 1
ENG 2 19-A
Instructor: John Schrnlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
and economical standing and our cultural background. For
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures,
student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides
presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy
General Education Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 249-A
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality
pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing
both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We
will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and
the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have
addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such
topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes
concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also
view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two
productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for
the local productions.
I
Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one
short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of
group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course.
Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly
recommended.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
General Education Perspective:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
ENG 282-A
ENG 482-A
Instructor: John Mltchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo-
rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class
discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given,
and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must
also read and give a written class report on a book that
discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling
for upper dlvlslon credlt
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 21
English
I
ENG 282-8
Instructor Joan GrlftYn
An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this
course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that
produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that
influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We
will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed
by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic
contributions to medieval civilization.
Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams.
Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 42
THEATREINAND AROUND
LONDON
ENG 269-A
InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten
performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites,
and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be
based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost
includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre
performances and four group dinners.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 30
FRE 243-A
lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery
will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project,
and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of
lnst~ctor
Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 27
GER 2 B A
lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They
were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe,"
"shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into
English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely
related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read
Yiddish as well as you can read German.
w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013
Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two
tests.
Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
nme: I
Room: Foss 2 1B
HPE 232-A
Instructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
HPE 475A
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap
ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e
sources are utilized. Students will practice various training
techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical
skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequlslte:BIO 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 477-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a
scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby l l l
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marllyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade
will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of
the grade will be based on tests.
Thls Is a one-half credlt course.
Time:1
I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby l l l
neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl
UPâ¬48 I-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill
be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a one-half credit course.
rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPâ¬47CFA
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward
sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce
dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball
(Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e
chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire
systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students
will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences.
There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of umpiring softball.
Thk Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPE 487-A
lnstructoc Jeff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals
who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary,
junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of
program will be covered.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:1
I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 203
HIS 22GA
HIS 32GA
Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e
ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be
used.
There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected
to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements
for upper level.
History
Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 13
TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 I-A
lnstructoc Chris Mmball
Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame."
In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball
has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American
life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and
race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great
players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics
which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country.
Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the
color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of
the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the
ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to
baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a
short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this
region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of
Instructor
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 29
I
History
INS 12GA
lnstructoc Ann neener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during
seminars and lead seminars.
Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and
observation of students participating in seminars, reflective
writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation.
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 210A
lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in
their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures
that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope
with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
lime: I
Room: Muslc 23
Interdisciplinary
INS 225A
I n s ~ c t o rAmln
:
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration
of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its,
Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the
similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin
Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time:1
I
Room: Foa 20
INS 245-A
lnstructoc Dlane Budco
Women assume multiple roles within the work and family
domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of
executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations
for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and
also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly,
they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting
types of behavior.
The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and
family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will
read several books related to women's roles in the work and
family domains. The assessment of this component of the
course is based on written responses to questions assigned for
small group discussion. A second component of the course is
a group project on the work and family roles of women. The
assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation
of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects
include an historical overview of the work and family roles of
women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a
summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of
issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and
family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women.
Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 10
INS 275A
Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach
The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly
developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study
three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the
anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and
daily life.
The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student
presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a
paper.
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Interdisciplinary
MAT 173-A
lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for
life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or
how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future?
Then this course may be meant for you. These and other
interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes.
This course should be usehl for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields.
Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:20
Vine: I1
Room: Old Maln 16
MAT 253-A
Insfructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the explorationof
this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it reveals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of artistic
expression via computer graphics.
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this
fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm
exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the
one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and
including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or
created.
Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Science 1 12
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0.
Nlcholas Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For
Music
non-music majors.
Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc
Mcudmum Enrollment: 30
77me: I
Room: Choral Room M-2
MUS 129
Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen
l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or
the Instructor's pemlsslon.
Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 394-A
Instructor Cynthla Lohman
"How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop
feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach
my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers.
To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat
performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and
spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can
directly empower their performing, this course focuses on
exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression.
Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own
performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro-
cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre.
Students will participate in the course through study and re
hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and
listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting
exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes.
Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or
audlllon.
Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room)
NOR 1 I 1-A
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 175A
lnstructoc Davld Apollonl
We will begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual
immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles
-Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality
and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences?
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty
Madmum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 16
PHI 2 W A
Instructor Mark Fuehrer
This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human
sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking
consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these
topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm.
Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student
discussion will also be a factor.
Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: 1
Room: Old Maln 22
mrrosopny
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread
sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not
an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more
intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a
wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in
areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Maximum Enrollment:20
7ime: I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 325A
Instructor Stuart Anderson
From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters
and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often
demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which
we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without
which most of what we know as modern high technology
would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student
with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control
and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under
these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for
formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent),
MAT
124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245).
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 30
POL 359-A
Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova
The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge
experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values,
and customs.
Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet
Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced
women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the
Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions
supporting the old regime, including the family and religion.
Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and
denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was
reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective
situations contradicted the policy in both cases.
Students will be expected to read several books, plus some
articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng
wM FSU or number of Department
Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 24
PSY IOSA
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab
reports, computer exercises, and class participation.
Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology
Madmum Enrollment:20
nine: 1
I
Room: Murphy Place I
PSY 20 1 -A
lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld
The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and
socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts,
emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given
to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and
illness prevention and treatment.
Prerequlslte: PSY 105
MaAmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 23
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life
with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of
Instructor
Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345A
lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury,
its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the
professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include
four exams.
Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1
Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Old Maln I8
REL 366-A
lnstructoc Brad Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and
the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African
culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the
present development of indigenous churches in West Africa.
The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as
well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A
major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e
sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of
racial segregation.
Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Music 23
REL 445
lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language for
understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class
participation, two presentations to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation rellgion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Main I I
SWK315A
Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer
holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental
and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the
coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness
modem health delivery and folk practices and different health
conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known
sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals
over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current
Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive
attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The
cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration
contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers.
SOC 23 1-A
Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod
The human family is examined as a social system within
alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural
variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural
variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are
seen within their cultural and institutional contexts.
Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened
General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 13
SOC 265-A
Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human groups who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus
on a particular cultural group other than their own. This
observation will become the basis for a class presentation by
each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a
combination of class participation, their respective class p r e
sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a
P/N basis only.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban
General Education Perspective: intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Fos 20
socrorogy
I
BEGINNINGSPANISHI
SPA I1 1-A
Instructoc GabfielaSweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those
in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness 11
Madmum Enrollment:25
nme: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 25
SPC 226-A
lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson
This course will explore principles and styles of movement
used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the
student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be
based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced.
Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance
students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one
final reflective paper.
The class is designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field
involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre
SPC 32 1-A
lnstructoc James Hayes
This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students
will be required to enter three different forensics events at
three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of
January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped
program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to
some degree, competitive success.
Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b
SPC 495-A
Instructor: Anne Holmquest
The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose
is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to
the question: what causes conflict in communication and how
should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts
in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods.
e
q
wreading (onebook and
Students will be evaluated on r
articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally
Speech, Communication & Theatre
I
will be asked to give an oral report on research.
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I/
Room: Foss 43
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional
information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st
Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally
carry a lower division number.
Australia's Business Climate
Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World
Vlew
The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural
Diversity
Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan
An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines
and Hawall
Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and
Services
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and
Denmark
Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland
Ecuador
Geography of the Baltic States
A Greek Odyssey
Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational
Settings
The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland
International Business and Culture in a European
Environment
Law In London
Uteraw Ireland
Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of
Europe
In Search of the Anclent Romans
South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change
Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United
Kingdom
Theatre In and Around London
Thls Is New Zealand
2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman
Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela
These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not
connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been
approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon
cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of
the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In
the Intertm Offlce.
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on
the water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit.
Total payment is due October 31,1992.
Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health
and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247.
Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There
is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Information on either of the above programs, housing, and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Memorial 117A, 330-1197.
Other Courses
lrls
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less
Introduction .....................................................................
2
Calendar ..........................................................................
3
About This Catalog ...........................................................
4
Options .................................. Show more
Introduction .....................................................................
2
Calendar ..........................................................................
3
About This Catalog ...........................................................
4
Options ........................................................................... 4
.................................. 5
Visiting Students ....................
Interim Courses ................................................................
6
UMAlE Courses...............................................................
48
Other Courses ................................................................
49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51
.
.
.
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-course load
during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition
refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim
course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded
only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select which is most appropriate for their
needs. Students registering for upper division credit should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with
travel requirements, have additional fees associated with
them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may
change and students should check with the instructor to
verify the final costs.
To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the
Distribution requirements is required to complete three
Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required.
The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for
transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their
transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on
the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025
Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025
October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration
November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration
January 3 ....................................................
First Day of Interim
Time I - 900a.m. (first day only)
Time I1 - 1:00p.m.
January 4
Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends
January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins
February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
..........................................
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
infomation about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of
the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).
These course opportunities are listed near the end of this
catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing
an internship must meet departmental requirements and
present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the
Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the
last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning
Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for
planning your internship is available in the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.
Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study
must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
directedlindependent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study
proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the
Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be
consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will
help students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be
at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most
courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are
accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be
accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require
ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered
in religion.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term.
The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing
or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the
Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for
application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim
Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but
are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing
should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and
visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses.
Art 24 7-A
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figure will be depicted in various settings
with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades
will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
BIO 107-A
lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud
The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the
single most important unifying biological principle, will be
traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the
present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in
support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway
of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms
of that process.
Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of
biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with
controversy. The antievolution movement including its
newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will
the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary
mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the
reciprocal relationships between evolution and society.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist
primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide
presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will
be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in
discussion will also be a consideration.
Prerequisite: High school biology
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 2 1 3
BIO 7 40-A
BIO 340-A
lnstructoc Dale Pederson
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The
Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition
to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the
study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs,
shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities,
and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and
others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead
all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon
termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a
short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made
during the week prior to the trip. This will include an
introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted
primarily to study and the completion of the course
requirements. Cost is $1,350.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the
program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and
a final examination. Upper division students will also do a
special research project which will be the basis of an
extensive paper.
Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective:
'
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
610 185-A
lnstructoc Robert Herforth
With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and
research on the biological basis of the aging process has
taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more
leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes
which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and
diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes
these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic
basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results
of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental
animals.
Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for
arriving at grades.
Distribution: Biology/Chembry
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
BUS 295-A
lnstructoc john Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not
majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" business. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and
performances on small business case studies.
Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is
applied toward the major.
Distribution Requirement:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
BUS 302-A
lnstructoc Milo Schield
Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices
in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral
reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate
business practices and policies. In addition to written
papers, students will select and investigate a current topic
and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit
several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on
business ethics. This course is being submitted for a
graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human
Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar.
Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
BUS 368-A
lnstructoc Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using
a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be
employed involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition
to text material. A seminar model will be used, with
substantial participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a
mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of
interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International
Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as
anyone with an interest in Japan.
Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
BUS 495-A
Instructor Thomas Morgan
What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How
and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers
to these and other questions will be the central focus of this
Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine
"systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to
real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the
Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve
ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and
field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of
quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will
develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations.
Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group
presentation.
Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
BUS 495
lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern
Europe represent one of the most important changes of the
post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world
trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course
will provide an understanding of these events and will
identify the most effective ways of doing business with
Russia, Central & Eastern Europe.
Prerequisite: ECO 1 12
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 323
CHE 100-A
lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early
and taught as needed for understanding the various topics
and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of
chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal
independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of
everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the
Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple
ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic
manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon
nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a
hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of
chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves,
our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as
we take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily
quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 111
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Science 3 15
CSC 270-A
Instructor Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for
students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of
programming and programming languages through
presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with
programming techniques for using those features. Students
are expected to know how to do computer programming in
some programming language (such as Pascal) before
entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the
successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course which includes programming
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 42
ECO 1 10-A
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems
facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of
various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education,
etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business
Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an
Economics minor.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
ECO 1 1 3-A
lnstructoc Satya Cupta
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution.
Application of elementary economic theory to market
policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 7 6
EDE 295-A
lnstructoc Carolyn Levy
This is a class for both education and theatre students. The
main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with
elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration
will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment.
There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of
why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be
experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games
and programs. The last part of the month will include five
days of practice teaching in a local elementary school.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
EDE 375-A
Instructor Mary Endorf
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will
occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is
a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: PPST
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 17
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and
comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers
in international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc loseph Erickson
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpersonal relations skills
applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
ENC 282-A
ENC 482-A
lnstructoc john Mitchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come
into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century.
Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each
poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those
images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison
and contrast, students will be expected to formulate
reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and
to express their discoveries in class discussion and short
papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre
tive papers about three to five pages in length will be
assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also
read and give a written class report on a book that discusses
contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the
instructor.
Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper
division credit
Distribution: English/Speech
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum ~nrollment:I5
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
ENC 24 9-A
lnstructoc Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are
vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of
classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the
late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been
shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial
tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current
drama on several such topics, like class, gender and
language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on
plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)
For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on
related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in
the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local
productions.
Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: English/Speech
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 2 1
FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A
lnstructoc Roman Soto
An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of
texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through
the understanding of their structural properties as well as
the social contexts of communication they presuppose or
create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in
English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in
a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and
social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored,
with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from
outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key
features of the course andevaluation will be based on
classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in
English. Students may register under their particular major/
minor language.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
HPE 1 16-A
Instructor Ed Saugestad
This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their
role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on
the prevention of childhood health problems, and the
promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF)
HPE 232-A
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit
course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4,
1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings)
HPE 250-A
Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad
Designed for students who are interested in learning about
contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to
their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course
provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p
proaching fellow students about personal health issues.
Students will apply student development models to peer
education and peer helping. Topics include human develop
ment theory, empowerment, communication skills,
multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and
decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies
which promote a healthier campus environment.
This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities
allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught
during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess
their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include
objective tests, journal entries, and a group project.
This course should be useful to students who are interested
in impacting their campus environment as well as those
who desire learning practical skills such as communication
and negotiation, group facilitation, program development,
and public speaking.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
HPE 475-A
lnstructoc Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and
training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisite: BIO 103
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings)
HPE 478-A
lnstructoc Ed Saugestad
Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching
hockey. This is a onehalf credit course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R)
HIS 162-A
Instructoc Don Custafson
This area on the other side of the world has produced the
world's largest working democracy. From this people has
come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as
well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of
20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard
example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but
little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart
of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies,
but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and
perhaps some slides.
Grades will be based on general level of participation, on
some written work and a final exam.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 4
HIS 220-A
HIS 320-A
Instructor Khin Khin lensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th
century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino
experience will receive special attention. The course
concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.
immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students
will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they
settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to
the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian
immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course
will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the
gradual opening of the United States to some Asian
immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be
a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected
the first week of term in consultation with the instructor).
Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper
division (see asterisk below)
Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
"Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to
complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and
provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 1 -A
lnstructoc Chris Kimball
The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's
game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words,
baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in
American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics,
religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the
relationship between the United States and its national
pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the
great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several
topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this
country. Some of these include: professionalization and its
impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic
rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at
the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor
relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of
television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special
attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and
students will be asked to do a short research paper on some
aspect of baseball history in this region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 3
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
LEGALHISTORY
HIS 331-A
lnstructoc Bill Green
This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the
emergence of a modem national legal system from English
and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this
course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and
juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and
tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for
women, African Americans, Native Americans, and
children); and business and labor law.
Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research
paper.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 1
HON 407-A
Instructor: Larry Crockett
This course will consider radical black American writers on
the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm
X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and
Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several
guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and
one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor
students or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 42
INS 120-A
Instructor Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following
the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler
and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars.
Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual
talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead
seminars.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 3 7 9
INS 197-A
Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to
theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed
in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater
have in common? How do they reflect the society in which
they were created? Is art timebound or timeless?
All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We
see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using
examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the
Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate
and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of
enduring themes and ideas at different points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various
readings, including reading plays, studying scores and
listening to recordings, and reading primary source material
comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources
of the College and the city, students will also attend a
special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series,
visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of
Arts, and attend music performances, including the
Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all
required performances and museum visits, write analyses of
the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will
also be quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than
$20.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 75
Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but
students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of
the class work.)
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium
INS21 1-A
Instructoc loan Kunz
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on
your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to
effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen
to and learn about other science topics and science policy
from your fellow scientists.
This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill
in speaking.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 7 6
Time: I
Room: Science 3 15
INS 264-A
lnstructoc Virginia Allery
This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood
movies that created and continue to foster images of the
North American Indian in American society. Movies will
include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher,
Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre
sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian
actors.
Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related
to any of the issues discussed in class.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
LIN 290-A
lnstructoc Don Steinmetz
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it
present from birth? What do all languages have in common
despite their obvious differences? How can learning a
foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young
children learning their native language seem to be having
fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people
throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics
have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose
of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in
this area and engage in some principled speculation as to
what they mean. This course is open to all students with a
healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite.
There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main I 1
MIS 376-A
Instructor Kathy Schwalbe
This course develops practical project management skills by
combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and
computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class,
estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully
complete projects, use project management software to track
progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will
consist of individual and team presentations, participation,
and a final exam.
Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 2 7
MAT 173-A
Instructor Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house
or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away
now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111
Distribution: Math/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 1 12
MAT 253-A
lnstructoc Steve Zheng
Our objectives are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals,
its rules, its visuals, how it reveals
the beauty of mathematics, how
to create images of such complex
forms and experience it as a form
of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will
observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in
examining it. The class will also consider the well known
Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the
opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a
midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals
similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot
or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of
those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also
be a final project.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physb
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 7
SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
(UMAIE COURSE)
MU5 179-A
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from that
of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity
to visit and experience important cultural centers that
provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the
New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of
art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France,
Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets,
and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no
previous experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue
South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on
a P/N basis only.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths,
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception
(1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will
examine the historical background, musical content, and
methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre
hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project.
For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I/
Room: Music 3
MUS 295-A
Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen
The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer
program makes it possible for music students to generate
professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be
given with the end goal of developing proficiency at
printing music at the computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading ability
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg)
MUS 394-A
lnstructoc Mark Thomsen
This course combines the study and performance of opera
and music theater as well as study of the techniques of
singing for the stage. Student participation will include
reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater
scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting
some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities
area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of
tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also
be explored.
Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/
music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open
to the public.
Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Sateren Auditorium
NOR 1 1 I-A
lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication
and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom
practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and
structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main I 1
PHI 146-A
lnstructoc David Apolloni
Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder?
Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is
justified? Is there such a thing as a just war?
These questions and the various answers proposed arouse
deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among
many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral
issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these
groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these
issues.
This course will utilize readings on these complex and
burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical
moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical
theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood
to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper
and informed understanding of the philosophical problems
which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion,
euthanasia, capital punishment, and war.
The course will combine lecture and class discussion on
some contemporary philosophical readings on killing.
Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3)
page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and
class participation.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: old Main 29
PHY 151-A
Instructor: leff lohnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use
spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who
is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a
more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob
lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary
and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based
on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 30
PHY 337-A
Instructor: Stuart Anderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at
the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the
most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making
Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics
needed for understanding imaging, beam control and
dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the
physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact
of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will
conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms
and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and
scattering of light.
Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used
for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in
the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of
weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or
consent of instructor)
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
POL 140-A
lnstructoc Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of
social justice in America. Students will develop and defend
their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the
United States will be measured against these standards. This
course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be
expected to be very actively involved in this exchange.
The goal of the course will be for students to develop their
own thinking about social justice, and to have a much
greater awareness of values which may conflict with the
pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able
to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in
America today.
Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page)
essays, and on a final exam.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 35
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
WORLD
POLITICS:
CONFLICT
AND CRISIS
IN
THE 90s
POL 160-A
Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten
By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in
places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former
Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political
structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students
will discuss new international economic patterns, security
issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts
at peacekeeping, and environmental protection.
Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks.
Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared
materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final
essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to
simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 20
POL 220-A
POL 320-A
Instructor William Morris
This course will examine the impact of the American
political system upon public policy making in the United
States. Three topics of major policy importance will be
selected for examination in the way they are addressed by
particular political practices and/or institutions. The class
will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light
of the scholarly literature and other information available on
each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these
choices and their handling by the political system. Close
attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus
additional articles and portions of books from the social
sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The
papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation
will determine final grades.
Students taking the course for lower division credit will be
expected to complete papers on two of the three policy
issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for
Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper
on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one
lower division social science class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
General Education Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
POL 250-A
POL 450-A
Instructor: Einar Vetvik
The course objective is to give knowledge of the political
systems and the most important policy issues in modem
Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections,
political institutions, public administration, and the welfare
state. The course will include a comparative approach
linking the Scandinavian system to the development within
the European Community. Reference to the situation in the
U.S. will also be made.
The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes
student participation in discussion and group work.
Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final
exam.
Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional
reading, and a more extensive paper.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
PSY201-A
lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield
The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral
and social influences on health, including the interaction of
behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems.
Consideration is given to life styles, stress management,
illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive
behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class
participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes.
Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 12
PSY 335-A
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the
perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic
focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom
procedures with consideration of such topics as jury
selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making.
Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader
areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will
also be responsible for contribution to class discussion.
Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 73
PSY 340-A
lnstructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths
and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about
how they function as representations of the "self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are
molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical
influences. The content of the course will include topics
such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of
romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved
in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be
based on class participation and five short (600-900 word)
papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 1
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
lnstructoc Duane lohnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism
will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons
and society will be the main focus.
+â-h
This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level
of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF
each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class
discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral
l reports.
Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing
l
will be r e
quired.
~ ' ? U
R
As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read
r
The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of
the i n l ~ ~ l ' book
l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the
Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text
may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of
the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
REL 330-A
lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament from
the perspective of the social world. It will examine the
world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and
determine how that shaped the New Testament message
and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will
include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor
and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in
the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in
the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves.
Special attention will be paid to the relation between early
Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will
be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul
(Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter.
Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 2 1 3
REL 343-A
lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and
all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart,
whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase
your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy
in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian
teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular
attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied
to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family
secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
REL 345-A
Instructoc Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it
is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th
century, its development over about 450 years, and its
cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several
monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used.
Some important readings will be done from the reserved
shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal
with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements
include four exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
REL 374-A
Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson
For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a
better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life.
For others, science and its associated technologies, along
with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute
a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened
by science. This course will address these matters in two
ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the
relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the
development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th
century. Second, it will study systematically the world
views of science and religion to see how they compare.
Class time will be divided among a variety of activities
including lectures, whole class discussions, small group
tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing
a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the
course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams,
participation in small group tutorials based on assigned
readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe
sis paper based on the group project and course materials.
Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and
junior or senior standing
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 60
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7 8
REL 385-A
lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology which is
based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique
of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy,
christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10
page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class
sessions will include video and discussion.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 19
SWK 257-A
lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours
(in a services agency or institution which students select).
The placement must be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer
experience students have opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age,
socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help
students learn about themselves in relation to a possible
major or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. students will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as
examine their personal value system in relation to special
concerns, such as poverty and the "isms."
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 7
S WK 4 66-A (full course)
SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course)
Instructor Vincent Peters
This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students
will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus
one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive
seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work
students
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
SOC 232-A
lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod
In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and
romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this
century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child
welfare. We will examine the social status of children in
Western society focusing on understanding problems in the
current social relationships of children in American society.
Students will develop a journal of their readings and
complete an individual project selected from several
options, including a child observation assignment or a
libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the
class followed by a written summary of their findings.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 25
SOC 265-A
lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 20
SPA 777-A
lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue
with Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify
those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation,
a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
SPC 348-A
lnstructoc Deb Bart
This course is an advanced television production course
which combines studio and field production with special
emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in
production teams to create and produce a one-hour
magazine format news program.
Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom)
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Additional information about the following courses can be
obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs
Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the
Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims
ends October 29,1993.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number.
Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments
Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt
China and Its Artistic Heritage
The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the
Comfortable
contemporary European Business and Economic Systems
Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii
Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly
English School and Family
Environmental Issues: East and West
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration
Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland
Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities
The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian
Rainforest
Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making
Readings of the Bible
ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and
Iapanese Culture
Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism
Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro
Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay
and Sweden
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved
for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They
are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and
details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS
(JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994)
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course
will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat
with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew
member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major
part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various
islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional
basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving
for the Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to
receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and
Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 212-A
Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding
and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for
whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period.
There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound
organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Students are required to take the full three week program
(January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to
January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to
January 21,1994.
Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications
for financial assistance from the college are available i n
Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197.
The following activities are available to students during interim
and students may register for these classes as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but
do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Wayne Niles
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt
inshctor. Fee of $30.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14,
7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings)
Room: Melby, north court
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 8
Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13,
1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings)
Room: Melby, north court
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc leff Swenson
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W,F - all term
Room: Melby, weight room
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc ]eff Swenson
Grading: PIN only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1 M, W,F -all term
Room: Melby, weight room
Show less
Introduction
Calendar
..................................................................
.........................................................................
2
4
........................................................
5
About This Catalog
Options ................................... Show more
Introduction
Calendar
..................................................................
.........................................................................
2
4
........................................................
5
About This Catalog
Options ...........................................................................
5
Visiting Students ..................................-......................
6
Interim Courses .............................................................. 7
UMAlE Courses .............................................................
47
Other Courses .............................................................. 49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
,. ....,.,, ..
.".i,.iiiiiiiiii'-L.i.....i..
50
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall
and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty
to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class
and preparing for class as they would for a four-course
load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can
register for only one course credit during Interim. There
is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to
enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register
on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are
graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower
division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers
listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper
division credit should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses,
especially courses with travel requirements, have
additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the
Distribution requirements is required to complete three
Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are
required. For any student entering after January 1993 a
maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 total credits required for graduation. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for
transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their
transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar.
Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33
credits required may be taken by students who repeat a
credit for a course in which a grade below 2.0 was
earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in
which they failed or withdrew from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33
credits required may be used to fulfill other degree
requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course
credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional
Interim experiences may be used to fulfill major, minor
or general education requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take
a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit
classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit).
The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are
full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be
charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim
which is a Cross-Over, but will be charged Day School
prices ($1,270). They also can only then take 1.0 course
credits in Weekend College.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of
race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Introduction
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025
November 14 to December 6 ...............Interim Registration
January 3 ................................................. First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
January 4 .......................................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 13 ..................................... Last Day for Determining
Grading System with Registrar
January 13 .......... Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 25 ............................................................ Interim Ends
January 30 ......................................... Spring Semester Begins
-c..,..... .-.,.....Interim Grades Due
February 3 ..........+...........
The time and number and length of meetings as well as
the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.
The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks
of time:
-
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, Januay 16, at 1:00 p.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
Introduction
The catalog lists courses by department in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered
by Aupburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim
credit. Additional descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230.
Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed
at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of
one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the
Upper Midwest Association for International Education
(UMAIE).See page 48 for course listings.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 9. January
Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students
electing an internship must meet departmental require
ments and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no
later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 9).
The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same
office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time
work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form. These
forms must be submitted by November 28. Appropriate
study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in
the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be
consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will
help students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be
at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most
courses taught during Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are
accepted for credit by Augsburg, but might not meet
Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term.
The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing or board costs. Other students will be charged
$1,270 for the Interim course. Students interested in
registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is
an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome
to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests
for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students
nor visiting students may register for 299 or 499 courses.
Introduction
ART 106-A
Calligraphy 11
ART 306-A
lnstructoc Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills
with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to
the historical development of calligraphy and the elements
of design through readings and demonstrations. Class
time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic
concepts with special attention given to foundational,
italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are
required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus
participation and growth factors. Upper division students
are required to complete master sheets in three historical
writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board
Distribution: Art/Music
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
ART 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figure will be depicted in various settings
with a variety of media for varying lengths of time.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $37 to be paid on the first day of
class.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: 1
Room: Old Main 7 7
Art
I
ART 290-A
Instructor: Steve Chapman
Tribal Arts & Culture is a course designed to familiarize
students with American Indians and their art. American
Indian art is examined through regional areas in North
America, and an introduction to Meso-American art and
cultures is also provided. The course follows lecture,
video, and demonstrations by American Indian community artists. Students will have the opportunity to research
and design an object of art from an American Indian
perspective during the studio time after the lecture
presentation of course materials in each tribal area.
A result of this course should be to help establish a better
understanding of American Indians and their perspectives,
and to excite an interest in American Indian art by future
teachegand educators of Indian and non-Indian students.
Distribution: Art/Music
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 17
BIO 185-A
Instructor: Robert Herforth
With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in,
and research on, the biological basis of the aging process
has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier
more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional
changes which occur in the body with age and diseases
associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's
disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories
that have been proposed to explain what causes aging
will be presented, including findings on the cellular and
genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on
the results of attempts to slow the aging process in
experimental animals and humans.
Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for
arriving at grades.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
BUS 295-A
BUS 495-A
lnstructoc Amin Kader
This course is designed to demonstrate how economic
factors, management decisions, and accounting methods
affect the profitability of an enterprise. Students will
work in groups, each group competing with the others.
Students will make decisions as to all aspects of the
business of a company. As they enter such decisions, they
will be informed of the effect of their decisions on the
market value of the company's stock.
Evaluation will be based on an examination and each
group's performance in competing with the other groups.
Prerequisites: Lower Division: BUS 295 - No prerequisite
Upper Division: 495 - ACC 222, BUS 242, BUS 252, or
permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 1
BUS 295-8
Instructor: john Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not
majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for
Business
starting and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" business. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and
performances on small business case studies.
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steve LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices
using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will
be employed involving film, television documentaries,
radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in
addition to text material. A seminar model will be used,
with substantial participation expected on the part of
students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class
should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in
International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan.
Students who cannot attend the entire first week of
classes should not enroll for this course.
Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Business
1
BUS 49.54
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
The primary objective of this course is to enhance the
student's understanding of the new dimensions of EastWest trade relations in the 1990s. We will analyze the
past and present conditions for East-West trade cooperation and its patterns. The impact of the transformation of
Eastern Europe and Russia on world trade will be
discussed. The theoretical framework for international
trade will be presented. At the global level, the role of the
European Union, International Monetary Fund, World
Bank, and General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade
(GATT) in East-West trade relations will be examined.
Students will be evaluated based on their research paper
and final examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or ECO 1 13 or consent of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: I S
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 323
CHM 100-A
lnstructoc Arlin Cyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the
various topics and implications. The course does assume
the student is interested in and concerned about the
relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education
for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of
personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a
part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on
chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers,
plastics, "the Pill", food additives and processed foods,
vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on
other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and
on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy
feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a
complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better
help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods.
Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does
not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 2
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 7 5
INTRODUCTION
TOCOBOL
CSC 27 7 -A
Instructoc Noel Petit
A study of the COBOL programming language for .
Computer Science
I
students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of
programming and programming languages through
presentation of the features of COBOL together with
programming techniques for using those features. This
course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g., CSC 170)
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
ECO 4 95-A
lnstructoc leanne M . Boeh
A comparison of the United States system and other
countries' national health care systems. What are some of
the alternative models for both organization and delivery
of health care services? The class will focus on the models
used in Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, and the
Scandinavian countries. The course will consider such
issues as aggregate spending, allocation of physicians,
nurses and other allied health personnel and the effect
health systems have on overall health outcomes. The
advantages and disadvantages of all the systems will be
explored. Evaluation is based on homework assignments,
short papers, and exams.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Foss 2 0
Economics
ECO 495-6
lnstructoc Satya Gupta
In recent decades the mutual funds industry has gained a
respectable place in the financial system of the United
States. More and more commercial banks are entering
into the mutual funds market. Increasing numbers of
employers are leaving it to their employees to manage
their pension funds in a given family of mutual funds. In
such a changing climate it is important that our students
are educated to make informed decisions about their
retirement funds. This course will emphasize the structure and functioning of mutual funds involving risks and
benefits.
Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or consent of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Library 1
ED⬠375-A
lnstructoc Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and
utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten
classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic
assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student
evaluation. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisite: PPS T
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpemnal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to
all. This is a onehalf credit course. P/N grading only.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays)
Room: Music 23
EDU 491-A
lnstructoc Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.
Prerequisites: Completion of courses for Special Education
minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the Special Education
Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the
course.)
Maximum Enrollment: 9 (This course involves fieldwork
supen/ision for the faculty member.)
Time: I
Room: Library 4
ENC 282-A
Instructors: Ronald Palosaari/Bruce Reichenbach
In this course we will identify what virtue is, inquire
about how one becomes virtuous, and explore some of
the major virtues - like compassion, honesty, prudence,
justice, and love - through classical and contemporary
literature. The goal is to provide opportunity for you to
think about your character and its development, to
enable you to ask about the relation between character
and moral actions, and to probe your curiosity by
considering possible tensions between the virtues, as
found in life situations.
The course is built around the question of values, in
particular, the issue of virtue (qualities of moral character). A broad list of virtues will be considered, including
the classical Christian virtues of faith, hope, and love. We
will look at what these virtues are, at their relationship to
each other, evaluate possible conflicts between them, and
see how they play out in life situations, both in literature
and (through the journals) in students' lives.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
ENC 282-B/482-B
lnstructoc Joan Cn'ffin
Although generally relegated to separate sections in
bookstores or to children's bookshelves, fantasy, as J.R.R.
Tolkien argues, is "not a lower but a higher form of Art,
indeed the most nearly pure form, and so (when
achieved) the most potent."
This course will study 20th century examples of fantasy,
looking for their roots in folktale, myth, epic and romance. At times the course will pair medieval and
modern works of the fantastic imagination (for instance,
"The Mabinogion" and "Evangeline Walton" or
"Beowulf" and 'The Hobbit"). We will attempt to define
the genre of fantasy by discussing essays by C.S. Lewis,
Tolkien, Ursula LeGuin, and Madelein L'Engle, as well as
considering relevant theories of myth and folktale by
Joseph Campbell, Axel Olrik, Lord Raglan, and others.
Students taking the course for lower division credit will
be asked to write several short papers. In addition to
writing several microthemes, ENG 482 students should
be prepared to write a substantial paper on the works of
a writer with whom they already are familiar.
Prerequisites: 2 8 2 - none (ENG 1 1 1 recommended);
482 - ENC 245 required
Distribution: Literature
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
FRE 111-A
lnstructoc Pary Pezechkian
This course is for students with no previous background
in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom
practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of
language in everyday contexts and works toward the
discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five
meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I/
Room: Old Main 23
French
FRE 243-A
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature for the nonFrench reader? What major French writers have portrayed diverse non-Western cultures and social strata in
their literary works? What can we discover about
ourselves and other cultures in learning how to read,
analyze, and communicate our findings through literature? With these questions in mind we will read and
analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us
in English translation.
What will we be studying? The legend of St. Julien
presented in Middle Ages style by Flaubert, examples of
the Renaissance search for new worlds found in Rabelais,
a bit of Descartes autobiography. We will travel the
world with Voltaire's "Candide," explore social themes
of a 19th century nouvelle, and read 20th century authors
like Gide, Malraux, Camus, St. Exupery, and Duras with
their multi-cultural connections. We will sample one
piece of francophone literature from West Africa,
reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western
culture. At mid-point you will choose another short work
for personal study, comparative analysis and presentation for the class.
Assessment in such a course will be ongoing, based on
individual and group response to the many activities in the
course. Timely reading of assigned texts, analyses, discussion preparations, short quizzes, and cultural discoveries
will enable you to undertake successfully your independent
study project and further enrich the whole class.
This literature course for the non-literature major is
intended to help you in further free reading, in your
critical thinking about other cultures, and in communica-
French
tion with people of cultural backgrounds other than your
own, including non-Western ones.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor
Distribution: Literature
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
HPE 1 16-A
lnstructoc Richard Borstad
This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their
role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on
the prevention of childhood health problems, and the
promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Melby Hall 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 7/3,
1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/73, 7/17, 7/79, 7/24)
HPE 232-A
lnstructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority
of the course grade is based on participation in class
activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This
is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 7 6
Time: I
Room: Melby Gym (T, Th & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 7/5,
7/10, 1/72, 1/73, 1/17, 1/79, 1/24)
Health and Physical Education
HPE 250-A
lnstructoc Lisa Broek
Making Connections is designed for students who are
interested in learning about contemporary health issues
and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and
the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness
model foundation for educating self and others about
personal health issues. Course topics include wellness
programming issues (i.e. HIV/AIDS, substance use,
meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues,
and decision-making skills. Students will examine
strategies which promote a healthier campus environment.
The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities
allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught
during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess
their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an
objective test, journal entries, and a group project.
This course will be useful to students who are interested
in impacting their campus environment as well as those
who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation,
group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this
course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for
Counseling and Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main I 1
(lanuary 3- 1 9, 1 995)
HPE 455-A
Instructor: loyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor
interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The
course will take the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and
crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot
fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will
function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater
instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing
will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the
British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,700, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to
receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and
Physical Education Department (6 12) 3 30- 124 7.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
HPE 470-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy
toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: procedures in umpire certification,rules of slow
pitch softball (Federation),rules of fast pitch softball
I
Health and Physical Education
I
(Federation), the mechanics of proper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in
securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in
practical game type experiences. There will be a written
evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of
umpiring softball. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 1 19 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/70, 1/12, 1/13, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24)
HPE 475-A
lnstructor: Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisite: BIO 103
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 119 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23 1/25 - 9 meetings)
HPE 477-A
lnstructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and
a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Health and Physical Education
I
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/6, 7/10, 1/12, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24)
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marilyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and
administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small
part of the grade will be based .on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on
tests. This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119 (M, W, & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25)
HPE 487-A
Instructor /eff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for
individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at
the elementary, junior high, high school, or college level.
Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight
control, weight training, mental toughness training, and
complete organization of program will be covered. This is
a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 202 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6,
1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25)
nealrn ana mysrca~taucarron
I
I
HIS 244-A
lnstructoc Bill Green
Why did Minnesota territorial legislators extend civil
rights to one racial minority but not to other racial
minorities? How did anti-catholicism stratify the white
immigrant community? Why did Minnesota show
tolerance to its black residents, as the state experienced
ultra-nationalism, labor tension and xenophobia? These
questions, and others, will be addressed in this course.
Through lectures, class discussions, and field research, we
will examine civil rights in Minnesota from 1848-1920, as it
relates to race, class and ethnicity. Evaluations will come
from classroom discussion, a research paper, and a test.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
THECML WARERA
HIS 33 1-A
lnstructoc Chris Kimball
Many people believe that the Civil War was the most
important event in the history of the United States, one
that transformed the nature of American society. Put
more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the
late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental
principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others,
however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course,
then, offers a survey of the causes, issues, and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be
considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest
Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the
Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of
women, popular religion, the transition from slave to.free
History
labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations.
The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of
primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will
be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term, and a final.
Prerequisites: One history course or consent of instructor
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
HIS 495-A
Instructor: Don Gustafson
The seminar is meant to be a capstone for the history
major. Participants will be asked to utilize their historical
training in dealing with some of the philosophical
questions of the discipline of history, to develop and
expand certain research skills, and to contribute to the
historical development of each other by careful evaluation of oral and written presentations.
Prerequisites: Senior History Major
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking; Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
HON 40 1 -A
lnstructoc Larry Crockett
The focus of the course will be Southwestern Christian
history, with a special consideration of Hispanic Christianity, ranging from traditional Roman Catholicism to
evangelical and charismatic expressions. The course will
consider the Spanish roots of Latin Roman Catholicism
and the transplanting of those roots into Southwestern
North American soil. Next, we will consider Native
American influences which came to be ingredients in this
transplanted faith. Last, we will survey new expressions
of Hispanic Christian faith, notably the evangelical and
charismatic movements which have become important in
recent years. A highlight of the course will be a 12-day
trip to the southwest United States and northern Mexico.
ranging from San Antonio to northern Mexico to San
Diego. Estimated travel expense: $1,300
Evaluation: I) mid-term exam prior to departure; 2) journal
of experiences in southwest U.S. and northern Mexico;
3) final paper.
Prerequisites: Honors student or permission of instructor,
preference to seniors
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
INS 21 1-A
Instructor loan Kunz
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics,
but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen!
Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have
the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists,
improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of
formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare
visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science
topics and science policy from your fellow scientists.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductov science course
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 3 1 9
Interdisciplinary
INS 298-A
Instructors: Carry Hesser, Lois Olson, Mary True
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn
about organizations, comrnunities, and yourself by
working/serving, observing, collaborating, and reflecting
on your own experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a
half-time placement and participation in a seminar that
meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the
process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can
explore the world of work and/or service, obtaining the
valuable experience you need for the future you want.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives:
1) to give you first-hand experience in working with
professionals and making connections between your
experiences and your Augsburg education; and 2) to
increase your ability to learn about organizations, the
community, and yourself from your own experiences.
Each participant will observe and work approximately 20
hours per week in a placement which matches his or her
interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for two
hours (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.). Evaluation will be based
upon the overall quality of participation, completion of
learning exercises, supervisor assessment, journals, and
seminar participation.
The course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructors and placement
secured by lanuary 3, 7 995.
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Time: I1 (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.)
Room: MP 10 1
Interdisciplinary
LIN 290-A
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it
present from birth? What do all languages have in
common despite their obvious differences? How can
learning a foreign language be so frustrating for
adults, while young children learning their native
language seem to be having fun? Questions such as
these have fascinated people throughout history, and
recent developments in linguistics have begun to
provide some credible answers. The purpose of this
course is to survey the most remarkable findings in
this area and engage in some principled speculation as
to what they mean. This course is open to all students
with a healthy curiosity about language. No other
prerequisite.
There will be two tests and a short paper for class
presentation.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7 1
MIS 376-A
lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe
This course develops practical project management skills
by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills,
and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous in-class activities to determine projects to be done
during class, estimate required resources, motivate
people to successfully complete projects, use project
management software to track progress and develop
alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and
linguistics/Management Information Sptemr
I
team presentations, participation, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: ACC 22 1, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 2 1
MAT 173-A
lnstructor: Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a
house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking
away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how
annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 7 3
MAT 253-A
lnstructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of
fractals, its rules, its visuals,
how it reveals the beauty of
mathematics, how to create
images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of
artistic expression via computer
graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to
construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of
self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification
I
used in examining it. The class will also consider the well
known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in
threedimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with
the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a
midterm and final exam. Students will create a portfolio
of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the
Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical
character of those visuals. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections
between mathematics and the artistic creations being
studied or created.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physics
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science I I2
SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
(UMAIE COURSE)
MUS I 79-A
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from
that of England and continental Europe, particularly such
cities as London, Paris, and Amsterdam.
This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus
for development of cultural life in the New World.
Students gain an appreciation for the role of art and music
in the history of England, France, and the Netherlands.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course
Music
- -
related group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique
sheets, and exams over material covered. No prerequisites,
and no previous experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,945 includes all air and surface travel, hotel
accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group
meals, and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620
22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 3301655. Offered on a PIN basis only.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
SURVEYOF ROCKHISTORY
AND MUSICAL
STYLE 1951-1971
MUS 204-A
Instructor: 0.Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance
project. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
NOR 1 I I-A
lnstructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background
in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary
and structures and the use of the language in everyday
contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily
assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
PHI 295-A
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
The purpose of this course is to study the nature of selfdeception as it occurs in human behaviour. Self-deception, absurdity, bad judgment, etc., are some of the
concepts explored in the course. The procedure of the
course will consist of a close analysis of selected texts and
seminar style discussions of topics. Students will be
asked to take an objective mid-term and final in combination with several essay assignments. Grading will be
traditional and follow the college's guidelines. There are
no requirements for the course, but one prior course in
philosophy would be helpful.
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively
in business for years. However, it is also possible to use
spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using
high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the
student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus
123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than
physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects,
homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I
Room: Science 3 0
PHY 325-A
lnstructoc Mark Engebretson
From the realm of subatomic particles to the manufacture
of recording tape and computer chips, the study and
manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total
absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe.
This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of
what we know as modern high technology would be
impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the
tools and techniques employed to produce, control, and
monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces
under these conditions. Experiments will make use of a
variety of chambers, pumps, and gauges as well as a
quadrupole mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis
will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific
communication; only one third of the class time will be
used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be
determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory
notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two exams.
Prerequisites: PHY 12 1, 122, 245 (or equivalent), and MAT
124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245)
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 0
POL 140-A
Instructor Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will
develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, and use those standards to assess conditions
in urban America. To pass this course, students must
engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow
classmates in class discussions.
The course has two goals: to develop student thinking
about social justice, including greater awareness of
conflicts between justice and other values; and to increase
student ability to understand urban problems as issues of
justice and other central values.
Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion
and other class activities, on two short ( 4 6 pp.) papers,
and on a final exam.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Political Science
AND
PUBLIC
POLICY
POL 220-A
POL 320-A
lnstructoc William Morris
This course will examine the impact of the American
plitical system upon public policy making in the United
Slnles. Thrw lopics of major plicy i m p r t a i l c ~will Lx.
sel~ttulfor examination in the. way they alp a d d r m d by
partiailar polilical practics and/or institutions. The class
will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light
tion available
of the scholarly literature and oll~erinf~~ma
on eiicli s1113jwl.I! will tIie11~SSC'SSthe interplay belwwn
these c h d c s and their hndling by the politicat system.
Close attention will be givm to a n ~xploralionof the elhical
sihiation and dilemmas of decision-makingin politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written
analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of
the policy-making process in acldressing thae problems.
'Thme, plus additional articles and portions of books from
the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a iust on the assigned readings outlining the policy-making process in the United States, and
class participation will detcnnine final grades.
Students taking the course for Lower Division credit will
bc expeckl lo complete p a p a on two of the tl~reepolicy
issui-3 a d d r e s d in [he course. Those taking the course for
upper division credit mttst complete an additional p p e r
on a policy issue of their choice covered in class.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one
lower division social science class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
a
POL 268-A
POL 468-A
lnstructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten
In these classes we will investigate the major political
issues facing citizens and policy-makers in Middle East
countries today.
We will analyze Islamic tradition as it has shaped social
values and provided a reservoir for political protest in
the 1990s. Country studies on Egypt, Iran, Syria, Israel/
Palestine, Lebanon, and Saudi Arabia will be used to study
how modernization has given rise to new conflict patterns
and today's Islamic political movements. We will consider
the prospects for improved human rights and democratic
participation. Several featurelength films dramatizing
political conflicts in the f id die East will be shown.
Two textbooks will be used for the course as well as a
variety of specialized country studies. Each student will
prepare comments on political themes, read and critique a
selection from the course booklist, and write a final essay
analyzing political aspects of two countries in the Middle
East. Students taking the 268 level will have fewer analytic
requirements in their presentations and essays.
Prerequisites: one lnlernational Relations course or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
POL 342-A
lnstructoc Peter Przytula
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or consent of the
instructor
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
PSY 105-A
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Place I I I
PSY 340-A
lnstructoc Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge
about how they function as representations of the "self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of
"self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will
Psychology
include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the
mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the
process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological
transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be
prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will
be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and
four or five short (600-900 word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105
Maximum Enrollment: 1 6
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
lnstructoc Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the
life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such
idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward
other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will
include class discussion, frequent short papers, and
frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word
processing will be required.
As background for the course, students are required to
read "The Call of Service: A Witness to Idealism" by
Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. This book
will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore in early
October. An additional text will be required and library
Psychology
1
reference work will be a part of the course process. This
course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY I05
Maximum Enrollment: I5
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
REL 330-A
lnstructoc Philip Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament
from the perspective of the social world. It will examine
the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and
change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the
challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural
anthropology such as honor and shame, the social
structures of the family and the city in the Graeco-Roman
world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it
affected women, men, free persons and slaves.
Special attention will be paid to the relation between
early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament
there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of
Paul (Romans and 1Corinthians) and First Peter.
Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper.
Prerequisites: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Religion
REL 3 4 1-A
lnstructor: Brad Holt
The course will help students think knowledgeably and
critically about the intersections of health and religion.
The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary
trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered.
Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and
paper, spot quizzes, and one test.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: /I
Room: Old Main 16
REL 343-A
lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from
the heart, whether you are married or not. It will,
however, increase your certainty and the possibility for
meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the
context of Christian teachings, many theories will be
studied, with particular attention given to the work of
C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship
primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
one paper, and two tests.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (only one lnterim course may be used
Religion
I
to meet religion requirements)
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
REL 345-A
lnstructoc Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church
as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the
16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its
cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several
monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used.
Some important readings will be done from the reserved
shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal
with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 1 7 1 or 22 1 .
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
REL 386-A
lnstructoc Bev Stratton
How does the Bible talk about creation? How does the
Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What were
families like in Bible times? Were ancient problems
similar to our own? What does the Bible say? What does
it mean? What values does it portray and promote? This
course addresses these and other questions by exploring
how scholars read and speak about the book of Genesis.
Evaluation is based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and a project or short paper.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used
to meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I or 3
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 12
S WK 23 0-A
lnstructoc Vincent Peters
This course, taught in January, is a three week intensive
course of study and travel that offers a transnational
perspective of non-violent social change and development.
It explores non-violent alternatives to the global arms
buildup, which contributes to the world-wide problems of
poverty, environmental depletion and oppression of
powerless and disenfranchised segments of society.
The overall cost of approximately $2,795 covers full
room, board, group travel to Norway and a trip to
Lillehammer. For more information call Kathy Lutfi,
Center for Global Education at 330-1655.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
SWK 257-A
lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80
hours in a services agency or institution which students
select. The placement must be approved by course
Social Work
I
faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of
this volunteer experience students have opportunity to
interact with human service professionals, clients, and
communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and
special concerns (age, socio-economicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The threehour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. Students will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as
examine their personal value system in relation to special
concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 1 7
SWK 3 1 5 - A
Instructor Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course will focus on health care, environmental
concerns, and peace issues. With visits to health facilities
in hospitals and clinics, interviews with professional and
folk (indigenous) health practitioners, and presentations
by personnel "outside the system" we learn about Costa
Rica's holistic health care and social services. Students
will gain an understanding of the attitudes, values, and
JOCIOI
Work
practices concerning health and population matters
within the society. The assessment of Costa Rica's historic
and current worth provides a creative perspective, a
positive attitude and a better understanding of Latinos in
the USA.
Evaluation: students are evaluated in course participation, several reflection papers and a final examination.
Grading: Letter grade or P/N. The fee of $2,995 includes
all air and surface travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
This is a UMAIE course to be co-taught with Dr. Don
Irish, Hamline Professor Emeritus.
Prerequisites: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
SWK 466-A (full course)
S WK 466-6 (0.5 course)
Instructor: Maria Brown
This is a continuation of Field Work I1 - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 hours (one half course) or 30
hours (full course) per week in field placement, plus one
hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by
the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social
work students
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 0 1
Social Work
I
SPA 2 4 8 - A
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize contemporary Spanish and Latin-American
societies as they have been portrayed in the work of such
filmmakers as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, Miguel Littin
and Maria Luisa Bemberg, among others. Parallel to a
brief discussion on the aesthetic aspects raised by these
authors, the course advances in two directions: A
"horizontal" one, focused on the main themes - political
and social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion,
language, exile or immigration - explored in each film,
and a "vertical" one, attempting to describe the variations in the treahnent of these themes among the films
included in it. The films are in Spanish with English
subtitles and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on attendance and participation and a short
term paper.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
SPC 3 2 9 - A
lnstructoc David Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions, and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of cross-
Spani~h/Speech,Communication, Theatre
[
SOC 27 7-A
lnstructoc Cordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the
metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area, and a project in which each
member of the class does on-site observation in a
particular locale within the metropolitan area will be a
requirement of the course. Class participation and a final
examination will also be basis for evaluating performance
in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 2 5
Time: I
Room: Music 2 3
SOC 265-A
Instructoc lerry Cerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Urban/Women/Minority Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 9
Sociology
cultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 42
SPC 347-A
lnstructoc Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates lecture and
criticism with hands-on video experience. This course
addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view
several documentaries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own.
Additional time will be required for editing.
Prerequisites: junior or senior standing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Further information about the following courses can be
obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International
Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from
the Interim Office (330-1025).Registration for these
Interims ends November 11,1994. These courses are
offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower
division number.
Australia's Business Climate
British Women Writers: Writings, Lives and Contexts
Castles, Cathedrals, and Museums: Architecture of Eastern
Europe and Bavaria
Coral Reefs in the Philippines and Hawaii
Costa Rica: A Study of Holistic Health, Environment, and Peace
English School and Family: Focus on Literacy
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German and Austrian Culture and Language: Vienna,
Munich, and Berlin
The Greek Experience
Hawaii: Multi-Ethnic Communication in Organizational
Settings
Heroes and Masterpieces
2000 Years in Trier: Intermediate German Language and
Culture in Germany
Ireland: Inside and Outside
From Istanbul to Athens: Theology and Art In Turkey and
Greece
Law in London
Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of
Europe
Natural Histoy of Ecuador: Galapagos, Highlands, Amazon
The Natural History of Tanzania - East Africa
Sounds and Sights of Europe
South Africa: From White Domination to Majority Rule
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Women in Development: An African lnquiy
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been
approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of
the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in
the Interim Office.
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in the Interim Office on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian
border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping
on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January
26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organization has some scholarships
available).
Academic Seminars
POL 3 98-A
GLOBAL
VILLAGE:
WORLD
POLITICS
AND
ECONOMICS
(JANUARY
2- 14, 1995)
POL 398-8
Other Courses
I
POL 398-C
The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during
the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the
last week one seminar is offered. Augsburg students
must register for all three weeks of the program in order
to receive academic credit and to receive a stipend from
the College covering registration and tuition costs.
Credit is available from the Political Science Department
for this program. The course is a passlfail course based
on participation in program activities including site
visits, small group seminars, and journals.
For information brochures and registration forms ask in
Memorial Hall 113 or call #1320. For further information
about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall
#I17 or call #1197. A limited number of stipends are
available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office.
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry
course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement
for graduation.
HPE 002-K
lnstructoc Wayne Niles
This class is designed to instruct students in the basic
techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet.
Other Courses/Lifetime Sports
I
Based on and taught by experienced instructors i n the art
of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. MI W, F,
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-A (Section A)
lnstructor: Ed Saugestad
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W, Fall term (8-1 0:00 a.m.)
Room: Melby, weight room
HPE 002-6 (Section 6)
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W, Fall term (1 0- 12:OO p.m.)
Room: Melby, weight room
Show less
INTRODUCTION
....................2
OPTIONS ...................... 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ABOUT
THISCATALOGUE
.............7
..................8
INTERIM
COURSES
VISITING STUDENTS
..... ..... .......
i46
LIFETIME SPORTS
w
UMA... Show more
INTRODUCTION
....................2
OPTIONS ...................... 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
CALENDAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ABOUT
THISCATALOGUE
.............7
..................8
INTERIM
COURSES
VISITING STUDENTS
..... ..... .......
i46
LIFETIME SPORTS
w
UMAl E COURSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
ALSOON . . . . . . . .17.29.32.40. 44
OTHER
COURSES
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall
and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not
possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students
can register for only one course credit during Interim.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses
not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0
to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses
are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in
the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers
listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses,
especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although
intended to be accurate, may change and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final
costs.
To graduate, a student under the 34-course Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements is required to complete two
Interim courses, but three Interim courses may count
toward graduation.
INTRODUCTION
For any student entering after January 1993, a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted
toward the 33 total course credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer
to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the
Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count
toward the 33 course credits required may be taken by
students who repeat a course for credit in which a
grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up
for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew
from a course.
Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33
course credits required may be used to fulfill other
degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim
course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but
additional Interim courses may be used to fulfill major,
minor or general education requirements.
Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can
take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two
half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport
(zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional
charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than fulltime they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim
as a cross registration, but will be charged Day School
tuition ($1,350.00) per course credit. If they do so they
may take only 1.0 additional course credits in Weekend
College for Winter Trimester.
It is the policy ofAugsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part
of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by
the Upper Midwest Association for International
Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are
listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 8. January
Interim internships must be planned in advance.
Students electing an internship must meet departmental
requirements and present a signed internship learning
agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place,
Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday,
December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your
internship is available in the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1.Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty
member and the directed/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by
December 1. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
1 NTRODUCTION
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may
enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim
programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The
Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at
the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the
regular registration period. Most courses taught during
the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as
meeting Augsburg's general education requirements.
This qualification particularly affects religion courses .
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January
term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be
charged $1,350 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should
write to the Interim Director for application forms or
use the forms provided by the interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are
not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing
should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 199,299, or
499 courses.
Nov 13 to Dec 5
........................Interim Registration
Jan 3 ............................................First Day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Time 11-1:00 p.m.
Jan 4
.......................................Last Day to register or
Cancel/Add a class
Jan 12...................................... Last Day to Determine
Grading System with Registrar
Jan 12................Last Day to Withdraw from Courses
Jan 26 ...................................................... Interim Ends
Jan 30 .................................... Spring Semester Begins
Feb 2 ......................Interim Grades Due to Registrar
The time, number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged on the first day of
class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I
classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at
Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January
15, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical
order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses
not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College
for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one
of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025
ACC 424-A
Instructor: Stuart Stoller
Auditing through an interdisciplinary approach. Using
techniques discussed in Accounting, Finance,
Management, Marketing & MIS, we examine a business' internal control systems and operating efficiency.
By stepping away from the traditional textbook
approach we incorporate creativity and discussion.
Major topics include: business valuation techniques,
Just in Time Philosophy, efficiency improvement techniques, disaster recovery planning and report writing.
Prerequisites: ACC 221 & 222, BUS 242, 252, 331, ECO 113, MIS 175 & 379
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
ART 247-A
Instructor: Lynn Bollman
This course is designed for students with an interest in
drawing the human figure. In addition to drawing
from nude models, students will pursue a general study
of human anatomy (as it relates to art), and will become
more knowledgeable about the use of the nude as a
subject in art. Students will use various drawing
media, will study a variety of drawing approaches, and
will apply general design concepts to their figure drawings.
A fee of $35 will need to be paid to the instructor on the
first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
ART 360-A
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental
techniques in transparent watercolor.
Requirements include a minimum of 20 watercolor projects plus an active and developing sketch book.
Evaluation will be based on quality of work, progress
over time, and participation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
610 145-A
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
We will use a few historically, economically, and medically important plants to study some of the ways in
which humans and plants interact, biologically and otherwise. Plants are not only at the bottom of our food
chain but also play a part in non-food aspects of our
lives, either directly (e.g. medicines, fibers, dyes, etc.) or
indirectly (e.g. food crises have influenced human
migrations). We will study the uses, biology, natural
history, and classificationof several important plants.
Evaluation will be based on three or four 40-minute
exams, several quizzes, and an oral presentation.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
910 140-A
910 340-A
Instructors: William Capman and Dale Pederson
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of
natural history and ecology of marine, coastal and subtropical communities. This class will spend about 2 1/2
weeks in Florida based at the Newfound Harbor Marine
Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers
laboratory facilities, ocean-going research platforms,
housing and a dining hall. Field trips to coral reefs
(Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass flats,
mangrove islands and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the Institute. Organisms
and communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory. Research projects will be initiated shortly after
arrival at the station in order to provide opportunity to
gather data over a period of several days. Visits to
Pennicamp State Park, Key West and the Everglades will
be included.
Evaluation will be based on:
BIO 140: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal
journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, 4) Final exam.
Prerequisites for 810 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents .
BIO 101, 102, 103, 113, 114, or by permlsslon 01 lnslruclor.
BIO 340: (1)Field and laboratory records, (2) Personal
journal, (3) Quizzes at the Marine Institute, (4) Written
report of the research project, (5) Final exam.
Prerequisites for BIO 340: BIO 351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or BIO 481 (Ecology), or by
permlsslon 01 inslruclor.
Estimated cost of the course: $1500 plus air fare
(includes all ground transportation, housing, and meals
while at the Institute). Contact instructors for details.
Prerequisites: See above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 225
BUS 295-A
Instructor: John C. Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are
not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for
starting and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various asp~*cts small
business management and will he r ~ r l u i ~ . rlod ptnrparea
business plan for a "model" business. Thtl s turjcnt will
be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests,
and performance on small business case studies.
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 101
BUS 495-A
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
Can organizations learn? If so, how and what should
organizations learn? How can we as members of organizations help 'teach' them what they need to learn?
Searching for answers to these and other questions will
be the central focus of this Special Topics course.
Participants will dcvclop and rvfinc "systcms thinking"
skills and learn hclw lo apply tliem lo tqca1slrategic situations. Alteri~ativcyc~.spcctivcson thc 1iat111-e
and function of organizations in theory and in practice will be
explored through reading, seminar discussions and
field trips to local organizations. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a 'hands on' project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be
based on two short critical essays and a group project
presentation.
Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 113, or permission of instructor
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: /I
Room: Foss 21
CHEMISTRYFOR CHANGINGTIMES
CHM 100-A
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed in the perspective of a person
living in a modern, high technology society such as the
United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a
moral or societal issue of a scientific nature one at the
least must be able to understand the science involved.
Anything less is an impression rather than an informed
decision. As we develop scientific concepts we will at
the same time relate them to an abundance of current
issues. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food shortage,
food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency, licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis and the
debates about sources of energy, the greenhouse effect
and nuclear waste storage, pollution, genetic engineering, and much more. Many of these problems are
chemical in nature. Thus, in learning about chemistry,
via lecture and in-class discussion, we can be helped to
understand ourselves, our society, our world, and even
some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the total score for total points on the
daily quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 315
1 NTRODUCT~ONTOCOMPUTINGAND
COMMUNICATIONS
CSC 160-A
Instructor: Larry Ragland
Use of the computer as an information accessing tool
through e-mail, Internet, newsgroups, and remote
access to the library; an introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, and theory. Grading
is based on homework and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 20
CSC 272-A
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a
knowledge of programming methods and has done
programming in some other language.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Library 20
ECO 110-A
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems
facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental
microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion
of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an
Economics, Business Administration or MIS major.
Does not apply towards an economics minor.
Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 29
EGO 113-A
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to
market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or
112. Weekly tests.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Music 22
DISCOVERY
LEARNING IN THE
WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
(0.5
CREDIT)
EDE 375-A
Instructor: Gretchen lrvine
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and
utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten
classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic
assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Human
Relations, EDU 388-A.
Prerequisite: PPST
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
EDS 495-A
Instructor: Mary Ann Bayless
Why are some things easy for a person to learn while
others seem harder? Why does the same task seem easier at one moment and more difficult just a few hours
later? Why do some children struggle with seemingly
simple assignments but then suddenly master them?
Why do more people suffer with learning disabilities
and weak short term memory than ever before? Each of
us wants to be an efficient and happy learner, but most
often, no one has shown us how to be our own life-long
learning coaches. In the last decade, work in neurophysiology has given us a whole new set of insights
about how the various parts of the brain actually work
to produce learning and high level functioning.
Educational kinesiologists have taken these insights and
produced simple but effective ways to increase the
learning comfort of each individual.
This course will provide both the theory for each participant to understand her/his own unique learning needs
and the practice for becoming an efficient and joyful
learner. We will study learning development,
braidmind function, and the nature of learning blocks.
We will discuss the misuse of brain dominance theory
and learn routines for overcoming learning blocks and
integrating hemisphere functions. There will be two
tests and two demonstrations required of each student,
and upper division students will have to do two
reviews of relevant research. The course uses two
paperback texts. Very useful for prospective teachers
and parents.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 112
EDU 353-A
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and
comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems with special attention on Scandinavian
and Central American models. The course also draws
attention to our personal responsibilities to educate ourselves to be able to understand and participate in the
emerging global society. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers.
Student evaluation will be based on class presentations
and investigative projects.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
Instructor: Joseph Erickson
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination,
and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics
include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic
issues. Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or
practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include
minority students, different religious backgrounds, the
less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This course satisfies the Minnesota
Human Relations requirement for teachers and social
workers. This is a one-half credit course. It is offered
only on a P/N basis.
*Note: This course can be taken along with Discovery
Learning in the World of Kindergarten, EDE 375-A.
Prerequisite: None- Open to all
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Library 1
PRACTICUMAND SEMINAR
SPECIAL EDUCATION
IN
EDU 491-A
Instructor: Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement in a school focusing on
how children with disabilities are included into the
classroom, plus on-campus seminar.
Students planning to take this course should consult
with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of field-work
as well as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: Completion of courses for special education mino< or consent of instructos
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Libraty 17
THEATRE
IN AND AROUND
LONDON
(UMAI E COURSE)
ENG 269-A
Instructors: Ron Palosaari/Douglas Green
A
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least
ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractions of London and surrounding areas including Stratford and Oxford. Evaluation
will be based on attendance at required plays, participation in discussions, three short papers, and a short final
exam. Fee: $2,595 includes travel, accommodations,
breakfast daily, ten theatre performances, and four
group dinners.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
ARCHAEOLOGY,
MYTHOLOGY,
AND THIEVERY:
EXCAVATING THE MEMORY
OF THE MUSE
ENG 362-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish
The ACTC writing workshop is an advanced-level creative writing course, open to three students from each
of the five ACTC colleges and held this year at
Augsburg College. This year's course is designed to
encourage student writers to use memories of the past
as they create their own new work. Writers will dig for
details of the past in urban ruins of old neighborhoods,
sifting through social history found in button jars and
stacks of 78 RPM records in antique stores; they will
harvest myth from diverse cultures; collect stories from
elders living in Minneapolis today; and investigate
cemeteries, churches, and even an occasional museum.
Student writers must have successfully completed at
least one creative writing course and must have the recommendation of a creative writing instructor at their
home campus, but they may choose to work in poetry,
fiction, literary nonfiction or to cross over among the
three during this interim workshop. Meeting times will
include: (1)expeditions into the city in search of the
past; (2) group sessions to talk about the old stories
gathered; (3) group sessions to discuss new work created during the Interim and to sort through layers of past
deposited in the new work: (4) individual conferences
and/or small workshop sessions.
Prerequisite: At least one creative writing course and written recommendation of ACTC
home campus creative writing instructor:
Maximum Enrollment: 3 students from each ACTC college
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
ENG 482-A
Instructor: Joan Griffin
Paradise Lost has been called "the story of all things."
Above all the poem is about relationships: Between
women and men; humans and the environment;
Christianity and pagan tradition; justice and mercy; service and servitude; rebellion and freedom, to name a
few. Although this course will survey Milton's major
works, it will emphasize his greatest poem. Evaluation:
papers, microthemes and class presentations.
Prerequisite: ENG 245
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
FRE 111-A
Instructor: Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg
This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools
for communication in French. Through conversations,
classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on
the use of language in everyday contexts and works
toward the discovery of a French culture and way of
life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based
on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and
exams.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Ire
sues
a rA
IPC
ues,
This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as
those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development.
Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The
Center for Counseling and Health Promotion.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 202
prac
Gerr
n sin
partic
ire gi
HPE 390-A
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Principles: methods of instruction applied to health
education grades K-12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment. Evaluation and
development of materials included. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 121 - (MWF)
HPE 410-A
Instructor: Patty Murphy
Historical background, legal basis, school health services and relationships to community health programs
and resources. This is a one-half credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby 121 - (TTH)
rrati
song:
g of t
ntext
nd/o
t corn
ns of
:ially
ir str
esthe
chan
td sot
itand
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor
interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.
The course will take the participant to a competent level
of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and
crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot
fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will
function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an
optional basis. Some classes will be held in December
prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. No
smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,800, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition to
receive academic credit. P/N ONLY.
Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Pfaff, Melby Hall, Augsburg College. They must be
turned in with deposit and appropriate signature before
final acceptance is given.
Prerequisite: Permission from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education
Department (612) 330-1247; basic swimming skills
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Spoh also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 8 (a waiting list will be kept after the original eight spots are filled)
HPE 475-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit
course.
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Melby 119 (MNand alternate Fridays1/22, 1124- 9 meetings)
1/3, 1/5, 1/8, 1/10, 1/15, 1/17, 1/19,
HPE 481-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy
toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a
knowledge of: Federation Rules (high school), mechanics of two person officiating, and procedures and steps
of beginning an officiating career. Students will apply
knowledge in practical game type experiences. There
will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of officiating basketball. This is a one-half
credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Melby 119 (TTh and alternate Fridays1/23, 1/25)
114. 115. 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/19,
HIS 162-A
HIS 462-A
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This interim experience is designed to look at the area
of South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth
of the people of our world. We'll use novels, films,
some standard historical writings and current South
Asia periodicals to consider the impacts that colonialism, nationalism and various phases of modernization
have had on this old, honored and traditional culture.
We'll read the marriage ads and talk about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya which has prompted
Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christ-likeness of a Gandhi and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena.
Looking at South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a
fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices
of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers and
tests (including a final).
Students enrolling for upper division credit will be
expected to have had at least one prior college history
class, will complete a paper or project beyond the regular assignments, and will be tested apart from lower
division students.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 100
HIS 440-A
Instructor: Staff
This course is intended for History majors and others
who have an interest in upper division history. Please
see Richard Nelson, Department Chair, for actual topic
and other particulars.
Prerequisite: One college level history course.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 205
HON 213-A
Instructors: Jeanne Boeh & Jacqueline deVries
Does history influence economic theory? Or does economic theory shape history? This course will explore
the history of western economic thought and how these
writings affected the development of various economic
systems. The course begins with the rise of mercantilism in the 16th century. Topics will include the industrial take-off and the creation of a waged labor force in
the 18th century, the rise of laissez-faire economic principles and "free-trade" imperialism in the 19th century,
and the subsequent challenges of communism and the
rise of the welfare state in the 20th century. We will
read substantial portions of the classic economic
thinkers, including Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus,
David Hume, Jeremy Bentham, David Ricardo, Sidney
and Beatrice Webb, Karl Marx, Max Weber, Alfred
Marshall, Thorstein Veblen, John Maynard Keynes,
William Beveridge and Milton Friedman. The course
will also address the long-standing issues of child labor,
poverty, and women's role in the workforce.
Students will be evaluated using class participation, discussion, and writing assignments including a short term
paper and a take-home final.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 213
SCIENCE AND RELIGION:
COMPLEXITYAND CREATIVITY
HON 401-A
Instructors: Larry Crockett and Bruce Reichenbach
We will explore the historical background of the contemporary debate regarding how religion relates to science, and then attend to contemporary developments,
especially in chaos and complexity theory, as they relate
to the doctrine of divine creativity and philosophical
naturalism. The goal will be to involve students in constructing for themselves a model for interpreting relations between the two areas. In addition to taking two
tests, students will be required to make a class presentation, conduct the discussion, and to write a significant
research paper.
Prerequisite: Participant in Honors prooram
Maximum Enrollment: 35
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 20
INS 120-A
Instructor: Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the Paideia seminar format as developed by
Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will
read selected readings which will then be discussed in
Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected
films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone
habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their
own behaviors during seminars and will lead seminars.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 319
INS 225-A
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The
course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam,
its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah),
Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic
patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to
deal with the similarities and differences between Islam
and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of
the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Evaluation - two tests and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Science 212
+-
ECUADOR:GALAPAGOS,
RAINFOREST
HIGHLANDS
A JOURNEY IN
HOLISTIC
HEALTH
6( ECOLOGY
AND
-
(UMAI E COURSE)
INS 3 15-A
Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield
With a focus on the recognition that humans must live in
harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this
course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos
Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito.
Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de la
Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the
United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of
three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey
then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we
explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people who
live there.
Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written
reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical
analysis related to course content, a reflection essay
paper, attendance, and group participation.
The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and
Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners,
Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included), rain
forest stay (all meals included), and touring as indicated.
For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155.
Prerequisite: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MAT 173-A
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a
house or car. Find out how much you need to save
now to be a millionaire when you retire. Learn how
annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and
more. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a
portfolio of five realistic problems that have been
worked out and explained, and a midterm and final
examination.
Prerequisite: Math placement group 3 or higher
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
MAT 251-A
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is a study of Book 1 of Euclid's Elements,
which is sometimes cited as the most-frequently published book ever other than the Bible. Book 1 of the
Elements ends with the Pythagorean Theorem,
Proposition 47. We'll first work backward from that
theorem, considering propositions Euclid cites in proving it (46,41, and 4), and then the propositions he cites
in proving those propositions, and so on, gaining familiarity with about 30 major propositions but especially
34,4, and 3, the ones most used. We'll consider other
logically-sound ways of arranging these propositions
and think about the aesthetic reasons Euclid made his
arrangement. After getting to Proposition 1, we'll consider the common notions, definitions, and postulates,
learn about how attempts to prove Euclid's fifth postulate led to non-Euclidean geometry in the nineteenth
century, and see more logically rigorous geometric
axiom systems of the twentieth century. Then we'll
read the book forward, seeing how the other propositions fit in and seeing how they lend insight into
Euclid's aesthetic choices.
Prerequisite: MAT 145,AUGMENT (Calculus I)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 213
MAT 481-A
Instructor: Steve Zheng
"During World War 11, British military leaders asked
scientists and engineers to analyze several military
problems: the deployment of radar and the management of convoy, bombing, antisubmarine, and mining
operations. The application of mathematics and the scientific method to military operations was called operations research. Today, the term Operations Research (or
often, management science) means a scientific approach
to decision making, which seeks to determine how best
to design and operate system, usually under conditions
requiring the allocation of scarce resources." - Wayne
L. Winston
The main objectives of this course are the discussion of
several mathematical models used in operations
research (OR) and the use of mathematics and the existing computer packages (such as LINDO) in solving
real-life problems in OR. Students in applied mathematics, economics, business and any management-related area are encouraged to take this course. The evaluation is based on homework assignments, two tests and
one final project.
Prerequisite: MAT 245,Calculus 111 and Linear Algebra, or equivalent, or consent of
instructors
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 1I2
MUS 179-A
Instructor: Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from
that of European cities such as Munich, Prague, Vienna,
and Budapest. This course provides an opportunity to
visit some of the great Central and Eastern European
cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World.
Group discussions and assigned readings increase student sensitivity to architecture and other visual art seen
in the museums. Students listen critically to concerts of
musical masterpieces heard at each site. Relationships
between the various art mediums come to life through
these experiences. There is also ample time for independent exploration.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all courserelated group activities, a daily professional journal,
art/music critique sheets, and exams over material covered.
Fee: $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, hotel
accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four
group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before
November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620
22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone:
330-1655. Offered on a P/N basis only. A meeting will
be held at St. Thomas on Saturday, November 18. For
more information you may call Roberta Metzler at 3301273.
Liberal Arfs Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-A
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and
musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's
inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This
course will examine the historical background, musical
content, and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance
project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
TOPIC:HISTORY
OF CARIBBEAN
MUSIC
STUDIED IN MIAMI
AND JAMAICA
MUS 295-A
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the center of
Caribbean music where composition, recording, and
world distribution takes place. This course will explore
the world of Caribbean music through visits to recording studios, clubs where Caribbean music is performed,
and neighborhoods that brought about this music. Also
studied in depth will be social issues that have influenced music such as Reggae. Cities to be visited are
Miami; and in Jamaica, Montego Bay, Negrel, and
Kingston. This course will be done in conjunction with
the Center for Global Education.
Cost is $2,795 from Minneapolis/St. Paul, which
includes all travel, accommodations, meals and tuition
for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students.
Evaluation: Two tests will be given on readings and
lectures. Grading: 20% of the final grade will be based
on participation in discussions, 4O0/0 on the two tests,
and 40% on final project.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
MUS 394-A
Instructor: Sonja Thompson
Opera Workshop is a course designed to give singeractors an opportunity to perform staged scenes from
various music-theater genres, with piano accompaniment. It expands upon existing opportunities for
singers (i.e., choir, chamber music, recitals) by including
dramatic training, and addresses the unique combination of singing plus acting. It is also suitable for theater
students who are interested in increasing their musical
skills, and for student pianists who wish to gain experience working with singers and/or the music-theater
genre. Students will be auditioned by the instructor,
then assigned to appropriate ensembles from opera,
musical theater, operetta and new music-theater.
Sources will include as wide a variety as possible in
terms of musical style, ensemble size, genres. The
course will culminate with a public performance in
Sateren Auditorium at the end of Interim. Students will
be evaluated in areas of attendance, effort, participation, and attitude.
Activities will include both group and one-on-one
instruction in the following areas: Body/voice warmups; lecture/class discussion on topics of interest (i.e.,
vocal technique, acting technique, stage fright, auditions, etc.;) rehearsals and individual coachings; visit to
rehearsal of local opera company, if possible; mock
auditions; staged and costumed performance of scenes
studied.
Prerequisite: Audition by Instructor
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: /I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
NOR 11I-A
Instructor: Frankie Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in
speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for
communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation
of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: lnlercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 5
PHI 231-A
Instructor David Apolloni
We shall examine the historical and intellectual background of Socrates and what our sources allow us to
say about his person and teachings. We shall clarify
and critically examine Socrates' key teachings: that
virtue is a form of knowledge and that all virtues are
somehow one; that evil is ignorance; whether or not
virtue can be taught; that it is impossible for a wrongdoer to be happy; that being a citizen requires obedience to the state's laws, even if this means accepting
one's own death. There will be take-home written
assignments and weekly quizzes.
Liberal Ads Perspeclive: Weslern Herilage
Maximum Enrollmenl: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 2 3
TOPIC: MEISTER
ECKHART:
MYSTIC
AND PHILOSOPHER
PHI 295-A
lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer
An in-depth study of the mystical and philosophical
writings of the medieval mystic, Meister Eckhart. We
will carefully define mysticism and categorize its different types. Eckhart's mystical writings will be studied
and an attempt to relate his doctrine to his philosophical views on God, the soul, and the world. Students
will keep a journal and present papers on selections
from Eckhart's writings.
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or permission of professor, ENG 11 1
Graduation Level Skill: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
POL 295-A
lnstructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Middle East conflicts and negotiation processes have
remained in the news for decades. To understand the
issues and political factors operating in the area we will
examine Palestinian-Israeli relations within a regional
framework, reviewing how conflict escalated from communal tensions to regional and international war.
Lectures and readings will highlight historical developments and describe how secret bilateral negotiations
and formal international agreements have been
achieved. Students will consider future prospects for
regional peace, emphasizing Israeli relations with Syria
and Lebanon, militant Islamic groups in the region and
tensions in the Persian Gulf.
Readings from texts and recent articles as well as films
from Middle Eastern film-makers will form the basis for
class discussions. This course fulfills the speaking component of the graduation skills requirement. Students
will present two short discussions and one 15-minute
oral critique.
Prerequisite: One course in political science or international relations
Graduation Level Skill: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
TOPICS:THETRANSFORMATION
OF
POLITICALSYSTEMS IN CENTRALAND
EASTERN EUROPE
POL 495-A
Instructor: J. Agnieszka Rybczynska
The course will consider developments in Eastern and
East Central Europe since the Fall of the Berlin Wall in
1989. Its focus is on the transformation of political systems in the Czech and Slovak Republics, Hungary and
Poland, with some attention to other countries in
Eastern Europe.
The course will discuss the theoretical aspects of system
transformation and the causes and consequences of the
events of the 1989 revolutions in East Central Europe.
Special attention will be paid to democratization, constitutional processes, institution building, and the
development of civil society after the break-up of communism. These developments will be treated in historical, geopolitical, and ethno-cultural context.
The course will include lecture and discussion.
Requirements: a short discussion paper, class participation, and a 10-15 page research paper.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: % t h m ~ W ?
mus/.c 2 4
PSY 105-A
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used
in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Evaluation: Tests and reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
PSY 340-A
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety
of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the
"self ."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of
"self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will
include topics such as: the impact of science on myth;
the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the
process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively
involved in the class discussions. Students will be
given some of the responsibility for leading discus-
sions. Evaluation will be based on class participation
and four or five short (600-900 word) papers.
Prerequisite: PSY 102 or 105
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the
life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such
idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward
other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation.
Attendance at each class session is required.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short
papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or
equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are requested to read at least three articles by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim.
"Adolescents and Moral Development" by Coles is scheduled for publication and will likely be a text for the
course. Library reference work will be a part of the
course process.
Offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisite: PSY 102 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
MYSTICS,
MONKS,
AND MENTORS:
EXPLORING CHRISTIANSPIRITUALITIES
I N IRELAND
AND BRITAIN
(UMAI E COURSE)
REL 230-A
Instructor: Brad Holt
Explore ancient and recent spiritualities, especially Celtic and monastic types, along with Julian of Norwich,
John Wesley, C.S. Lewis and Evelyn Underhill.
Course requirements include attendance, participation
in class discussions (including leadership of one discussion), daily meditation, five brief quizzes, a journal, and
a concluding essay.
Fee: $2,795 includes all air and surface travel, hotel and
monastic accommodations, breakfast daily, one lunch,
twelve dinners, 7-day Travelcard for London, and touring as indicated.
For more information contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from
the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for
meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In
the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be
studied, with particular attention given to the work of
C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests.
Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
'Note: This course does not meet a Christian Faith Perspective
REL 345-A
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over 450 years,
and its cultural influence. Representative figures to be
studied include Luther, Bach, and Bonhoeffer. There
will be lectures, discussions and visiting resource persons. Requirements include class participation and
exams.
Prerequisite: Religion 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
~ S S U E S IN
SCIENCE
AND
RELIGION
REL 374-A
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of
a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy
of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world
view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will
address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin
with a historical overview of the relations between sci-
ence and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods:
the origins of the Christian faith, the development of
"modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the
re-evaluation of science and nature in the 20th century.
Second, it will study systematically the world views of
science and religion to see how they compare.
Class time will be divided among a variety of activities
including lectures, whole class discussions, small group
tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on
two short exams, participation in small group tutorials
based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthesis paper based on the group
project and course materials.
Prerequisite: One Christian Faith course and junior or senior standing
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 60
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
PROCESS
THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIAN FAITH
REL 385-A
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
This course introduces students to the relational world
view of process philosophy and examines how it has
influenced Christian faith and ethical deliberations.
Special attention will be given to the writings of John B.
Cobb, Jr., as a representative of process theology.
Classes will include videos, small groups, and some
lecture to introduce topics. Ethical issues addressed in
the class include killing, abortion, human sexuality and
euthanasia. Grades will be based on the paper (10-15
pages), the presentation of the paper to the class and
class participation.
Prerequisite: REL 11 1 or REL 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
S WK 257-A
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80
hours in a service agency or institution which students
select. The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of
this volunteer experience students have opportunity to
interact with human service professionals, clients, and
communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and
special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The
course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the
nature and value system of social work as a profession.
Students will also examine and critique the manner in
which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their
personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
Liberal Arts Perspective: The Cify
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1 11
ECUADOR: GALAPAGOS,
RAINFOREST
HIGHLANDS
- A JOURNEY IN
HOLISTIC
HEALTH
AND ECOLOGY
AND
(UMAI E COURSE)
SWK 315-A
Instructors: Blanca-Rosa Egas and Victoria Littlefield
With a focus on the recognition that humans must live
in harmony with the ecology that surrounds them, this
course will include a week-long cruise to the Galapagos
Islands and several visits to the capital city of Quito.
Both of these places have been declared Patrimonio de
la Humanidad (Heritage Areas of Humankind) by the
United Nations. We will also visit Vilcabamba, one of
three sanctuaries of longevity in the world. Our journey then takes us to the Amazon rainforest, where we
explore the tropical ecosystem and see how this distinctive habitat has influenced the culture of the people
who live there.
Evaluation: Students are evaluated on two written
reports on interactions with Ecuadorians and critical
analysis related to course content, a reflection essay
paper, attendance, and group participation.
The comprehensive fee of $4,095 includes all air and
surface travel, hotel accommodations in Quito and
Vilcabamba, breakfast daily, one lunch, three dinners,
Galapagos Islands yacht cruise (all meals included),
rain forest stay (all meals included), and touring as,
indicated.
For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 3301713, or Vicki Littlefield at 330-1155.
Prerequisite: Basic Spanish
Maximum Enrollment: 30
S WK 466-A (full course)
S WK 466-B (0.5 course)
Instructor: Glenda Rooney
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 or
120 hours (0.5 course option during Interim).
Responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups
and communities in a social service agency. Supportive
weekly seminar. Students enrolled will be evaluated by
a series of mini-papers in which they are expected to
integrate the field experience with the course content;
the site supervisor for the field experience. Tentative
grading is 50 percent for each component of the course.
Prerequisite: Candidacy status
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 101
HUMANCOMMUNITIES AND THE MODERN
METROPOLIS
SOC 21 1-A
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area. Each member of the class
will be responsible for a class presentation which must
reflect on-site observation in a particular locale within
the metropolitan area. In addition, class participation
and a final examination will be the basis for evaluating
performance in the course.
Liberal A ~ t sPerspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 21
SPC 347-A
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates lecture and
criticism with hands-on video experience. This course
addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view
several documentary films in class and will work in
groups to produce short documentaries of their own.
Additional time will be required for editing. Grading
will be based upon the video project, the journal, the
final exam and class attendance.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Foss 175
The following activities are available to students during
interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. These activities do not
carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports
requirement for graduation.
HPE 002-K
Instructor: Wayne Niles
This class is designed to instruct students in the basic
techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet.
Based on and taught by experienced instructors in the
art of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. Mondays. Wednesdays, and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-G
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Practice and playing of golf. Grading: P/N only
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: 12:OO - 1:00 p.m., M,TW;Th, F
Room: West side of Air Structure
HPE 002-F
Instructor: Marilyn Florian
Practice and playing of Ultimate Frisbee. Grading: P / N
only
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 12:OO. - 1:00 p.m., M, 7;W;Th, F
Room: East side of Air Structure
UMAI E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Additional information about the following courses can
be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International
Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from
the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these
Interims ends October 20,1995. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
Ancient Italy: City, Town, and Country Life
Art, Architecture, and Arias: The History of
Central Europe
Art Treasures of Paris, Florence, Rome
and Amsterdam
British Isles: Museums, Monuments and
Prehistoric Sites
Communism to Capitalism: People, Places, and
Geography in the Baltic States
Costa Rica: Environment and Economics
Ecuador: Galapagos, Rainforest, and Highlands
A Journey in Holistic Health and Ecology
England: Literary Ventures by Train
The English School and Family
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
The European Economic Union:
Boundaries and Impact
Greek Odyssey: Art and Architecture of
Anci ent Greece
Hawaii: Multicultural Communication in
Organizational Settings
UMAIE
-
Hawaii2 Religious Experience: Migrants,
Multiculturalism, and Religion
Irish Culture, Irish Drama
Japan: Land of the Rising Sun
Law in London
Meeting People Needs: The Swedish Model
Mystics, Monks, and Mentors: Exploring Christian
Spiritualities in Ireland and Britain
Paris and London: Sculpture in Cities and Environs
Readings of the Bible
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Theatre In and Around London
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been
approved for credit by the College. Most carry a
tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N
basis. Full descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 212-A
Check for information in the Interim Office on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the ~ i n n e s o t a - ~ a n a d i a n
border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping
on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January
26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organization has some scholarships
available).
Show less